fi

JS

ll

.o

\C3

. <-*

^o
im
;O

K E P O K T

ON THE

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

OF THE

..

VOYAGE OF S.Y. SCOTIA.

SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

EEPORT

ON THE

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

OF THE

VOYAGE OF S.Y. "SCOTIA

DURING THE YEARS 1902, 1903, AND 1904,

55

//£-

UNDKR THE LEADERSHIP OP

WILLIAM S. BRUCE,

LL.D., F.R.S.E.

Volume TV.— ZOOLOGY.

PARTS I.-XL— INVERTEBRATES, by Dr CLEMENT VANKY ; JAMES RITCHIE,
M.A., B.Sc. ; Dr E. L. TROUESSART; WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE, M.A., D.Sc. ;
JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S. ; ROBERT STANDEN; J. WILFRID
JACKSON, F.G.S. ; CHAS. CHILTON, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., C.M., LL.D., F.L.S.;
JOHN RENNIE, D.Sc.; ALEXANDER REID, M.A. ; JAMES MURRAY; Dr
EUGENE PENARD ; THOMAS SCOTT, LL.D., F.L.S.

EDINBURGH:

Scotttsf) ©eeanoQrajpfjtcal Haboratorg*

SOLD AT

THE SCOTTISH OCEANOGRAPHICAL LABORATORY ;

OLIVER & BOYD, EDINBURGH AND LONDON ;
JAMES MAULEHOSE & SONS, 61 ST VINCENT STREET, GLASGOW.

1912.

Price Thirty Shillings in Cloth.

EDITORIAL NOTE.

VOLUME VI. is the second of "Scotia" Reports, the publication of which has been
aided by a Government grant, the first instalment of which was paid on September 15th,
1911. It is a further contribution to Antarctic and Atlantic Invertebrate Zoology.
Special thanks are again due to those who 'have voluntarily given their time and who
have put their best work into its pages.

The same principle has been followed as in the case of Volume V.. there being no
distinction of nationality made where a zoologist is recognised MS being facile prtit<'f/>x
in his group. France, Switzerland, New Zealand, Wales, England, and Scotland have
all taken part in the compilation of Volume VI. The cost of publication has again been
considerably reduced by the co-operation of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, that has,
in most cases, passed the communications through its Transactions, and has thus
helped in bearing the primary cost of setting up type and illustrations. " Microscopic
Life" and " Rhizopoda " of Gough Island have been passed through the Proceedings of
the Royal Physical Society, and the expensive Entomostraca monograph of Dr SCOTT has
been aided by a grant of £50 from the Carnegie Trust of the Universities of Scotland.
At the head of each monograph the actual dates of publication, communication, and
issue appear, also the original source of publication. Original pagination is recorded
at the foot of each page independently of the pagination of the Volume.

Most of the communications deal with Antarctic and sub- Antarctic species, but
some deal with tropical and sub-tropical forms collected on the outward and homeward
passages of the " Scotia." Some of the communications are supplementary to those
in Volume V.

WILLIAM S. BRUCE,
Editor,

CONTENTS.

PART I. — LES HOLUTHUKIES LIB L'EXPEUITION ANTARCTUJUE NATIONALS ECOSSALSK. Par CLEMENT
VANBY, Maitre de conferences cle Zoologie a la Faculte des Sciences de Lyon. Presentees
par M. W. S. BRUCE, LL.D. (Avec cinq planches)

(MS. received May '20. 1908. Read June 15, 1908. Issued separately October 15, 1908.)

PART II. — SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON THE HYDROIDS OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC
EXPEDITION. By JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., B.Sc., Natural History Department, The Royal
Scottish Museum. Communicated by W. S. BRUCE, LL.D.

(MS. received December 8, 1908. Read January 4, 1909. Issued separately May 27, 1909.)

PART III. — ACAHIENS HE L'KXPEDITION ANTAKCTIQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAISE. Par le Dr. E.-L.
TROUESSART, Professeur au Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris .

(Scottish Oceanographical Laboratory Publications. MS. received April 10, 1912. Issued

separately July 1, 1912.)

PART IV. — THE CEPHALOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. By
WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE, M.A., D.Sc., Director of the National Museum of Wales, Cardiff.
(With Text Illustrations) .... .

(MS. received January 8, 1912. Read February 19, 1912. Issued separately May 28, 1912.)

PART V. — THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. By
JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., and ROBERT STANDEN, Assistant Keeper,
Manchester Museum. Communicated by Dr W. S. BRUCE. (With One Plate)

(MS. received April 24, 1912. Read June 3, 1912. Issued separately August 26, 1912.)

PART VI. — THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. By
J. WILFRID JACKSON, F.C.S., Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum. Communicated by
Dr W. S. BRUCE. (With Two Plates) . . . .

(MS. received May ti, 1912. Read June 17, 1912. Issued separately August 28, 1912.)

PART VII. — THE AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. By CHARLES
CHILTON, M.A., D.Sc. (N.Z.), M.B., C.M. (Edin.), Hon. LL.D. (Alx-rd.), E.L.S., Professor
of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand. Communicated by Dr W. S. BRUCE. (With
Two Plates) ........

(MS. received March 30, 1912. Read June 17, 1912. Issued separately September 21, 1912.)

PART VIII. — THE CESTODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. By JOHN
RENNIB, D.Sc., and ALEXANDER REID, M.A., University of Aberdeen. (With Two Plates)
(MS. received May 6, 1912. Read June 17, 1912. Issued separately September 6, 1912.)

PAGES

1-38

39-80

81-86

87-102

103-140

141-168

169-238

239-256

311)54

vni CONTENTS.

PAGES

PART IX. — ".SCOTIA" COLLECTIONS. — NOTE ON MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND, SOUTH

ATLANTIC OCEAN. l!y .IAMES MURRAY. Commumcat'''! />;/ \VILLIAM EVANS, F.K.8.E. . '257-262
(Read at the Koyal Physical Society November 25, 1007. Issued separately March 23, 1912.)

PAKT X.— "SCOTIA" COLLECTIONS. — FURTHER NOTE ON MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND,
SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN — RHIZOPODA. l!y Dr EUGENE PENARD, Geneva. Communicated
In, WILLIAM EVANS, F.R.S.E. 263 270

(Read at the Royal Physical Society December 18, 1911. MS. received January 24, 1912. Issued

separately March 23, 1912.)

PART XI — THE ENTOMOSTKACA OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. By
THOMAS SCOTT, LL.I>., F.L.S. Communicated % Dr -I. 11. ASHWOKTH. (With
Fourteen Plates) . . 271-354

(MS. received January 24, 1912. Read February 19, 1912. Issued separately November 15, 1912.)

INVERTEBRATES: I. -XL

PART I.
HOLOTHURIANS,

I.-THE HOLOTHUBIANS OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY CLEMENT VANEY,

Professor of Zoologj' at the Faculty of St'ienres, Lyon.

(WITH FIVE PLATES.)

I. — Les Holothuries de 1'Expedition Antarctique Nationals Ecossaise. Par Clement
Vaney, Maitre de conferences de Zoologie a la Facult^ des Sciences de Lyon.
M. W. S. BRUCE, LL.D. (Avec cinq planches.)

(.\tS. receiver! May 20, 1908. Read June 15, 1908. Issued separately October 15, 1908.)

La Scotia, a rapporte de son expedition an pole sud une tres importante collection
d'Holothuries ; nous remercions bien vivement M. W. S. BRUCE de 1'honneur qu'il nous
a fait en nous en confiant 1 'etude.

Cette collection ne renferme pas moins de trente-quatre especes, dont vingt et une,
c'est a dire pres des deux tiers, sont uouvelles. Cette proportion aurait etc probable-
ment plus grande, mais par suite de Faction de quelques agents conservateurs employes
(formaldehyde et acide acetique glacial) certains echantillons sont indeterminables :
leur.s eorpuscules calcaires ayant etc completement dissous par les liquides acides. Pour
la meme raisoa nous avons decrit quelques nouvelles especes sans pouvoir fournir dans
la diagnose les caracteres de leurs spicules. Mais la majeure partie des exemplaires et
surtout ceux de grandes profondeurs sont en bon etat et tres bien pr6pares.

Cette collection de 1'expedition ecossaise est actuellement une des plus importantes
au point de vue des Holothuries de grandes profondeurs des mers antarctiques. Elle
renferme deux especes de Synallactides et onze especes d'Elasipodes, comprenant quatre
Elpiides et sept Psychropotides, parmi lesquelles dix sont nouvelles.

La Scotia a recueilli un grand nombre de Cucumariides, dont dix especes nouvelles
proviennent en majeure partie des Orcades du Sud. Nous avons deja eu 1'occasion * de
signaler deux nouvelles Thyone de ces memes iles. Ces faits prouvent la grande varietc
de faune de cette region.

Certaines de ces nouvelles especes de Cucumariides : le Psolidium Coatsi et les
Oucumaria psolidiformis et C conspicua, constituent de curieux termes de transition
entre les genres Oucumana et Psolidium. Les deux Oucumaria, qai appartiennent A
1'ancien genre Semperia, possedent de gros pedicelles disposes suivant des rangees
radiales et de nombreux petits pddicelles dissemines sur tout le corps; leur trivium
presente une ebauche de sole ventrale souvent mal delimitee. Ce dernier caractere les
rapproche des f'HoHi/i/tni cmn'iTf/ens (Herouard), Px. pan<nn<'nx<' Ludwig et Ps.
nrn'.it u-i>i (K. Perrier), dont la sole n'est pas limitee latcralement. Urie autre forme de
Cucumdria, la C. annnt((, presente de grandes affinites avec le genre Col<:»-l<ii-i'x.

L'expeditinu antarctique nationale ecossaise a retrouve les Cucumaria. antarctica,
('. </ri<>nlix et C. hiti'i-uli*, rapportees pour la premiere fois par I'expedition du

* "Deux nnuvrlli's Tliymii' dr-, Orcadei du Sud i Th.ijnni Scotiir ct 'I'liiium1 twiricatus)," Hull. Mint. Ilixl. \<il. I'uri.-s.
1906, ]i. 400.

(RErHIXTKD KKO.M 'Illl: II! \\S.\r II..NN n].- TIIK RciYAI. soi'IKTY ()!•' KPIXKURiill, VOL. XI.VI., I'l'. In:, 4-11.)

M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIKS

Dr CHARUOT ; ces nouveaux exemplaires nous out permls dc complete!1 nos descriptions
anti'rieures.

A son retour, la Scotio a recueilli an cap de Bonne Esperance vine nouvelle espece de
Thy one, la T. articulata, et les Cucumaria discolor et C. insolens de THEEL.

Nous indiquons dans le tableau suivant la repartition des differentes especes
d'Holothuries rapportees par la Scotia.*

SYNALLACTIDES —

Pseudostiehopus villosus, Theel
Synallactes Rolierhoni, nov. sp.

ELPIIU^S —

Scotoplanes globosa, Tlieel
Peniagone Mossmani, nov. sp.

„ Piriei, nov. sp.

„ Wiltoni, nov. sp. .

PSYCHHOPOTIDES —

Benthodytes spuma, nov. sp. .

,, Browni, nov. sp.

„ recta, nov. sp.

Euphronides Scotix, nov. sp. .
Psychropotex longicmida, Thuel, var.
antarctica, nov. var. ....

Pti/rhropotes laticauda, nov. sp.
„ Brttcei, nov. sp. .

CUCUMARIIDES —

Psolus antarcticus (Philippi) .
Psolidium convergens (Herouard)
Psolidium (Cucumaria) Coatsi, nov. sp. .
Tli//one articulata, nov. sp. .
Cucumaria antarctica, Vaney .

,, crocea (Lesson)

„ discolor, Theel

„ grandis, Vaney

,, lateralis, Vaney

,, laivigata, Verrill .

„ leonina, Semper

,, insolens, Thdel
Cucumaria analis, nov. sp. .

,, firmata, nov. sp. .

,, aspera, nov. sp. .

,, conspicua, nov. sp.

„ crocen'ida, nov. sp.

„ perfida, nov. sp. .

„ periprocta, nov. sp.

„ psolidiformis, nov. sp. .

„ sei'unda, nov. sp. .

69 33 15 19

67 33 36 35

66 40 40 35

39 48 '1 33 K.

69 33 15 19

66 40 40 35

69 33 15 19

69 33 15 19

48 06 10 05

67 39 36 10

62 10 41 20

71 22 16 34

67 39 36 10

39 48 2 33 E.

67 33 36 35

Port Stanley, lies Falkland .

» »

Baie de la Scotia .
Bale ile Saldanha, Afrique du Slid
Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Slid .
Port Stanley, lies Falkland .

51° 7' S. 9° 31' W.

Baie de Saldanha, Afrique du Sud
Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud .

)> » •

Bane de Burdwood
Port Stanley, lies Falkland .
Baie de. Saldanha, Afrique du Sud
Baie Jessie, Orcades du Sud .
Port William, lies Falkland .
Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud .

j) » •

Bane de Burdwood
Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud .

Lou''. W.

Prufondeur.

Brasses.
2620
2500
2425

2645
2620
2425
2620

2620
1742
2500
1775

1410
2500
2645
2500

5 a 10

9 a 10

9 a 10

9 a 10

3 a 4

2103

rivage

9 a 10

9 a 10

56

6

10

9k 10
56

9 a 10

10
9 a. 10

* Les especes nouvelles sont en italiijnes.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 406.)

DE 1,'EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALE ECOSSAlsE. 3

ASPIDOCHIROTES.
SYNALLACTIDES.

PSEUDOSTICHOPUS, Theel.

Pseudostichopus villosns, Theel.

Station 420, 21 Mars 1904; lat. S. 69° 33', long. W. 15 19'; profondeur 2620
brasses. Un exeraplaire.

Station 291, 7 Mars 1903; lat. 8. 67 33', long. W. 36° 35'; profondeur 2500
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Cette espece parait avoir une repartition g6ographique assez grande : le Challenger
l'a recueillie en uue dizaine de stations comprises entre 62° 26' et 38° 6' de latitude sud
et 2° 5G' et 35° 22' de latitude nord, a des profondeurs variant de 1375 a 2900
brasses. THEKL signale simplement que les exemplaires de I'h6misphere nord different
peut-etre un peu de ceux de I'liemisphi-re sud par les corpuscules calcaires et la forme des
pedicelles. Nos exemplaires sont franchement antarctiques, puisqu'ils ont ete recueillis
entre 67 et (J9'J 33' de latitude sud ; par suite, il est interessant d'en donner uiie
description assez complete pour permettre ulterieurement les comparaisons avec les
echantillons septentrionaux.

Leur corps est ovale, un peu aplati dorso-ventralement ; leur longueur est de 100
millimetres et leur plus grande largeur, situee vers le milieu du corps, atteint 50 milli-
metres. La bouclie est ventrale et est a 10 millimetres du bord anterieur. L'anus est
ventral mais presque terminal ; il est encadre par les deux lobes lateraux, caraeteristiques
du genre Pseudostichopus, de forme hemispherique et ayant 5 a 6 millimetres de
diametre.

Les teguments sout souples et minces ; leur coloration est marron, les cotes et les
extremities du corps sont tie teinte plus foncee que les faces dorsale et ventrale. Les
pedicelles ont leur extri'inite briuiAtre, ils sont tres abondants et dissemines irreguliere-
ment sur les parties laterales du corps. Sur la face ventrale, ces appendices forment une
double serie de pointilles : ils s'^tendent, de part et d'autre de la ligne mediane, sur les
deux quarts moyens du corps t>t laisscnl completement nu le radius median ventral. Les
appendices de la face dorsale soul ditHcilrs a observer, leur repartition parait irreguliere.

Les covpuscules calcaires out ete completement dissous par le li«|iiide conservateur.

l/iiitt'i-ii-ur des teguments est blanchatre ; lesbandes musculaires Longitudinales soiit
marron clair, elles ont toutes la meme importance, et atteiguent 5 a 6 millimetres de
largeur. L'anneau calcaire est com[)os('' de dix pieces : les radiales sont massives, elles
out 5 millimetres de longueur et les interradiales, en forme de chevron, out 3 a 4 milli-
metres. La vesicule de Poli unique est transparente et mcsure 10 ;i 12 millimetres de

(HOY. sur. UUN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 407.)

M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHUKIES

longueur. Le tube digestif a 10-12 millimetres de diametre et presente un estomac
differencie de 30 millimetres de longueur.

Vers le milieu du corps sont disposers deux grappes de follicules ovariens jaunatres,
embrassant plus ou moins le tube digestif ; 1'oviducte est long et mince.

Les organes arborescents sont brunatres avec des ramifications brim fonce ; ils
affectent la forme d'un Y dont la branche commune a 15 millimetres de longueur et ies
branches laterales 35 et 45 millimetres.

SYNALLACTES, Ludwig.

Synallactes Robertsoni, nov. sp. (PI. III. fig. 34, 35 et 36.)
Station 295, 10 Mars 1903 ; lat. S. 66° 40', long. W. 40° 35'. Un exemplaire.

L'etat de conservation de cet exemplaire laisse beaucoup a desirer : il est en partie
pele et eviscere ; cependant malgre ces defectuosites nous pouvons en fournir une
diagnose assez complete.

L'e'chantillon est de couleur blanc jaunatre avec des pedicelles de teinte plus foncee.
Son corps est aplati dorso- ventral ement ; sa longueur est de 75 millimetres et sa largeur
atteint 15 a 18 millimetres. L'extremite posterieure est le"gerement attenude et arrondie.
La bouche et 1'anus sont franchement terminaux.

La face ventrale est legerement convexe ; elle presente suivant ses radius des
pedicelles bruuatres. Sur Ies radius latero-ventraux, nous trouvons une seule rangee
composee de trente a quarante pedicelles, tres rapproche's Ies uns des autres vers le
region anale mais assez ecartes dans la region anterieure. On constate en quelques
points Findication d'une double rangee. Suivant le radius median, on trouve sur le
quart posterieur une dizaine de pedicelles, irregulierement disposes sur deux rangees ;
Ies deux quarts medians paraissent depourvus de pedicelles, mais sur le quart anterieur
une dizaine de ces appendices sont disposes en une double rangee.

La face dorsale est en majeure partie pelee, mais dans Ies regions intactes on
distingue des papilles pen elevees, a base elargie, reparties uniformement sur toute la
face dorsale et au nombre d'une huitaine dans le sens de la largeur.

La couronne tentaculaire est plus ou moins recouverte par un repli peribuccal ; elle
comprend seize tentacules se terminant chacun par un disque muni sur son pourtour de
six a huit digitations repliees sur elles-memes.

Les corpuscules calcaires des teguments sont constiturs par des tourelles a base
tetraradiee (fig. 34 et 35), dont chacune des branches a son extremite distale aplatie,
elargie et percee d'une grande ouverture centrale accompagnee d'une ou deux perforations
plus petites. Au centre de la base s'eleve une tige simple terminee en pointe et offrant
quelques piquants disseminrs sur toute sa longueur.

Lu paroi des pedicelles renferme des batonnets (fig. 36) a extremites hifides portant
lateralement c^uelques piquants.

(TfoY. SUO. HH1N. THANS., VOL. XLVI., 4US.)

L)E [/EXPEDITION ANTA UfTKjUK NATIoNALE ECOSSAISE. 5

Les muscles longitudinaux sont jaunatres ; ils out deux millimetres de largeur.
L'organisation interne semble indiquer 1'existeuce d'une honluiv laterals.

La vesicule de Poll unique, •,( G millimetres de longueur ot possede des pan.i-
transparentes. Les organes genitaux sont composes d'un faisceau d'une vingtaine dc
tubes simples, jaunatres, qui atteignent 10 a 15 millimetres de longueur.

Dans le meme Hacon nous troiivons un tube digestif muni a Tune de ses extremites de
deux organes arborescents, pre.s<|iie egaux, mesurant 20 millimetres de longueur et
oti'rant chacuri deux series longitudinales de coecums lateraux. II est tres probable que
ces visceres sont ceux de cette Synallactide.

Rappoi'ts et Biffi-rences. — L'ensemble de 1'organisation et la forme, des corpuscoles
calcaires nous amenent a considerer cet echantillon comme appartenant an genre
Synallactes.

Les Synallactides recueillies dans la region antarctique comprennent actuellement les
' Pseudostichopus inolU* Theel et Ps. ri/luxnt< Theel, les Mesothuria 1>if'm\-<ita Herouard,
M. ni'Kjcllani (Ludwig) et M. Thomsoni (Theel), les Sy}i.((U«ct?x Cltal/fiit/i-ri (Theel) et
S. C<irtlif(i/i'i Vaney, le BatJn/pfotcs Moselet/i (Theel).

Le Synallactes Robertsoni et le Synallactes Challengeri (Theel) oti'rent entre eu.\
quelques points communs par suite de la repartition des pedicelles et de la forme des
corpuscules ; mais dans notre espece les raugi'-es de pedieelles medians ventraux ne sont
pas continues et la tige centrale des corpuscules est elancee et presente une sei-ie de
piquauts sur toute sa longueur.

ELPIDIIDES.

SCOTOPLANES, Theel.

Scotoplanes globoxa, Theel. (PI. III. fig. 25, 26, 27 et 28.)

i? Synonyme : .SV. Murray/, Thdel.

Station 468, 29 Avril 1904 ; lat. S. 3'J 48', long. M 2 33': prot'ondeur 2 (5 4:") brasses.
Quatre exemplaires.

Ces exemplaires sont tres bien etali'-s et roiiservi;s, quoiqu'une grande partie de-
corpuscules calcaires aient etr- dissous par le liquide conservateur (formol a 2.1%). Les
teguments sont minces et transparent^, les tentacules et les appendices sont legerement
roses. La longueur du corps est comprise entre 70 et 120 millimetres et la largeur
oscille entre 30 et 55 millimetres; ces echantillons sont done de plus petite bailie que
ceux rapportes par le Clt<illrni/i-r. Comme dans le type di'erit par THKKLOII tnmve, -ur
la face dorsale, trois paires de papilles dont les deux premieres sont tres developpeea
et dissymetriques et la troisieme, tres posterieure, est rudimentaire.

(ROT. -soc. KDIX. TKASS., voi,. xi.vi., 4oy.j

6 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURTES

Ces echautillons ne presentent que six pedicelles sur chaque radius latero-ventral :
le deuxieme, le troisieme et quelquefois le quatrieme sont les plus grands, les cinquieme
et sixieme sont les plus petits. Ce nombre invariable de six paires de pedicelles latero-
ventraux separe la plupart de nos exeniplaires de 1'espece type, qui presente toujours
sept paires de ces appendices. En nous basant sur cette difference nous pensions tout
d'abord que les exemplaires de la Scotia representaient les types cl'une nouvelle variete
de la Scotoplatt.es globosa Theel, a laquelle nous aurions donne le nom de sexpedata.
La creation de cette nouvelle variete pouvait aussi etre basee sur ce que les corpuscules
calcaires sont de plus petite taille que ceux decrits par THEEL. Les teguments renferment
des corpuscules en C (fig. 27) de 0'08 millimetres, des corpuscules mamelonnes (fig. 28)
et des batonnets tres epineux dont les plus grands (fig. 25) atteignent 0'40 millimetres
de longueur, tandis que les petits (fig. 26), generalement moins epineux, n'ont que G'f 5
millimetres. THEEL avait observe dans sa *SV. globosa des corpuscules en C de O'lf>
millimetres et des batonnets epineux de 0'92 millimetres, c'est a dire des corpuscules qui
sont deux fois plus grands que ceux que nous trouvons dans nos ('-chantillons. Les
tentaeules de nos exemplaires offrent aussi quelques particularites : leur disque terminal
a une dizaine de prolongements peripheriques et comme clans 1'espece type deux sont
plus importants, mais leur surface externe presente uue serie de papilles.

Tout cet ensemble de caraeteres differentiels nous autorisaient a creer la variete MJC-
pedata de la Sc. ylobosa, mais un exemplaire, qui nous a ete communique recemment, a
modifie notre opinion. Cet ecliantillon est dissymetrique ; il presente sur la face
ventrale sept pedicelles a droite et six seulement u gauche ; il sert d'intermediaire entre
les types du Challenger et la plupart des exemplaires de la Scotia. II est done inutile
d'etablir uue variete speciale pour les exemplaires a six paires de pedicelles. Nous en
deduisons simplement que la >SV. globosa pent subir des reductions dans le nombre de
ses pedicelles : tous les echantillons du Challenger ont sept paires de ces appendices,
presque tous ceux de la Scotia u'en ont que six paires. II est tres probable que la Sc.
Murrayi, etablie par THEEL sur un unique exemplaire, correspond a une variete de la
S<: globosa qui n'aurait i[ue cinq paires de pedicelles, car. ses corpuscules calcaires sont
presque semblables a ceux de la Sc. ylobosa.

Les nombreux exemplaires de la Sc. globosa rapportes par le Challenger avaient ete
recueillis : les uns a 1950 brasses de profondeur par 53C 55' de lat. 8. et 108 35'
de long. E., les autres a 2160 brasses par 33 31' de lat. S. et 74 43' de long. W.
Les echantillons de la Scotia ont ete recueillis a une profondeur plus considerable et a
une latitude intermediaire. Le type de la Sc. Murray i provenait de 60° 52' lat. S. et
de 1260 brasses de profondeur.

(KOY. sou. JJUIN. TUANS., VOL. XLVI., 410.)

DE I/EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAfSK. 7

PENIAGONE, Theel.

Peniagone MoxKnnnt.i, nov. sp. (PI. I. fig. 10 et 11 ; PL II. fig. 19 ;

PI. III. fig. 32 et 33.)

Station 420, 21 Mars 11)04; lat. S. G9° 33', long. W. 15 19'; profondeur 2620
brasses. Un exemplaire.

L'exemplaire est en mauvais etat de conservation : il est pelt- et reconvert de vase.
Son corps, ovale et allonge, raesure 70 millimetres de longueur et 25 millimetres de
plus grande largeur vers le tiers anterieur. La face dorsale est legerement convexe ; la
face ventrale (fig. 10) est aplatie et presents, en avant, un disque buccal saillant de 8 a
9 millimetres de diametre. Au centre de ce dis<|iie se trouve 1'ouverture buceale, (jui est
probablement entouree d'une dizaine de tentacules. Une rangee de pedicelles, bien visible
sur le rote gauche, est disposes de chaque cote de la sole ventrale. La premiere paire
de ces appendices est a 20 millimetres du bord anterieur, la deuxieme a 15 millimetres
de la premiere; quant aux autres, an nombre de cini| a six, ils sont plus petits et tres
rapproches les in is des autres; ils semblent former par leur ensemble une bordure
perianale. Sur la face dorsale (fig. 1 1 ) le disque buccal est surmonte d'un capuchon ou
voile (''tali'' en eventail et s'inserant a 10 millimetres du disque suivant toute la largeur
du corps. Ce capuchon presents (fig. 19) trois paires de pointes laterales ; sa plus
grande hauteur est de 8 millimetres. Les teguments dorsaux etant en partie enleves,
nous n'avons pu clistinguer s'il y avait d'autres appendices.

Les corpuscules calcaires out ete alteres par la formaldehyde, leurs contours sont
devenus ereneles. Ces corpuscules sont des croix a (juatre branches (fig. 32 et 33) plus
ou moins incurve.es ; vers le centre de la croix et a la base de deux branches opposees,
se trouvent deux courts mamelons coniques. La plupart de ces corpuscules cruciformes
paraissent lisses, pourtant quelques-uns offrent quelques denticulations a I'extremite des
bras. II existe deux vesicules de Poli inegales avant 1'une 7 et 1'autre 4 millimetres de
longueur. Les organ es genitaux sont formes de deux glandes en grappe de couleur
1 irunatre.

Itupjiurts ft Differences. — La P<'nnt</<>n<' Moxxmxni se rapproche de la Kol<j« fiircuhi
Herouard (Pi-riuiniiKi finrtifinn d'apres R. PERKIER) provenant des Aeores. Ces deux
especes ont un voile forme de trois paires de papilles, mais chez 1'espece d'HEROUARU elles
sont plus nettement separees les unes des autres que dans notre espece et le voile ne
s'etend pas sur toute la largeur du corps. Les corpuscules calcaires sont different* dans
les deux especes.

La seule forme d'Llpiide antarctique qui puisse etre comparee avec notre /'i-iiini/nn,-
Mossmani est la Pt'iuagone Challengen Theel recueillie a 50 I' de latitude sud et a
1800 brasses de profondeur ; mais cette espece est plus allongee que notre Peniagone et
son voile est forme par la coalescence d'une paire de papilles dorsales ; d'ailleurs ses
corpuscules calcaires sont epineux et bien differents de ceux de notre espece.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 411.)

8 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIE8

Peniagone Piriei, nov. sp. (PL I. fig. 4 et 5.)

Station 295, 10 Mars 1903 ; lat. S. 66° 40', long. W. 40° 35'; proforuleur 2425
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Cet exemplaire est bien epanoui, mais raalheureusement, par suite de Faction de la
formaldehyde, tons les corpuscules calcaires ont ete dissous.

Le corps est ovale et mesure 100 millimetres de longueur; sa plus grande largeur
se trouve au niveau du tiers posterieur et atteint 40 a 45 millimetres. La face ventrale
(fig. 4) est aplatie et presente en avant la bouche entouree de dix tentacules places sur
un cercle de 15 millimetres de diametre. L'anus est nettement terminal. A 40 milli-
metres en arriere de 1'ouverture buccale commencent les rangees latero-ventrales de
pedicelles ; celles-ci sont disposees en un fer a cheval dont chaque branche se compose
d'une seule serie de huit pedicelles. La taille de ces appendices va en decroissant d'avant
en arriere : les anterieurs ont 5 millimetres de longueur, les pedicelles de la derniere paire
sont de petite taille et reunis 1'un a 1'autre par une sorte de crete transver.sale. La
distance entre les appendices latero-ventraux d'une meme rangee va aussi en diminuant
d'arriere en avant : les anterieurs sont a 10 millimetres les uns des autres, les posterieurs
a 5 millimetres settlement.

La face dorsale (fig. 5) est fortement convexe et la plus grande hauteur du corps
atteint 40 millimetres. Sur le cote dorsal et a 15 millimetres du bord anterieur
emerge un gros appendice eonique dirige d'arriere en avant et ayant 20 millimetres
de longueur ; il est legerement aplati dans le sens frontal ; sa base a 1 5 millimetres
de largeur et 10 millimetres d'epaisseur. Ce gros appendice dorsal se termine en
une pointe bifide et a une petite distance de son sommet se trouve de chaque cote
une petite papille laterale : il semble etre forme par la fusion de quatre papilles
dorsales. A 20 millimetres en arriere de ce gros appendice se trouve, sur la face
dorsale, une paire de petites papilles de 3 a 4 millimetres de longueur et distantes
Tune de 1'autre de 10 millimetres.

Les tentacules, au nombre de dix, sont composes chacun d'un pedoncule de 3 milli-
metres de longueur et de 4 millimetres de diametre termine par un disque plus ou moins
convexe de 5 millimetres de diametre et dont la surface extern e est recouverte de nom-
breuses petites papilles.

La vesicule de Poli, unique, est brunatre et a 20 millimetres de longueur. La
Claude genitale est situee a droite ; elle est en grappe compacte et a une longueur de
25 millimetres.

Rapports et Differences. — La Peniagone Piriei peut etre rapprochee de la Peniagotie
ritrea Theel, recueillie par le Challenger par 42° 43' de latitude sud et a 1450 brasses de
profondeur, et de la P. interin-i'tlia Ludwig provenant de 1'ocean Pacifique. Toutes ces
especes ont un voile dorsal avec deux lobes medians saillants, mais notre Peniagone a la
bouche moins inhVchie vers la face ventrale que chez les deux autres formes. D'ailleurs

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 412.)

DE L'EXPEUITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALE ECOSSAISE. 9

la forme subantarctique, P. ri/rcn, s'eu distingue par la presence de deux paires de
papilles dorsales et d'uue collerette perianale.

Comme autre Peniagone subantarctique pouvant etre comparee a la P. Pirtci, nous
avons la P. pnrpurea Theel, recueillie par le Ch«-ll<>it,<j<'r par 46° 1 6' et 53° 55' de latitude
sud, a uue profondeur de 1950 brasses. Cette forme de THEEL est de petite taille et
presents un voile dorsal compost'- par deux appendices tres greles et separes Fun de ] 'autre
sur une grande partie de leur longueur.

Nous devons aussi comparer la P. Pmeiavec la Scotoplanes rolmsta THEEL, recueillie
par le Challenger par 53° 55' de latitude sud et a 1950 brasses de profondeur. Cette
Scotoplanes est uue Elpiide de grande taille, mesurant 133 millimetres de longueur et
dont les pedicellea latero-ventraux, au nombre de onze paires, ont une disposition assez
semblable a celle observed dans notre espece ; mais son voile dorsal est bien different de
celui de la Peniagone Piriei : il est compose par deux paires de papilles de taille presque
identiques et ayant 10 millimetres de longueur.

Peniagone Wiltvni, nov. sp. (PI. I. fig. 6 et 7 ; PI. III. fig. 29, 30 et 31.)

Station 420, 21 Mars 1904; lat. S. 69° 33', long. W. 15° 19'; profondeur 2G20
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Get echantillon est en partie pe!6 ; les teguments blanc grisatre se detachent en
certains points et sont reconverts de vase sur presque toute leur surface.

Le corps (fig. 6) est obovale, il mesure 85 millimetres de long et sa plus graude
largeur, qui se trouve vers le quart anterieur, atteint 40 millimetres. La face ventrale
est aplatie et la face dorsale legerement bombee. L'extremite posterieure du corps est
arrondie; 1'extremite anterieure presente une region buccale de 10 millimetres de diametre,
assez bien separee du reste du corps et portant sur sa face ventrale 1'ouverture buccale.

Les pedicelles ne semblent pas avoir ete conserves dans leur integrite : sur la face
ventrale, nous en trouvons un plus grand nombre a droite qu'a gauche. A droite, ces
appendices, au nombre de quatre, sont disposes en une rangee le long du radius latero-
ventral ; le premier est a 20 millimetres de la region buccale, le deuxieme a, 12
millimetres du premier, le troisieme et le quatrieme a 20 millimetres des appendices les
precedant immediatement. Chacun de ces appendices a 8 a 10 millimetres de longueur
et 4 a 5 millimetres de diametre. Sur le cote gauche, nous ne trouvons plus que deux
pedicelles correspondant aux appendices moyens du cote droit. L'anus, qui est terminal
mais legerement dorsal, parait horde par une petite collerette.

Nous observons une semblable dissymetrie sur la face dorsale (fig. 7). On trouve
tout d'abord en avant et sur la region buccale une sorte de petit capuchon triangulaire
de 5 millimetres de hauteur en mauvais etat de conservation. A 10 millimetres en
arriere se presente une paire de gros appendices coniques, tres rapproches 1'un de 1'autre
et mesurant 20 millimetres de longueur et 7 a 8 millimetres de diametre a la base.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 4i:j.j

Oos
^®^ V

LI LIBRARY

LO M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURJES

A 10 millimc'tres en arriere de cette paire d'appendices dorsaux et un pcu sur le cote
gauche, on distingue une unique papille de 10 millimetres de longueur et de 3 milli-
metres de diametre.

La couronne tentaculaire parait se composer d'une dizaine de tentacules qui ont tous
disparus.

Les teguments renferment des batonnets epineux sur toute leur surface (fig. 31) et
des corpuscules etoiles a quatre branches. Tantot ceux-ci ont des bras simples recouverts
de nombreux piquants (fig. 30), tantot les branches sont surmontees vers leur base d'un
petit mamelon epineux (fig. 29).

Les organes genitaux constituent deux glaudes en grappe a parois transparentes.

Rapports et Differences. — II est difficile de preciser la place generique de cette
nouvelle Elpiide ; mais par suite de la presence d'un voile tres r^duit et de corpuscules
tetraradies nous pouvons la considerer comme appartenant au genre Peniagone.

Nous devons comparer cette P. Wiltoni a la Kolga nana Theel. Le Challenger
avait recueilli cette derniere espece, soit dans les regions arctiques soit dans les regions
antarctiques, rnais il est tres probable que la forme antarctique est simplement analogue
a celle des regions arctiques ; d'ailleurs THEEL indique qu'elle n'etait represent6e que par
un seul individu incomplet recueilli a 60° 52' de latitude sud et a 1260 brasses de
profondeur. Sa longueur est de 28 millimetres et ses pedicelles latero-ventraux sont au
nombre de neuf paires : ils sont done plus nombreux que dans notre espece. La face
dorsale de la K. nana presents quatre papilles disposees en une range's transversale,
les medianes etant les plus larges. Les corpuscules calcaires sont aussi differents dans
les deux especes.

PSYCHROPOTIDES.

BENTHODYTES, Theel.
Benthodijtes spuma, nov. sp. (PI. I. fig. l ; PL II. fig. -20.)

Station 420, 21 Mars 1904; lat, S. 69° 33', long. W. 15° 19'; profondeur 2620
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Get unique echantillon a un aspect gelatineux ; il nous a rappele a ce point de vue
le Pelopatides gelatinosus (Walsh). La coloration est grisatre sur la face dorsale et d'un
noir violace sur la face ventrale. Le corps est legerement aplati sur la face ventrale,
mais le radius median est assez saillant, surtout dans sa region moyenne ; 1'aplatisse-
ment est bien marque" dans les regions anterieure et post6rieure du corps. La face dorsale
est un peu convexe ; les teguments ont un aspect plus gelatineux dans cette region que
dans les autres parties de 1'animal. Get exemplaire mesure 155 millimetres de longueur
et 45 millimetres de plus grande largeur.

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 414.)

I)E l;'K\l'KI>mON ANTARCTIC UK NATIONAL!', K< '< >SSA ISK. II

L'anus est terminal ; hi bouche est nettement ventrale, et est situee a 20 millimetres
du bord antericur. Elle est entouree de seize tentacules noir violace munis de courts
pedoncules ; le disque terminal de ces tentacules a 4 millimetres de diametre, il est
convexe et preseute de nombreuses petites papilles periph6riques.

La region anterieure du corps (fig. 1) oti're une collerette peribuccale de 30 milli-
metres de largeur, composee d'une quarantaine de petites papilles en forme de festons a
bords arrondis. Entre la collerette peribuccale et le cercle tentaculaire, les teguments
de la face ventrale sont reconverts de nombreuses petites verrucosites ou plissements.
A la collerette buccale, fait suite, de chaque cote du corps, une rangee longitudinals de
petits appendices noir violace, nettement separes les uns des autres et ne constituant
pas par leur ensemble de bordure laterale. On retrouve de semblables petites papilles
noir violace disseminees sans ordre sur toute la face dorsale (fig. 20). Dans la region
posterieure, on distingue une collerette perianale, s'arretant au niveau de I'anus et formee
d'uri certain nombre de festons plus ou moins turgescents.

A 15 millimetres en arriere de la bouche commencent les rangees de pedicelles du
radius median ventral qui s'arretent a 10 millimetres en avant de I'anus. Ces appendices
sont au nombre de quatre-vingt-cinq disposes en deux rangees plus ou moins alternantes
et ils sont tres rapproehes les uns des autres.

Malgre toutes nos recherches nous n'avons pu trouver de corpuscules calcaires soit
dans les parois du corps soit dans les tentacules et les organes genitaux. 11 est tres
probable qu'ils ont ete dissous par les liquides conservateurs.

La vesicule de Poli unique a 20 millimetres de longueur.

Les organes genitaux sont constitues par deux glandes de 40 millimetres de longueur
presentant chacune un canal central grisatre portant de distance en distance des
faisceaux de ceecums plus ou moins arborescents.

L'iutestin est de coloration grisatre, le rectum est noir violace et il presente un petit
ctecum sur la moitie de sa longueur.

Kapports et Differences. — Nous ne pouvons guere rapprocher la Bentkodytes spuma
que de la B. abyssicola, Theel ; mais celle-ci s'en distingue facilement parce (^u'elle a
quinze tentacules, des processus dorsaux de petite dimension mais repartis au nombre
d'une dizaine par radius dorsal ; elle possede aussi une bordure laterale composee de
pedicelles plus developpes que ceux du radius median ventral.

On a deja signale dans les regions antarctiques deux especes de Benthodytes : la B
sanguinolenta Theel et la B. sordid a Theel. La B. sanguinolenta a dix-huit tentacules,
une bordure laterale formee de nombreux appendices et elle est pourvue de minuscules
papilles dorsales. Le B. sordida a (juinze tentacules, une bordure laterale formee
de nombreux appendices et des appendices dorsaux de difierentes tailles. Les deux
especes antarctiques de Benthodytes deja decrites sont done bien distinctes de
notre B. spuma.

(HOY. SOC. KIIIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 415.)

12 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

BenthoJytcs Browni, nov. sp. (PI. I. fig. 2 et 3.)

Station 451, 13 Avril 1904; lat. S. 48° 06', long. W. 10C 05'; profondeur 1742
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Le corps de cet exemplaire est plus ou moms cylindrique, avec les regions anterieure
et posterieure arrondies. La face ventrale est legerement aplatie, surtout dans sa region
mediane, taudis que la face dorsale est fortement bombee. La longueur de cet individu
est de 200 millimetres, sa largeur est de 50 millimetres et sa hauteur 35 millimetres.
Les teguments sont plisses et fortement pigmentes, leur coloration est d'un noir
uniforme.

La bouche (fig. 3) est ventrale et situee a 10 millimetres du bord anterieur, 1'anus
est terminal. La bouche est entouree de quatoi^ze tentacules, tous de meme grandeur.
Chaque tentacule se compose d'un pedoncule d'une dizaine de millimetres de long,
surmonte d'un disque convexe de 10 millimetres de diametre, a surface terminale
papilleuse et pr6sentaut sur son pourtour quelques digitations assez fortement
rtitractees.

Les radius dorsaux (fig. 2) sont tres saillants et ils sont nettement separe"s Fun de
1'autre par une region deprimee, surtout dans la ruoitie posterieure du corps. Sur
presque toute la longueur de chaque radius soiit disposes, en une seule rangee, une
vingtaine d'appendices coniques, a peu pres tous identiques et ayant une base d'une
dizaine de millimetres de diametre. Dans la region anterieure ces papilles sont de taille
plus petite et, sur le radius droit, nous en trouvons deux au meme niveau. Une rangee
de seize pedicelles s'etend sur toute la longueur de chaque radius latero-ventral (fig. 3) ;
chacun de ces pedicelles presente une base elargie conique, dont le diametre atteiut 12
millimetres ; cette partie est plus ou moins plissee et elle est surmontee d'uu petit
mamelon cylindrique et retractile de 5 millimetres de longueur et de 2 millimetres de
diametre. Les deux rangees ambulacraires late'ro-ventrales sont paralleles et ne sont
reliees par aucune bordure postanale.

Le radius median ventral est marque par deux bandes longitudiuales, en depression
sur le reste de la sole, et sillonnees par de nombreux traits transversaux. A un premier
examen externe nous ne trouvions aucun appendice sur ce radius, mais 1'etude interne
decele dans le quart posterieur une huitaine de pedicelles disposes sur deux rangees plus
ou moius alternantes.

Les teguments sont epais ; leur coloration est noiratre a 1'exterieur et violacee a
1'interieur. Us ne renferment aucune trace de corpuscule, mais cela est tres probable-
ment du a 1'action du formol.

Les organes genitaux sont constitutes de deux houppes de tres nombreux tubes greles
de 20 a 35 millimetres de longueur et de couleur rouge violace. L'unicjue vesicule de
Poli mesure 30 millimetres de longueur ; elle est de couleur gris violace.

l!tipl>orts et Differences. — La Benthodytes Browni est nettemeut caracterisee par la

(ROY. soc. BDIN. TRANS., VUL. XLVI., 416.)

DK (.'EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAISK. 13

forme de ses gros appendices latero-ventraux et dorsaux et par la localisation des
pedicelles medio-ventraux sur le quart posterieur du corps.

Dans le groupe des Benthodytes pourvues de quatorze tentacules, la J>. <-nn'<>sn doit
etre compare'e a la B. Jmitliiini Marenzellertrouvee dans 1' Atlantique nord ; mais celle-ci
se distingue de notre espece par des differences de taille entre les diverses papilles
dorsales et par le grand n ombre de pedicelles de la region marginale et du radius median
ventral. La B. curium s'eloigne aussi de la B. nt«'inillij'<'r« Theel, espece qui peut
n'avoir aussi que quatorze tentacules, mais dont le pourtour est borde par de nombreux
pedicelles de petite taille et dont le radius dorsal offre ciii<|uante petits processus
coniques disposes suivant deux rangees plus ou moins alternantes.

Benthod?/t>-s recta, nov. sp. (PI. II. fig. 23 ; PI. III. fig. 37 et 38.)

Station 291, 7 Mars 1903 ; lat, S. 67° 33', long. W. 30 35' ; profondeur 2500 brasses.
Trois exemplaires.

Parmi ces trois exemplaires uu est eompletement pele, les deux autres, quoique en
assez mauvais etat, peuvent pourtant servir a caracteriser cette nouvelle espece. Les
dimensions respectives de ces deux echantillons sont : pour 1'un, 150 millimetres de
longueur et 30 millimetres de largeur, et, pour 1'autre, 1 10 millimetres de longueur et 20
millimetres de largeur. Leur corps est plus ou moins aplati, la face ventrale quoicjue
legerement convexe est beaucoup moins bombee que la face dorsale.

La coloration generale est rouge violace, mais la face ventrale est de teinte plus foncee
que la face dorsale. La bouche est franchement ventrale et plus ou moins saillante ;
elle est eutouree par seize tentacules grisatres, dout le disque terminal est convexe et a
surface externe pustuleuse. L'anus est plutot ventral que terminal.

On distingue une collerette peribuccale qui se continue de chaque cote du corps par
uue bordure peu saillante formee d'une cinquantaine de papilles ou festous. En arriere,
ces bordures laterales se reunissent 1'une a 1'autre par une collerette periauale formee de
deux lobes se separant au niveau de 1'anus.

Le radius median ventral possede un grand nombre de pedicelles disposes en deux
rangees longitudinales. alternant irivgulierement 1'une avec 1'autre et s'rtendant sur
toute la longueur du radius.

Chaque radius dorsal (fig. 23) peut posseder au plus quatre papilles ; les trois
anterieures sont de plus petites dimensions que la posterieure ; elles atteigneut, chez le
petit exemplaire, 2 a 4 millimetres de longueur, tandis que la papille posterieure a 10
millimetres. Le petit echantillon presente la premiere papille a 14 millimetres du
bord anterieur, la seconde papille a 8 millimetres de la premiere, la troisieme a 23
millimetres de la deuxieme et la derniere a 40 millimetres de la precedente. Chez le
grand exemplaire ces distances respectives sont 30 millimetres, 20 millimetres, 25 (?)
millimetres et 45 millimetres.

(KOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 417.)

14 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

Les teguments sont miuces et renferment des corpuscules calcaires en forme de croix
(fig. 37) a quatre branches inegales et incurvees, presentant sur leur longueur quelques
piquants massifs. Dans les tentacules sont des baton nets arques (fig. 38), quelquefois a
extremites bifides ; leur taille varie beaucoup.

Rapports et Differences. — La Benthodytes recta est une espece de Benthodytes a seize
tentacules, qui se separe nettement des especes deja decrites. Parmi les especes
antarctiques, elle a quelques affinites avec la B. sordida Theel, mais cette derniere a quinze
tentacules, trois paires de grands processus dorsaux entre lesquels sont des papilles plus
petites, et une bordure laterale bien differente de celle de notre espece.

EUPHRONIDES, Theel.

Euphronides Scotise, nov. sp. (PI. I. fig. 8 et 9 ; PI. Ill, fig. 39 et 40.)

Station 313, 18 Mars 1903; lat. S. 62° 10', long. W. 41° 20'; profondeur 1775
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Get exemplaire a une longueur de 140 millimetres et uue largeur de 45 millimetres
environ. La face dorsale est legerement bombee, sa coloration est blanc grisatre avec
quelques reflets roses. La face ventrale est aplatie ; sa coloration generale est brunatre,
mais son pourtour et sa portion mediane sont verdatres. La bouche est ventrale et se
trouvc situee a 10 millimetres du bord anterieur; 1'anus est aussi compris dans la sole
ventrale et est aussi a 10 millimetres du bord posterieur.

La sole ventrale (fig. 9) est entouree, sur tout son pourtour, par une bordure festonnee.
La partie circumorale comprend une vingtaine de festons de faible epaisseur et tres peu
echancres ; les portions laterales sont composees, de chaque cote, par une quarantaine de
festons faisant peu de saillie et inflechis du cote ventral ; mais a 30 millimetres environ,
en avant de 1'auus, la bordure s'etale a nouveau pour constituer la collerette perianale ;
cette derniere est formee par une trentaine de festons peu decoupes.

Le radius median ventral fait legerement saillie sur une largeur de 10 millimetres
environ et, suivant toute sa longueur, se trouvent repartis soixante-cinq pedicelles dis-
poses en deux rangees plus on moins irregulierement alternantes. De chaque cote de
ce radius, la sole ventrale presente toute une serie de paires de stries transversales.

Le cercle tentaculaire est entour6 par un repli brunatre ; il comprend seize tentacules
brunatres. Chaque tentacule se termiue par un disque offrant a sa surface un grand
nombre de petites verrucosites.

La face dorsale (fig. 8) est fortement plissee et presente a 105 millimetres du bord
anterieur un gros appendice impair de 20 millimetres de largeur a sa base et de 1 5
millimetres de hauteur ; son extremite libre est arroudie. En avant de ce gros appendice
se trouve, vers le milieu du corps, une paire de petites papilles de 2 millimetres de
longueur, plus ou moins cachees par les replis des teguments. Ces petites papilles sont

(BOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 418.)

DE L'EXPEDITTON ANTARUTIQUE NATIONALE ECOSSAISK. 15

a 15 millimetres 1'une ile 1'iintro. L'ouverture genitale est a 20 millimetres du bord
auterieur.

Les teguments sont minces et flexibles ; ceux de la face dorsale sont legerement
rugueux, ils renferment des corpuscules tri- et tetraradies (fig. 39 et 40) dont les
branches, souvent un pen incurvees, offrent quelques piquants ; ils sont de ditferentes
tallies et presenteut tons un piquant central.

L'organisation interne montre bien que le gros appendice dorsal provient de la soudure
de deux papilles. Des fragments calcaires, en mauvais etat de conservation places
autour de la bouche, semblent etre les restes d'un anneau calcaire. La vesicule de Poli
unique est de couleur rose violace et mesure 30 millimetres de longueur.

Les ovaires sont constitues par deux petites grappes s'etendant sur 20 millimetres
de longueur.

Rapports et Differences. — Notre Euplironidcs Scotia', doit etre comparee d'une part
avec les E. Tanneri Ludwig et E. depressa Theel, especes a un seul grand appendice
dorsal, mais qui s'en distinguent par la presence de dix-huit tentacules, et d'autre part,
avec les E. rerrucosa Ludwig et E. bifurcata Koehler et Vaney, qui possedent comme
elle seize teutacules, mais dont les teguments sont fortement verruqueux.

L' Euphronides Scotiw est plus antarctique que YE. depressa proprement dite *
recueillie par le Challenger sur les cotes de Patagonie.

PSYCHROPOTES, Theel.
Psi/chropotes longicauda, Theel, var. antarctica, nov. var.

Station 417, 18 Mars 1904; lat. S. 71° 22', long. W. 16C 34' ; profondeur 1410 brasses.
Un exemplaire.

Get exemplaire differe de I'espece type de THEEL par quelques caracteres secondaires,
cependant nous n'avons pas cru devoir Ten separer completement par suite du manque
de corpuscules calcaires ; ceux-ci ont ete' probablement dissous par la formaldehyde.

Get echantillon a 280 millimetres de longueur et seulemeut 50 millimetres de
largeur ; il est done plus allonge que le type de THEEL, dont la largeur est environ le
tiers de la longueur. Le corps est plutot cylindrique, sa largeur reste constante suivant
toute la longueur ; les extremites anterieure et posterieure sont le^gerement arrondies.
La face ventrale est aplatie, la face dorsale est convexe, mais elle n'offre pas en arriere la
sure'levation indiquee par THKEL dans son Ps. longicauda. La coloration est gris violace,
les bords marginaux sont brim fonc6.

La region caudale s'insere a 4-5 millimetres en avant de 1'extremite posterieure; elle
est conique et mesure 100 millimetres de longueur et 25 millimetres de largeur a sa
base d'insertion. Son extremit^ libre se termine par deux digitations presque egales :

* Voir E. PERKIER, Holotlmrics: Ext,. ,s'c. </» " Tmrailleur" et du " Talisman," 1902, ].. 434.
(KOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 419.)

16 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

rune de 8 millimetres cle longueur, 1'autre de 6 millimetres seulement. La bouche et
1'anus sont tons deux dans la sole ventrale ; la bouche est a 15 millimetres du bord
anterieur et 1'anus a 5 millimetres du bord posterieur. Le radius median ventral
renferme une cinquantaine de pedicelles brunatres, retractes et repartis en deux rangees
alternantes. Sur le pourtour de la sole ventrale, on trouve, en avant, une collerette
peribuccale de faible epaisseur, formee par quinze petits festons, qui se continue de
chaque cot6 par une simple rangee d'une quarantaine de pedicelles assez distants les uns
des autres. En arriere, ces deux rangees se reunissent 1'une a 1'autre par une sorte de
collerette perianale a festons mal definis.

La face dorsale presente, comme le type de Ps. longicauda, quatre paires de
petites papilles situees successivement a 50, 60, 80 et 100 millimetres du bord anterieur.

Les teguments sont minces mais malheureusement completement debarrasses de
leurs corpuscules calcaires.

Les glandes genitales sont composees de deux glandes en grappe de 60 millimetres
de longueur, form6e chacune d'une serie de vesicules de couleur gris violace. La vesicule
de Poli unique est blanc grisatre et mesure 70 millimetres de longueur.

Get exemplaire appartient au Ps. longicauda Theel, car il possede, comme cettc
espece, dix-huit tentacules, quatre paires de papilles dorsales, mais ici la region caudale
se termine par deux digitations presque egales, le corps est plus elance et il ne presente
ni bordure laterale ni surelevation posterieure.

Les exemplaires rapport6s par le Challenger avaient ete recueillis en trois stations
difterentes : 1'une situee a 62° 26' lat. S. et 95° 44' long. E. et a 1975 brasses de
profondeur, 1'autre a 53° 55' lat. S. et 108° 35' long. E., a 1950 brasses de profondeur,
et enfin la troisieme a 34° 7' lat. S. et 73° 56' long. W., a 2225 brasses de profondeur.

THEEL avait deja separe, parmi les exemplaires de la deuxieme station, deux varietes :
la variete monstrosa et la variete fusco-purpurea.

Quoique la taille de notre echantillon et la longueur de sa region caudale atteignent
presque celles du type de la variete" montrosa, il en differe par la forme ge'nerale du
corps et 1'absence de bordure laterale. Notre exemplaire est beaucoup plus antarctique
que cette variete et par ses divers caracteres il parait etre le type d'une nouvelle variete
a laquelle nous donnons le nom dtantarctica.

Psi/chropotes laticauda, nov. sp. (PL II. fig. 14 et 24.)

Station 290, 6 Mars 1904; lat. S. 67° 39', long. W. 36° 10'; profondeur 2500
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Station 468, 29 Avril 1904 ; lat. S. 39° 48', long. E. 2° 33'; profondeur 2645-2900
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Les deux exemplaires. quoique provenant de deux stations assez distantes 1'une de
1'autre, appartiennent sans aucun doute a la meme espece. L'un des echantillons est

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 420.)

DE [/EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALS ECOSSA1SE. 17

rempli de vase et semble avoir conserve sa forme primitive; c'est sur celui-ci que nous
etablirons les caracteres de la nouvelle espece. Comme le Px. lonyieauda Theel, notre
nouveau Psycliropotes est sureleve en arriere, oh sa hauteur atteint 45 millimetres,
taudis qu'il offre en avant un aplatissement tres marque. La largeur du corps est
sensiblement la meme sur toute la longueur et est comprise entre 50 et 55 millimetres ;
la longueur atteint de 185 a 190 millimetres. La coloration geuerale des teguments est
violet rougeatre ; la teinte est foncee sur la face ventrale et grisatre sur la face dorsale .'
les pedicelles out leurs extremites brunatres.

La face ventrale (fig. 14) est aplatie et forme une sole aux extremites de laquelle
sont la bouche et 1'anus ; la bouche est a 30 millimetres du bord anterieur et 1'anus a 10
millimetres du bord posterieur ; chacune de ces ouvertures est entouree d'une collerette.
La collerette peribuccale se compose d'une vingtaine de pedicelles tres elargis a la base
et termines par une digitation de 4 a 5 millimetres de long ; elle s'inflechit assez
fortement en arriere de la bouche. La collerette perianale comprend quatorze festons
tres larges a contours presque arroudis ; seules les papilles posterieures offrent un petit
mamelon. Les extremites correspondantes de ces collerettes sont reunies 1'une a
1'autre par une rangee d'une dizaine de pedicelles latero-ventraux de grosse taille et
bien separes.

Le radius median ventral presente une trentaine de pedicelles repartis irregulierement
sur deux rangees alternantes. Dans la moitie, posterieure les pedicelles sont tres
rapproches ; il en est de meme vers le voisinage immediat de la bouche ; mais dans le
reste de ce radius median, ils sont tres largement espaces.

Sur la face dorsale se trouvent deux paires de petites papilles ; la premiere est a 80
millimetres du bord anterieur, 1'autre a 100 millimetres de cette extremite. L'appendice
caudal est place tout a fait a 1'arriere, il est aplati dorso-ventralement et est termini''
par une pointe arrondie semblant provenir de la soudure intime de deux papilles
egales. La queue a une longueur de 60 millimetres et une largeur a la base de 35
millimetres.

Le cercle tentaculaire est compost de dix-huifc tentacules brunatres. Chacun de
ceux-ci presente un pedoncule violet de 10 millimetres de long, terrain e par un disque
violet brunatre de 8 millimetres de diatnetre dont la partie distale est convexe, a surface
rugueuse et porte, sur son pourtour, une vingtaine de papilles plus ou moins r6tractees.
Les teguments sont plus minces sur la face dorsale que sur la face ventrale ; ils
renferment des corpuscules etoiles (fig. 24) a quatre ou six branches plus ou moius
incurvees, sur lesquelles sont disposees de distance en distance quelques piquants. Au
centre du corpuscule s'eleve toujours un piquant plus developpe que les autres et a
pointe mousse.

Les muscles longitudinaux sout marron brunatre, 1'intestiu est grisatre. La vesicule
de Poli uniijiie est grisatre et mesure 40 millimetres de longueur.

Les organes genitaux sont constitues par deux grappes d'une vingtaine de vesicules
blanc jaunatre, placees a I'extremit4 d'uu canal de 35 millimetres de longueur.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 421.)

18 M. CLEMENT VANP]Y : LES HOLOTHURIES

Differences. — Le Psychropotes laticauda se rapproche du Ps. longicauda
Theel ; il s'en distingue par le petit nombre et la taille des pedicelles latero-ventraux,
par la repartition hete'rogene des pedicelles medio-ventraux et par la forme et la
terminaison de la region caudale.

Cette nouvelle espece rappelle aussi le Ps. raripes Ludwig, car tout deux ont des
pedicelles latero-ventraux bien separes les uns des autres ; mais dans le Ps. raripes, les
corpuscules calcaires sont beaucoup plus epineux que dans notre Ps. laticauda, d'ailleurs
les pedicelles du radius impair sont repartis differemment dans ces deux especes,
de plus notre Ps. laticauda a des appendices dorsaux alors que le Ps. raripes en
est depourvu.

La repartition inegale des pedicelles medio-veutraux, le petit nombre d'appendices
dorsaux et 1'absence de toute bordure laterale reliant les pedicelles latero-ventraux
separe le Ps. laticauda du Ps. buglossa Perrier ; les corpuscules calcaires sont d'ailleurs
difterents dans ces deux especes.

Psychropotes Brucei, nov. sp. (PI. I. fig. 13 ; PI. II. fig. 21 et 22 ; PI. III. fig. 41 et 42.)

Station 291, 7 Mars 1903; lat. S. 67° 33', long. W. 36° 35'; profoncleur 2500
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Le corps est allonge? et de coloration gris jaunatre ; sa longueur est de 170 milli-
metres et sa largeur de 50 millimetres environ. La face ventrale aplatie (fig. 21) est
de couleur plus fonce'e que la face dorsale, celle-ci est legerement bombee. La bouche
et 1'anus sont netternent ventraux. En avant, 1'exemplaire presente une collerette
pe'ribuccale de 40 a 44 millimetres de diametre formee de vingt-six papilles assez
saillantes. Autour de 1'anus, on trouve une serie de huit paires de petites papilles
jaunatres disposees sur un cercle de 30 millimetres de diametre. Sur le cote, le corps
presente une bordure laterale qui ddborde d'un centimetre environ vers la region
anterieure et de quelques millimetres seulement vers la region poste.rieure. Sous cette
bordure s'etend, de chaque c6te du corps, de la collerette peribuocale a la collerette
perianale, une rangee d'une huitaine de pedicelles bien separes entre eux, dont les trois
premiers sont assez distants les uns des autres. Le radius median ventral est fortement
retracte et plisse ; malgre nos recherches faites en etalant cette region ou en examinant
la face interne, nous n'avons pu distinguer aucun appendice.

La bouche est situee ;i 22 millimetres du bord anterieur ; elle est entouree de dix-
huit tentacules brun rougeatre disposes un pen irregulierement. Chaque tentacule se
termine par un disque de 7 millimetres de diametre, a surface externe convexe,
papilleuse et bordee de festons periphmques plus ou moins retractes ; leur pMoncule est
court et blanc jaunatre.

Vu de cote (fig. 22), le corps se termiue, dans sa region posterieure, par une sorte de
talon surmonte d'une region caudale tres saillante, aplatie lateralement, terminee en

Y. HOC. KDIN. TBANS., VOL. XI.VI., 422.)

DE L'EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAISE. 19

pointe, cintive en avant et offrant une double inflexion telle que la pointe est report' •<>
presque au-dessus du talon. La hauteur de cette region caudale est de 60 millimetres
et sa longueur ;'i la base attcint 35 millimetres. Sur la face dorsale (fig. 13) so trouvent
1'ouverture gt'-nitale, situee a 40 millimetres du bord antericur et, plus en .'irrirre, deux
paires de petites papilles. La premiere paire est a 5 millimetres de 1'ouverture genitale
et presente un I'-carteuient de 10 millimetres ; la deuxieme paire est a 15 millimetres plus
en arriere et oli're un ecartement de 20 millimetres.

Les teguments renferment des corpuscules cruciformes (fig. 41 et 42) dont les branches
sont fortement epineuses. Au centre du corpuscule s'eleve toujours un piquant.

Le tube digestif est marron clair, mais le rectum est noiratre. Les muscles longi-
tudinaux des radius sont de couleur marron.

Les organes genitaux sont composes de deux faisceaux d'une dizaine d'ampoules.
Chaque faisceau aboutit a un canal de 20 millimetres de longueur. Les plus grosses
ampoules sont ovales et ont 10 millimetres de plus grand diametre.

Rapports et Differences. — Si reellenient le radius median ventral du Psychropotes
Brucei est depourvu de pedicelles, cette espece se rapprocherait du Ps. Grimaldii
Herouard de 1'Atlantique, qui possede aussi dix-huit tentaeules. Mais notre nouveau
Psychropotes se separe tres nettement de la forme decrite par HEROUARD par sa bordure
perianale et par 1'absence de bordure laterale festounee. D'ailleurs le Ps. Grrimaldn ne
possede pas de papilles dorsal es et a une 'queue tres developpee. De plus les corpuscules
calcaires sont clifterents dans les deux especes.

Si notre espece possede des pedicelles sur le radius median, nous devrons la rapprocher
des Psychropotes raripes Ludwig. Ps. buglossa R. Perrier, Ps. fucata E. Perrier
et Ps. longicauda.

Le Ps. raripes a une disposition des pedicelles latero-ventraux et une structure des
corpuscules calcaires assez semblables a celles de notre espece, mais il ne possede aucune
papille dorsale et ses pedicelles latero-ventraux sont bien plus developpes que ceux du
Ps. Brucei.

Les Ps. buylossa et Ps. fucata se distinguent du Ps. Brucei par la forme et le
nombre des pedicelles latero-ventraux, 1'allure de la region caudale, le nombre des
papilles dorsales et la forme des corpuscules calcaires.

Le Ps. longicauda a un plus grand nombre de papilles dorsales, de quatre a cinq
paires, de nombreux pedicelles latero-ventraux, et sa region caudale se termine par deux
prolongements digitiformes. Get ensemble de caracteres 1'eloigne done de notre nouvelle
espece.

(ROY. SOC. KDIN. TItANS., VOL. XI.VI.,

20 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

DENDROCHIROTES.
CUCUMARIIDES.

PSOLUS, Oken.

Psolits antarcticus (Philippi).
Pour la bibliographic voir :

1905. R. PERRIER, " Holothuries antarctiques du Museum J'histoire naturello de Paris," Ann. Se.

not. : Zooloijie, 9C' S., t. i., p. 55.
1907. C. VANEY, Holothuries: Expedition antarctique francaise, p. 21.

Port Stanley, lies Falkland ; profondeur 4 brasses. Un exemplaire.

Ce petit exemplaire est de forme elliptique ; son plus grand axe atteint 1 5 millimetres
de longueur et le plus petit axe a 10 •millimetres. La coloration est blanchatre. Les
plaques peribuccales sout beaucoup plus developpees que les perianales. Le pourtour
de la sole a deux rangees d'ambulacres. On distingue de petites granulations sur les
grandes ecailles dorsales.

PSOLIDIUM, Ludwig.

Psolidium convergens (Herouard).

1905. R. PERKIER, "Holothuries antarctiques du Museum d'histoire naturelle de Paris," p. 38.

1906. E. HEROUARD, Holothuries: Expedition antarctique beige de la " Belgiea," p. 13.

Janvier 1903, Port Stanley, lies Falkland ; profondeur 4 brasses. Un exemplaire.

Get unique exemplaire est blanchatre ; il mesure 22 millimetres de longueur et 7
millimetres de plus grande largeur ; son extremite post6rieure est conique et legerement
relevee du cote dorsal. La disposition des pedicelles et la forme des corpuscules
calcaires correspondent exactement aux descriptions d'HEROUARD et de R. PERRIER.

Psolidium (Cucumaria) Coatsi, nov. sp. (PI. IV. fig. 47, 48, 49 et 50.)

Station 325, Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 ti 10 brasses. Un
exemplaire.

Le corps est presque cylindrique, mais faiblement incurve ; Fextremite posterieure est
conique et 1' extremite anterieure est tronconique. La bouche et 1'anus sont terminaux.
Get exemplaire mesure 25 millimetres de longueur et 10 millimetres de diametre ; ses
teguments sont blanc grisiltrc. Les pedicelles du trivium sont localises sur une sole
ventrale aplatie mais encore un peu convexe et qui n'est pas nettement circonscrite.

(HOY. sue. IOUIN. THANS., VOL. XLVI., 424.)

DE L EXPEDITION ANTARCTTQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAISE. 21

Les rangees de pedicelles, bien visibles, ne semblent commencer qu'a 6 millimetres
en arriere de 1'ouverture buccale et se terminer qu'a 4 millimetres de 1'anus, mais en
realite elles se prolongent plus en avant et plus en arriere par des rangees de pedicelles
de plus petite taille. Le radius median ventral est saillant et presente unc cinquan-
taine de pedicelles repartis en deux rangees plus ou moins alternes ; les radius latero-
ventraux offrent aussi une cinquantaine de pedicelles repartis en deux rangees : la
rangee interne a parfois un plus grand nombre d'appeudices que la rangee externe ;
celle-ci possede des regions depourvues d'appendices et d'autres presentant de petits
pedicelles.

La surface dorsale est plissee et les appendices s'y trouvent repartis sans ordre sur
presijue toute son etendue. Ces pedicelles out la me.nie importance que ceux du trivium.
L'ouverture anale est bordee par cinq ptklicelles.

Dans les teguments du corps sout de nombreuses plaques, plus ou moins imbriquees,
ovales, a, surface courbe et presentant de nombreuses perforations ; 1'une de leurs
extremites est pourvue d'un prolongement plus on moins epineux. Les plaques de la
sole (fig. 47) sont de plus grande taille que celles de la paroi dorsale (fig. 49).
On trouve aussi des batonnets a ramification plus ou moins arborescente (fig. 48). Les
oorpuscules des pedicelles ventraux (fig. 50) sont des plaques allongees et nieme.
ramifiees, a surface courbe et offrant de nombreuses perforations.

L'anneau calcaire est compose de dix pieces triangulaires de 2 millimetres de hauteur
et d'uu millimetre de base ; le sonimet des parties radiales est tronque, tandis que celui
des interradiales est pointu. Les muscles retracteur.s s'inserent vers le milieu du corps.
La vesicule de Poli unique est vesiculeuse et a 5 millimetres de longueur. L'unique
tube madreporique est court et termine par une grande plaque madreporique. Les
organes geiiitaux sont constitutes par deux faisceaux d'une vingtaine de tubes simples,
blanc jaunatre, de 15 a 20 millimetres de longueur.

Rapports et Differences. — Ce Psolidium (Cucumaria) Coatsi pourrait etre classe
indifteremment dans les genres Psolidium ou Cucumaria. Pourtant il ott're beaucoup
d'analogie avec le Psolidium convergens (Herouard) et c'est pourquoi nous en faisons
plutot un Psolidium qu'une Cucumaria. Conime le Ps. convergens, notre nouvelle
espece presente une sole ventrale pen difierenciee et des corpuscules calcaires de la face
ventrale non semblables a ceux de la face dorsale ; mais cliez le Ps. Coatsi, les plaques
sont toutes mnnies d'un prolougement a l'une de leurs extremites et cette espece ne
possede que des corpuscules superficiels tirborescents et aucnne des eupules treillissees
decrites chez le Ps. conceryrns ; de plus les pedicelles de la region dorsale out la nieme
importance que ceux de la sole.

Parmi les Cucumaria, le Ps. Coatsi se rapproche de nos nouvelles C. psolidiformis
et C. conspicua. Ses corpuscules calcaires presentent un prolongement epineux et
ressemblent a ecux des C. Steim'ni Ludwig et < '. l;i'i'i<jata Verrill, mais la disposition
de ses pedicelles est bien ditferente de eelle de ccs deux especcs. Notre nouvelle
espece de Psolidium otire aussi quclques afKnites avec la C.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 420.)

22 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

THYONE, Oken.
Thyone articulata, nov. sp. (PI. IV. fig. 43 et 44.)

Mai 1904, Bale de Saldanha, Afrique du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10 brasses. Deux
exemplaires.

Ces exemplaires sont fusiformes ; leurs teguments sout marron brunatre et presentent
des taches plus foncees reparties sur tout le corps, mais principalement sur la face dorsale.
La bouche et 1'anus sont termiuaux et sont entoures d'une aire blancliatre. Les
dimensions de ces deux echantillons sont les suivantes : 20 et 45 millimetres pour leur
longueur, 10 et 15 millimetres pour leur plus grand diametre.

Les pedieelles sont repartis sur toute la surface du corps et ne presentent pas de
rangees radiales distinctes. Les tentacules sont au nombre de dix. Les teguments sont
peu epais et renferment de nombreux corpuscules calcaires. Ceux-ci (fig. 43) sont des
batonnets aplatis, dont les extremites elargies presentent generalement une grosse
perforation accompagnee quelquefois d'une ou deux ouvertures de plus petite dimension.
Les pedieelles ont une plaque terminale avec de nombreuses petites perforations centrales
et de grandes ouvertures rayonuantes placees a la peripherie.

L'anneau calcaire (fig. 44) est tres developpe et atteint jusquYi 10 millimetres de
longueur. II est compose par un grand nombre de petits articles se poursuivant en
arriere par dix prolongements greles et coutournes en spirale. Chacun de ces prolonge-
ments posterieurs est forme par deux series alternantes d'articles, juxtaposes 1'une a
1'autre sur les deux tiers de leur longueur, mais se separant bien nettemeut vers le tiers
posterieur. Dans sa partie anterieure, 1'anneau calcaire otire cinq prolongements coniques
interradiaux et cinq prolongements radiaires biarticules.

Les muscles riVtracteurs s'inserent au quart anterieur du corps. L'unique vesicule
de Poli a 5 millimetres de longueur ; le canal madreporique est infiechi en avant.
Les tubes genitaux sont simples, jauimtres et disposes en houppes vers le milieu
du corps.

Rapports et Differences. — La Thyone articulata se rapproche de la Thyone spcct«Lilis
Ludwig par suite de ses corpuscules binoculaires, mais elle s'en separe nettement par la
forme de son anneau calcaire muni de longs prolongements posterieurs.

La structure de 1'anneau calcaire rapproche notre espece de la Thyone sacellus Selenka,
mais les corpuscules calcaires sont bien ditferents dans ces deux formes.

(.IWY. SUC. JODIN. TUANS., V(JL. XLVI.,

DE L'KXPKDTTTON ANTARCTIQ.UE NATIONALE ECOSSAISK.

CUCUMAIIIA, Blainvillo.

Cucumaria antarctica, Vaney.
1907. C. VANEY, JIoMlmries : Expedition antarctique fran$aise, p. 6.

Station 325, Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10 brasses. Plusieurs
echantillons.

Les differeuts exemplaires de cette espece rapportes par la Scotia sont absolument
ideutiques a ceux que j'ai dej A decrits dans les Holothuries du Frangais. Leur taille
est tres variable: les grands echantillons atteignent de 90 a 130 millimetres de
longueur et 30 millimetres de diametre ; les petits ont seulement une vingtaine de
millimetres de longueur et une dizaine de millimetres de diametre. La plupart sont
marrou brunatre et ont les pedicelles blanchatres. Leur couronne tentaculaire est
composee de dix tentacules tous egaux, pourvus chacun d'uu grand nombre de
ramifications blanchatres. Un unique exemplaire possede douze tentacules non
ramifies.

Les teguments out une coloration qui pent varier du brun au blanc ; chez tin
echantillon jeune ils sont tres rugueux.

Les corpuscules calcaires sont obovales avec une extremite plus ou moins pointue,
mais jamais ils ne presentent de veritable prolongement. Leurs contours sont
profondemeut decoupes ; lour surface est percee d'un grand nombre de perforations et
est kerissee de petits tubercules coniques ou arrondis. Chez un echantillon de petite
taille les corpuscules calcaires sont tres allonges et presentent une surface herissee d'un
grand nombre d'asperites.

Cucumaria crocca (Lesson).

Voir pour la bibliographic :

1898. H. LUDWIG, Holothuries der Hamburger Magalhaensische Sammelreise, Hamburg, p. 15-24.
1904. H. LUDWIO, " Brutpflnge Lei Echinodermen"; Festsr.-livii't Aug. Weismann, Zool. Jain-!'. SuppJ.,
BJ. vii., p. 683-699.

17 Janvier 1905, Port Stanley, lies Falkland ; profondeur 3^ brasses. Nombreux
exemplaires.

9 Avril 1904, lat. 51" 7' S., long. 9° 31' W. ; profondeur 2103 brasses. Nombreux
exemplaires.

8 Janvier 1903, Port Stanley, lies Falkland; profondeur 4 brasses. Trois
exemplaires.

Les dimensions de ces divers exemplaires sont tres variables : certains sont de petite
taille et atteignent seulement 5 a G millimetres de longueur; tandis cpie d'autres out
60 a 70 millimetres de longueur. Sur les echantillons de petites dimensions, les

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. SLVI., 427.)

24 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

pedicelles des radius du trivium sont seuls developpes ; chez les grands les ambulacres
dorsaux sont tres pctits et tres nombreux, formant par leur ensemble une petite Crete
longitudinals.

Les teguments sont minces, translucides, de couleur blanc jaunatre ou blanc rose.
La Scotia a recueilli un exemplaire de 50 millimetres de longueur auquel etaient fixes
des jeunes de 8 millimetres de longueur.

Cucumaria discolor, Theel.

Synonyme : C. australis, Ludwig.
1886. THEEL, Reports of the " Challenger" : Holotliurioidea, ii., p. 64.

19 Mai 1904. Baie de Saldanha, Afrique du Sud, rivage. Deux echantillons.

L'aspect general de ces deux exemplaires les rapproche des Colochirus. Leur corps
est fusiforme a contour vaguement pentagonal. Leurs longueurs respectives sont 40 et
50 millimetres et leur plus grand diametre 15 millimetres. La face ventrale est
blanchatre mais tachetee de bandes longitudinales brunatres ; la face dorsale et les parties
laterales sont marron brunatre et parsemees de petites punctuations. Tous les radius
n'ont qu'une double rangee de pedicelles. Les corpuscules calcaires des teguments sont
tres nombreux : ce sont de gros ovules treillisses, dix fois plus gros que les autres
corpuscules ; ceux-ci sont de deux sortes : les uns sont des coupes a quatre perforations
et presentant une douzaine de gros tubercules, les autres, plus superficiels, sont des
plaques perforees, tres greles avec de petites tuberosites. Dans les pedicelles sont des
corpuscules allonges, quelquefois incurves, presentant de nombreuses perforations et
quelques prolongements medians. Tous ces corpuscules rappellent ceux decrits par THEEL
dans sa Cucumaria discolor.

L'anneau calcaire est compose de dix pieces coniques de 4 millimetres de hauteur ;
les pieces radiales sont plus fortes que les interradiales.

L'echantillon decrit par THEEL provenait de Simon's Bay.

Cucumaria grandis, Vaney. (PL IV. fig. 45 et 46.)

1907. C. VANEY, Holothuries : Expedition antardique franraise, p. 12.

Station 325, Juiu 1903 ; Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10 brasses.
Quatre exemplaires.

La Scotia a rapport/' un assez grand nombre d'echantillons de cette espece que nous
avions etablie sur un unique exemplaire recueilli par le Franqais et malheureusement
traitr a la formaldehyde. II nous est maintenant possible de completer notre premiere
description.

Tous les echantillons de la Scotia sont de grandes dimensions : leur longueur oscille

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 428.)

DE L'EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALE ECOSSAISE. 25

entre 70, 100 et 120 millimetres et leur plus grand diametre est compris entre 50 et 70
millimetres.

La face dorsale est marron fonce, raais sur les parties laterales la coloration s'attenue
et passe insensiblement au gris clair, qui est la couleur de la face veutrale. Les pedicelles
sont blanclmtres et localises sur les radius ou ils sont disposes suivant deux rangees
placees a une petite distance 1'une de 1'autre. Les dix tentacules sont tous semblables
et offrent de courtes ramifications. Dans les regions retractees la peau est epaisse,
mais dans les parties etalees les teguments sont beaucoup plus minces et paraissent
tachetes en certains points.

Aucun echantillon ne presente d'anueau calcaire. La vesicule de Poli unique est
tres grande et atteint 45 millimetres de longueur.

Les teguments renferment une seule espece de corpuscules calcaires (fig. 45 et 46) :
ce sont des plaques ovales, incurvees et perforees ; leur contour est irr^gulier ; elles sont
munies, a 1'une de leurs extremites, d'un grand prolongement offrant quelques pointes
vers son extremite libre.

Cette Cucumaria grandis, par suite de ses corpuscules calcaires, appartient au
groupe des Cucumaria antarctiques renfermant dans leurs teguments seulement des
plaques perforees munies d'un prolongement epineux. A ce groupc appartiennent les
C. l&w'gata Verrill et C. Steineni Ludwig, mais la forme des corpuscules calcaires
caracterise bien notre nouvelle espece.

Cucumaria lateralis, Vaney.
1907. C. VANEY, Holothuries : Expedition antarctigue franyaise, p. 15.

Station 325, Avril 1903; Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 ;i 10
brasses. Deux exemplaires.

Malgre quelques differences au point de vue des corpuscules calcaires, nous rapportons
ces deux e'chantillous a notre Cucumaria lateralis, dont les exemplaires types avaient
ete recueillis par l'expedition antarctique fran§aise. La coloration des teguments et la
repartition des pedicelles sont semblables a celles des types ; dans un echantillon nous
retrouvons meme les deux poches incubatrices, 1'une latero-dorsale droite et 1'autre latero-
ventrale droite ; mais les corpuscules calcaires de ses teguments sont des plaques a
nombreuses perforations mais depourvues de tubercules. L'autre exemplaire possede de
tres grandes plaques ayant chacune do nombreuses perforations entre lesquelles sont
places des tubercules en grand nombre (jui se developpent et se rejoignent en certains
points pour former les ebauches d'un second n'-seau de travees.

Ces deux rchantillons out respectivement 27 et 30 millimetres de longueur et 18 et
20 millimetres de diametre.

(ROY. sue. KDIN. rKAXS., VOL XLVI., 429.)

2G M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHimiES

Cucumaria leeviyata, Verrill.

Voir pour la bibliographic :

1905. K. PERRIER, Holothurie» antaretiijues du Muf/'-vm il'hinfnire nafweJlv dc Pari*, p. 22.

1906. E. HEROUAHD, Holothnriex de I' Expedition antardique beige, p. 12.

Bane de Burdwood, lat. S. 54° 25', long. W. 57° 32'; profondeur 56 brasses. Huit
exemplaires.

Ces divers echantillons ont une longueur comprise entre 11 et 24 millimetres; leur
plus grand diametre varie entre 5 et 9 millimetres. Les tentacules, au nombre cle dix,
sont tons semblables et les pedicelles sont disposes, sur chaque radius, suivant deux
rangees plus ou moins alternantes. Les teguments sont rugueux et blanchatres ; ils ne
renferinent qu'une seule espece de corpuscules calcaires. Ces corpuscules sont des
plaques ovales, allongees, munies a 1'une des extremites de leur grand axe d'un prolonge-
ment epineux, quelquefois tres court et parfois bifide. La partie elargie du corpuscule
presents un grand nombre de perforations entre lesquelles sont des tubercules ; les
protuberances de la region moyenne de la plaque calcaire sont de plus grande dimension
que ceux des extremites.

Cttcumaria leonina, Semper.

Voir pour la bibliographic :

1905. K. PERKIER, Holothuries antarrfiques du Museum d'hittoire naturelle de Paris, p. 25.

1906. E. HEROUARD, Holotlmries de /'Expedition antardique belye, p. 11.

Station 118, Port William, lies Falkland; profondeur 6 brasses. Sept exemplaires.
Station 118, Port Stanley, lies Falkland ; profondeur 4 brasses. Un exemplaire.

Les exemplaires provenant de Port William ont 1'apparence de Thyone; ils sont
lilanc rose, fusiformes ; leur longueur varie de 40 a GO millimetres et leur plus grand
diametre est compris entre 12 et 18 millimetres. Les pedicelles semblent repartis
unifonm'inent dans toute la region medians ; pourtant certains echantillons montrent
encore de nombreuses rangees alignees suivant les radius, mais vers la region tentaculaire
Ton observe, chez tous les exemplaires, que deux rangees de pedicelles par radius.

L'exemplaire de Port Stanley est de couleur grisatre ; il a 22 millimetres de longueur
et 7 millimetres de diametre ; ses dix tentacules, tous semblables, sont brunutres ; les
pedicelles du trivium sont disposes sur chaque radius suivant deux rangees plus ou moins
alteruantes ; sur la face dorsale ces appendices sont dissemines.

Tous les echantillons renferment les corpuscules typiques de la Cucumaria leonina :
des plaques ovales perforees, couvertes cle forts tubercules et terminees a 1'une des
extremites par un processus epineux simplement perfore et des boucles regulieres a

(Kl)V. SOU. EDIK. TRANS., VOL. XJ.V1., 430.)

DH: L' EXPEDITION ANTAHcrrrQUE NATIONALE ECOSSATSE. 27

quatre orifices et pourvues d'une dizaine de gros tubercules. Les pedicelles out des
batonnets aplatis, perfores, recourbes en arc, a contours irreguliers et offrant en leur
milieu un prolongement plus ou moins epineux.

Oucumaria insolens, Th£el.

188G. THKBL, Reports of the " Challenger " : Holothurioirfea, ii., p. 70.
Baie de Saldanha, Afrique du Sud ; profondeur 4 brasses. Quatre exemplaires.

Ces divers echantillons ont une longueur comprise entre 15 et 30 millimetres et leur
diametre varie entre 7 et 10 millimetres. Leur coloration est tantot d'uu blanc grisatre
iiniforme ou bien elle est blanchatre sur la face ventrale et d'un brun plus ou moins
noiratre sur la face dorsale. Le corps est parfois cylindrique avec les extremites arrondies,
quelquefois il otfre une region ventrale aplatie en une sorte de sole rampante et une
region caudale legerement relevee vers la face dorsale.

La repartition des pedicelles est assez variable. Les trois radius du trivium possedent
toujours cliacun une double rangee de pedicelles ; ceux-ci sont quelquefois de plus petite
taille aux extremites du corps quo vers la region medians. Sur la face dorsale ces
pedicelles sout ou localises sur les radius ou plus ou moins dissemines sur toute la
surface.

Les gros corpuscules calcaires ovuliformes ne sont quelquefois surmontes qued'un tres
court prolongement epineux ; parfois celui-ci pent meme faire completement defaut.
Nous constatons tous les termes de passage entre ces ovules et les coupes avec
tuberosites.

Un des echantillons, par suite de 1'esquisse d'une sole ventrale, a absolument 1'allure
d'un Psolidium, les autres se rapprocheraient plutot des Colochirus.

Oucumaria psolidiformis, nov. sp. (PL II. fig. 17 et 18 ; PI. IV. fig 51, 52 et 53.)

Station 325, -Turn 1903, Baie de la Scotia. Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 10 brasses.
Un exemplaire.

Get unique exemplaire (fig. 17 et 18) mesure 35 millimetres de longueur; il est
presque cylindrique avec une face ventrale legerement aplatie constituant une sole mal
delimitee ; son plus grand diametre est de 10 a 12 millimetres. L'extremite posterieure
est conique et presente 1'anus a son sommet, 1'extremite anterieure est intlechie de telle
sorte que 1'ouverture buccale est tournee vers la region posterieure,.

Le corps est couvert sur toute sa surface de petits pedicelles assez rapproches les uns
des autres. De gros pedicelles sont repartis le long de chaque radius ; leur disposition
varie d'une region a 1'autre. Sur le bivium, ces series radiales s'etendeut de la bouche a
1'anus et renferment vingt-cinq pedicelles par radius disposes sur deux rangees alternantes.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 431.)

28 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

Sur le trivium s'est constitute une sole : les rangees de gros pedicelles ne commencent
qu'a 3 millimetres de la bouche et se terminent a 5 millimetres de 1'anus ; suivant le
radius median, on compte vingt-quatre de ces appendices disposes sur deux rangees
alternantes et sur ckaque radius lateral on trouve une cinquantaine de pedicelles tres
rapprockes les uns des autres et places sur une seule rangee ; pourtant cinq a six de ces
appendices, echelonues d'un cote de cette rangee, forment 1'ebauche d'une rangee
externe.

L'anus est borde de cinq papilles. La couronne tentaculaire comprend dix tentacules
jaunatres munis de nombreuses arboresceuces ; les deux tentacules ventraux sont plus
petits que les autres.

Les teguments sont minces, blanchatres et transparents. Ils renferment d'assez
nombreuses plaques calcaires (fig. 51), a contours irreguliers. percees de plusieurs
ouvertures ; des tubercules arrondis sont dissemines sur les travees. Les petits pedicelles
ont des plaques terminales reticulees et de petits batonnets incurves (fig. 53). Les gros
pedicelles possedent des batonnets ramifies (fig. 52) ou des plaques semblables a celles
des parois du corps.

L'anneau calcaire est peu developpe. II se compose de dix pieces doiit la hauteur
est d'un millimetre et la largeur un demi-millimetre. Les radiales offrent une pointe
mediane aiiterieure bifide ; les interradiales, legerement plus petites, ont une poiute
m6diane simple. Les muscles re'tracteurs s'inserent vers le (juart anterieur du corps.

L'unique vesicule de Poli est tubuleuse et mesure 3 a 4 millimetres de longueur.
Les organes arborescents s'etendent jusqu'a la region anterieure du corps, ils se composent
chacun d'un tube principal portant de distance en distance quelques ramifications de
grande taille.

Rapports et Differences. — La presence de petits pedicelles dissemines sur tout le
corps et la localisation de gros pedicelles suivant des raugees radiales, nous amene a
considerer la Cucumaria psolidiformis comme se rattachant a 1'ancien groupe des
Semperia.

Cette espece est interessante, car, a priori, on pourrait la considerer comme un
Psolidium par suite de la formation d'une sole ventrale a bords marques simplement
par les rangees laterales de pedicelles. Elle semble etre un terme de transition entre les
deux genres Psolidium et Cucumaria. Elle doit etre comparee au Psolidium
convergens (Herouard) et a la Cucumaria georgiana Lampert.

La C. psolidiformis, ne possedant ui coupes treillissees, ni boucles a quatre mailles
et son anus etaut plutot terminal, se separe par suite des vrais Psolidium. Sa sole est
encore moins marquee que chez le Ps. convergens (Herouard), espece dont elle se
distingue d'ailleurs par la disposition des pedicelles et par la forme des corpuscules
calcaires.

La forme des plaques calcaires des teguments peut permettre un rapprochement entre
la C. psolidiformis, la C. georgiana Lampert et notre C. lateralis et C. attenuate!., mais
ces trois dernieres especes n'ont aucune sole ventrale.

(HOY. SOU. EDJN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 432.)

DE L'EXP^DITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALE KCOSSAJSE. -j'.i

Oucumaria conspicua, nov. sp. (PI. II. fig. 15 et 16 ; PI. V. fig. 67.)

Station 325, Mai 1903; Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Ce petit exemplaire a une coloration marron bruuutre, la face veutrale etant beau-
coup plus claire que la region dorsale. Le corps (fig. 15 et 16) est ovale, avec une face
dorsale fortenient convexe et une region veutrale aplatie ; sa longueur est de 10 milli-
metres et sa plus grande largeur est de 6 millimetres. La bouche et 1'auus sont
terminaux.

A un premier examen, un peu superficiel, les pedicelles semblent seulement localises
sur les radius, certains atteignent uu tres grand developpement et peuvent mesurer
jusqu'a 5 millimetres de long. Ils presentent tons une plaque terminale de couleur
foncee. Les pedicelles dorsaux sont moins nombreux et plus courts que les ventraux.
Tandis que, sur chaque radius du bivium, nous coraptons une dizaine d'appendices
!•('• partis sur deux raugees, alternant plus ou moins irregulierement 1'une avec 1'autre ;
sur la face ventrale, le radius median possede une vingtaine de pedicelles et chaque
radius lateral en a uue douzaine.

Un examen plus complet montre de nombreux petits appendices repurtis sur tout
le corps entre les pedicelles de grande taille ; mais ces appendices sont bien plus visibles
sur la face dorsale que sur la face ventrale. Vers les extremities anale et buccale, les
papilles sont nombreuses et constituent des ecailles s'imbriquant plus ou moins les unes
sur les autres et terminee chacune par une petite pointe foncee.

Dans les parois du corps se trouvent des plaques calcaires (fig. 67) ovales. a
contours irreguliers, a uombreuses perforations et presentant un prolongement muni
de piquants. Dans les pedicelles nous n'avons jamais pu obtenir ({u'un fragment de
corpuscule.

Le pharynx est volumineux, scs muscles retracteurs viennent s'inserer vers le
tiers posterieur du corps. L'anneau calcaire est constitute par dix arceaux munis
chacun d'un prolongement median anterieur, plus fort dans les radiales que dans les
interradiales.

L'unique tube madreporique est inflechi en avant. Les tubes genitaux simples
brunatres sont disposes en faisceaux.

Rapports et Differences. — La Oucumaria cons]>i<-ut< se rapproche de notre C.
psolidiformis, car, comme celle-ci, elle est un terme de transition entre les I'snlnl'mm h
sole ventrale peu differenciee et les Oucumaria du groupe des Sentf>cri<(.

Les corpuscules calcaires de cette Cucumaria avec le prolongement epineux a 1'une
de leurs extremites la rapprochent des C. Steineni Ludwig et C. Ixvlgata Verrill, mais la
presence de petites papilles entre les gros appendices Ten si-pare completement.

(BOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., Vol.. XLVI.. 433.)

30 .M. C'LKMKNT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

ii.t axpem, nov. sp. (PI. 1. fig. 12 ; PL IV. fig. 54, 55 et 56.)

Station 325, Avril 1903 ; Bale de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 10 brasses.
Un exemplaire.

Le corps (fig. 12) est legerement incurve'; il a une region centrale renfle~e et des
extre'mite's legerement attenue'es. II mesure 11 millimetres de longueur et 4 a 5 milli-
metres de plus grande largeur. Get exemplaire est d'un marron jaunatre aveo une face
dorsale plus foncee que la face ventrale. Toute la surface du corps est h^rissee de
piquants ayant 1'aspect de villosites.

Les pedicelles sont localises sur les radius en doubles rangees plus ou moins alternantes ;
ils se detachent assez bien du fond par suite de leur coloration blanc jaunatre ; dans
certaines regions ils offrent deux tailles assez difterentes. Le radius median ventral
renferme de vingt-trois a vingt-quatre pedicelles ; chaque radius lateral en possede une
vingtaine et chacun des radius dorsaux un nombre beaucoup plus faible, une douzaine
seulement. Les tentacules sont au nombre de dix ; ils sont blanc jaunatre et presentent
des ramifications tres greles ; les deux ventraux sont dc plus petite taille que les autres.

Les teguments renferment de nombreux corpuscules calcaires s'imbriquant les uns
sur les autres et disposes en deux couches. Ceux de la couche profonde sont des plaques
ovales, a contours irre'guliers (fig. 54) et a nombreuses perforations ; les corpuscules
superficiels sont des tourelles (fig. 55). La base de ces tourelles est irregulieremerit
ovalaire, percee d'un grand nombre d'ouvertures et supporte en son centre une tige massive
presentant trois a quatre etages dc perforations. Les pedicelles renferment des plaques
(fig. 56) allongees, irregulieres, percees d'un grand nombre de perforations.

L'anneau calcaire est grele et forme" de dix pieces : les radiales sont quadrangulaires
et echancrees en avant ; les interradiales sont triangulaires avec une pointe ant6rieure
bien marquee.

Les muscles retracteurs s'inserent vers le milieu du corps ; 1'extre'mite fixee sur le
pharynx est epaissie, celle fixee a la paroi est au contraire tres grele. La vesicule de
Poli unique est tubulee et atteint 5 a 6 millimetres de longueur. II n'existe
qu'un canal madreporique qui est infiechi en arriere. L'intestin a un aspect monili-
forme. Les organes genitaux sont formes de deux faisceaux d'une dizaine de tubes
simples places dans la region moyenne du corps.

/tf.ijifxn-t* et Differences. — La Cucumaria aspera se rapproche des C. chiloensis
Ludwig et G. tabulifcra R. Perrier par suite de ses corpuscules calcaires en forme de
tourelles, mais la base irreguliere et la tige massive de ses corpuscules la distingue de
ces deux especes.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 434.)

DE I/EXPEDITION A NTA KCT1O.UE NATION A I. K fcCOSSAISE. 31

Cucumaria rroriWiA./, \\n\-. sp. (PI. V. fig. 04, 65 et 6(5.)

Station 346, lerDecembre 1903 ; Bane de Burdwood, bit, S. 54° 25', long. \V. 57' 32';
profondeur 56 brasses. Un exemplaire.

Get exemplaire est en mauvais etat, la majeuve partie des teguments smit pries. II
est ovoide et de couleur blanchatre. II mcsure 25 millimetres de longueur et 14 milli-
metres de diametre. D'apres 1'examen des quelques parties intactes la repartition des
pedicelles rappelle celle de la Cn<-nni<u-i.<i <-roc.<>n. Les radius dorsaux paraissent avoir
trois a quatre rangees de nombreux pedicelles tres courts et peu saillants, tandis que les
radius ventraux et peut-etrc les interradius du trivium possi'-dent des pedicelles de
grande taille munis d'une plaque terminale. Les tentacules, au nombre de dix, sont
tous semblables.

Les teguments renferment de nombreux corpuscules calcaires ayant des formes assez
variees mais se rattachant les unes aux autres. Certains de ces corpuscules (fig. 66) sont
des batonnets a surface epineusc on mamelonnee et dont les extremit6s aplaties et
elargies ont un certain nombre de perforations, entre lesquelles sont dissemines quelques
tubercules. D'autres (fig. 65) ont la forme de plaques ovales a contours irreguliers et
presentant de nombreuses perforations dont les plus grandes sont situees dans la region
mediane. On trouve tous les termes de passage entre ces deux sortes de corpuscules.
Les plaques terminales des pedicelles ventraux (fig. 64) sont convexes, a nombreuses
perforations, entre lesquelles sont dissemines un grand nombre de mamelons.

Les muscles longitudinaux sont legerement jaunatres et ont un millimetre de largeur.
La vesicule de Poli unique a 10 millimetres de longueur. Le canal du sable offre
quelques circonvolutions et est dirige en avant. L'anneau calcaire est compose de dix
pieces d'un millimetre de largeur et ne possedant chacune (ju'un prolougement median
anterieur ; le prolongement des pieces interradiales est plus grele que celui des parties
radiales. Les organes genitaux se composent de deux faisceaux de nombreux tubes
jaunatres, simples et moniliformes. Les organes arborescents sont greles et a parois
minces.

Rapports et Differences. — La Cucumaria croceoida rappelle beaucoup la C. <'i-<><'*'«
Lesson ; mais les pedicelles des radius dorsaux forment des rangees plus nombreuses que
dans la G. crocea, les interradius paraissent posseder quelques pedicelles et de plus ses
teguments renferment de nombreux corpuscules calcaires.

Cticiiiii<u-/fi arrnata, nov. sp. (PI. V. fig. 57 et 58.)
Janvier 1903, Port William, lies Falkland ; profondeur C» brasses. Un exemplaire.

Le corps est ovale, un peu incurve. ,ivec une face dorsale bombee et une face
ventrale legerement concave. La bouche et Fauus sont terminaux. Get exemplaire

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TBAKE., VOL. XLVI., 4U5.)

32 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

mesure 24 millimetres de longueur et 9 millimetres de plus grande largeur ; sa colora-
tion est blanchatre.

Le radius median ventral fait saillie et sur toute sa longueur se trouvent repartis
une cinquantaine de pedicelles, disposes sur une seule rangee dans la region anterieure
et en deux rangees irregulierement alternantes sur la plus grande partie du radius.
Les radius latero-ventraux presentent une disposition des pedicelles a peu pres semblable
a celle du radius median, mais peut-etre un peu moins nette.

Toute la face dorsale est herissee de papilles tres nombreuses ; en certains points on
distingue par transparence les muscles longitudinaux.

Les teguments sont minces et plus ou moins transparents ; ils renferment de
grandes plaques epaisses a contours irreguliers et a nombreuses perforations (fig. 57).
Dans les espaces interradiaux du trivium ces plaques sont imbriquees les unes sur les
autres. Les corpuscules calcaires des pedicelles (fig. 58) sont des batonnets a extremites
ramifiees, pouvant se reunir parfois pour constituer des plaques binoculaires a nombreux
tubercules.

L'anneau calcaire est grele ; il se compose de dix pieces en arceaux presentant
chacune en avant une poiute mediane echancree ; les pieces radiales sont un peu plus
fortes que les interradiales. Les muscles retracteurs s'inserent au tiers anterieur du
corps. La vesicule de Poli est unique. Les organes genitaux se composent de deux
faisceaux de tubes simples, noiratres, places dans le tiers anterieur du corps.

Rapports et Differences. — La Cucumaria armata rappelle le genre Colochirus par la
disposition des pedicelles du trivium en rangees radiales, tandis que ceux du bivium sont
dissemines sur toute la surface dorsale, mais elle ne possede pas une region buccale
pentaradiee et elle n'a qu'une seule sorte de corpuscules dans ses teguments. La presence
de grandes plaques calcaires a contours irreguliers la separe de la Cucumaria yeorgtana
Lampert et de nos Cucumaria lateralis et attenuate. Elle presente aussi quelques
amnites avec les Psolidium.

Cucumaria analis, nov. sp. (PL V. fig. 63.)

Station 326, 5 au 26 Decembre 1904 ; Baie Jessie, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 10
brasses. Six exemplaires.

Les dimensions de ces divers echantillons varient entre 5 et 25 millimetres de
longueur et 3 a 15 millimetres de diametre. Leur corps est ovale, blanchatre. Les
pedicelles sont localises sur les radius, ou ils sont disposes suivant deux rangees par
radius. Chaque rangee comprend une vingtaine de pedicelles et vers le milieu du corps,
en certains points, elle presente un dedoublement. Chez un jeune echantillon, nous ne
trouvons dans certaines regions qu'une unique rangee radiale. L'anus est borde de cinq
ou dix petits pedicelles. Les tentacules, au nombre de dix, sont tous semblables et
possedent des ramifications laterales assez importantes.

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 43(i.)

DE I/EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAISE. 33

Les corpuscules calcaires (fig. 63) sont des plaques ovales, a contours irreguliers et
presentant de nombreuses perforations. Dans les grands echanti lions, ces plaques
sont incurvees. Leur reseau presente parfois a la surface quelques tubercules peu
saillauts.

L'anneau calcaire est compost'' de dix pieces en chevrons, a pointe mediane
anterieure bifide ; les parties radiales sont un peu plus fortes que les parties
interradiales.

Les muscles retracteurs s'inserent vers le milieu du corps. L'unique vesicule de
Poli a 5 millimetres de longueur. Les glandes genitales sont composees de deux faisceaux
de tubes simples.

Rapports et Differences. — Cette Cucumaria anal is est du groupe de la C. georgiana
Lamport. La repartition ties pedicelles le long des radius, la presence de cinq a dix
pedicelles perianaux et la forme des corpuscules calcaires la separent nettement des
autres especes de ce groupe. Par la disposition des pedicelles, la C. anal is rappelle
notre C. antarctica, mais elle s'en distingue par la forme des corpuscules calcaires.

Cucumaria periprocta, nov. sp. (PL V. fig. 62.)

Station 325, Avril 1903; Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Le corps est obovale avec Texti-emite anterieure elargie et I'extremite posterieure
tronquee. II mesure 10 millimetres de longueur et 5 millimetres de plus graude largeur.
Sa coloration generale est inarron jaunatre ; la face dorsale est de teinte un peu plus
foncee que la face veutrale.

Les pedicelles sont localises sur les radius, ou ils sout disposes en deux raugees
alternantes dans lesquelles on distingue de gros et de petits appendices, ces derniers
etant quelquefois peu visibles. Des series de cercles concentriques de petites papilles
sont disposers de distance en distance autour de 1'anus.

Les teguments renferment des plaques calcaires a contours irreguliers et a
uombreuses perforations ; sur les trave.es sont dissemines de distance en distance des
tubercules ou des piquants. Dans les pedicelles nous trouvons des plaques terminales
et de petites plaques laterales assez semblables a celles des parois du corps.

L'anneau calcaire est compose de dix arceaux simples. Les muscles retracteurs
s'inserent vers le tiers anterieur du corps. On trouve une seule vesicule de Poli.

Rapports ct Differences. — La Cucumaria periprocta appartient encore au groupe de
la C. yeoryiana Lamport. Elle se distingue de cette espece par le petit nombre de
pedicelles de chaque radius et par ses plaques calcaires fortes et a grand nombre de
perforations. La presence de cercles concentriques de petites papilles perianales et la
disposition des pedicelles la caracterisent tres nettement et la separent de nos C. lateralis,
C. attenuata et C. anali*.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 437.)

f~~<*<

Lj LIBRARY!

— A

34 M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

Cucumaria perji<la, nov. sp. (PL V. fig. 59 et 60.)

Station 325, Avril 1903 ; Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10
brasses. Un exemplaire.

Get exemplaire est de petite taille : il mesure 6 millimetres de longueur et
2'5 millimetres de largeur. Sa coloration est blanchatre. Son corps est ovale, presque
cylindrique, il est legerement incurve.

La couronne tentaculaire est epanouie ; elle se compose de dix tentacules allonges,
dont les deux ventraux sont reduits a 1'etat de moignons. Les pedicelles sont localises
sur les radius. Chaque radius en renferme de huit a dix, disposes suivant deux rangees
plus ou moins alternantes ne commencant qu'a une certaine distance de la region
anterieure, Les appendices du bivium paraissent de plus petite taille que la plupart de
ceux du trivium.

Les teguments sont rigides ; ils renferment de nombreuses plaques imbriquees les
unes sur les autres et presentant chacune un grand nombre de perforations (fig. 59).
Les pedicelles possedent des batonnets aplatis (fig. 60) n'ayant qu'une seule perforation.

L'anneau calcaire se compose de dix arceaux. II nous a ete impossible de voir
d'autres details de 1'organisation interne.

Rapports et Differences. — La Cucumaria perfida appartient aussi au groupe de
Cucumaria antarctiques dont le type est la C. georgiana Lampert. Elle se distingue
de cette espece par le petit nombre de pedicelles de chaque radius et par ses plaques
calcaires percees d'un grand nombre d'ouvertures et depourvues de tubercules.

Si on la compare a notre C. attenuata, on voit qu'elle s'en distingue par la disposition
des pedicelles et par ses corpuscules calcaires pourvus d'un grand nombre de petites
perforations.

Cucumaria secunda, nov. sp. (PI. V. fig. 61.)

Station 325, Mai 1903 ; Baie de la Scotia, Orcades du Sud ; profondeur 9 a 10 brasses.
Un exemplaire.

Get exemplaire est bien epauoui. II mesure 50 millimetres de longueur et 20 milli-
metres de plus grand diametre. Le corps est cyliudrique avec la region posterieure
distendue et arrondie, tandis que la partie anterieure est plus ou moins plissee. La
coloration generale est blanchatre.

Les pedicelles sont localises sur les radius en rangees qui ne debutent qu'a 10 milli-
metres en arriere de la couronne tentaculaire et qui s'arretent a 5 millimetres de 1'anus.
Le radius median ventral renferme une cinquantaine de pedicelles repartis pour la
plupart en deux rangees plus ou moins alternes ; quelques-uns de ces appendices sont
places en dehors de ces rangees. Dans les radius latero-ventraux, les pedicelles sont

(HOY. SOC. ED1N. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 438.)

DE L'EXPEDITION ANTARCTTQUE NATIONALS ECOSSAISE. 35

disposes, en avant et en arriere, suivant deux rangees ; mais dans la ivgion moyenne ils
sont places sur quatre rangees.

Les radius dorsaux off rent quatre a six rangees de pedicelles sur la plusgrande pnrtie
de leur longueur, sauf pourtant aux extremites anterieure et posterieure. L'interradius
dorsal est par suite couvert de pedicelles sur un centimetre de longueur dans sa region
moyenne. L'anus est entoure par de petits pedicelles.

La couronne tentaculaire se compose de dix tentacules, dont les deux ventraux sont
plus petits que les autres et ne presenteut a leur soinmet que deux branches terminales
inunies chacune de quelques ramifications. La papille genitale fait saillie dans le cercle
tentaculaire.

Les teguments renferment des plaques (fig. 61) imbriquees les unes sur les autres,
a contours irreguliers et presentant huit a dix perforations. LTn petit mamelon se trouve
au centre de certain es de ces plaques. Ces corpuscules calcaires sont surtout abondants
dans les pedicelles.

L'anneau calcaire se compose de dix arceaux de 5 millimetres de largeur. Chaque
arceau presente uue pointe mediane, de 5 millimetres, dirigee en avant ; cette pointe est
simple dans les pieces interradiales et bifide pour les radiales.

Les muscles retracteurs sont greles et s'inserent sur le milieu du corps. La vesicule
de Poli, unique, a b a 6 millimetres de longueur. Les organes genitaux sont formes de
deux faisceaux de tubes simples, de couleur blanc jaunatre, atteignant 20 a 30 millimetres
de longueur.

Rapports et Differences. — La Cue it mar ia secunda appartient au groupe des C.
georgiana Lampert, C. lateral)* Vaney et C. attenuata Vaney, dont les corpuscules
calcaires sont des plaques perforees sans prolongement epineux. Dans cette nouvelle
espece les plaques sont nombreuses et imbrique'es les unes sur les autres ; elles ressemblent
un peu a celles decrites chez la C. pithacnion Lampert ( = C. georgiana Lampert), mais
elles n'offrent qu'un seul tubercule central. D'ailleurs la disposition des pedicelles est
differente de celle de la C. georgiana et 1'anneau calcaire est bien plus fort que celui de
cette espece. Cette C. swum/a presente quelques caracteres communs avec notre C.
analis, mais leurs corpuscules calcaires sont ditferents et la disposition des pedicelles
n'est pas la meme dans ces deux especes ; d'ailleurs la C. ana It* a ses tentacules tous
semblables,taudis que dans la C. secunda la couronne tentaculaire presente deux tentacules
ventraux plus petits que les autivs.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 4:?9.)

36

M. CLEMENT VANEY : LES HOLOTHURIES

EXPLICATION DES PLANCHES.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Benfliodytes spuma, nov. sp.
Bemthodytes Broioni, nov. sp.

55 55

Peniagone Piriei, uov. sp.

J5 »

Peniagone Wiltoni, nov. sp.

5) 1)

Euphronides Scotix, nov. sp.

I) 5)

Peniagone Mossmani, nov. sp.

u 55

Cucumaria as/iera, nov. sp.
Psychropotes Brucei, nov. sp.

PLANCHE I.

Face ventrale. Redact. = ^ env.

Face dorsale. Redact. = i.

Face ventrale. Redact. = £.

Face ventrale. Reduct. = ^.

Vue de profil. Reduct. = £.

Face ventrale. Redact. = |.

Region ante'rieure de la face dorsale. Gr. = 1 .

Face dorsale. Reduct. = i.

Face ventrale. Reduct. = i.

Face ventrale. Reduct. = £.

Kegion anterieure vue de profil. Gr. = 1.

Vue de profil. Gr. = 2 env.

Region anterieure de la face dorsale. Reduct.

PLANCHE II.

Fig. 14.
Fig. 15.
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.
Fig. 20.
Fig. 21.
Fig. 22.
Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.

Psychropotes latirauda, nov. sp.
Cucumaria conspicua, nov. sp.

•5 55

Cucumaria psolidiformis, nov. sp.

55 »

Peniagone Mossmani, nov. s|).
Benthodytes spuma, nov. sp.
Psychropotes Brucei, nov. sp.

)> )»

Benthodi/tes recta, nov. sp.
Psychropotes latii-auda, nov. sp.

Face ventrale. Reduct. = |.
Face dorsale. Gr. = 2 env.
Face ventrale. Gr. = 2 env.
Vue de profil. Gr. = i.
Face ventrale. Gr. = !,.
Region anterieure de la face dorsale.
Region anterieure de la fai'e dorsale.
Face ventrale. Rdduct. = ^.
Region caudale vue de proiil. Keduct. = £.
Face dorsale. Re'duct. = i.

Corpuscules cruciformes a quatre ou cinq branches.
= 300.

Reduct. = f .
Reduct. = J.

Gr.

PLANCHE III.

Fig. 25.
Fig. 26.
Fig. 27.
Fig. 28.
Fig. 29.
Fig. 30.
Fig. 31.
Fig. 32.
Fig. 33.
Fig. 34.
Fig. 35.
Fig. 36.
Fig. 37.
Fig. 38.
Fig. 39.
KiK. 40.
Fig. 41.
V\<> 42.

Scoto/ilanes glaibosa, Theel.

1'eniagone Wiltoni, nov. sp.

Peniagone Mossmani, imv.

Robertsoni, uov. sp.

Benthoilytes recta, nov. sp.

Kn/>lirti)tii/''x

Batonnet epineux de grande taille. Gr. = 180.

Batonnets epineux de petite taille. Gr. = 180.

Corpuscule en C. Gr. = 130.

Corpuscule mamelonne. Gr. = 180.

Corpuscule tetraradie muni de mamelon. Gr. = 300.

Corpuscule tetraradie^ vu de face. Gr. = 300.

Batonnet epineux. Gr. = 300.

Corpuscules cruciformes, vus de face. Gr. = 180.

Corpuscule cruciforme, vu de protil. Gr. = 180.

Base du Corpuscule calcaire, vue de face. Gr. = 300.

Corpuscule vu de profil. Gr. = 300.
Batonnets des pedicelles. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscule cruciforme. Gr. = 300.
Batonnets des tentacules. ( lr. = 67.

nov. sp. Corpuscules tri- et tetraradies vus de face. Gr. = 180.

Corpuscule vu de profil. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscule vu de profil. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscules tetraradius vus de face.' Gr. = 180.

(HOY. sor. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI., 440.)

Brucei, IKIV. sp.

DE L EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATION ALE ECOSSAISE.

37

Fi,L(. 43.
Fig- 44.
Fig. 45.
Fig. 40.
Fig. 47.
Fig. 48.
Fig. 49.
Fig. 50.
Fig. 51.
Fig. 52.
Fig. 53.

Tht/tmr arfii'ti/afa, nov. sp.

i» »

Cucumana </m/f//V, Vaney.

)> »

Psolidium Goatm\ nuv. s|».

j> i)

»» i>

» n

Cucumaria paolidiformiSj nov. sp.

Fig. 54. Cucumaria aspera, nov. sp.
Fig- 55.
Fig. 56.

PLANCHE IV.

Corpuscules calcaires des teguments. Or. = 300.
Anneau calcaire. Gr. = 3.

Corpuscules des teguments vus de face. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscule des teguments vu de profil. Gr. = 180.
Plaques calcaires de la paroi ventrale du corps. ( Jr. = ISO.
Corpuscules aborescents de la paroi dorsale. (Jr. = 180.
Plaque de la paroi dorsale du corps. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscules des pedicelles ventraux. Gr. = 180.
Plaque des parois du corps. Gr. = 1 80.
Corpuscules des gros pedicelles. Gr. = 180.
Plaque terminate et batonnet des petits pedicelles. Gr.

= 180.
( 'orpuscules de la couche profonde des teguments. (Jr.

= 180.
Corpuscules de la couche superficielle des teguments. Gr.

= 180.
Corpuscules des pedicelles. Gr. = 180.

Fig. 57.
Fig. 58.
Fig. 59.
Fig. 60.
Fig. 61.
Fig. 62.
Fig. 63.
Fig. 64.
Fig. 65.
Fig. 66.
Fig. 67.

Cucumaria armata, nov. sp.

11 •»

Cucumana perjida, nov. sp.

n 11

Cucumaria seeunda, nov. sp.
Cucumaria periprocta, nov. sp.

Cucumaria analix, nov. sp.
Cucumarid '•roi-t-o'iiJii, nov. sp.

11 11

>» 11

Cucumaria conspicua, nov. sp.

PLANCHB V.

Corpuscules des teguments. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscules des pedicelles. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscules des teguments. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscule des pe'dicelles. Gr. = 300.
Corpuscules des teguments. Gr. = 180.
Corpuscules des teguments. Gr. = 180.
Plaques des teguments. Gr. = 180.
Plaque terminals des pedicelles ventraux. Gr. = 180.
Plaque ovale et perforee des teguments. Gr. = 300.
Batonuets aplatis des teguments. Gr. = 300.
Plaques des teguments. Gr. = 180.

(UOY. SUC. EDiN. TRANS., VOL. XLVL, 4-11.)

'if

Scot. Nat. Anl. Exp

from Trail*. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh.

VANEY : Les Holothuries de I'Expi'-dition Antarctique Rationale Ecossaise. — PI.ANCIIK I.

Vol. VI.

VOL. XL VI.

\

I

12

--u^-

V

i

C. Vaney : del.

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinlunjh .

VANEY: Les Holothuries de 1' Expedition Antarctique Xationale Ecossaise. — PLANCIIK II.

Vol. V

VOL. XLVI.

C. Vaney : del.

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp

i nun Trail*. Hoy. >>,<-. Edinburgh.

Vol. VI.

V.,u XLVI.

VANEY : Les Holothuries de 1'Expudition Antarctique Nationale Ecossaise. — PLANCHE III.

C. Vaney : del.

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

from Trans. ROIJ. Sin: l-:<Un/>ur<///.

Vol. VI.

VOL. XLVI.

VANEY : Les Holothuries de 1'Expwiition Antarctique Nationals Ecossaise. — PLANCHE IV.

|\

C. Vaney : del.

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

from Trans. Roy. .S«.'. ftlinhurgli.

Vol. VI.
VOL. XLVI.

YANKV : Lcs Holothuvies de TExpi'dition Antarc:tique Natiunale Ecossaise. — PLAXCIIH V.

rr^^-^-

C. Vaney : del.

PART II.
HYDROIDS,

(SUPPLEMENT.)

IL-THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY JAMES RITCHIE, M.A., B.Sc.,

Natural History Department, The Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh.

(SUPPLEMENT.)

Supplementary Report on the Hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition. By James Ritchie, M.A., B.Sc., Natural History Department, The
Royal Scottish Museum. Communicated by W. S. BRUCE, LL.D.

(MS. received Decembers, 1908. Head January 4, 1909. Issued separately May 27, 1909.)

Since the report on the Hydroids collected by the Scotia was completed, almost
three years ago, I have had an opportunity, thanks to the kindness of Dr W. S. BRUCE,
of looking through the enormous mass of material brought together by him during his
Antarctic voyages. The search, begun in the hope of finding a few minute species —
which, since many are epizoic on other forms of marine life, might readily be overlooked
on cursory examination — has resulted in the addition of no less than 25 forms to the
36 already recorded. Deducting from this total of 61 forms two varieties, it appears
that the Scotia collection contains in all 59 distinct species. Few, indeed, of these have
been obtained in truly Antarctic latitudes — subantarctic or temperate seas having
furnished the greater number — but this result is in accordance with the findings of the
majority of the recent Antarctic expeditions.* Dr BILLARD, in summarising the results
of the Belgian, Swedish, and French expeditions, states that the known Hydroid fauna
of Antarctic regions comprises only 32 species. But from his list he has, I think un-
justly, excluded South Georgian records. His list, moreover, published before the
valuable paper by Professor HICKSON and Mr GRAVELY on the Discovery Hydroids was
issued, necessarily makes no reference to the large number of forms recorded by them
from Victoria Land.

The following figures indicate the wealth in species of the Hydroid fauna of Antarctic
seas, the Antarctic area being defined as the region lying in "higher southern latitudes
than the extreme limit of floating ice, according to the most recent research " (BRUCE,
1894, p. 208); that is, an area corresponding to the Antarctic Circunipolar Subregion
of ORTMANN (1906). To this region belong the 14 species collected by the Belgian
expedition (HARTLAUB, 1904), 24 of the Swedish collection of 50 species (JADERHOLM,
1905), the 8 species of the French expedition (BiLLAKD, 190G, <2)), and 24 of the 25
English records (HicKSON and GRAVELY, 1907). From the same area the Scotia
obtained only 9 species, although some of the most fruitful stations, Burdwood Bank,
the Falkland Islands, and Gough Island, lay just beyond its boundary. Extracting
the distinct species from those lists, we find that their number amounts to 68.

The Hydroid Zoophytes, then, are represented in the Antarctic circuuipolar seas,

* The report on the Hydroids of the German expedition has not yet been published.

(REPRINTED FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH, VOL. XLVII., PP. 05-101.)

44 MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

according to our present knowledge, by 68 different species, 21 of which are Gymnoblasts,
47 Calyptoblasts, while of the total, 36 must, so far, be regarded as peculiar to the
Antarctic region. As regards the number of individuals as distinct from variety of
species, recent results indicate that the area is a thinly populated one, for comparatively
few Hydroids were brought up in any one haul of trawl or dredge, a strong contrast to
the abundance of tangled masses which occur in such temperate areas as the North Sea.
On the whole, the Antarctic Hydroid fauna may be looked upon as a rather meagre
one, comprising comparatively few species belonging to well-established genera.

From the point of view of geographical distribution the collection to be described
is of a miscellaneous character, for Dr BRUCE collected material on his outward
and homeward voyages as well as at his southern stations. Thus specimens from
tropical seas— from the Cape Verde Islands, from Brazil, and from St Helena — are
recorded alongside specimens from subantarctic and Antarctic localities, but so little
is known regarding the Hydroid fauna of those places that it seemed better to include
them here, at the same time furnishing a record of all the Hydroids brought together
by the Scotia.

Two species, Tliyroscyphus tridentatus and Plumularia lagenifera, hitherto recorded
only from the South and North Pacific respectively, have been found in the South
Atlantic, while the known ranges of several other species have been considerably
extended.

Of new forms there have been described the trophosome and gonangium of
Sertularia heterodonta from oft* Brazil, the trophosomes of Antenella quadriaurita
from Gough Island, and of a variety of Lafoea gracillima from deep water to the
south of the South Orkneys, while the gonangia of Sertularia rathbuni and Anten-
nopsis scotise have been described for the first time.

Some additions have been made to the existing descriptions of rare species, and
noteworthy variations have been recorded in the hope that the realisation of the con-
siderable limits within which variation is possible may tend to the better understanding
of reliable specific characters.

I gladly seize this opportunity of setting right several unfortunate errors which
occurred in the earlier report on the Scotia Hydroids. There should be substituted
HINCKS for HINKS, LAMARCK for LAMARK, JOHNSTON for JOHNSTONE, and Halecium for
Haleciun on p. 523. Aglaophcnia dichotoma of the former report I now identify
with A. heterodonta, Jiiderholm (infra, p. 74).

In the following list, which takes the place of that in the original report, I have
included all the species collected by the Scottish expedition, those discussed in the
present paper being indicated by an asterisk :—

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., i;i;.j

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 45

GYMNOBLASTEA.

Family PODOCORYNID^E.

Poilocoryne carnea, Sars, 1846.

Family MYRIOTHELID^E.

* Myriothela austro-georyix, Ja'derh., 1904, p. 47.

Family EUDENDRID/E.

* Kudenilriuin annulatum (1), Norman, 18G4, p. 48.

Family ATRACTYLIDJE.
* Perigonimus ,vj>ens (?!), (Wright, 1858), p. 48.

CALYPTOBLASTEA.

Family HALECIID^E.

Haleeium arboreum, Allman, 1888. Halecium halecinum (Linn., 1758).

(= ,, i-obustum, Allman, 1888.) „ inter/Ki/n/unt, Ritchie, 1907, (1).

„ beanii (Johnston, 1838). „ tenellum, Hincks, 1861.

Family CAMPANULARID^;.

* Clytia johnstoni (Alder, 1857), p. 49. * Eucopella ,-renata (1), Hartlaub, 1901, p. 51.
Campanularia anyu/ata, Hincks, 1861. Silicularia hemixfihserica (Allman, 1888).

* „ clytioiihs (Lainx., 1824), p. 49. Hebella striata, Allman, 1888.

,, tineta, Hincks, 1861. „ „ var. plana, Ritchie, 1907, (1).

,, sp., Ritcliie, 1907, (1). Calycella syringa (Linn., 1758).

* Obelia ijeniculata (Linn., 1758), p. 50. * Gampanulina cliilensis, Hartlaub, 1905, p. 52.

* ,, hyalina, Clarke, 1879, p. 50. * Thyroscyphus tridentatus (Bale, 1893), p. 52.

* ,, longissima (Pallas, 1766), p. 50.

Family LAFOEID^:.

Lafuea antarctica, Hartlaub, 1905. Grammaria magellaniea, Allman, 1888.

,, yracillima (Alder, 1857). Brucella armata, Ritchie, 1907, (1).

* „ ,, var. benthop/nla, n. var., p. 54.

Family SERTULARID^E.

Sertularella arborea, Kirchenpaner, 1884. * Sertularia cornicina (M'Crady, 1859), p. 56.

,, conturta, Kirchenpauer, 1884. * ,, heterodonta, n. sp., p. 57.

„ Jilifonnis, var. reticutata, Ritchie, ,, mai/cri, Nutting, 1904, p. 59.

1907, (1). „ operculata, Linn , 1758, p. 60.

* ,, fusiformis (?), Hincks, 1861, p. 55. „ rathlmni, Nutting, 1904, p. 61.

yayi (Lamx., 1821), p. 56. * Tliuiaria art'iculata (Pallas, 1766), p. 62.

rectitlteca, Ritchie, 1907, ( 1 ). (= „ pedinnta, Allmnn, 1888.)

„ tenella (Alder, 1857). Synthecium robusfum, Nutting, 1904.

Meuspiilata (Alder, 1856). Staurotheca reticulata, Ititchii-, 1907, (1).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., (>7.)

46 MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Family PLUMULARID^;.

* Plumularia curvata, Jaderholm, 1904, p. 64. * Monostxchas quadridens (M'Crady, 1859), p. G9.
(= „ mayellanica, Hartlauli, 1905.) * Antenella quadriaurita, n. sp., p. 70.

„ ecliinulata, Lamarck, 1836, p. 65. * A/jlaophenia allmani, Nutting, 1900, p. 71.

„ lagenifera, var. septifera, Torrey, 1902, * ,, dulria, Nutting, 1900, p. 73.

p. 65. „ heterodonta, Jaderholm, 1904, p. 74.

,, pinnata (Linn., 1758). (= ,, dichotoma, of first Scotia Report.)

„ setacea (Ellis, 1755), p. 67. „ minima, Nutting, 1900, p. 75.

„ unilateralis, Ritchie, 1907, (1). ,, latecarinaia, Allman, 1877, p. 76.

Antennularia hartlaubi, Ritchie, 1907, (1). * Halicornaria lonyicauda, Nutting, 1900, p. 76.

* Antennopsis scotix, Ritchie, 1907 (1), p. 68.

The localities from which the species recorded in this paper have been obtained are so
scattered that, for convenience of reference, I have brought them together in list form.

STATION 313, 62° 10' S., 41° 20' W. (S. of South Orkneys).
Lafoea gracillima, var. benthophila, n. var.

SCOTIA BAT, SOUTH ORKNEYS.

Mi/riothela austro-yeoryiee, Jaderholm.

BURDWOOD BANK, 54° 25' S., 57° 32' W.

Campanulina chilensis, Hartlaub.

PORT STANLEY, FALKLAND ISLANDS.

Pei-igonimus repens (??) (Wright).
Plumularia ciirvata, Jaderholm.

GOUGH ISLAND.

Obelia lonyissima (Pallas).
Thyroseyphits tridentntus (Bale).
Antenella quadriaurita, n. sp.
CAPE COLONY.

Houtjes Bay (Saldanha Bay).

Plumularia ecliinulata, Lamk.
Saldanha Bay, entrance to.

Eudendrium mmulatum (?), Norman.
Obelia geniculata (Linn.).
Sertularia operculata, Linn.
Tliuiaria articidata (Pallas).
Plumularia layenifera, var. septifera, Torrey.
AntcmiOjiKif si-ntiir, Ritchie.
Aglaophenia heterodonta, Jaderholm.
ST HELENA.

Sertularella yaiji (Lamx ).

STATION 81, Abrohlos J'.ank, llrax.il, lb" 24' S , 37° 58' W.
Sertularin cornicina (M'Crady).
,, heterodonta, n. sp.
„ rathbuni, Nutting.
Moniistxi-liux i/iti/i/ridenn (M'Crady).
Ay/ao/>henia allmani, Nutting.
,, dubia, Nutting.

,, minima, Nutting.

Halicornaria longieauda, Nutting.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TEANS., VOL. XLVIL, 68.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 47

ST VINCENT, CAPE VEKDE ISLANDS.

l-'.ui-opellu creiiata (?), Hartlaub.
Sertvtarella fusiformis ('!), Hincka.

Lat. 27° 54' N., long. 33° 17' W.

Oli/tia jolmstoni (Alder).

Sertularia mayeri, Nutting.
STATION 537, 29° 54' X, 34° 10' W.

Gampanularia c/ytioides (Lamx.).

Obelia hyalina, Clarke.
STATION 538, 32° 11' N., 34° 10' W.

Plumularia setacea (Ellis).

Acjlanphenia latecarinata, Allman.

Myriothela austro-georgise, Jaderholm, 1904.

Several specimens of this bizarre Hydroid have to be recorded. All came from a
single neighbourhood, Scotia Bay in the South Orkneys, but the depths at which the
specimens were obtained varied. Some of the examples have already been described by
Professor J. ARTHUR THOMSON in a short paper in which he regards them, not without
hesitation, as the separated gonostyles of some unknown giant Siplionopore (THOMSON,
1904). There can be no doubt, however, that these specimens are identical with those
found by both the Swedish and the French Antarctic expeditions, and recorded by Drs
.JADERHOLM and BILLARD (1906, p. 4) as Myriothela amtro-georgice. The length, the
thickened basal portion on which the blastostyles (each bearing its male or
female gonophores and a distal tentacle or two) are massed, and, most characteristic
of all, the capitate tentacles scattered irregularly over the whole hydranth, even
amongst the blastostyles — these features show that our examples belong to the same
species as theirs. Nor can there be any doubt that JADERHOLM was correct in regarding
his specimens as belonging to the genus Myriothela, for their resemblance to the
northern forms is striking, — solitary hydranths, absence of hydrocaulus, capitate
tentacles scattered over the body, blastostyles grouped at the base of the hydranth, the
presence of longitudinal folds of endoderm lining the inner cavity.

Professor THOMSON remarks that some of the colonies bore solitary gonophores, while
one had as many as seven on its blastostyles, and suggests the possibility of the presence
of two species. Since, however, the specimens examined by JADERHOLM had generally
from one to three, but sometimes as many as six female gonophores, while the male
gonophores occasionally numbered even ten on a single blastostyle, the variation is so
great that little stress can be laid on this as a specific character.

A water-colour sketch made on the capture of one of the specimens indicates that
their colour was a stronger and brighter orange than is shown by JADERHOLM'X figure.
(JADERHOLM, 1905, pi. i.).

Locality. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ; dredged in 10 fathoms, April 1903 ; dredged
in 9 to 10 fathoms, May 1903 ; dredged among mud and pebbles, 18th December 1903.

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 69.)

48 MR JAMES RITCHIE: SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

One specimen was found " on the surface of the water, in a hole which had been cut in
the ice. The depth of the water at that place was 20 to 30 fathoms ; the temperature
was 29° F."

M. austro-georgifB has previously been recorded from Cumberland, South Georgia,
(JADERHOLM), and from Flanders Bay and Booth-Wandel Island (BILLARD).

Eudendrium annulatum (?), Norman, 1864.

Two small clumps of bushy colonies appear to belong to this species, but the
weathering of our specimens, and the indefiniteness of the characters which differentiate
the species of Eudendrium, render certainty impossible. The colonies are 5 cm. high,
and agree with Canon NORMAN'S species in being bushy and beset with very numerous
branchlets ; in possessing thick, rugged stems, on the surface of which, near the base,
the fascicular tubes are more or less contorted ; in having branches closely covered with
strongly marked rings; and in bearing hydranths with about from 16 to 18 tentacles.
On the other hand the gonophores, all of which are female, are borne on tentacle-
bearing hydranths and not on atrophied individuals. So many, however, are the
gonophores and so closely are they packed around the hydranth, that in not a few cases
it was difficult to distinguish the presence of tentacles. Since, in some species at least,
the loss of the tentacles is a degenerative change keeping pace with advancing maturity,
their presence in this case may be of less significance than at first one tends to regard it.

These measurements were made : — The diameter of the unfascicled branches and
branchlets is almost constant, about 0'18 mm. The hydranths are about twice as long
as broad, the breadth being measured at the level of the bases of the tentacles (0'57 mm.
long, 0'28 mm. broad).

Locality. — Entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. Depth, 25 fathoms. 2 1st May
1904.

Eudendrium annulatum is a North Atlantic form which has been recorded from
Shetland (NORMAN, 1864); Jan Mayen (MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, 1890) ; Pas-de-
Calais (BETENCOURT, 1899); Norwegian Coast (BONNEVIE, 1899).

Perigonimus repens (??) (Wright, 1858).

Scanty material which I have, not without doubt, referred to the above species was
collected on the shore at Port Stanley. The stems, with a diameter of from 0-04 to
0'05 mm., arise from a stolon creeping upon an encrusting Polyzoon, and reach a height
of 10 mm. They bear a considerable number of branches which leave the stem at a
sharp angle and carry secondary, and these sometimes twigs of tertiary degree, in such
a way as to give the colonies the appearance of being dichotomously branched. The
offshoots can always be distinguished, however, by the presence of a slight constriction
at their bases. The stems bear distinct rings at their bases and here and there through-

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 70.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC KXPEDITION. 49

nut their course, while the intermediate portions are more or less corrugated. A
delicate chitinous envelope surrounds the cosnosarc and is adorned with minute sand
particles, fragments of sponge spicules, etc., this coating being continued over the lower
part of the hydrnnth. The hydranths, which are in poor condition, appear to be rather
glubul.-ir in shape and have from 12 to 15 tentacles. Short-stalked gonophores occur
scattered over the hydrocaulus, but they are far from mature and offer no characters of
significance.

I have no hesitation in identifying my specimens with those collected by PAESSLER
at Port Stanley in 1895 and described by HARTLAUB (1905, p. 530), although our
examples bear more numerous branches than his " gar nicht oder nur schwach
verzweigten Hydrocauli." And I follow HARTLAUB, but with considerable hesitation, in
referring the colonies to the Perii/oiiiinus repcns of WRIGHT, an almost unbranched form
with a maximum height of " \ inch" (HiNCKS, 1868, p. 90), contenting myself merely
with adding a second mark of interrogation to that which expresses HARTLAUB'S doubt.

Locality. — Growing on an encrusting Polyzoon, from seaweed found on the shore at
Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. January 1903.

Clytia johnstoni (Alder, 1857).

Of this common European species only a few stems occur on Saragassum weed.
They resemble miniature British examples of C. johnstoni, structurally alike in every
detail, but altogether on a much smaller scale. They are even less in some measure-
ments than the small variety found by Dr BILLARD (1907,(1> p. 168) on material from the
Saragassum Sea.

Measurements :—

Stem, length . . 1-6 -2'1 mm.

„ diameter 0'63-0'71 „

Hydrotheca, length ..... 0'66-0'7 „

• ,, diameter at margin . . 0'41-0'48 „

Locx/ify. — Off Saragassum weed, from lat. 27° 54' N., long. 33° 17' W. 28th June
1904.

Campanularia dytioides (Lamouroux, 1824).

Several specimens of this minute species have been found creeping on Saragassum
fronds. The stems are short, measuring from 074 mm. to 0'95 mm. in length and O'l
mm. in diameter, and are marked by about eight compact rings at the base of the
hydrocaulus and about six less compact rings beneath the hydrotheca. The inter-
mediate portion of the stem is smooth or only slightly corrugated. The hydrothecae are
short (0'34 mm.), rather broad at the mouth (0'38 mm.), and taper rapidly to the base.
Their walls are thick, but vary considerably in different individuals and even in the
various parts of the same individual. At the margin of the shelf which divides the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 71.)

50 MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

cavity of the hydrotheca proper from the small globular cavity at its base is a ring of
bright dots, indicating the points at which the base of the polyp was attached to the
hydrothecal wall.

The gonosome is not present.

Locality. —On gulf weed from Station 537. Lat. 29° 54' N., long. 34° 10' W.
29th June 1904.

Obelia geniculata (Linnaeus, 1758).

In addition to the Gough Island locality given in the former report, this widely
distributed species occurs from another station. Gonophores are present on the colonies
from habitat (A).

Locality. — (n) Entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. Depth, '25 fathoms. 21st
May 1904. (/>) Growing plentifully, along witli Plnnuil«rni lagenifera, var. septifera,
on the segments and telson of a lobster, Palinostns lci!<in<lii, from the same locality.

Obelia hyalina, Clarke, 1879.

Many small, 6-mm. high colonies of this species occur creeping over the fronds
of Saragassum weed in association with Campanularia clytioides. The characters
are as described and figured by CLARKE, and the dimensions of our specimens
appear to agree more closely with those of the type than do the corresponding
measurements of the large-sized Talisman examples described by Dr A. BILLARD
(1907, p. 170).

Measurements : —

Hydrotheca, depth . . . 0'2 mm.

,, maximum diameter . . 0'18 „

Peduncles, length . . 0'36-0'45 mm.

Stem mternodes, length . . . 0'54 mm.

No gonangia were present.

Locality.— Creeping on gulf weed from Station 537. Lat. 29° 54' N., long. 34° 10' W.
29th June 1904.

Obelia longissima (Pallas, 1766).

In addition to the colonies already recorded from the South Orkney Islands, a small
fragment whose characters agree with those of the above species has been found at Gough
Island.

Measurements :—

Hydrotheca, depth . . 0'38-0'45 mm.

,, diameter at margin . . . 0'38-0-45 ,,

Locality. — Off Gough Island. Depth, 25 fathoms. Bottom, rock. 23rd April

1904.

(HOY. sou. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 72.)

THE HYUROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 51

't crci/ntK (?), Hartlaub, 1901.

A very few examples, whose occurrence has already been mentioned (RITCHIE, 1907,(2)
p. 488, footnote), were creeping on seaweed obtained on the shore of St Vincent, Cape
Verde Islands. The absolute identification of these examples with Professor HARTLAUB'S
E. crenata is, in the absence of the gonosome, impossible, and, considering differences
which occur in the shape of the hydrotheca and in the ringing of the peduncle,
appears to me to be a matter of doubt. Our specimens, however, are identical
with those described by Dr A. BILLARD, 1907, and I follow him in assigning them
(with a query) to the above species. The hydrotheca are more conical than
those of the type, and their proportions differ slightly from those of BILLARD'S
specimens, where the depth exceeds the breadth, for here these dimensions are
identical, or the latter may even exceed the former. The margin of the hydrotheca
is cut into about thirteen rounded teeth, and above the projecting septum at the
base there occurs a circle of from 28 to 31 bright dots (indicated in HARTLAUB'S fig. 27).
The peduncles bear from 9 to 12 sharply defined rings at the base, and from 1 to 4
annulations at the summit, while the median portion is generally more or less
corrugated.

Measurements : —

Length of peduncle . ... TOl-1'98 mrn.

Breadth „ 0-07-0-09 „

Depth of hydrotheca . . . 0'32-0'45 „

Breadth „ at margin . . . O34-Q-40 ,,

Locality. — Growing on seaweed from the shore to the N.E. of Porto Grande,
St Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. 1st December 1902.

Apparent evidences'of regeneration are given by some of the specimens. To mention
one example. The hydrotheca is borne on a stem 1'68 mm. in length, but this stem is
composed of two distinct portions, a basal section 1'04 mm. long with walls 9/« in
thickness, of a dark horn colour and deeply stained by eosin. This portion is
sharply truncated at the distal end. It is succeeded by a shorter section 0'64 mm.
long, with walls only GM in thickness, clear and transparent and faintly tinged
with eosin. It is apparent that the peduncle has been truncated at a particular point,
and that from this point the regenerating hydrauth has built a new perisarcal
protecting sheath which, as one would expect, differs in density from the older
portion. It is interesting to note that the regenerated portion has, instead of
continuing the smooth character of the old peduncle, assumed the character of a
complete peduncle, for it bears four clean-cut rings above its point of origin, these
being followed by a corrugated portion, and this by three rings below the hydrotheca.
In all the cases examined the regeneration process has reproduced a complete but
miniature peduncle.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRAXS., VOL. xi.vn., 73.)

52 MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

CampauuliiKi <-liilcn*is, Hartlaub, 1905.

Three minute colonies epizoic on Haleoiwm beanii belong to this species. The
ringing and branching of the stems and the shape of the hydrothecse agree with the
descriptions and figures of HARTLAUB and of JADERHOLM (1905), but although the former
says of the hydrothecse that they are " viel weniger conisch als die von C. repens,
Wright" [ ! ALLMAN, 1864], I cannot distinguish between the hydrothecae of the South
American and British species. C. chilensis is, however, more frequently branched than
C. repens, but I doubt whether this and the other rather indefinite characters cited by
HARTLAUB are constant and of specific value. Scarcity of material of both the South
American and British forms, however, prevents a comparison sufficiently extensive to
warrant me in setting them down as belonging to the same species.

Measurements : —

C. chilensis. G. repens.*

Stem, diameter . . . 0'06 mm. 0'08 mm.

Hydrotheca, length . . O'iO-0'21 mm. (H8-0-28 mm.

,, diameter at mouth . O09 mm. O'lO mm.

Locality. — Growing upon Halecium beanii from Station 346, Burdwood Bank.
Lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W. Depth, 56 fathoms. 1st December 1903.

JADKRHOLM has already recorded C. chilensis from Burdwood Bank, where it was
growing on the carapace of a crab at 137-150 metres. BILLARD (1906,(2> p. 12), found
the species in collections from Flanders Bay and Booth- Wandel Island. HARTLAUB'S
specimens were obtained at Calbuco on Tubularia and Eudendrium.

Tltyroscyphus tridentatus (Bale, 1893).

A few colonies have been found at a single locality. Simple, unbranched stems,
10 mm. in height, arise from a creeping hydrorhiza at intervals of some 2 or 3 mm. To
the unaided eye the colonies have an erect, rigid appearance, and are seen to bear pro-
minent hydrotheae placed alternately on the stem. Under the microscope the stem
resolves itself into a series of distinct internodes which vary considerably in size, a much
shorter being occasionally wedged in between two longer individuals. That the nodes
in our specimen are apparently more distinct than those in the examples recorded by
Professor HARTLAUB (1901 , p. 369) from French Pass, to the north of the South Island of
New Zealand, is of little importance, as the boundary mark between internodes is liable
to considerable variation. The locality of the node is, moreover, rendered more evident
in the Scotia specimens, because the proximal end of each internode is generally
marked by a rude annulation. The hydrothecse are arranged alternately, and the
whole series lies in one plane.

A hydrotheca rests upon a short process at the distal end of each internode. The
hydrotheca is separated by a distinct boundary line from the internodal process, and
occasionally one, two, or even three short joints intervene between them. The distal

* Specimens from Plymouth in my collection.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 74.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 53

margin of such an interpolated joint is always abrupt, and the perisarc of the existing
calycle is not directly continuous with this margin, but is found to merge with that of
the interpolated joint some distance irifJn'n the joint (see fig. 16). From this it would
appear that the joints are not all contemporaneous, but represent the remains of former
cups which, broken off by accident, have been replaced once, twice, or oftener by the
regenerative power of the coenosarc. In this case, therefore, they can be of no diagnostic
value. Evident knobs of cliitin are present on the inner surface of the adcauline wall
at the base, and of the abcauline wall at the margin. The former do not seem to be
reproduced in regenerated liydrothecse.

The hydrothecse are much more deep than broad, and are characterised by an almost
straight abcauline ami a strongly convex adcauline contour. They are in most cases
considerably longer than the stem internodes. The margin is divided into three pro-

n. b.

FIG. 1. — Tkyrosci/plitt.i triilm/n/us. x 70. («) Primary hydrotheca showing /,-, and /,'.,, knobs of cliitin; i>p, points on
hydrotheca to which the hydrantli is moored by cu-nosarcal strands. (6) Interlude process and regenerated hydrotheca:
1; knob of chitin marking base of primary hydrotheea ; »•„, wall of original hydrotheca ; w>,, wall of first regenerated
hydrotheca ; »•.., wall of second regenerated hydrotheca. EaOfi

nounced teeth, separated by three deep and graceful bays, and is furnished with a three-
flapped operculum. No trace of a gonosome could be found.

The following measurements give some indication of the variable proportions of our
specimens :—

Stem, length ...... Up to 13 mm.

Intel-node, length . 0'49*-0-91 mm.

breadth . . (H3-0-22 mm.

Hydrotheca, length . . . 0'60-0'63 „

„ breadth (maximum) . - . 0'22-0'28 „

Locality. — Gough Island. Depth, 25 fathoms. Bottom, rock. 23rd April 1904.

Distribution. — The species was originally described by BALE from material obtained
at Port Phillip, in the south of Australia, as C«nii>«ntil<n-i<i tridentata. Subsequently
it has been recorded by Professor HARTLAUB (1901) from French Pass, north of South
Island, New Zealand. These, so far as I am aware, constitute the only records of the
species, so that the Scotia specimens from Gougli Island, midway between Cape of Good
Hope and Cape Horn, extend its known range from the South Pacific to the South Atlantic.

* A r«'i,'t/iieiaU'd internodf which succeeded an old truncation of I In/ -ti-iu.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. SLVII., 7">.)

54

MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Lafoea gnn-Hlnua (Alder, 1857), var. benthophila* n. var.

This species has to be recorded from an additional locality, to the south of the South
Orkney Islands. The two specimens from this locality are, however, of a type quite
distinct from the Burdwood Bank examples. They are both small and incomplete.
The larger, 18 mm. high, bears two short branches ; the smaller, 9 mm. high, is branch-
less. Only a trace of fasciculation is exhibited by the latter, but the stem of the former
is a typical rhizocaulom. The hydrothecse, while they closely resemble those of typical
examples of L. yracillima, differ in being placed at more regular intervals on the stem,
in preserving a near approach to alternation, in lying towards the stem at a much
smaller angle, and in lacking a twist on the hyclranthophore.

Flo. 2. — Lafom graci/lima, var. benthop/titu. Portion of branch with hydrothecse. x 30.

I do not lay much stress on this last point, however, since untwisted hydranthophores
are not unfrequently present in typical colonies of the species. The most striking
difference lies in the robustness of the hydrothecse, the dimensions being much greater
than in any other specimen I have examined. Near the base of the hydrotheca proper
is a rude row of minute, refringent prominences on the internal wall, to which the
base of the polyp was presumably attached. Occasionally, but only where the margin is
reduplicated, two rows of dots occur.

The following table indicates in millimetres the differences, in respect of size,
between the present and typical specimens :—

Coat's Land

Burdwood Bank

North Sea

Specimen.

Specimen.

Specimen.

Hydrotheca, including hydranthophore
,, diameter at mouth
Diameter of a simple tube ....

0-87-1-01
0-21-0-25
016

0-63-0-64
0-11-0-13

0-11

0-57-0-76
0-11

o-io

* /3eV0os, the deeps ; and <pi\os, loving.

(ROY. 8OC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 76.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 55

No gonangiu were present.

Locality.— Station 313. Lat. (52° 10' 8., long. 41J 20' W. Depth, 1775 fathoms.
Bottom deposit, blue mud and boulders. 18th March 1903.

The distribution of the species is almost world-wide, but it has not hitherto been
recorded from Antarctic Seas.

S<3>1n/«rr//(t fvsiformis (?) Hincks, 1861.

A few minute simple stems, 7 mm. high, rising from a stolon creeping upon a sea-
weed. The slightly geniculate stems are divided into internodes which vary consider-
ably in length, those nearer the base being longer than the more distal, the former 1'08
mm. as against an average of O'Gl mm. for the latter. The internodes are narrow, only

FIG. 3. — Sertiilarella/tisiformis (?) Portion of stem, x 40.

O'OG mm. in diameter at the base, but they widen upwards until a ledge is formed upon
which the base of the hydrotheca rests. They are separated by slanting nodes, immedi-
ately above which occur one or two rings, while the remainder of the internode is more
or less definitely wrinkled.

The hydrothecse lie in the same plane, are alternate, and are placed one on the distal
end of each interuode. Rather more than half of each is free, the free portion leaning
well away from the stem. In shape they are flask-like, bulging proximally, while towards
the distal end there is formed by a sudden constriction a distinct " neck," which is sur-
mounted by the four-toothed margin. The walls of the hydrothecpe are smooth
externally, but just within the margin the inner surface bears four distinct blunt teeth
which lie midway between the marginal teeth.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 77.)

56 MK JAMES RITCHIE: SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Dimensions of hydrotheea : —

Length ...... 0-45-0'52 mm.

Diameter where it becomes free from internode . 0'25-0'27 „

Diameter of "neck" . O'H-0'16 „

No gonangia were present.

It is with some doubt that these specimens, their gonangia lacking, have been referred
to the S. fusiformis of HINCKS. The hydrothecse in our specimens appear to be more
robust, to have a more decided "neck." and a more pronounced inclination away from
the stem, while the presence of internal teeth is not mentioned in HINCKS'S description.
The present specimens closely approach the very doubtful S. fuxi/onnis (??) described by
Professor CL. HARTLAUB (1900, pi. 5, fig. 9) from Rovigno on the Adriatic Sea, but the
ringing which is absent in his is markedly present in our examples.

Locality. — Growing on seaweed found on the shore to the N.E. of Porto Grande,
St Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. 1st December 1902.

Serttdarella </ayi (Lamouroux, 1821).

In addition to the colony found near Gough Island, another of almost equal dimen-
sions, 12 cm. high, has to be recorded from St Helena. Its minute structure is very
similar to that of the Gough Island example, the rugosities on the upper surface of the
hydrothecse being in some cases almost obsolete.

This species, although widely distributed in the Northern Atlantic and in the
Mediterranean Seas, has hitherto been recorded south of the equator only from the Cape
of Good Hope (Algoa Bay), (HARTLADB, 1905, p. 613). In conjunction with this occur-
rence the two ticotia records, from Gough Island and St Helena, may be taken to indicate
a wide distribution for the species in the South as well as in the North Atlantic.

Locality. — Intertwined with an Alcyonarian, Amphilaphis rec/ularis, from St Helena.
30th May 1904.

S,-, -tii/aria <-<>ritic'ina (M'Crady, 1859).

Scanty material, a mere half-dozen colonies, represent this species. The stems arise
from a stolon creeping upon the surface of the fragment of Codium also invested by
S. nil/iliinti and .S'. l«'ler<><l<>i,ttt, from the former of which, indeed, they are almost
indistinguishable to the unaided eye. The largest is only 6 mm. in height. The
specific characters agree with those given by NUTTING (1904, p. 58), but the following
ATariations were noted. The stem internodes are proportionally longer than in
NUTTING'S specimens, for while in his examples the "height of the hydrothecse is
usually about equal to that portion of an internode which lies between the hydrothecal
base and the node below," in ours the latter distance considerably exceeds the former.
Our hydrothecse, again, have a longer distal portion free from the stem, the result being
that the proportion of the anterior adnate part to the whole length of the hydrotheea is

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 78.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 57

reduced from " about two-thirds " to about one-half. As seen from the anterior aspect
the hydrotheca appears to be covered in by only two opercular flaps, the free margins
of which run from the tip of one lateral tooth to that of the other; but when a
lateral view of the colony is obtained, so that one can look directly on the operculum,
another line is seen running from the mid point of the horizontal line connecting the
lateral teeth to the median superior point of the aperture. This line presumably marks
the margin of two contiguous flaps of the operculum, and it would therefore seem that
three, and not two, are present. The determination, however, is one of considerable
difficulty owing to the delicacy of the operculum. The downward projecting processes
from the base of the hydrotheca are long and evident.

Measurements : —

Internodes, length ..... O63-078 mni.

„ breadth . . . O'05-O 06 „

Hydrotheca, length of contiguous portion . . 0'22-0'25 ,,

„ free portion* . 0'21-0-22 „

,, diameter near liasc . . . O'OS-0'09 ,,

at aperture 0'08-0-09 „

Locntiti/. — Growing upon seaweed (G><Hi<i», sp.) from Station 81, Abrohios Bank,
Brazil. Lat. 18° 24' S., long. 37° 58' W. 36 fathoms. Bottom deposit, coral. 20th
December 1902.

Si'iiu/iiriii heterodontaj n. sp.

Growing upon the surface of a seaweed (Codiuin, sp.) in company with S. nitlibmu
and S. cot'iiictna are numerous colonies of this more minute form. The simple
unbranched stems arise from a creeping stolon and cover the weed as with a coat of
delicate hairs. At first glance the colonies are hard to distinguish from those of
S. rathbum, but on close examination their minuteness and delicacy render them
distinct even to the unaided eye. The largest are only 6 mm. in height, 3'5 to 4 mm.
being much more common. The hydrorhizal tube has a diameter a little greater than
that of the stem, and is strengthened in places by chitinous processes projecting down-
wards from its roof or upwards from its floor.

The stems are divided into fairly regular internodes separated by distinct nodes.
At the base two oblique nodes occur in succession, cutting off between them a short
lozenge-shaped athecate internode. The remainder of the internodes are long and
slender, narrower at the proximal end and very gradually increasing in diameter
upwards, until by a sudden dilation at the top they form a broad bracket upon which
the hydrothecse rest. The thecate internodes are separated by straight nodes, but
occasionally an oblique node occurs in addition, a small athecate internode being in
such a case intercalated between the lono-er thecate individuals.

o

* The " free portion " is measured from the line of the stem tu the tip of the lateral teeth.

t eVepoj, other ; ami <Wos, a tooth, indicating the presence of other than the usual marginal teeth.

(ROY. SOC. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 79.)

58

MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

An opposite pair of hydrothecse rests on each internode, six to seven or even ten
pairs being found on one colony. The hydrothecee are set slightly on front of the stem,
are always contingent in front for rather more than one-third of their total length, but
remain separate behind. The free portion diverges abruptly at a wide angle. Viewed
from the anterior aspect the sides of the adherent portion of a hydrotheca are parallel
to the long axis of the stem, while those of the free portion converge towards the
aperture. The contour lines, especially in the younger hydrothecse, are remarkably
straight and graceful. Beneath the innermost angle of the base there is a minute
chitinous thickening, and another projects from the base into the interior of the
hydrotheca. The latter appears to be roughly triangular in shape, the apex pointing

FIG. 4. — Sertularia hcterodonta. (a) Anterior aspect of stem, x 60. (ft) Lateral aspect of stem showing three-flapped
operculum. x 60. (c) Hydrothecie with reduplicated margins, one regenerated margin bearing internal teeth, x 100.
(d) Gonotheca. x 50.

into the cup, the side towards the centre of the stem being thickened and concave,
that remote from the centre sloping gradually till it merges with the hydrothecal floor.
This process represents a small ridge bounding the posterior edge of the opening
between hydrotheca and stem. The margin of the hydrotheca is divided into three
distinct and sharp teeth, the lateral pair the more prominent, the median and superior
individual tilted slightly upwards. There are three opercular flaps, difficult to
distinguish except when one is looking directly into the aperture of the hydrotheca.
Just within the margin and projecting from the inner wall are three prominent internal
teeth, triangular in shape, with blunt apices tilted towards the aperture. These
alternate with the marginal teeth. In hydrothecse towards the base of the stem the
superior pair appears occasionally to be undeveloped. Frequently the free portion of
the tube is much elongated by the reduplication of the margin, and in some cases a
new series of internal teeth is produced on the added portion (fig. 4, <.:).

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TUANS.. VOL. XLVII., 80.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 59

The gonangium, of which 1 have been able to find only one example, is borne on
the fi'ont of the stem immediately beneath a hydrotheca. It is oval in shape, tapering
below to form a distinct stalk, and truncated above by a wide aperture. This is
bounded by an insignificant thickened neck punctuated by small refringent chitinous
swellings on the inner surface. The walls of the gonangium are smooth.

Measurements :—

Internodes, length ..... 0'46-0'G2 mm.

„ diameter near base . . . 0'03-0'04 „

Hydrotheca, length of contiguous imrtion . . O10-CH4 ,,

„ ,, free portion * . . . O'14-O'lo „

„ diameter at base .... OOG-0'07 ,,

„ ,, „ aperture . 0'04 mm.

Gonangium, length ..... 0'74 ,,

„ maximum diameter . . . 0'41 ,,

One colony shows a pair of hydrotheese at an early stage of development, ere yet
the aperture, or the base, or the internal teeth had been formed. The stolon has so
regulated itself to the papillated surface of the Cm/inni upon which it is growing that
the outline of its under surface is made up of a series of crescentic bays.

The three-toothed margin, the three-Happed operculum, the prominent internal
teeth, the presence of a projection from the base into the interior of the hydrotheca,
together with the straight contours of the hydrotheese and the length of the internodes,
are points which distinguish this species. It has affinities with S. linealis, Warren,
1908.

Locality. — Growing upon seaweed from Station 81, Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat.
18° 24' S., long. 37° 58' W. Depth, 36 fathoms. Bottom deposit, coral. 20th
December 1902.

Sertularia inayeri, Nutting, 1904.

Small colonies, 5 mm. high — less than half the height of the type specimens— occur
creeping on Saragassum weed. Their characters agree with NUTTING'S description and
figures, and are identical with those of specimens collected by Mr CROSSLAND at the
Cape Verde Islands (RITCHIE, 1 907,(2) p. 505), although, owing to their smaller size and
the consequent restriction of the number of hydrotheca-pairs (in the largest specimen
mounted for microscopical examination there are only six pairs), the variation between
the proximal and distal pairs is not so marked as in the larger Cape Verde specimens.
Even here, however, the distinction between the distal long, narrow, closely forked,
gradually separating pairs, and the proximal short, dumpy, wide-spreading pairs is
sufficiently distinct and characteristic. It is indicated by the measurements below.
In the majority of the calycles two lateral teeth and a smaller median and superior
tooth, which succeeds an indentation in the wall of the hydrotheca and curves slightly
upwards, are very evident.

* From the line of the stem to the tip of the lateral teeth.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 81.)

60

MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Measurements (fi and t> are distinct colonies) :—

Basal.

Distal.

ft.

b.

a.

6.

Length

of internode . . . 0

•42

; 0-49 mm. 0

•56

; 0

66 mm.

,, hydrotheca . . . .0

•29

0-30 „

0

•38

; 0

•45 „

Breadth

of hydi

otheca-pair from tip to tip . 0

•48

0-46 „ 0

•56

; 0

•52 „

"

„ at base . 0

•22

0-25 „

0

•21

; 0

•20 „

Locality.— Creeping on gulf weed, lat. 27° 54' N., long. 33° 17' W.
1904.

28th June

Sertularia operculata, Linnaeus, 1758.

Several small fragments of this species occur intertwined with other Hydroids from
the same locality. The specimens are typical in branching and in minute structure,
but a considerable amount of variation occurs not only in the length of the two
hydrothecal teeth, but also in their prominence relative to each other (cf. HARTLAUB,
1905, pp. 665, 666). Of the specimens figured by Professor HARTLAUB our examples
most nearly approach those from West Patagonia collected by F. P. MORENO ; but from
those they differ in the proximity of the hydrothecse, for the teeth of one may reach
the level of the base of its successor. The present examples are also characterised by
the exceedingly minute portion of the distal extremity of the hydrotheca, which is free,
the proximal side of the aperture lying almost against the internode.

The points above refer specially to the younger branches. On the older portions
the hydrothecse are only sub-opposite, their length is less relatively to that of the
internode, while a slightly longer distal portion is free.

A few typical gonangia occur on the branches. They exhibit a tendency to
asymmetry, the aperture lying towards the outer side of the axis of symmetry.

The following measurements indicate the relations of the various parts : —

Length of branch internode .... O33-0-50 mm.

,, stem internode .... ()'54-0'61 „

hydrotheca ... . 0-20-0-25 „

teeth . . . 0-06-0-12 „

Distance from tip to tip of a hydrotheca-pair . . 0'43-0"58 „

Locality. — Dredged at the entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony, in 25 fathoms.
2 1st May 1904.

The distribution of this species is world-wide. In addition to its European localities
it has been recorded from the coasts of North and South America, of Southern Asia, of
Australia and New Zealand, and of Africa, although the records from the last continent
are few. The African localities other than the Scotia record are as follows :—

South Africa (BusK, 1850) ; Cape of Good Hope (Eugenic Expedition, JiDERHOLM,
1903); Port Natal (Professor .[. A. WAHLBKRG, . I ADERHOLM, 1903); Mauritania!! Coast
(BiLLARD, 1906(1>); North-West of Cape Blanc, Soudan (BiLLARi), 1906(1>).

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 82.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 61

rathbuni, Nutting, 1904.

The specimens occur plentifully on a seaweed (Cod him, sp.), standing erect and
rigid on its surface, so that it appears as if covered with a sparse coating of delicate
hairs. They are simple, altogether without branches, herein differing, but immaterially,
from the specimens described by AI.LMAN (1877), VERSLUYS (1899), and NUTTING, some
of which bore pinnules, and they attain a height of only 10 mm. The structures of the
stem are as previously described. The hydrothecse are in opposite pairs, the individuals
of which, in the distal part of the colony, are contingent for almost half their height,
but the line of contact gradually decreases until in the proximal pair the individuals

a.

FIG. f>. — Serliiluriti rtilhbvni. (it) Anterior aspect of stem. x 50. (b) Three-quarters view of liydrotheua showing
three-Happed ojiereuhim. x 60. (c) Gonangium. x 70.

may be quite apart. Behind the stem the hydrothecae are always separate. Beneath
each hydrotheca, at the corner where base and inner wall meet, are two chitinous
processes which project downwards and lie alongside the wall of the internode. These
processes are more distinct in the older hydrothecse. The margin of a hydrotheca is
cut into three teeth, the lateral pair longer than the single superior tooth. There are
three opercular flaps.

<Ti>nnx<»in'. — The gonangia, which have not previously been described, occur on
many of the colonies. They are borne on the stem, from one to three in number, and
arise immediately beneath hydrothecse towards the base of the colony. In the speci-
mens which I have examined only one gonangium is apportioned to each hydrotheca-
pair. The gonangia are broadly ovate, marked with about six rather indefinite annula-
tions. Proximally they taper into a short stalk, while distally they contract into a
short wide neck, ornamented at its base by a circlet of bright spots, thickenings of the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVU., 83.)

62 MR JAMES RITCHIE: SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

perisarc. The contents of the gonangia were frequently missing, and in no case were
they in a state fit for minute examination.

Measurements :—

hiternudes, length . . Q'81-0'94 mm.

Width . . 0-10-0-12 „

Hydrotheca, portion free .... 0'18-0'20 ,,

„ fixed . . 0-27-0-28 „

,, diameter at mouth . . . 0'74 mm.

Gonangium, length ..... 0-60-0'63 „

,, maximum breadth . . . G'45-0'53 ,,

In general build, in possessing chitiuous projections from the base of the hydrotheca,
and in the structure of its gonangium, this species bears close resemblance to S. cornicina
(M'Crady) as described by NUTTING. The latter species, however, is to be distin-
guished by the tubular shape of its hydrothecse, by the number of the marginal teeth
and of the opercular flaps, by the narrowly oval outline of its gonangium, and by the
fact that the gonangia are borne on hydrorhizal tubes at the base of the colony, and not
on the stem.

Locality. — Growing on a Plumularian, Halicornaria longicauda, and on seaweed
(Godium, sp.), both from Station 81, Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat. 18° 14' S., long. 37°
58' W. Depth, 40-50 fathoms. Bottom deposit, coral. 20th December 1902.

Previously recorded only from the Gulf of Mexico : ALLMAN, 1877 ; VERSLUYS, 1899
(Dry Tortugas) ; NUTTING, 1904, lat, 29° 28' N., long. 87° 56' W.

Thuiaria artictilata, (Pallas, 1766), ( = T. pectinata, Allman, 1888).

In the earlier report, a colony of this species was recorded under ALLMAN'S name of
T. pectinata. The occurrence of an additional colony with gonangia reopened the ques-
tion of nomenclature, and an examination of ALLMAN'S type was made (through the kind-
ness of Mr R. KIRKPATRICK, of the British Museum). The examination assures me of
the identity of T. pectinata, Allman, with T. articnlata, Pallas.

The larger of our two colonies was some 6 cm. high, the height of ALLMAN'S speci-
mens being also " between two and three inches." The colonies are simply pinnate, with
a monosiphouic stem about 1 mm. in diameter at the base. The stem is partitioned into
regular and well-marked internodes, each bearing three pairs of opposite hydrothecse,
and from between the proximal and median pairs arises a pair of opposite pinnae.
Proximal to the first pinna-bearing internode a few destitute of offshoots occur, and on
these the number of hydrothecae is not constant. Apart from these only one internode
has been observed in which three pairs of hydrothecae have not occurred ; and it is
clearly abnormal, for it lacks pinnae, has but one pair of hydrothecae, and is so short
that the hydrothecse project beyond it, free for nearly half their height. The pinnae
si, -i nd out from the stem at a wide angle, and they too are divided into distinct but
less regular internodes, each bearing from two to five pairs of sub-opposite hydrothecae.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., N I.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. (',:>,

(MARKTANNER-TURNJERETSCHER (1890) gives the variation as from three to ten pairs
per internocle. )

The hydrothecae are almost wholly immersed, and the " free membranaceous extension
of the wall," too prominently figured in AI.I.MAN'.S account, has been destroyed (as indeed it
was in the T. /»'rfni«/<i specimen examined), leaving a jagged edge level with tin- general
outline of the pinna. There is evident on the abcauline wall of the hydrothecse, just
within the opening, a small knob of ehitin, and immediat'lv above or upon this rests the

Ft':. 6. — Thuiaria «iti<-nlata. (a) Single internode of stem with proximal internodes of piniiie. x 20. (l>) Gonangium.
xl'J. (-•) Inicrnode from T. jtcctinata with hydrothecse slightly apart. x 20. (d) Internode from T. /n-tiiiata with
congested hyilrotlii'caj. x 20.

base of the one-Happed operculum. On the stem internodes and on the younger pinnae
the hydrothecae are slightly apart from each other, but in the older pinnre they are
compressed and lie closely packed, the distal end of one forced against the base of its
successor (<;/.' fig. 6, <• and '/).

The gonangia are clustered on one face of the stem and on the corresponding
faces of the pinnae. They arise immediately beneath a hydrotheca, are elongate
oval in shape, with a wide, circular, distal opening bordered by a distinct neck,
and with a tapering proximal end. Their distal half bears more or less indefinite

annular rugosities.

(ROY. soc. EUIN. TRANS., VOL. xi.vn.,

64 MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Measurements : —

Scotia
Specimens.

Allman's
T. prctinata.

Stem internodes, length

2-25 mm.

2'75 mm.

Hydrotheeae on stem, length

0-50

0-52 „

„ ,, breadth

0-17

0-20 „

„ on pinna, length

0-45

0-48 „

,, ,, breadth

0-15

0-18 „

Gonangia, length
,, greatest diameter.

3
1-5

[• not present.

ALLMAN'S specimens are somewhat more robust than those collected by the Scotia.

Locality. — Dredged at the entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony, at a depth of
25 fathoms. 21st May 1904.

The species has been recorded from Algoa Bay and Cape of Good Hope (KiRCHEN-
PAUER, 1884) ; South Africa (BusK, 1850) ; Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope (ALLMAN,
1888).

Plumularia curvata, Jaderholm, 1904 ( = P. magellanica, Hartlaub, 1905).

Dr JADERHOLM has kindly drawn my attention to the fact that the species recorded in
my earlier report on the Scotia collections as P. magellanica, Hartlaub, had been pre-
viously described by him as P. curvata, which name I therefore substitute for HART-
LADB'S synonym. A variation which does not seem to have been present in the examples
examined by JADERHOLM or HARTLAUB was described and figured in the earlier report
(pi. iii., figs. 1, la) ; here I wish simply to add that that variation-is more general in the
hydroclades than I had at first supposed. My previous description reads: — "In the
proximal hydroclades .... tivo processes arise below and at the opposite sides of the
first hydrotheca, each of which bears a thecate internode, so that after the first hydro-
theca the hydroclade possesses two diverging branches each similar to the simple
distal hydroclades" (1907,(1) p. 541). But this duplication of the hydroclade occurs
not only at the first hydrotheca but sometimes at successive hydrothecse as well. From
beneath the first hydrotheca two diverging internodes spring, each capped by its
hydrotheca ; from the bases of each of those second pairs arise, and from these again,
and so on in a system comparable to the false dichotomy of the Mistletoe, until
dichotomous pairs of even the fourth degree may be reached. Some of the hydroclades
thus assume a complicated and much-branched appearance, quite distinct from the simple
type figured by JADERHOLM (1905, pi. 14, fig. 10) and HARTLAUB (1905, p. 684, fig. N5).

Measurements :—

Stem internude, length
„ „ breadth

Hydroclade internode, length .
Hydrotheca, depth

diameter at mouth

0-42-0-52 mm.
0-11-0-13 „
0-24-0-29 „

o-io

0-15 -0-17

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., sn.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 65

Locality. — " Growing on a sponge, Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. 3rd February
1904."

Previous records are from Port Louis and Port Albemarle, Falkland Islands (JADER-
HOLM, 1905); Southern Tierra del Fuego, and Island Picton in the neighbouring
archipelago (HARTLAUB, 1905).

Plumularia echinulata, Lamarck, 1836.

In addition to a previously mentioned occurrence at Cape Town, a second locality,
also in Cape Colony, has to be recorded, namely, Saldanha Bay. The specimens from
this place, while rather smaller in size than the Cape Town examples, are similar in
minute structure, except that in the former the hydrotheca-bearing internodes are rather
shorter, and the hydrothecae therefore more congested, than in the latter.

The gonangia are elongate oval, considerably longer in proportion to their diameter
than those figured by HINCKS (1868, pi. Ixv., fig. 2b), and possessing shorter and
more regularly arranged spines. They stand out from the median aspect of the stem
in a densely packed row.

Locality. — Shore, Houtjes Bay, Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. 19th May 1904.

Plumula/ria lagenifera, var. septifera, Torrey, 1902.

Whereas typical specimens of P. lagenifera are about three inches long, are some-
times branched, and grow in rlexuous clumps, the specimens which I have referred to
TORREY'S variety are short (only 7 mm. high), never branched, and are markedly rigid
in habit. The detailed structure is that of a compressed P. lagenifera, where the inter-
nodes have become shorter and comparatively stouter, while the internal septa have
become more distinct. In conjunction with the general shortening it has come
about that in the intermediate internodes there is generally but one septum,
although our specimens differ from those described by TORREY — where " no intermediate
internode has more than one septal ridge"-— in that, in several, there are traces of a
second ridge on the distal side of the nernatophore, while in at least one case the second
ridge is quite pronounced. TORREY is equally emphatic that '' there is never more than
one internode between thecate internodes," but I have observed a case in which two
successive athecate interuodes occurred, the distal being much the shorter and lacking
a nematophore. There was no evidence that this duplication was due to abnormal
growth, such as regeneration. These variations, however, only show more clearly the
relationship between this form and P. lagenifera type, and confirm TOKRKY'S placing of
it as a variety of that species.

In one point the Scotia specimens differ both from the type and from the variety,
for they show no trace of a nematophore on any internode " on side opposite branch
[i.e. hydroclade] and immediately distal to the proximal septum."

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TRANS., vor.. xi.vn., ST.)

66

MR JAMES RITCHIE: SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Between the hydroclacle and the intemode process on which it is set occur from one
to three athecate internodes. The hydrorhizal tubes are close-set, are compressed from
above downwards, and are supported by thickenings of the perisarc which project into
the interior of the tube. Somewhat similar thickenings I have already seen in the
hydrorhiza of a species of Podocorync (RITCHIE, 1907,t2) p. 499) which was growing on
a minute shell. In both cases it is possible to imagine that the thickenings may be
in some way correlated with the peculiar substratum upon which the specimens are
growing, for either on a small, readily tossed shell, or on the ever-moving appendages of
a Crustacean, hydrorhizal tubes would be submitted to a great amount of buffeting and
rough usage. Reaction to such abnormal external factors might result in abnormal

FIG. 7. — Plumularia lagenifera, var. septifera. (a) Portion of stem and hydroclade. x 100.
arising from complicated hydrorhiza] growth with scattered nematotheco?.

(6) Base of stem

strengthening of the walls. Should such a supposition be well founded, the thickenings
in the hydrorhizal tubes could have little systematic value. Frequent nematophores,
similar in structure to those on the remainder of the colony, arise from the hydrorhizal
tubes at irregular intervals, but always near their borders.

The differences between this form and P. lagenifera in size, in habit, in the intensity
of the internal septa, in the absence of a nematophore on each stem internode, and in
possessing chitinous thickenings in the hydrorhiza, I do not consider sufficient to warrant
the formation of a new species.

Measurements : —

Stem internode, length

,, breadth

Hydroclade thecate internodes, length

„ athecate „ ,,

Hydrotheca, depth

diameter at margin

0-26 mm.

0-14 „

0-24 „

0-05 „

0-066-0-090 mm.
0-105-0-120 ,

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 88.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 67

Locality. — A few colonies growing on the telson and under-parta of the body of
Palinostus htlumlii (Lamk.) from Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. 21st May 1904.

Distribution. — Plumularia lagenifera, Allman, has been recorded from various locali-
ties off the coast of California by MARKTANNER-TURNFJ:ETSCHKI; ( 1 890, p. 255), NUTTINC
(1900, p. 65), TORREY (1902, p. 77) ; from the neighbourhood of Vancouver Island by
ALLMAN (1885, p. 157), NUTTING (I.e.) ; and from the coast of Alaska, by TORRKY (I.e.).
The variety septifer<i has been recorded by TORREY only from Cataline Island, California.
The general distribution of the species and its variety is thus along the shores of the
Northern Pacific from California northwards to Alaska. That the present specimens
should have occurred on the eastern margin of the South Atlantic is indeed remarkable ;
but, in so mobile a group as the Hydroids, wide distribution is of little significance, and
the above record but adds another to the long list of species which spread beyond the
bounds of any one ocean.

Plumularia setacea (Ellis, 1755).

Specimens of an exceedingly minute and delicate variety of this species occur
creeping on gulf weed in company with Aglaophenia latecarinata. They arc. only 7 or 8
mm. high, and are unbranched, although in one case an appearance of bifurcation at the
base (a phenomenon recorded by BILLARD in this species (1907, p. 210)) was given by
a second colony being fixed to the first by its hydrorhiza. The hydroclade internodes,
both thecate and athecate, are long and slender and contain two distinct septa, a distal
and a proximal. While the rule is that a single athecate internode separates two thecate
internodes, very rarely two intermediate internodes occur, in which case one or the other
bears a single nematophore, the other lacking such an organ. Yet each of the internodes is
complete as regards the internal septa, containing one at each end. They are distinct inter-
nodes and seem to be due to spontaneous variation, for no hint could be observed that, as
BILLARD found in his specimens, rupture and subsequent regeneration had taken place.

Our specimens appear to be similar to the " distinct variety " recorded by Professor
NUTTING from gulf weed (1900, p. 57), although NUTTING'S specimens differ in being
branched.

Detailed measurements indicate that the tieuftn specimens stand intermediate to ilie
variety found by the '/'i-nrnil/eur at Cape Spartel and to the south of Madeira, and the
typical form whose dimensions BILLARD records.

Measurements : —

Height of colony ... . 7-8 mm.

Length of stem internodes .... 0'33-0'39 mm.

Breadth of „ „ O075-0-09 „

Length of intermediate internodes . . . 0'14-0"21 ,,

„ thecate inlernodcs . 0-31-O40 ,,

Breadth of „ . 0'42-0'ls ,,

Locality. — Creeping on gulf weed found in spawn net at Station 538. Lat. 32° ll'N.,
long. 34° 10' W. 30th June 1904.

(HOY. SOC. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVII.. 89.)

68

MR JAMES RITCHIE: SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Antennopsis scotia?,, Ritchie, 1907(1).

An additional colony of this species from the locality from which it was originally
recorded enables me to amplify the diagnosis already given and to add a description of
the gonosome. The new colony is of the same height as the larger of our earlier speci-
mens, 9 cm., but it bears more branches and is altogether in better condition, although
here also the hydroclades are in many places wanting. Branches are frequent, but are
very irregular in position. They may bear secondary branches which are long, of uniform
thickness, and are seldom branched. The stem and branches are composed of a thick
bundle of tubes with transparent walls and without nodes. From short processes on the
outermost of these the hydroclades spring, following one another on the same tube at a

FIG. 8. — Antennopsis scotia-. (a) Portion of hydroclade showing thecate and athecate internodes, arid arrangement of

nematothec*. x 65. (b) Gouotheca. x 45.

distance of some 073 mm., and thus forming a close-set coat round the branches. In
consequence of the delicacy of the hydrothecal margins a perfect hydrotheca is rare, but
where such occurs it shows a slight widening at the mouth.

An important addition has to be made to the previous description of the trophosome
as regards the number of the nematophores accompanying the hydrotheca. Besides the
median proximal nematophore and the lateral pair surmounting the processes which run
alongside the hydrotheca, there is a supplementary lateral pair, the individuals of which,
one on each side of the hydrotheca, rest on the upper surface of the lateral process
almost in the corner formed between it and the internode (fig. 8). These nematophores,
although of similar structure to, are considerably smaller than, the others, and are so
delicate that they are frequently absent, their former position being marked only by a
small opening in the lateral process. They correspond exactly to the supplementary
nematophores described in Antenella quadriaurita of the present paper.

The athecate internodes show more variation than in the former specimens,
their length in many cases preventing the margin of a hydrotheca from reaching
the level of the proximal end of the succeeding thecate internode. Only two

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TEANS., VOL. XLVII., 90.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 69

deviations from the normal structure of the athecate internodes have been observed
where, instead of one, two uematophores were present.

Gonosome. — The gnnangia arise laterally from the hydroclades. They are situated
immediately beneath the hydrothecae on a short process from the hydroclade internode,
between which and the body of the gonangium a short internode intervenes. In size
a gonangium is three or four times as large as a hydrotheca ; in shape it is broadly
ovate, tapering proximally into a short stalk which rests upon the intervening internode
mentioned above, and abruptly truncated distally, where the large terminal aperture is
closed, prior to the maturity of the contents, by a one-Happed operculum attached by
its abcauline edge to the wall of the gonangium. Two large nematophores are present,
one on each side of the gonangium near its base.

Measurements :—

Athecate internodes, length * .... 0'2S-0'32 mm.

Thecate „ „ * . 0'36-0'38 „

Hydrotheca, length . . o-20-0'24 „

breadth at mouth . Q-21-0'24 „

Goiiangium, length . . ... . 0'88-0'91 „

„ greatest breadth . 0'53-0'57 „

Locality. — As previously recorded — entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. 25
fathoms. 21st May 1904.

Growing on a sponge from the same locality were several simple colonies up to
7 mm. high. Although there are no signs of fasciculation, nor even of true branching,
the minute structure corresponds so exactly with that of A. tscotxe that I cannot but
conclude that the small colonies represent an early stage of that species. They bear no
gonangia.

Monostachas quadridens (M'Crady, 1859).

Two minute colonies of this species were found growing on the leg of a masked
crab. They differ from the typical form described by NUTTING (1900, p. 75) only in
their minuteness — they are less than 1 cm. high — and in the length of the athecate
intermediate internodes of their hydroclades. Although each bears two or three hydro-
clades, neither of the colonies is branched ; yet circular holes at the bases of some of the
hydrothecse, indicating the point where a gonangium had been attached, show that the
colonies are mature. The unusual position in which the colonies were growing is
probably responsible for their smallness, for an unstable foundation is frequently
accompanied by a dwarfed fauna.
Measurements : —

Stem, diameter . . . . U'14 nun.

Thecate internodes, length . . 0-42-0-46 nun.

Intermediate internodes, length 0'56-0'73 „

Hydrotheca, depth . . 0'15-0'17 „

„ diameter at opening . . 0'20-0'22 „

* Length measured from straight node to furthest point of oblique node.
(ROY. sou. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., Ul.j

70

MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Locality. — Growing amongst seaweed on the leg of a masked crab. Station 81,
Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat, 18° 24' S., long. 37° 58' W. Depth, 36 fathoms.
Bottom deposit, coral. 20th December 1902.

Antenella quadriaurita* sp. nov.

A few sparse colonies which cannot be referred to any described species of Antenella
were trawled off Gough Island. The stems, the largest of which is 14 mm. high, are
hairlike and stand out rigidly from a creeping stolon like a group of stiff bristles. To
the unaided eye the stem groups much resemble the figure of A. gracilis given by
ALLMAN (1877, pi. xxii, fig. 6), but in our specimens the stems are more delicate, and,

FIG. 9. — Antcndla quadriaurita. (a) Portion of stem, x 25. (b) Anterior aspect uf a hydrotheca.

(c) Lateral aspect of a hydrotheca. x!25.

x 125.

owing perhaps to mere accident, they are more irregular in size and more straggling in
arrangement. The stem is divided into a series of alternating thecate and athecate
internodes, the boundary lines between these being oblique and very distinct on the
proximal side of the thecate internode, and on the distal, transverse but faintly indicated.
On the stems examined the maximum number of hydrothecse was nine, but that a
greater number may be borne is likely, as in both the " nine " colonies the stem was
incomplete. The hydrothecse are borne on every other internode. As seen in profile
they are cylindrical, having almost parallel edges, but viewed from in front they seem
to be conical in shape, tapering rapidly to the base. A hydrotheca is rather deeper
than broad, and for more than half its height is free from the internode. Its profile is
straight, and its margin is very slightly everted.

Eacli thecate internode bears five nematophores : one median, placed on a gently
* Qiuiltuor, four ; ami niifitnx, t-.-irml, Minifying the presence of two pairs of nematotheca; flanking the hydrotheca.

(ROY. SOC. E1)IN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 92.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 71

raised portion of the internode on the near side of the hydrotheca ; a supracalycine pair,
each individual of which reaches just to the margin of the hydrotheca and rests upon
the end of an internodal projection stretching half-way across the hydrotheca ; and an
additional pair — supplementary nematophores — placed on the upper and exterior surface
of the supracalycine process, almost in the angle between that process and the inter-
node. The latter are extremely fragile and readily detached, so that in many cases
they are unrepresented but by a small pore in the wall of the supracalycine process,
indicating where they had been attached. The intermediate internodes bear a number
of nematophores varying from two to four, but three is the most frequent number.
Thus, in twenty intermediate internodes examined, eight bore two nematophores, eleven
bore three, while only one had four. On the athecate basal internodes, three of which
generally follow one another in close succession prior to the first hydrotheca, the
nematophores also vary. Of nine such, four had four nematophores, two had five, while
series of two, three, and seven nematophores were represented on one internode each.
Measurements : —

Thecate internode, length * .... 0'46 mm.

Intermediate internode, length * . . 0 -5 7-0 '91 mm,

„ breadth 0'07-0-087 „

Hydrotheca, depth . . . 0-21-0-22 „

,, diameter at margin . (J-17-0'21 ,,

This species is closely related to Plumularia secundaria (L., 1789, p. 3854), which,
if the genus Antenella is to be preserved, and it seems a useful one from the point of
view of practical convenience, must be transferred to that genus. The present species
has been separated from A. secundaria on the strength of observations made by
MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER (1890, p. 252), PICTET and BEDOT (1900, pp. 27, 28), and
BILLARD (1907, p. 207), all of whom record the presence of a simjlt; nematotheca
inuitcdiatdy aliovc the hydrotheca, whereas in our specimens the hydrotheca is Ji (inked
by a pair of nematothecae in addition to the usual supracalycine pair. The athecate
internodes in the Scotia species are twice the length of those in A. xcfimrl<iria, and the
other parts differ in their relative proportions, but little stress can be laid on so indefinite
and so variable a character. 1 am unable to distinguish A. imtnlfnxix. Warren, 1908,
from A. secundaria.

Locality. — Gough Island. Trawled at a depth of 100 fathoms. Bottom deposit,
Bryozoa and rock. 23rd April 1 904.

Aglaophenia allmani, Nutting, 1900.

Two specimens are referred to this rare species. One is a comparatively small
colony, 6'5 cm. high, still retaining some fragments of the hydrorhizal tubes. The
other is a strongly fascicled branch, with a diameter of To mm. at its junction with

* Measured from straight node to furthest point of oblique node. /\-\ C A /

(BOY. soc. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., D3.)

•->
1'

O <

* -^•'*- •?

LIBRARY

72

MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPOPtT ON

what is probably part of the main stem, and with a height of 7 '5 cm. It bears rather
delicate alternate ramuli which leave it almost at right angles.

While the general characters — branching, structure of hydoclades, shape and
approximation of hydrothecse, position of nenmtophores — agree with the descriptions of
ALLMAN (1877, p. 39, pi. xxiii.,asvl. ramosa) and of NUTTING, variations worthy of note
have been observed in the last-mentioned organs. These variations seem to be mainly
age differences. In the hydrothecae on the proximal parts of the hydroclades the mesial
nematophore reaches to the level of the marginal teeth, and is adnate, all but the very
tip. The supracalycine nematophores are generally cylindrical, with two apertures—
one terminal, the other a large oval opening on that side of the upper surface which is

FIG. 10. — Aglaophenia nttninni, showing variation in hydrothecs and nematothec;e. (a) Hydrothecae from the proximal
end of a hydroclade. x 65. (b) Hydrotheca; from the distal end of a hydroclade. x 65.

towards the interior of the hydrotheca. Rarely this opening is much elongated, and
extends through the band of perisarc which separates it from the terminal opening. In
such a case a single continuous opening is formed and the nematophores might be
described as "almost cylindrical." The tip of a supracalycine nematophore reaches just
to the margin of a hydrotheca. Its axis, viewed from the side, lies at an angle of about
45° with the stem. The nematophores, in general, agree with the type so far described.
In those hydrothecse which occur towards the tip of the hydroclades, and which are
therefore younger, the aperture is less oblique, while the adnate part of the hydrotheca
is of the same length as in the older examples. As a consequence the mesial
nematophore, although shown by measurement to be constant in length throughout the
colony, appears to be shorter in the newly formed hydrotheca), since its tip falls con-
siderably short of the margin. The supracalycine nematophores are of markedly greater
length, overtopping the margin by about 0'056 mm., are quite cylindrical, and lie with
their axis (viewed from the side) more nearly parallel to that of the internode. The
lateral aperture is smaller and is never continuous with the terminal one, and the

(BUY. SOC. ED1N. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 94.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 73

internodal septum which in the older hydrothecse marks the base of the nematophore is
indicated in the terminal individuals only by a minute indentation.

I think, with NUTTING, that the general structure of the trophosome of the colonies
resembles that of Lytocarj»is rather than that of Aglaophenia.

Measurements : —

Stem internodes, length .... 0'39-0'45 nun.

hivadth 0-22-0-24 „

Hydroclade Lnternodes, length . . . 0'3S-0'42 „

HyJrotliecie, length *. ... 0'35 nun.

,, diameter at margin . . 0'17 „

Mesial nematophore, length . . 0'2S ,,

Supracalycine nematophores, length of longest side, O'l 1 mm. ;it hast- nf hydroclade to

O'14-O'IT mm. at distal end of hydrocladc.

Locality.— Station 81, Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat. 18° 14' S., long. 37° 58' W.
Depth, 36 fathoms. Bottom deposit, coral. 20th December 1902.

Distribution. — Only recorded from Florida Reef, in the Gulf of Mexico (by ALLMAN),
and from a station in the Caribbean Sea (by NUTTING).

Aglaophenia dubia, Nutting, 1900.

Two specimens of this species, the A. gracilis of ALLMAN'S Gulf Stream Report
(ALLMAN, 1877), were collected in the same locality — one simple, reaching a height of
G cm., the other sparsely branched and rather longer. The anterior profile of the
hydrotheca is not so markedly concave as in ALLMAN'S figure, nor is the mesial
nematophore quite so long relatively to the height of the hydrotheca. The hydrothecse
have nine teeth (NUTTING says "about eight"), of which one on each side lies behind
the supracalycine nematophores and is more acute than the others, while the anterior
tooth is usually recurved. The number of the basal nematophores differs from that
recorded by ALLMAN and NUTTING, for not only are two present on the front of each
stem-internode (one close to the hydroclade and one on the proximal portion of the
internode), while another small one lies at the base of the hydroclade, close to the former
of those just mentioned — but, in addition, a large cup-shaped nematophore exists on the
posterior aspect of internode, immediately behind the base of the hydroclade. Other-
wise the specimens agree, point for point, with previous descriptions.

Measurements :—

Stem iuternodes, length . 0'52 mm.

„ „ breadth . 0'31 „

Hydroclade internodes, length . . 0'36 „

breadth at middle 0'05 „

Hydrothecse, height . 0-32 .,

„ diameter at margin . . . n-l-t ,,

Mesial nematophore, length . .017,,

* Length of Uydrotheca measured along the internode from the base of the cavity to the margin.

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 95.)

74 MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

On the branched specimen two branches, which appear to belong to the colony, since
they lie in the same plane and leave the stem at the same angle as the true branches,
were found, on microscopic examination, to be specimens of Halicomaria longicauda,
arising from hydrorhizal tubes climbing upon the stem of the Aglaophenia colony.

Locality.— Station 81, Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat, 18° 14' S., long. 37° 58' W.
Depth, 36 fathoms. Bottom deposit, coral. 20th December 1902.

Aglaophenia heterodonta, Jaderholm, 1 903.

Dr ELOF JADERHOLM has described amongst the extra-European Hydroids in the
Swedish Museum specimens of A. dichotoma (M. Bars), as distinct from a form with
similar habit which he has named A. heterodonta. I now regard the specimens which
were described in the earlier Scotia report under the name of A. dichotoma as examples
of A. heterodonta.

Additional material enables me to add to JADERHOLM'S description of the general
habit of the colonies. His specimens were characterised by irregularly ramified stems
bearing short, upward curling twigs. Our specimens exhibit two types. The first, pre-
viously described (RITCHIE, 1907,(1) pi. iii. fig. 2), is strictly dichotomous, although the
branches may not develop equally in all parts of the colony. This type of branching
is exactly similar to that of A. dichotoma, The dichotomously branched specimens
were growing on a sponge, and are considerably taller (10 cm.) than JADERHOLM'S
examples (3 '5 cm.). The habit of the second type is distinctly reminiscent of that of
A. conferta, Kirchenpauer, 1872; that is to say, simple curved stems spring in pro-
fusion from a hydrorhiza creeping upon an alga. There is no sign of branching. The
largest of those colonies is only 18 mm. high, but that they are fully developed is
shown by their sexual maturity, fpr several bear corbulse with male gonophores. The
minute characters of the two types of colonies are identical, and agree with those of
A. heterodonta. It may be, however, that this is but a synonym of A. conferta,
the only characters which seem to separate the latter being the absence of an
unpaired anterior reflexed tooth (which, however, appears to be present in KIRCHEN-
PAUER'S figure) ; the outward, instead of the inward, direction assumed by the pair
of teeth nearest the stem ; and the angled nature attributed to the supracalycine
nematophores. However, it is only by examination of KIRCHENPAUER'S type that
such a question could be decided.

That the branched and unbranched colonies are found on two different types of
substratum probably indicates that they are environmental modifications ; the fixed,
settled colony (that on the sponge) becoming luxuriant, while the drifting, unsettled
colony (that growing on the alga) tends, as do so many alga-borne Hydroids, to remain
dwarfed and of simple habit.

The development of the corbula differs slightly from that of A. pluma as described
by ALLMAN (1871, p. 59) and NUTTING (1900, p. 40), for the leaves develop less simul-

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 96.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 75

taneously. While in NUTTING'S specimens all the leaves had made their appearance before
even the primary pair had reached full development, here, when only five pairs are
recognisable, the two first-formed pairs are already full grown ; and when six pairs are
visible the earliest three have reached full development, the later ones being in a state
of decreasing perfection.

While some of the corbula? are wholly closed some remain partially open, their
leaves, at least towards the tip, bearing nematophores on each side, and remaining
separate from each other. In the latter case the gonophores are always male, in
the former no gonophores remained ; but since maleness and openness go together,
as they do in so many other cases, it seems probable that in this species we have
an example of sexual dimorphism of the type described by Mr H. B. TORREY and
Miss MARTIN (190(3).

The depth of a hydrotheca varies from 0'27 to 0'28 mm., its diameter at the mouth
from 0'17 to 0'19 mm. ; measurements agreeing with those of JADERHOLM.

Locality. — On sponges and algae from the entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony.
Depth, 25 fathoms. Bottom deposit, sand and kelp. 21st May 1904.

Aglaophenia minima, Nutting, 1900.

Two colonies (the larger 1 cm. high) are distinguished by their cylindrical, keelless
hydrothecse with short projecting mesial nematophores as belonging to this species. In
addition to the septal ridge, mentioned by NUTTING, which traverses the hydrotheca-
bearing internode at the level of the intrathecal ridge, another is evident opposite the
base of the supracalycine nematophores. The opening of the hydrotheca is bordered
by nine, instead of by eight teeth ; and in the mesial nematophore of some of the hydro-
thecse a slight chitinous constriction, almost in line with the profile of the hydrotheca,
is apparent. The nematophores on the stem internodes are arranged as follows : — A
solitary long xaematophore on the/ront and at the proximal end of the internode ; and in
the angle between the hydroclade process and the stem, a double nematophore, with two
diverging processes each bearing a terminal aperture. Only a single opening, however,
connects the cavity of the double nematophore with that of the colony. The hydroclade
process itself bears a large simple nematophore on its anterior surface, and to this appears
to be due the bifurcated appearance mentioned by NUTTINI;.

No gonangia were present.

Measurements :—

Stem internodes, It-n^tli .... G'45-0'56 mm.

diameter . . O'08-O'IO ,,

Hydroclade internodes, length .... 0'39 nun.

Hydrotheca, ctrpth .... 0'34 „

,, diameter at month . . 0'14 ,,

Locality. — Growing amongst seaweed on the leg of a masked crab. Station 81,

(ROY. soc. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 97.)

76

MR JAMES RITCHIE : SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat. 18° 24' S., long. 37° 58' W. Depth, 36 fathoms. Bottom
deposit, coral. 20th December 1 902.

Previously recorded from Little Cat Island, Bahamas (NUTTING).

Aglaophenia latecarinata, Allman, 1877.

This common tropical species, identical, as shown by the researches of Professor
NUTTING (1900, p. 96), with the A. mi > tut a of FEWKES (1881, p. 132), occurs
among the ticotia collections in its usual habitat, creeping upon the fronds and
bladders of Saragassum weed. The specimens, the largest of which are 13 mm. high,
correspond with NUTTING'S description in all points but one. For while he mentions only
two nematophores at the base of each hydroclade, I have observed in all cases four
nematophore apertures, the two recorded by NUTTING, and, in addition, lying immedi-
ately distal to the intern odal process from which the hydroclade projects, in the axil
between it and the stem, a double nematophore, possessing two apertures, one directed
to the right, the other to the left of the hydroclade process. The coenosarc of this
nematophore connects with the general coenosarc of the colony through a single median
perforation in the internode wall. A similar arrangement of nematophores occurred in
the specimens examined by BILLARD (1907) and VERSLUYS (1899). As the following
comparative table shows, our specimens are. in all respects, somewhat larger than those
described by BILLARD : —

Scotia Specimen.

BILLAUD'S Talisman
Specimen.

Length of hydrocaulus

6-13 nun.

5-6 nun.

Breadth of „ ...

0-1-0-13 mm.

0-08-0-12 mm.

Length of stem internodes

0-34 mm.

0-25-0-30 „

,, hydrotheca

0-31 „

0-27-0-30 „

Breadth of hydrotheca at mouth (excluding

keel)

0-15 „

0-135 mm.

Breadth of keel ....

0-03 „

?

Locality. — On floating Saragassum weed, caught in spawn net. Station 538.
Lat. 32° 11' N., long. 34° 10' W. 30th June 1904.

Halicornaria longicauda, Nutting, 1900.

At first gl

glance one of the specimens which I have referred to this species appears to
be a fascicled colony with alternate branches ; but closer scrutiny shows that there is
present a central axis with the remains of hydroclades, and that around this are grouped
tubes which in their distal portions are continued as the so-called branches, and in the
proximal appear to form the hydrorhizal tubes of the compound colony. The specimen
really consists of a central axis upon which several distinct Halicornaria colonies happen

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 98.)

THE HYDROIDS OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 77

to be creeping. The clustered hydrorhizal tubes of these create the resemblance to
fascicling, but the structure is analogous rather to the rhizocaulom often exhibited by
Lafoea dumosa than to a truly fascicled stem. The rhizoid nature of this compound
stem is confirmed by another specimen (Aglaophenia dubia) from the same locality,
where the two lower branches, at least so they appear to the eye, turn out to be distinct
climbing colonies of H. lungicaiiJn.

The largest of the colonies found by the Scotia is 1 1 cm. in height. The specific-
characters agree with those given by Professor NUTTING, but in our specimens the
hydrothecae appear to have undergone a greater degree of tilting forward than his
figures indicate, while the lateral teeth are more strongly developed. The aperture is
vertical and slightly constricted, with a sharp tooth projecting upwards and outwards
on either side. The intrathecal ridge is well marked, arising near the middle of the

FIG. 11. — Hitlicornaria longicauda. Hydrothecre showing variation in the length of
the median nematophore. x 110.

adnate portion of the mesial nematophore and extending backwards at an angle of 45°
with the axis of the hydroclade. Its free edge is slightly reduplicated. The supracaly-
cine nematophores are short and stout, and when viewed from the front appear clearly
above the hydrotheca, although they do not reach the margin of the aperture. The
mesial nematophore varies greatly in length ; considerable differences may be seen even
in two succeeding hydrothecse. Sometimes shorter than in the examples figured by
NUTTING, it may, on the other hand, extend far beyond the margin of the hydrotheca,
and, curving gracefully upwards, its tip may reach the level of the upper portion of the
rim. There are three cauline nematophores (not two, as NUTTING implies) clustered
about the stem process on which the hydrotheca rests. Two lie on the anterior surface,
one at the distal, the other at the proximal side of the stem process, while one lies on
the posterior aspect of the process itself. They are triangular in shape and large,
normally with two apertures, one at each of the free angles of the triangle, but
occasionally showing, as a variation, a third aperture, situated medianly between the
normal two.

The gonosome is unknown.

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. SLVII., 99.)

iBRARV

78 MR JAMES RITCHIE: SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON

Measurements :—

Stem iiiternodes, lengtli . . . 0'29-0'35 mm.

breadth . . . CH3-0-16 „

Hydroclade iiiternodes, lengtli .... 0P25-0'29 ,,

Hydrotheca, depth . . . . 0-14: „

„ vertical diameter at margin . . (H3-O14 ,,

,, horizontal ,, ,, . O'lS ,,

Locality.— Station 81, Abrohlos Bank, Brazil. Lat. 18° 14' S., long. 37° 58' W.
Fathoms, 36. Bottom deposit, coral. 20th December 1902.

Distribution. — The only record given by NUTTING is from the Caribbean Sea near the
Isthmus of Panama (lat. 9° 32' N., long. 79° 55' W. 36 fathoms). The present
locality, also a shallow water one, is off the coast of Brazil near Porto Alegre — a consider-
able southwards extension of the known range.

LITERATURE.

Mere mention is here made of the memoirs alluded to in this paper. For their titles reference must be
made to such bibliographies as that in HARTLAUB'S " Die Hydroiden der magalhaenischen Region und chilen-
isclien Kiiste " (below 1905), or those in NUTTING'S "Monographs of the American Hydroids."

ALDER, J., 1857. Trans. Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, vol. iii. pp. 93-160.
ALLMAN, J. G., 1864. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), vol. xiii. pp. 345-380.

,. 1871. A Monot/raph of the Gymnolilastic or Tubularian Hydroids, London, Ray Society.

,, 1877. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Han-ard, vol. v., No. 2.

,, 1885. Jour. Linn. Sor. London, Zool., vol. xix., pp. 132-161.

1888. Report Scientific Results, " Challenger," Zoo/., vol. xxiii.
BALE, W. M., 1894. Proc. Roy. Sor. Victoria, vol. vi.
BETKNCOURT, A., 1899. "Deuxieme liste des Hydraires du Pas-de-Calais," Miscell. Biolog., Trav. Soc. Zool.,

Wim?reux, vol. vii. pp. 1-13.

BONNEVIE, K., 1899. Den Norske Nordhavs Expedition, 1876-1878, No. 26. Christiania.
BILLARD, A., 1906, (1). Actes Soc. Linn, de Bordeaux, vol. Ixi. pp. 69-76.

„ 1906, (2). Expedition Antarctique Franfaise, 1903-1905, "Hydroides." Paris, 1906.

,, 1907. Expeditions scientifigues du " Travailleur" et du " Talisman," tome viii.

BRUCE, W. S., 1894. "Antarctic Birds" in Knowledge, Sept. 1, 1894, pp. 208-210.
BUSK, GEO., 1850. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Se., 20 Meet. (London, 1851), pp. 118-120.
CLARKE, S. F., 1879. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. v., No. 10, p. 239.
ELLIS, .1., 1755. An Estsmj toward a Natural History of the Corallines, etc. London, 1755.
FEWKBS, J. W., 1881. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. viii., No. 7, p. 127.
HARTLAUB, C., 1900. "Revision der Sertularella-Arten," Abh. naturw. Ver. Hamburg, vol. xvi. pp. 1-143.

1901. Zool. Julir., vol. xiv., Syst., pp. 349-379.

„ 1904. Ri'niillatt du voyage du &.Y. " Belijictt," Zool., " Hydroiden." Anvers, 1904.

„ 1905. "Fauna Chilensis"— Supplement vi., Zonl. Jahr., 1905.

HICKSON, S. J., and GRAVELY, F. H., 1907. " Hydroid Zoophytes, National Antarctic Expedition," Natural

History, vol. iii.
UINCKS, T., 1861. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii. vol. viii. p. 251.

„ 1868. A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes. London, 1868.

JADERHOLM, E., 1903. Arhivfiir zool., utij. af K<jl. Srenska Vetenskapsakad., Bd. i., pp. 259-312.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII., 100.)

THE HYDROIDS OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 79

.1 \nKitiiui.M, K., 1904. An-liive* ,t<> ;:ool. e.rp'r. et gi'nerale, ser. iv. vol. iii.

11.105. \\'i<*i-n*<-l<iijtlii-lie Ergebnisse tier si-luri'dini-livi/ Siidpolar- Expedition, 1901-1903,

Bd. v., Lief. 8. Stockholm.

LAMARCK, .J. P. B. A. de, 183G. Histoire naturelle des cmimaux sans vertttb-ren, 2nd edit., 1836.
I. UMUROUX, J. V. F., 1821. E.i-p,')*iti<>n ni> '/hui/itjue des Genres de I'ordre des Polypiers, etc. Paris, 1821.

,, 1824. Zoologif <l/i voijaije autour du monde execute sur les airaettes I' Urania et la

I'hi/sirirnne, et,:, Paris, 1824, pp. 603-643.
LINN.KUS, C., 175s. Systems Natural, 10th edit.
„ 1789. ,, „ 12th edit.

M'CRADY, J., 1859. Pro,: Elliott Nat. Hut. So,:., vol. i., No. 1, p. 103.

M AKKTANNER-TuRNERETSCHEH, (T., 1890. Ann. des k. l\ naturh. Hofmuteums, Wien, vol. v. pp. 195-286.
NOKMAN, A. M., 1864. Ann. Ma,/. Nat. IIM., scr. 3, vol. xiii. pp. 82-90.
NUTTING, C. C., 1900. "American Hydroitls," Part I. The Plumularidaj, Kpev. Bull. Smithsonian htx/.,

Washington, 1900.

„ 1904. Ibid., Part II. The Sertularidse. Washington, 1904.

OBT.MANN, A. E., 1896. Grundziige der marinen Tienjeoyraphie. Jena, 1896.
PALLAS, P. S., 1766. Elenchus Zoophytorum. Haag.

PICTET, C., et BEDOT, M., 1900. Ri'anltatii de* Campagnes Sc., etc., Monaco, fascicule xviii.
RITCHIE, JAS., 1907 (1). " Hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition," Trans. Rmj. ,Voc.

Edin., vol. xlv. pp. 519-545; also in Report ,m S/-. Res. of Voyage of S.Y.
'Scotia,' vol. v. pp. 61-88, Edinburgh, 1909.
1907 (2). Pro,: Zoo. Soc. London, 1907, pp. 488-514.
THOMSON, J. A., 1904. "Note on the Gonostyles of Two Antarctic Siphonophora," Pro,-. Roy. Phyx. Soc.

Edin., vol. xvi. pp. 19-22.

TORREY, H. B., 1902. "University of California Publications," Zool., vol. i. pp. 1-104.
TORREY, H. B., and MARTIN, A., 1906. Ibid., vol. iii. pp. 47-52.
VERSLUYS, J. J., 1899. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 1899, vol. xiii. pp. 29-58.
WARREN, E., 1908. "On a Collection of Hydroids, mostly from the Natal Coast," Ann. Natal Govern un at

Mus., vol. i. part iii., pp. 269-355.
WRIGHT, T. S., 1858. Proc. Roy. Phys. So,: Edin., vol. i. p. 450.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. SLVII., In].)

PART III.
ACAKIENS.

III.-THE ACARIENS OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY DR E. L. TROUESSART,

Professor at the Museum of Natural History, Paris.

Acariens de 1'Expedition Antarctique Nationals Ecossaise. Par Ic Dr. E.-L. Trouessart,
Professeur au Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris.

(US. received April 10, 1912. Issued separately July 1, 1912.)*

La partie des Terres Antarctiques explore'e par la Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition — les lies Orcades du Sud — appartient a la memc region que celles visitees
pivcedemment par les expeditions Beiges et Francaises. 11 n'y a done pas lieu d'etre
surpris si la faune Acarienne de ces lies, groupees autour de la Terre de Graham,
presente une uniformite assez notable, et si nous retrouvons iei, a pen de chose pres,
les types cleja decrits dans les Resultats du Voyage de la " Belgica."

Tous les Acariens dont la determination nous a et/' confiee, appartiennent a la
faune terrestre. Trois families y sont representees : Oribatidse, Gamasidse, Eupodid®.

ORIBATID.E.

Une seule espi-ce, tivs voisine de Notaspis antarctica Michael, trouvee par les
naturalistes de la Belgica sur les mousses et les lichens des rivages du detroit
de Gerlache.t

Notaspis scoti&, nov. sp.

Semblable a Notaspis antarctica Michael, maiw en different par sa forme generale
en ovoide allonge, surtout chez le male (et non pyriforme). La couleur est un brun
fonce et la texture est plus lisse, plus polie, et plus brillante sur le dos, que chez
2V. antarctica (autant qu'on en peut juger sur des specimens conserves dans 1'alcool).

Male en ovale allonge. 1'abdomen termine par une pointe conique tres courte,
mais tres nette, et beaucoup plus large que la tres petite pointe figuree par MICHAEL
chez 2V. antarctica entre les deux poils terminaux. Cephalothorax, rostre, organ es
pseudo-stigmatiques, semblables a ceux de N. antarctica. Abdomen sans aucun
indice d'echancrures a son extremite. Cadres genital et anal otfrant la meme
disposition que chez cette derniere espece. Pattes semblables.

FemeJle en ovale regulier, plus court que chez le male, mais ne presentant aucune
trace de la double echancrure qui termine 1'abdomen de la femelle de N. antarctica.

Nyrtijiln' tres semblable a celle de 2V. antarctica, et presentant, comme celle-ci, une
cuticule dorsale chagrinee, avec des enfoncements en forme de cuvette sur les bords.
La plupart des specimens male et femelle venaient d'effectuer leur dernit're mue, ou
etaient encore renfermes dans leur peau de nymphe (nombreux specimens).

DIMENSIONS. — Longueur totale : 1 mm. 20 (la femelle plus large que le male).

HABITAT. — Dans les mousses de 1'lle Saddle (Orcades du Sud), 4 Fevrier 1903.

* Scottish Oceanographical Laboratory Publications.

+ Ee'sultatis du VOIJHIJC da S.Y. " Bdgica" ; Zoologie (1903): '• Acarieus librcs/' par E. THODESSART t-t A. 1).
MICHAEL ; Oribaiidx, p. 3, pi. ii., fig. 1 a 11.

86 ACARIENS DE L/EXPEDITION ANTARCTIQUE NATIONALE ECOSSAISE.

GAMASID.E.
Gamasellus racovitzai neo-orcadensis, nov. subsp.

TITS semblable au type (du detroit de Gerlache), mais en differant par la disposition
des tubercules de la patte renflee (deuxieme paire), chez le male. Le grand tubercule
falciforme insere sur le 3e article n'est pas comprime a son extremite en forme de fer
de hache, mais simplement pointu, en forme de corne. Les autres tubercules sont
sembkbles et semblablement disposes. Les cornicules du rostre ont exactement la
meme forme.* La taille est un peu plus forte : 1 mm. de longueur totale (au
lieu de 0 mm. 90).

Ce n'est pas sans hesitation que je separe cette forme (un seul specimen male)
de G. racovitzai, meme comme simple sous-espece ; on sait, en effet, que chez les
Gamasidie la forme des tubercules de la 2e paire du male est tres variable d'un
individu a 1'autre. Par contre, 1'absence du tubercule a la 4e paire de pattes (si elle
est constante) aurait une valeur specifique.

Remarque. — Tragardh (dans les Wiss. Ergebniss Swed. Sudpolar Exped., v.,
Zool., 1908, No. 11, p. 7) a cree le genre Gamasellus, ayant pour type le Gamasus
racovitzai Trt. de la Belgica. Ce genre differe tres peu de Gamasus, et parait
renfermer tons les Gamasidfe connus de la faune antarctique.

HABITAT. — Dans les mousses de File Laurie, sur une falaise (cliff) de 200 pieds
d'altitude (mele a des Collembola). 18 Decembre 1903. Je rapporte a la meme
espece deux nymphes, provenant de Scotia Bay, 21 Uctobre 1903.

EUPODID^E.
Penthalodes villosus (Trouessart).

Penihaleus villosus Trouessart, Requitals du Voywje de la " Betgica," 1903,
" Acariens terrestres," p. 6, pi. i., '2a a '2d.

Les specimens des Orcades du Sud ne semblent differer de ceux du detroit de
Gerlache que par une pubescence un peu moms prononcee, surtout sur la partie
posterieure du notogastre (nombreux specimens).

Remarque. -- Le genre Penthalodes, ayant pour type Penihaleus villosus
Trouessart, 1903, a et6 cree par Tragardh (loc. cit., 1908). 11 differe en effet des
Penthaleus typiques par son corps plus allonge, nettement divise en region
cephalothoracique et region abdominale, etc.

HABITAT. — Dans les mousses, sur une falaise de 200 pieds de haut (meles a des
Collembola), He Laurie. 18 Decembre 1903.

* TRODESSAKT, Be'sultats du Voyage de la " JJelgica" loc. cit., "Acariens libres," p. 8, pi. i., fig. 3, 3<r, 3/i.

PART IV.
CEPHALOPODA.

IV.-THE CEPHALOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE, M.A., D.Sc.

Director of the National Museum of Wales, Cardiff.

(WITH TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS.)

The Cephalopoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition.
By William Evans Hoyle, M.A., D.Sc.

(MS. received January 8, 1911 Read Fi-l>ruary 19, 191 :>. Issued separately May 28, 1912.)

The Cephalopoda collected by the Scotia may, with a few trifling exceptions, he
separated geographically into three divisions, coming respectively from South Africa,
South America, and the Antarctic.

A. SOUTH AFRICA :

sp.

Sepiolid (undetermined).
Loliyo reynaudi.
Sepia australis.
Hemisepius typicus.

B. SOUTH AMERICA:

Polypus brucei, n. sp.
Polypus te/melchu*.
Desmoteutliis sp.

C. ANTARCTIC REGIONS :

Stauroteutliis sp.
Moschites charcoti.
Onychoteuth is ingens.
Bathyteuthis abyssicola.
Galiteuth is suit mi.

In addition were collected :—

BETWEEN THE CAPE AND TRISTAN DA CUNHA
Histioteuthis sp.

ATLANTIC :

A considerable number of the horny mandibles of Cephalopoda were obtained from
the stomachs of various mammals and birds, but the small amount of authentically

(KKI'KINTEU FROM THE TKANSAlTIoXS OF THE KoYAI. SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH, Vol.. XI.VIII, PP. 'll'A 283.)

92 DR WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE ON THE

named material available does not justify an attempt to identify them. The animals
referred to and the localities were :—

Ross' Seal. — Station 1G5, 6th February 1903.

Weddell's Seal.— Station 326, Jessie Bay, South Orkneys, May 1903; Station 325,
South Orkneys, 21st September 1903.

Albatross.— Station 437, 3rd April 1904.

Sooty Albatross.— Station 376, lat. 64° 38' S., long. 35° 13' W. 23rd February
1904.

Emperor Penguin.— Station 248, lat. 69° 46' S., long. 20° 58' W. 21st February
1903.

SYSTEMATIC LIST.

ClRROTEUTHID^E.

Stauroteuthis sp.

Locality.— Station 295, Weddell Sea. Lat, 66° 40' S., long. 40° 35' W. 10th March
1903. 2425 fathoms. One specimen [H 956].*

This is probably either S. meangensis or S. hippocrepium, but in the mutilated
condition of the body and the absence of the internal cartilage it is impossible to
speak with certainty. It is just possible that it might be one of the species of
Cirroteuthis, but this is less likely.

A number of fragments and a few fairly complete examples of Crustacea were
found in the gizzard of this specimen, and an account of them has been published by
Dr THOMAS ScoTT.t The most remarkable appears to be Pontostratiotes abyssicola,
G. S. Brady, which seems never to have been met with since the unique type was
obtained by the Challenger in mud from 2200 fathoms in lat. 37° 29' S., long.
27° 31' W. This is of interest as furnishing corroborative evidence of the deep-sea
habits of the Cirroteuthidee. By a clerical error Dr SCOTT gives the date of capture
as 1908 instead of 1903.

A water-colour drawing of this specimen, made on the Expedition, shows that the
coloration very closely resembles that of Stauroteuthis hippocrepium, as depicted
in the Albatross Report ;j the colour of the body is, however, more deeply purple.
As compared with Cirroteuthis unibellata, Fischer, § the arms are dull red instead
of deep purple (though this may be owing to the oral aspect of the arms being
depicted in one case and the aboral in the other), and the body is purple instead
of pale reddish.

* Tlic numbers in square brackets refer to my own register of specimens examined,
t Ann. a-ixl Mmj. Nul. Hist. (8), vol. v. pp. 51-54, pis. ii., Hi., .Ian. 1910.
$ HOYLE, Butt. Mus. C»mp. Zoul., vol. xliii., No. 1, pi. i. fig. 1, pi. ii. (if?. 1, 1904.
§ JOUBIN, '•Ci'|>»&'0l10'les l'e 'a ' Princesse Alice,'" pi. i., 1900 [1901].

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 274.)

CEPHALOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 93

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 275.)

94

L-K WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE ON THE

TREMOCTOPODID^E.

Tremoctopus quoyanus, d'Orbigny, 1835.

Locality.— Tow-net, Station 59, Equatorial Atlantic. Lat. 2° 30' S., long. 32° 42' W.
12th December 1902. Surface. One specimen, $ [H 1366].
Previous Records. — Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

PoLYPODID^i.
Polypus brucei, n. sp.

Locality. — Station 346, Burdwood Bank, off Tierra del Fuego. 1st December
1903. One specimen, $ [H 924].

The Body is a flattened ovoid, with a very shallow groove along the middle

FIG. 2. — Tin1 hectoeotylised arm of Polypus brucei. n, oral aspect nf
the extremity. Natural size.

line ventrally. The mantle opening extends fully half way round the circumference
of the body, terminating immediately below and behind the eyes. The siphon i.s
short and broad, and extends less than half way from the margin of the mantle to
the edge of the umbrella.

The Head is somewhat narrower than the body, and the eyes are but slightly
prominent.

The Arms are somewhat unequal, and about four times as long as the body ;
their order of length is 1, 2 = 3, 4. The umbrella is well marked and its arrange-
ment very characteristic. On the dorsal aspect of eacli arm it is attached as far as
a point about one-third up the arm, whilst on the ventral aspect its attachment
can be followed to about within 1 cm. of the extreme tip of the arm. The suckers

(BOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 276.)

CEPHALOPODA OF TIIK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 95

(fig. 1) on all the eight arms are enlarged for the second quarter of the arm ; after
about the first twelve suckers they enlarge very rapidly for about .six suckers, and
then gradually diminish. The third arm on the right side is hectocotylised (fig. 2),
and is considerably shorter than its fellow on the opposite side. The seminal groove
is well marked, but is neither very broad nor very deep ; the modified extremity

KKI. 3. — Rjidula of Polypus brucei [H 924]. x 25.

is unusually long and narrow, and, instead of the usual transverse ridges, shows a
double row of small papillae along its bottom.

TJie Surface shows a considerable amount of wrinkling, due apparently to the
action of preservative fluids, but was most probably smooth when the animal was
alive. There is no trace of any warts or tubercles.

The Colour is dull purplish above, changing gradually into a pinkish stone
colour below.

The llodnla is shown in fiij. 3.

Dimensions in Millimetres.

End of body to mantle margin .
End of body to eye
Breadth of body
liivadth of head
Kyr to edge of umbrella
Length of hectocotylus .
Breadth of hectocotylus
Diameter of largest sucker un arm

Length of first arm
Length of second arm
Length of third arm
Length of fourth arm

Kiglit.
270
185*
200
255

Mutilated.

58
75
60
50
60
17
3
15

Left.
275
250*
260
255

This species is evidently nearly related to P. megalocyathus (Gould) from the
same geographical region. It differs, however, in the absence of the extremely

(HOY. sou. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 277.)

96

DR WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE ON THE

marked constriction between the head and umbrella, as well as of the membrane
along the sides of the body, and in the fact that the enlarged suckers are found
in all the arms. It is impossible to ascertain whether this last peculiarity occurs
in GOULD'S species, but his comparison with P. fontanianus, in which only the
lateral arms have enlarged suckers, would lead one to suppose that such was the
case in his species also.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend Dr W. S. BRUCE,
the leader of the expedition.

tehuelchus, d'Orbigny, 1835?

Locality.— Station 118, Falkland Islands. Lat. 51° 49' S., long. 57° 51' W.
Shore collection. 6th February 1904. One specimen, $ [Hi 696].

Fir:. 4. — Hectoctotylised arm of Polypus tehuelchus.
a, oral aspect of the extremity. Natural size.

Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. February 1904. One specimen, ? [H 926].

Previous Records. — East coast of Patagonia, 40° S. ; Strait of Magellan ; Punta
Arenas ; Nicaragua ; St Thomas, Danish West Indies.

The skin of the upper part of the body, and especially of the head, is very
much wrinkled, but this is probably due to the action of reagents, as no traces of
definite papillae can be found. The animal was most likely smooth in the natural
state. The hectocotylised arm of the male (fig. 4) has a very well-developed
seminal groove, especially at the proximal end, where the membrane forming it
stands out very distinctly from the surface of the arm. The tip is comparatively
short and broad, measuring 6x3 mm., and of quite normal form ; the terminal
groove is small and narrow ; its margins are deeply folded (perhaps owing to reagents),
and there are no transverse ridges across its bottom. The radula is shown in fig. 5.

1 believe this specimen to be correctly identified, but there is some little doubt

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 278.)

CEPHALOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 97

owing to its colour being neither so dark above nor so pale below as is indicated
in D'ORBIONY'S description and figure.

FIG. 5.— Radulii ..f Puli/pus tehuelclius, 6 [H 1696], x 52.

Moschites charcoti (Joubin), 1905.

Locality — Station 325, Scotia Bay, South Orkneys. 7th August 1903. 10
fathoms. One specimen, $ [~R 929J. Same locality. 30th May 1903. 9-10
fathoms. Temperature about 28°. One specimen, ? [H 936].

Fro. 6. —

il imiis n|' J/iKc//(7,-s i-linrciill
i-xlmin'ty. Natural size.

rt M|' tin-

Previous Records. — Booth- Wandel Island. Lat. 65° 05' S. Among algae on the
beach. 3rd September 1904.

The hectocotylised arm (fig. 6) is short and stout; the ridge bounding the
seminal groove is very well marked, and is continuous with the margin of the
umbrella. The groove itself is broad and deep, the extremity measures 7x5 mm. ;
the longitudinal groove is triangular in form, and has four transverse ridges in its
bottom.

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TRANS., vni.. xi.vm.. -219.)

98

DR WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE ON THE

The radula is shown in fig. 7.

According to coloured drawings made on the Expedition, the male of this species
is dull stone colour above, deepening to brown in the centre of the back ; the

Fl«. 7.— Radula of Mosrhitrs rharroti, <J [H 924]. x 50.

female is much paler, with a pinkish tinge above, almost white below. The
colours would, however, probably undergo change according to the varying state
of contraction of the chromatophores.

SKPIOLID.E.
Euprymna sp.

Locality. — Station 482, Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. 19th May 1904. 8-10
fathoms. Trawled. One specimen, too young to determine [H 934].

Sepiolid gen. et sp. ?

Locality. — Entrance to Saldanha Bay, Cape of Good Hope. 21st May 1904.
25 fathoms.

A head and arms, much macerated [Hi 367].

Loliyo reynaudi, d'Orbigny, 1845.

Locality. — Station 480, eight miles north of Dassen Island, Cape Colony. 35 fathoms.
Between 2 and 2.30 p.m., 18th May 1904. One specimen, ? [H927].

Twenty-six young specimens, thirteen $, twelve ?, one damaged [H 930]. One
somewhat damaged specimen, $, probably of this species [H 137'-'|.
Previous Records. — Cape of Good Hope ; False Bay, Cape Town.
It is quite possible that some of the young specimens recorded as females
may be males in which the secondary sexual characters were as yet undeveloped.

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 280.)

CEPHALOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 99

SEPIID^E.
Sepia austraUs, Quoy and Gaimard, 1832.

Locality. — Station 480, eight miles north of Dassen Island, Cape Colony. 35
fathoms. 18th May 1904. One specimen, ? [H 932].

Previous Records. — Cape of Good Hope, Agulhas Bank ; North Queensland ;
New South Wales.

This is not S. austraUs, d'Orbigny : that author changed QUOY'S name to S. capensis,
and gave the name S. austraUs to a quite different form.

The tentacular club (fig. 8) shows three suckers much larger than the others,
which diminish in size towards the tip, the third being about half the diameter of
the first.

FIG. 8.— Tentacular club of Sepia austral a [H 932]. x7'5.

Hemisepius typicus, Steenstrup, 1875.

Locality.— Station 482, Saldanha Bay, Cape Colony. 19th May 1904. 8-10'
fathoms; trawled. Two specimens, $ [H 933 and 1380].
Previous Record. — Table Bay, Cape Town.

ONYCHOTEUTHID/E.
Onychoteuthis ingens, Smith, 1881.

Locality.— Off the South Orkney Islands. Lat. 60° 10' S., long. 42° 35' W.
6th February 1 903. From the stomach of a Ross' seal : a number of half-digested
fragments [H 925].

Station 325, Scotia Bay, South Orkneys. 1st January 1904. One specimen [H 928].

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 281.)

100

DR WILLIAM EVANS HOYLE ON THE

A drawing of the radula is given in fig. 9, as its form differs in a few details from
that shown by SMITH.*

\

FIG. 9. — Radula of OnychoteutTiis ingens [H 925], x 25.
HlSTIOTEUTHID.E.

Histioteuthis sp. juv.

Locality. — Station 468, South Atlantic. Lat. 39° 48' S., long. 2° 33' E. 29th
April 1904. 2645 fathoms. One specimen [H 940].

The'specimen is somewhat damaged. The interbrachial membrane is slightly devel-
oped. One arm shows the pigmented organ at the extremity, which, so far as I am aware,
is characteristic (in this family) of the genus Histioteuthis, although it is not alluded
to in the diagnosis either of PFEFFER or CHUN. In many respects it resembles the
Challenger specimen called Histiopsis atlantica, which was also from the same region,
but is pale and semi-transparent, whilst that was opaque and dull reddish in colour.

BATHYTEUTHID^E.

Bathyteuthis alyssicola, Hoyle, 1885.
Bentlioteuthis megalops, Chun, " Cephalopoden," Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tie/see Exped., p. 185, pis. xxiv.-xxvii.

Locality.— Station 416, off Coats Land. Lat. 71° 22' S., long. 18° 15' W.
Surface to 2300 fathoms. 17th March 1904. One specimen [H938].

Previous Records. — Southern Ocean, lat. 46° 16' S, long. 48° 27' E. ; off
Martha's Vineyard, U.S.A.; off Cape Mala, Gulf of Panama; off Cape Agulhas;
Equatorial Indian Ocean.

Professor CHUN has adopted VERRILL'S name Benihoteuthis megalops for this
species, on the ground that "sheet 50 of the Trans. Connect. Acad., vol. vi., in
which VERRILL'S description is contained, bears (p. 399) the note 'April 1885.''
If my friend is content to accept this method of determining dates of publication,
he may turn to sheet 34 of the Narrative of the Challenger Expedition, vol. i.,
first part, in which HOYLE'S description is contained, and he will find that it bears

* I'roc. Zuol. Soc., 1881, pi. iii., fig. 1 !>.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 282.)

CEPHALOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 101

(p. 265) the date "1884." I was fully aware of both these dates when 1 prepared
the Report on tie "C/ial/enger" Cephalopoda, but as a matter of fact neither of
them is a date of publication. Sheet 50 of VERRILL'S Third Catalogue of Mollusca
. . . of the Neir England Coast was not published by itself, but along with sheets
51-56, in a wrapper which bears the words, " Newhaven, April to June 1885."
Therefore, under the most favourable construction, it cannot possibly have appeared
before June, and careful inquiries which I made at the time led me to the conclusion
that it did not make its appearance till July. I may further add that in the
twenty-five years which have elapsed since the statement was published its accuracy
has never been impugned.

CRANCHIID^E.

Galiteuthis suhmi, Hoyle, 1886.

? ProcalMfx mthmii, Lankester, Quart. Jo-urn. Micr. Sci., vol. xxiv. p. 311, 1884.
j'lifin/us suhmi, Hoyle, Cepli. Challenger Exped., p. 192, pi. xxxii. figs. 5-11, 1886.
Tiintiidiuiii fu/nni, Pi'effer, Synopsis Oei/opsid. Ceph., p. 192, 1900.
Galiieuthis armata, Joubin, Ann, Sci. Nat. (Zoo/..), ser. 8, vol. vi. p. 279, 1898.
Galitfuthis (Taonidium) suhmii, Chun, " Cephalopoden," Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tie/see ExpeJ.,
p. 382, pi. lix., 1910.

Locality,— Station 422, Weddell Sea. Lat. 68° 32' S., long. 12° 49' W. 23rd
March 1904. Vertical net; surface to 600 fathoms. One specimen [H935].

Previous Records. — South of Australia, lat. 47° 25' S., long. 130° 22' E. ;
Mediterranean ; Equatorial Atlantic in the Guinea Current.

This specimen has a mantle length of 45 mm., and is, therefore, considerably
larger than that described by CHUN (34 mm.) ; but nevertheless I could find no
trace of the modification of the tentacular suckers into hooks as depicted by him
(pi. lix. figs. 6, 7) ; still, the other characters agree so well that I have no doubt
that it belongs to the same species as his.

If it could be proved satisfactorily that the embryo described by LANKESTER
really belonged to this species, his name would take precedence ; but at present
it seems advisable to keep the name Procalistes suhmii for it, and to call the
more mature specimens by the name adopted by CHUN.

Desmoteuthis sp.

Locality. — Station 98, off Bio Grande, South America. Lat. 34° 2' S., long.
49° 7' JW. 28th December 1902. Mantle and fin, cast up by a petrel. Too
fragmentary to determine. [H 1368.]

I have not thought it necessary to encumber this Report with full bibliographical
references ; these will be found in my Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda and its two
Supplements.* The drawings have been made by Miss I. M. DAVENPORT, B.Sc.. under my
supervision.

* Proc. Roy. Phys. Sec. Klin., vol. ix., 1886; vol. xiii., 1897; vol. xvii., 1909.

NATIONAL MUSEUM OP WALES, CARDIFF,
6th January 1912.

(ROT. SOC. EDIN. THAXS., VOL. SI.VIIL, 283.)

PART V.
MA BINE MOLLUSC A.

V.-THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY

JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.,

ROBERT STANDEN,

Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum.

(WITH ONE PLATE.)

The Marine Mollusca of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. By James
Cosmo Melvill, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., and Robert Standen, Assistant Keeper,
Manchester Museum. Communicated by Dr W. S. BRUCE. (With One
Plate.)

(MS. received April 24, 1912. Eead June 3, 1912. Issued separately August 26, 1912.)

PART II.

BEING A SUPPLEMENTARY CATALOGUE.

Since we had the pleasure of working out the Mollusca obtained by the Scottish
National Antarctic Expedition, Dr W. S. BRUCK has kindly transmitted to our care
some additional material, overlooked in the first instance, and taken (a) from deposits
from jars in which Sponges were placed ; (b) from Algae and other growths, principally
coming from Scotia Bay ; and (c) from a new species of Cephalodiscus,

Of these the last, when macerated out and closely examined, produced the most
prolific and interesting results ; but, notwithstanding this fact, the condition of many
of the specimens extracted leaves much to be desired, so fragmentary and useless for
scientific purposes was a very large proportion found to be. A certain few, however,
are happily in better condition and recognisable, and, of these, we find several to have
been described by Dr HERMANN STREBEL of Hamburg in 1 90s, the year subsequent
to our first paper upon the subject being published.

Others remain, of which over twenty do not appear to be represented in the collec-
tions to which we could obtain access, nor mentioned in any of the treatises yet published
on the Antarctic fauna. We are therefore emboldened to consider them new to science
in the accompanying supplementary catalogue.

We include afresh in the list of species obtained by this expedition those already
catalogued in our first paper, thus rendering it as complete as possible, and signalise
with an asterisk (*) those which are amongst the addenda now chronicled.

We would thank Mr EDGAR SMITH, I.S.O.. for having examined some of the material,
and likewise would express our indebtedness to the Rev. LEWIS J. SHACKLEFORD, Messrs
B. R. LUCAS and J. WILFRID JACKSON, F.G.S., for having aided us in the difficult ta.sk
of extracting such small and fragile objects from the mass in which they were too often
almost hopelessly embedded. Mr T. IREDALE has also kindly drawn up the description
of a new species of Clnvtopleura for this paper.

We would only add that we have extended the Bibliographical Catalogue of the
Antarctic Molluscan Fauna from 1907 to 1912 at the end of this enumeration.

(REPRINTED KKOM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OK EniNHnuni, VOL. XLVIII., PP. 333-3fi6.)

108 DR JAMKS COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

REVISED LIST OF SPECIES CONTAINED IN THE
" SCOTIA " COLLECTIONS.

A. REGIO ANTARCTICA — INCLUDING GOUGH ISLAND.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Order AMPHINEURA.
Sub-order POLYPLACOPHORA.

Callochiton illuminatus (Reeve).

Tonicia atrata (Sowb. ).
'f Plaxiphora setigera (King).
! Chsetopleura brucei, Iredale, sp. n.
* Hemiarthrum setulosum, Carpenter.
'' Lepidopleurus pagenstecheri, PfefFer.

Order PROSOBRANCHIATA.

Sub-order DIOTOCARDIA.

(a) Docoglossa.

Family Acmieidse.
Acmsea ceciliana, Orbigny.

Family Patellidse.

Patella &nea, Martyn, var. deaurata, Gmelin.
,, fuegiensis, Reeve.
,, polaris, Hombron and Jacquinot.

(l>) Rhipidoglossa.
Section Zygobranchiata.

Family Fissurellidse.

Fissurella oriens, Sowb.
,, picta, Gmel.
Tugalia antarctica, M. and St.

• Puncturella noachina (L.)

Family Pleurotomariidsp,.

* Scissurella eucharista, sp. n.

,, euglypta, Pelseneer.

,, supraplicata, Smith
,, timora, sp. n.

(HOY. SOC. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XI.VIII., 334.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 1 O'J

Section Azygobranchiata.

Family Cyclostrematidse.
' Oyclostrema calypso, sp. n.

,, coatsianum, sp. n.

,, gaudens, sp. n.

,, meridionale, sp. n.

Family Trochidse.

'f Calliostoma modestulum, Strebel.
Photinula expansa (Sowb.).
„ taeniata, Wood.
„ violacea, King.
Valvatella antarctica (E. Lamy).

Sub-order MONOTOCARDIA.
Section («) Ptenoglossa.

Family lanthinidse.

lanthina exigua, Lamarck.

Family Scalidas.

* Scala magellanica, Phil.

Section (1) Tsenioglossa.

Family Naticidse.

* Natica impervia, Phil.

,, (Lunatia), sp. juv.

Family Trichotropidie.
Trichotropis antarctica, sp. n.

Family Cwpulidse.
' Calyptrwa chinensis, L.

,, costellata, Phil.
,, dilatata, Lamk.

Family Littorinidse.

Littorina (Lsevilitorina) caliginosa (Gould).
,, ,, coriacea, M. and St.

,, (Pettilitorina) pellita, v. Marts.
,, ,, setosa, Smith.

: Lacuna abyssicola, sp. n.

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 335.)

110 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Lacuna divaricata, Fabricius.
,, notorcadensis, M. and St.
,, wandelensis, B. Lamy.

Family Rissoidse.

'

^^H Rissoa adarensis, Smith.

,, (Ciiu/ula) cingillus (Mont.).

,, deserta, Smith.

,, edgariana, M. and St.

,, (Onoba) filostria, sp. n.

,, fraudulenta, Smith.

,, (Onoba) fuegoensis, Strebel.

,, par pa (Da Costa).

,, (Onoba) paucilirata, sp. n.
,, „ scotiana, M. and St.

„ ,, sulcata, Strebel.

,, (Ceratia) turqueti, E. Lamy.

„ (Manzonia) zetlandica (Mont.).
Eatoniella kerguelenensis, Smith.

Family Litiopidie.
Litiopa melanostoma, Rang.

Family Ceritliiidse.
Cerithium georgianum, PfefFer.
,, pullum, Phil.

* Bittium brucei, sp. n.

„ burdwoodianum, sp. n.

* Cerithiopsis macroura, sp. n.

,, malvinarum (Strebel, MS.), M. and St

Family Turritellidse,

'• Turritella algida, sp. n.

¥ Mathilda rhigomaches, sp. n.

Family TritoniidsB.

Gyrineum vexillum (Sowb.).

Section (c) Gymnoglossa.

Family Eulimidse.

* Eidima antarctica, Strebel.

Family Pyramidellidse.

Turbonilla smithii, Pfefler.
,, xenophyes, sp. n.

(ROY. SOC. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 336.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 1 1 1

Section (d) Rachiglossa.

Family Muricid.se.

Trophon brucei, Strebel.

,, cinguliferus, Pfeffer.
,, crispus (Coutbouy).
„ falklandicus, Strebel.
,, geversianus (Pallas).
,, hoylei, Strebel.
„ liratus (Coutbouy).
„ minutus (Strebel, MS.), M. arid St.
,, philippianus, Dunker.
Antistreptus magellanicus, Dall.

Family Nassidse.
Nassa (Ilyanassa) Vallentini, M. and St.

Family Buccinidie.

Chrysodomus (Siplio) archibenthalis, M. and St.
,, ,, crassicostatus, M. and St.

Neobuccinum eatoni, Smitb.
Euthria fuscata (Brug.).
,, magellanica (Phil.).
,, micftaelseni, Strebel.
„ rosea, Hombron and Jacquinot.

Family Volutidse.

Valuta (Oymbiola) ancilla, Solander.
Guivillea alabastrina, Watson.

* Mitra ( Volutomitra) porcellana, sp. n.

Section (e) Toxoglossa.

Family Conidfe.

Columbarium benthocallis, M. and St.
Mangilia costata (Donovan).
^ Bela anderssoni, Strebel.
,, fulvicans, Strebel.

* ? Thesbia, sp.

* Savatieria concinna, sp. n.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 337.)

112 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Family Cancellariidie.
Admete magellanica, Strebel.
,, Umnesaformis, Smitli.
^ Paradmete typica, Strebel.

Order OPISTHOBRANCHIATA.
.Sub-order TECTIBRANCHIATA.
Section Bulloidea.
Family Tornatinidae.
* Retusa antarctica, sp. n.
,, truncatula (Brug.).

Section Siphonarioidea.
Family Siphonariidse.
Siphonaria redimiculum, Reeve.

Order PULMONATA.

Sub-order BASOMMATOPHORA.

Family Auriculidse.

Marinula nigra, Phil.

Class SCAPHOPODA.

Dentalium eupatrides, M. and St.
,, megaihyris, Jousseaume.

Class PELECYPODA.
Order PROTOBRANCHIATA.

Family Nuculidse.
Nucula minuscula, PfefFer.

,, pisum, Sowb.
Yoldia eightsii (Couth. ).
,, profundorum, sp. n.

Order FILIBKANCHIATA.
Sub-order ANOMIACEA.

Family Anomiidse.
Anomia ephippium, Linn.

Sub-order ARCACEA.

Family Arcidfe.

Area (Bathyarca) strebeli, M. and St.
Lissarca notorcadensis, M. and St.

rubrofusca, Smith.
Limopsis longipilosa, Pelseneer.

(ROY. soc. FDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 338.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 113

Sub-order MYTILACEA.

Family Mytilidse.
Mytilus edulis, Linn.

,, magellanicus, Chemnitz.
,, ovalis, Lamarck.
Philobryct meridionalis (Smith).
,, quadrata (Pfefi'er).
,, sublseuis, Pelseneer.
,, wandelensis, E. Lamy.

* Crenettct decussata (Mont.).
Modiolarca mesembrina, M. and St.

Order PSEUDOLAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Family Pectenidw.
Pecten colbecki, Smith.

„ multicolor, M. and St.

? patagonicus, King.
,, pteriolu, M. and St.
Amussium 18-liratum, M. and St.

Family Limidiv.
Lima goughensis, M. and St.

(Limatula) pyym&a, Philippi.

Order EULAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Sub-order SUBMYTILACEA.

Family Carditidae.

* Cardita congelascens, sp. u.

, Smith, var. 12-costata nov.

Family Astartidse.
* Astarte magellanica, Smith.

Family Lucinidas.
' Diplodonta lamellata, Smith.
Cryptodon fdlldandicus, Smith.
Cyamium antarcticum, Philippi.
,, denticulatum, Smith.
,, falklandicum, M. and St.

Family Enjcinidse.
Lassea consanguinea (Smith).
Kellyia cycladiforrms, Desh.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 339.)

114 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Kellyia lamyi, M. and St. = australis, Lamy non Desh.

,, magellanicus, Smith.
= Davisia cobbi, Cooper and Preston.
Scacchia plenilunium, M. and St.

Sub-order TELLINACEA.

Family Telliiddse.
Tel Una (Maera) pnsilla (Philippi).

Sub-order VENERACEA.

Family Veneridse.
Chione philomela (Smith).
Tapes (Amygdala) exalbida (Chem.).

Sub-order MYACEA.

Family Glycimeridse.

Saxicava arctica (L.), var. antarctica. Philippi.

Sub-order ANATINACEA.
Family Lyonsiidiv.
Lyonsia cuneata (Gray).

Family Anatinidse.

Anatina elliptica, King and Broderip.

Order SEPTIBRANCHIATA.
Family Cuspidariidse.
Cuspidaria brucei, M. and St.

At Dr BRUCE'S request, we also include in the list of Mollusca obtained by the
expedition certain species from St Vincent, Cape de Verde Islands, Pyramid Point,
Ascension Island, and Funchal, Madeira. None of these call for special remark,
beyond the fact that several, e.g. Area bouvieri, are endemic species, and that, so
far as we can ascertain, Calliostoma montagui and Pisania maculosa have not been
hitherto recorded from Cape de Verde.

A. FROM ST VINCENT, CAPE DE VERDE ISLANDS.

Ch&topleura fulva (Wood).
Patella plumbea , Lamarck.
Fissurella gr&ca (Linne).
Haliotis lamellosa, Lamarck.
Monodonta articulata, Lamarck.
,, punctulata, Lamarck.

(BOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 340.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC KXPEDITION. 115

Monodonta turbinata (Born.).

,, tamsi (Dunker).

Calliostoma montagui (W. Wood).

,, zizyphinus (Linne).
Phasianella pulla, Linne, var.
Pachypoma (Boltna) rugosci (Linne).
Natica intricata, Donovan.
Calyptnea sinensis, Linne.

,, (Infundibulum) radians, Lamarck.
Littorina punctata, Gmelin.

,, striata, King.
Cerithium musicum, Sowerby.

,, vulgatum, Brug.
Planaxis limatus, Cost.
Cypriea spurca, Linne.

Trivia arctica, Solander, var. europiea, Mont.
Cassis testiculus, Linne.
Obeliscus terebellum, Mull.
Murex rosarium, Chem.
Ocinebra corallina, Scacchi.
Purpura li&mastoma, Linne.

,, neritoidea, Linn6.
Collumbella rustica, Linne.

„ ,, var. azorica, Drouet.

Nassa cornicula, Olivier.

,, reticulata, Liime.

„ cuvieri, Payr.
Pisania maculosa, Lamarck.
Leucozonia triserialis, Lamarck.
Conus genuanus, Linne.

,, guinaicus, Brug.

,, mediterraneus, Brug.
Tethys punctata, Cuvier.
Hamineu navicula, Da Costa.
Siphonaria venosa, Reeve.
Area bouvieri, Fischer.
Barbatia afra, Gmelin.
Pectunculus formosus, Reeve.

,, concentricus, Dunker.
Mytilus puniceus, Lamarck.
Pinna rudis, Linne.

(ROT. BOC. EDIN. TR4N8., VOL. XLVIII., 341.)

116 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Litlwdomus aristatus, Dillwyn.
Spondylus gsederopus, Linne".
Cardita senegalensis, Reeve.

ajar, Brug.

Lucina pecten, Lamarck.
Chama senegalensis, Reeve.
Venus gallina, Linn6.
CJdone nodosa, Dunker.
,, verrucosa, Linne.
Cardium edule, Linne".

B. FROM ASCENSION ISLAND. Pyramid Point, 40 fathoms.

Nerita ascensionis, Gmelin.
Pecten miniaceus, Reeve.
CJiama, sp.

C. FROM FUNCHAL, MADEIRA. Shore.
Patella cse,rulea, Linne.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Order AMPHINEURA.
Sub-order POLYPLACOPHORA.

Chiton (Plaxiphora) setiger, King.

Cliiton fetiyer, King, Zool. Journ., v. p. 338 (1831).
„ ,. Sowerby, Conch. IHustr., p. 17.

,, „ Zool. Beechey's Voyage, pi. xl. fig. 7.

,, ,, Reeve, Conch. Icon., t. ix. fig. 48a ; t. xiv. fig. 48c.

„ Gould, U.S. Explor. Exped. : Moll, p. 330, fig. 425.
Plaxiphora Carmichaelis, Gray, P.Z.S. Lond. (1S46), p. 68.
,, „ Haddon, Challenger Rep., p. 32.

,, ,, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., \. p. 481, and iii., t. 55, fig. 3.

Chsetopteura tiavatieri, Rochebrune, Still. Sac. Phil. Paris (1880-81), p. 119; Miss. Sci. du

Gap Horn.
„ friyida, Rocliebrune, I.e., \\ 137, t. 91, figs. 5a, 5b.

Hob. — Gough Island, April 22, 1904. Station 461.
Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, rarely. Station 325.

(BOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 342.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 117

ChsBtoplewra brucei, Iredale, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 24, 24«-c/.)

Shell of medium size, ovate, depressed, girdle fleshy, densely covered with hairs, the
longer being very prominent on a bed of shorter ones, appearing to be grouped and
longest near the sutures. Valves broad, with a well-marked keel, though not very high,
the posterior valve having the mucro about the anterior third.

Shell smooth, the lateral areas being indicated by a very faintly raised ridge.

Down the median keel of the five centre valves is a row of pustules which do not
reach to the mucro, and two parallel rows can be seen on either side, these rows show-
ing on the anterior portion of the posterior valve ; but on the first median valve this
arrangement is not so apparent.

Scattered radiating rows of similar pustules are seen on the anterior valve, where
faint ridges are indicated ; similar sculpture is seen on the posterior part of the end
valve. On the pleural areas of the median valves scattered pustules are also present,
whilst the lateral areas have them also few and scattered. Otherwise the only feature
is the concentric growth-ridges, which are well marked on each ridge, indicating regular
growth in still water.

The internal features are, as noted by PILSBRY for C. peruviana, Lamk. (Man.
Conch., xiv. p. 29, 1892), the anterior valve with 9, central valves 1, and posterior
valve 9 slits.

Hob. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys. Station 325. One fine specimen only.
Agrees closely with C. peruviana, Lamk., and seems to be the first record for the
genus from east of South America. (T. IREDALE.)

Lepidopleurus pagenstecheri, Pfeffer.

Leptockiton pagenateefberi, Pfeffer, Jahrb. liambunj. wissenschaftlichen Anstalten, iii
Jahrgang, p. 107, t. iii. fig. 3 (1886).

Hab. — Scotia Bay, 9-10 fathoms. Station 325.

THIELE considers this Chiton conspecific with L. kerguelensis, Haddon, from
Kerguelen Island, but IREDALE does not accept this conclusion, though admitting the
close alliance of the two species.

Hemiarthrum setulosum, Carpenter.

Hemiarthrum setulosum, Carpenter, MS., p. 13. — Dall, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii., (1876), p. 44.
— HaJdon, " Challenger" Polyplaeophora, p. 14, t. i. fig. 4; t. ii. fig. in, 1. — Martens
and Pfeffer, Jahrb. des hamburg. wissenschaftlichen Anstalten, iii. p. 108, t. iii. fig. 4
(1886).

Hab. — Station 325, Scotia Bay, 9-10 fathoms, on Fuci and other Algae.

Very small and juvenile specimens, probably referable to the above. IREDALE also
doubts the identity of the South Georgian Hemiarthrum with that described by DALL
from Kergueleu Land, but more material is wanted for comparison.

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TRAMS., VOL XLVIII., 343.)

118 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Order PEOSOBRANCHIATA.
Sub-order DIOTOCARDIA.

Section Zygobranchiata.

Family Fissurellidss.

§ Emarginulidse.
Puncturella noachina (L.).

Patella noachina, Linnaeus, Mantissa, p. 551.

Puncturella noavhina, Lowe, Zool. Journ., iii. p. 78 (1827).

Gemoria princeps, Migliels, Proe. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. (1841), p. 49.

Rimula galeata, Gould, U.S. Explor. Exped., p. 369, t. xxxi. figs. 476, 477.

Hob. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, Station 346, south of the Falkland Islands, lat.
54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W., December 1, 1903.

Bleached but perfect specimens of a British and North European species, also
known to extend to the Falkland Islands and Straits of Magellan. It is likewise
recorded by Dr HERMANN STREBEL,* from Berkeley Sound, lat. 51° 53' S., long. 58° W.

We include under the name noachina (L.) various forms, e.g. conica, D'Orb..
falklandiana, A. Ad., cognata, Gould, and galeata, Gould. It is most probable that
the gatherings from Burdwood Bank would come under the name mentioned second,
falklandiana.

Family Pleurotomariidse.
Scissurella eucliarista, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 1, In).

S. testa perminuta, globulosa, delicatissima, alba, naticoide, paullum elevata, anfractibus 4, quorum
apicalis fere1 immersus, penultimo inHato, tunaescente, ultimo epidermide evanida pallide straminea contei'ta,
infra sutnram leniter planato, deinde bicarinato, quarum inter fines scissura extensa, angusta, caetera super-
fioie delicate sub lente spiraliter teuuissime striata usque ad basim supra carinam radiatira leniter plicata,
umbilico fere clauso, apertura rotunda, labro rotundo, tenuissimo.

Alt. 1, diam. -75 mm.

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms, trawled. Station 346.

A perfect example of one of the smallest shells possible, and yet full of character.
We have compared it with the majority of the genus, and find it stands out con-
spicuously in general roundness of outline, the double carination, within which, towards
the aperture, is situate the narrow extended slit, not causing, us is usual, an angular
appearance. Indeed, in form it is almost naticoid. Below the carinae, the surface to
the base is transversely very finely striate, the umbilicus appears partly covered, the
outer lip is round and extremely thin. Somewhat of the same form as Sc. conica, D'Orb.,
also from Southern waters ; but in our species the slit is situate much nearer the suture,
that of conica being almost median, (ev-^dpia-roy, elegant, agreeable.)

* Schwed. Sudpolar Exped. (1908), p. 79.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 344.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 11!)

Scissurella euglypta, Pels.

Scissurella eugliipt«, P. Pelseneer, Voy. du 8.Y. " Belgira " : Zooloijie, p. 17, pi. iv.
figs. 43-45 (1903).

Hob. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, at 5G fathoms. Station 346.
Only one imperfect specimen, but recognisable.

Scissurella siipraplicata, Sm.

Scissurella supraplicata, E. A. Smith, Ann. ami May. N.H., xvi. p. 72 (1875).

,, ,, „ Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lunilun, vol. clxviii. p. 17(J,

pi. ix. figs. 5, 5o(1879).

Hal). — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Several examples, mostly imperfect, of this pretty species, striking on account of
its very marked plication above the double keel.

fi/nora, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 2, 2a).

Sc. testa niinuta, tenui.ssim.-i, alba, cpidermide straminua omnino contecta, depresso-effusa, anfractibus 4,
apicalibus parvis, ultimo lato, supra ad peripheriam planato, radiatim lineis obliquis tenuibus prsedito,
scissura angusta, profunda, infra :id basim concentric^ trilirato, apcrtiira ovata, iiitus alba, labro pertenui,
cohimella paullum incrassata, for6 recta.

Alt. 1, diam. 1'75 mm.

Ha b. —Station 325, Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms, on Macrocystis
pyrifera and other large Fuo.i.

A depressed, obliquely effuse little species, of which but few examples occurred, all
in live condition, covered with straw-coloured epidermis. The upper part of the body
whorl is not so conspicuously radiate as in many species ; the slit is narrow, deep, its
edges being carinate. (n/otiopoy, honoured.)

Section Azygobranchiata.

Family Cyclostrematidiv.

Cydostrema calypso, sp. n. (Plate, fig, 3).

C. testa perminuta, anguste sed profundc' umbilicata, conica, alba, delicatula, anfractibus ad 5, iuclusis
apicalibus duobus laevibus, cseteris arete" longitudinaliter liratis, et spiraliter decussatim striatulis, numero
lirarum ultimi anfractus ad quadraginta, anfractibus omnibus ventricosis, ad suturas inultuin impresses,
apertura rotunda, peristomate contiiiuo.

Alt. 1, diam. 1'15 mm.

Hab.— Trawl, Burdwood Bank, lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W., at 56 fathoms.
Station 346.

Exceedingly minute, resembling C. decussatum, Pelseneer,* in many ways, but
differing in («) size, and (b) in fine and close longitudinal liration. To C. conicum,
Watson, collected during the Challenger Expedition (Station 24), it likewise is akin ;
but in this species, more than double the dimensions to begin with, the lamellae are
much stronger proportionately, and fewer in number than in either C. decussatum
or C. calypso.

* P. PELSENEER, Voy. du N.F. "Eelyiw," p. ID, pi. v. tig. 48 (1903).
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. xivm., 345.)

120 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Cyclostrema coatsianum, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 4, 4a).

C. testa parva, alba, solidula, profunde umbilicata, elegantissime sculpta, anfractibus 4, quorum duo
apicales nitidi, albi, Iseves, duobus cseteris longitudinaliter tequicostatis, costis loevibus, incrassatis, subflexuosis,
penultimo supr4 planato, ultimo spiraliter quadricarinato, carina obtusa infra, suturas, binis ad periplieriam,
prseditis, simul ac ad basim, interstitiis omnibus subquadratis et fenestratis, vegioue umbilicari profunda,
vertical!, apertura rotunda, peristomate crassiusculo, continue.

Alt. 1, diam. 2'25 mm.

Hob.— Trawl, Burdwood Bank, lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W., 56 fathoms.
Station 346.

A very small, solid, white, boldly but elegantly sculptured Cyclostrema, the
nearest ally being C. micans, A. Ad., from the eastern tropics, known in Indian seas
as Liotia pulchella* Dunker. This species is somewhat larger, and the pattern of
sculpture is different. We name this species in honour of Mr JAMES COATS, of Ferguslie
House, Paisley, through whose generosity the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition
was equipped with funds, and whose regretted death, by a strange coincidence, occurred
just after this description had been drawn up, on March 22, 1912.

Cyclostrema gaudens, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 5, 5a, 5b).

C. testa minutissima, profunde umbilicata, depresso-discoidali, supra planiuscula, alba, anfractibus ad
3£, quorum apex ipse depressus, perlaevis, ultimo ad periplieriam obtuse carinato, undique longitudinaliter arete
lirato, liris cirja viginti-duabus, apud basim circa umbilicuni obscure spiraliter carinato, apertura rotunda,
peristomate tenui, fere continue, operculo corneo, multispirali, nucleo central!.

Alt. '75, diam. 1 mm.

Hob. — Station 346, trawl, 56 fathoms, Burdwood Bank.

Slightly allied to the preceding, but much differing in sculpture, especially in the
suppression of the prominent peripheral keeling of the body whorl. Judging from
the figure, there is an affinity to C. alveolatum, Jouss.,t described from an unknown
locality, the dimensions being only slightly less ; the interstices, however, between the
tiexuous costse do not appear, in our species, to be spirally striate, as is the case with
JOUSSEAUME'S species.

Cyclostrema meridiomde, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 6, 6a, 22, 22a).

C. testa minutissima, depresso-trochoide, delicata, tenui, pallide albo-cinerea, epidermide fugitiva
straminea ornnino contecta, profunde umbilicata, anfractibus 4, quorum duo apicales tumescentes, albi,
perlaives, cteteris duobus — penultimo uni-, ultimo anfractu spiraliter bicarinato, apertura rotunda, peristomate
continue*, paullulum incrassato, apud basim circd umbilicum crenello-carinato, operculo multispirali, corneo,
nucleo fer^ central!.

Alt. -75, diam. '50 mm.

Hob. — Gregariously, on various Algse (Fucus and Macrocystis), Station 325, Scotia
Bay, South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms.

This well-defined but very minute species is evidently the same as that recorded
from the same islands by Dr E. LAMY,} and considered a non-adult form of an unknown

* A. ADAMS, P.Z.S. (1850), p. 44 ; BUNKER, Mai. Blatt., vol. vi. p. 225 (1860).
t GUERIN, Mag., p. 392, pi. xix. fig. 4 (1872).

t Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 135, pi. xxi. tig. 1 (1908) ; Bull. Mm. Nat. d'Hist. NatarMe (1906), Paris, p. 123,
(1910) p. 323.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII.,. 346.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 121

species of Margarita. To us, and several other malacologists who have examined it
with care, it not only appears almost full-grown, hut with some confidence is now pro-
posed to be included in the genus Cyclostrema, at all events provisionally ; for this
genus is somewhat multifarious already in its component parts, and much needs the
services of a special monographer.

The nuclear whorls are, it is true, slightly nepionic. and shapelessly turgid, but the
penultimate and body whorls are very well sculptured and defined, being acutely spirally
bicarinate. Around the umbilicus, likewise, a third keel, crenulate, and not so acute,
revolves. A pale straw-coloured epidermis covers the whole surface uniformly. The
operculum, for microscopic aid in the examination of which we are much indebted to
Messrs E. A. SMITH and ROBSON of the British Museum (Natural History), is dark red-
brown, with nucleus not quite central, and multispiral. This we take the opportunity
also to figure (fig. 22a).

Calliostoma modestulum, Strebel.

Calliostoma modestulum, H. Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., p. 70, Taf. i. fig. 13 a, b (1908).

Hab. — Station 346, Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms, from Sponge.

Two very young specimens, trochoid in form, with the upper whorls elegantly
spirally lirate, we assign to the above name with a little doubt. The original type
came from the West Falklands, lat. 52° 29' S., long. GO" 36' W., dredged at 197 metres
(STREBEL).

With this occurred Photinula expansa, Sowb. , and one broken example of a
beautifully nacreous shell, which, judging from the figure,* may be Calliostoma
mobiusi, Strebel. Our specimen is more trochoid than photinuloid, though it possesses
some characters of the latter, and is lightly spirally grooved, these being most con-
spicuous at the periphery of the body whorl. Dimensions : alt. 10, diam. 12 mm. It
likewise may be compared with Photinula Crawshayi,^ Sm., from Christmas Island, but
the whorls are not ventricose. It is unfortunately somewhat broken ; the operculum is
present, being horny and multispiral.

Sub-order MONOTOCARDIA.
(a) Ptenoglossa.
Family Scalidse.

Scala magellanica, Phil.

Scalaria magellanica, Pliilippi, Archiv fiir Nnfunj., vol. i. p. 65 (1845).
Hab. — Station 346, Burdwood Bank, 5<> fathoms, in Sponge.

Only very imperfect specimens, either very young or broken fragments; enough,
however, to identify the species.

* STREBEL, Mnll. <lcr Maynlhcien. Prov., ii. p. 133, Taf. v. fig. 22.
t SMITH, Proc. Malac. Soc. Land., vi. p. 335, fig. 2.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 347.)

122 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

(6) Taenioglossa.

Family Naticidas.
Natica impervia, Phil.

Natica impervia, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg., vol. i. p. 65 (1845).

Hal). — Station 346, from Sponge at 56 fathoms.
Only very dead and featureless specimens.

Family TrichotropidsB.
Trichotropis antarctica, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 7).

T. testa parva, imperforata, fragili, breviter fusiformi, sordid^ alba, anfractibua 6, quorum apicales ties
detriti, sublaeves, cfeteris tenuiter et arct^ decussatis, interstitiis quadratulis, ultimo cteteros exsuperante,
apertura ovata, labro multum expanse, inflate, margine columellari paullum excavate.

Alt. 5'75, diam. (oris) 3-50 nun.

Hob. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

A very interesting form, and we deem it worthy of description, albeit the only
specimen is imperfect, and the outer lip infested with growth of a Bryozoon. ' It seems
adult, and is comparable with no other member of the genus known to us. It is much
smaller in all its parts than T. inornata, Hutton, from New Zealand. There is no sign
of umbilication, and the epidermis is not present, being completely worn off.

Calyptrsea chinensis, L.

Patella sinensis, Linnseus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii., p. 1257 (1709).

C. sinensis, F. and H., ii. p. 463, pi. Ix. figs. 3-5, and (animal), pi. B.B. figs. 8-13.

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands. Station 346.
Indistinguishable from the shell of northern climes, including Great Britain.

Family Littorinidse.
Littorina (Lsewlitorina) caliginosa (Gould).

Hob. — An additional locality is Cape Pembroke, Falkland Islands, shore,
February 2, 1904. Station 349.

Littorina (Pellilitorina) pellita, v. Mts.

Hob. — Additional locality for this species is Station 346, 56 fathoms, December 1,
1903. Lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W. Obtained from new species of Cephalodiscus,
occasionally.

Two more examples of Lacuna notorcadensis, M. and St., also occurred from the
same locality as the type.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., :548.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 123

Lacuna ><l>i/.^/c<>/<t, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 8, X't, 8b).

L. testa parva, profuiidc'- umliilk-ata, all>n-ra!raiva. rpidc'rmidc- lin.imic.-a contec-ta, fragili, vix solida,
imfractibua 5, quorum apex ipsc- miiv iniiiic rsus", duobus his pvuximis cum pi-miltimis tiniiidulis, ultimo
pauHum effuso, lievi, omniluis inlV.-i suturas c-aualiculatis et acute spiraliter cariuatis, apud basini, circa.
umliilicuni, crassi-earinato cariuis liinis, sulco interstitial! pnedito, apertura rotunda, labro tc>mii, margine
columellari late retlexo.

Alt. -2, lat. 2-15 rum.

Hal.— Deposit No. 38, dredged .\Iareh 18, 1904. Lat. 71° 22' S., long. Hi" 34' W.,
1410 fathoms. Station 417.

One specimen only, hut adult and fairly perfect, save for a slight fracture of the
outer lip. It appears nearly akin to L. ininlil ijnrmis, Jeffreys, or L. cincta of the same
author, from the Atlantic-, collected mi the /'«rr/^////<< Expedition, especially as
regards the sculpture round the umbilical region, the thickened double carination with
interstitial sulcus. Another feature of interest is the curiously immersed nucleus,
and the strong canaliculation round the upper portion of i-ach whorl, followed by an
acute spiral keel. The substance of the shell is chalky white, covered with a dark-
brown epidermis. The specific name proposed is given in consideration of the extreme
depth at which it was dredged.

Lacuna wandelensis, E. Laniy.

Lacuna wand>l<itfi>-, E. Lamy, Es^'il. .1 utftn-f. Fnuiriu'.^ com niiiiidee par le Dr Jean Char cot :
Moll., p. 5, pi. i. iigs. 5, 6, 7 (Paris, 1906).

Halt. — Station 325, Scotia Bay. South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms, on Macrocystis and
other large Fuci.

A very few examples, and all in non-adult condition, belong almost certainly to
this species.

Family Rissvi(l&.

Ri sx< in <fi'?«>rfti; Sm.
t,(, }•]. \. Smith, Aa/. A/tturct. F.xfifd. : Nat. Hist., vol. ii. p. 9, pi. ii. fig. 1

(1907).

Halt. — South Orkney Islands, Scotia Bay, 9-10 fathoms. Station 325.
The specimens are dead, but seem to agree in form with the above species.

(Onoba] filostria, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 9).

H. h-M.-i parva, paulluiii intiata. solidula, parum rimata, anfractiliu-i 4.',, cpini-uni apiralrs .Inn heves,
tiiiniduli. c-ii-teris vi-nti-icusis, apud suturas improsis, arctissimd spiraliter tenuiliratie, api-ituia uvata, alba,
la) ini paiillinii etfuso, hand iiiiiltuin im-ra-.-alci, fc-ix- c-uiitiuuo.

Long. 2, lat. 1'50 mm.

Hab. — South Orkney Islands, Scotia Bay, 9-10 fathoms. Station 325.

Allied to several Onul;<-. mostly described of recent years from deep-sea explora-

(RoY. SOC. EHIN. TRANS, Vol.. XLVUI., 349.)

124 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND ME ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

tions, such as R. transenna* Wats., from Prince Edward Island, and R. aedonis^ of the
same author, from Nightingale Island. R. gelida, E. A. Sm.4 is, perhaps, the nearest
ally ; this is also an Antarctic species, and differs in the possession of an extra whorl,
and being longer proportionately to its breadth, also in a lesser degree of ventricosity
of whorl. Only two or three examples.

Rissoa ( Onoba) fuegoensis (Strebel).

Rissoa (1 Cingula) fuegoensis, H. Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., p. 56, Taf. vi. fig. 90
a, b (1908).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, Station 346, 56 fathoms.

A straw-coloured, closely spirally lirate Rissoa, which we should consider as
appertaining to the section Onoba in preference to Cingula.

Rissoa (Onoba) paucilirata,&^. n. (Plate, fig. 10).

R. testa ovata, angustd rimata, alba, epidermide tenuiter evanida straminea, interclum iridescente,
contecta, anfractibus ad 5, ventricosulis, apud suturas multum impressis, quorum duo apicales nitidi, albi,
lasves, cffiteris duobus fortiter spiraliter pauciliratis, liris penultimi duabus, ultimi anfractus septem vel
octo, prseditis, apertura ovato-rotunda, peristoinate tenui, margine columellari fere recto.

Alt. 2-25, diam. 1'25 mm.

Hab. — Burdwood Bank, Station 346, 56 fathoms.

Conspicuous for its strong, spiral, carinated lirse, which are fewer in number than
those possessed by its allies ; these spiral ridges seem much the same in the Aleutian
species R. Aurivillii, Dall, § or R. brachia, Watson, || from Culebra Island, West Indies.
This last, indeed, seems a very near ally, though quite distinct.

Rissoa (Onoba) sulcata (Strebel).
Rissoa (C'ini/ula) sulcata, H. Strebel, Schiaed. Sudpolar Exped., p. 56, Taf. vi. fig. 86 a, b, c (1908).

Hab.— With the last species named, at 56 fathoms. Station 346. One specimen.
The spiral sulci are interesting. In form it resembles R. paucilirata, but the
essential characters are quite diverse. Colour inclined to reddish-fuscous.

Rissoa (Ceratia) turqueti, E. Lamy.

Rissoa (Ceratia) turqueti, E. Lamy, Exped. Antarct. Fran$aisu Gharcot, p. 6, pi. i. fig. 8 (1906).
Hab. — With the preceding. One fine specimen in live condition, sub-pellucid, with
faint relics of thin stramineous epidermis. Station 346.

* Rep. Challenger Exped, xv. p. 620. pi. xlvi. fig. 10. t Ibid., p. 600, pi. xlv. fig. 5.

I SMITH, Nat. Ant. Ex^d. : N.I I., vol. ii. p. 9, pi. ii. fig. 5. § P™- U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 309, pi. iv. fig. 8 (1886).

|| Rep. Challemjvr Exped., xv. p. 599, pi. xlv. fig. 8.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 350.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 125

Eatoniella kergnelenensis, Sm., forma major, Strebel.

Kafoniel/a ki'rguelenensis, Smith, forma major, Hermann Strebel, Schived. Xii'l/mlm- Kr/ied.,
p. 57, Taf. iv. fig. 56 it-c (1908).

I/rtb. — Station 325, Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms.

This larger form of a mollusc already reported by us, in our former paper, as occur-
ring, in its typical condition, at Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, has likewise been discovered
in some quantity in Bay A, of greater size and solidity, often encrusted with bryozoic
and other growths. Colour very deep plumbeous.

Family Centhiidse.

Cerithium pullum, Phil. ( = cxlatum, Couthouy).

Hob. — An additional locality is now given for this species, to that mentioned on
p. 135 of our former paper, viz. Burdwood Bank, lat. 54° '25' S., long. 57° 32' \V., in sponge.
Station 346.

We do not repeat the synonymy, which will be found at the page just quoted.

Bittium brucei, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 1 1 ).

B. testa minuta, soliilula, cylindrica, castaneo-brunnea, anfractibus ad 8, apicalibus .... (?), cseteris apiul
suturas impressis, supemis bino, ultimo trinoodine granulate regularity' pnudilo, apud bnsim excavate, planato,
apertura ovata, labro simplice, margiue columellari crassiusculo.

Long. 2 '75, lat. 1 mm.

Hab.— Dredge, Station 81, lat. 18° 24' S., long. 37 58 W., 36 fathoms.

A minute Cerithioid mollusc, which seems as if it should belong to the sub-genus
•foculator, Hedley,* proposed for Cerithiopsis ridicula, Watson, and certain allies. At
the same time it is so like Bittium minimum, T. Woods, well figured from a Tasmanian
specimen by C. HEDLEY, f that it had better be included in that genus.

Bittium burdwoodianum, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 12).

C. testa fusiform!, bnmneo-rufesoente, parva, anfractibus ad 10, quorum apicales tres rufescentes,
pirum nitidi, l;Bves, vel sinipliciter longitudinaliter costulati, cseteris ad suturas multum impressis, trino ordine
gemmarum, ultimo quatuor ordinibus similibus, regulariter spiraliter prseditis, apertura ovata, labro paullum
effuso, columella flexuosa.

Alt. 4, diam. 1 mm.

Hab. — From interior of Liothyrina. Station 34G, Burdwood Bank, at 56
fathoms, December 1, 1903.

A little species, of simple character, inclined to a reddish hue, particularly as
regards the apex and central portion of the various whorls, which are thrice spirally
girt with regular rows of close grains, gemmulate and rounded. This might be
considered a Cerithium by some authors. It is akin to B. bisculptum,* Strebel, the
apical whorls seemingly almost identical, and we consider these two species should
stand in the same genus.

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.U. Wales (1909), p. 442. t Ibid. (1909), p. 722, fig. 20.

J Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., p. 49, Taf. vi. tig. 92 0-6 (1908).

(ROY. soc. BDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 351.)

126 mi JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Cerithiopsis macroura, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 13).

C. testa elongato-fusiformi, parva, angustu, nitida, albo sfcraminea, anfraotihus ad 10, quorum apicales duo
vel tres nitidi, vitrei, perla-ves, bulbosi, creteris paullum ventricosis, ispud suturas impressis, undique longi-
tudinaliter arcto costulatis, costulis anfractuum superiorum pro maxima parte la.>vissimis, iiuatuur ultimis
anfractibus spiraliter rugoso-liratis, liris ad juncturas costularum granulosis, apertura ovata, laliro tenui,
columella paullum producta, flexuosa, brevirostri.

Alt. 3'55, diam. 1 mm.

Hal>. — Station 346, Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms.

A small species, but distinguished, as the specific name chosen would show, by
its very attenuate, fusiform whorls, the last three or four swollen, caudate, shining,
smoothly costulate, not spirally crossed with granose line, as are the lower whorls ; the
columella is only slightly rostrate, the outer lip thin, the colour whitish straw. But
few examples occurred, (fid/epos oupa, long-tailed.)

Cerithiopsis malvinarum, M. and St.

Cerithiopsis malvinarum (Strebel, MS.), Melvill and Standen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xlvi.

pt. i., p. 135, pi. figs. 6, 6«. (1907).

Strebel, Schwe-l. Sucljiolar Expecl, Band vi., 1, p. 49, Taf. i. fig. 10
a-c (1908).

Hab. — Shore, Hearnden Water, Falkland Islands. Station 34',).

As mentioned in our first paper, we issued a description of this species in 1907,
using, at Dr H. STREBEL'S request, the name he had given it in manuscript. The
following year it was redescribed by him as " sp. nov.," and we are of opinion that he
had not at that time seen our paper. The same remarks would apply also to Trophon
minutus, M. and S.

Fam ily Turr itellirlu .

Turritella algida, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 14).

T. testa parva, attenuato-fusiformi, alba vel pallide straminoa, solidula, anfractibus ad 9-10, ad suturas
multum impressis, quorum apex ipse bulbosus, albus, Isevis, vitreus, liuic proximus anfractus simili modo
tumidus, leevis, cfeteris ad medium unicarinatis, carinis acutis, prominulis, antepenultimo et penultimo lira
alia minore infra medium prseditis, ultimo inter carinam majorem et basim trilirato, apertura ovata, labro
tenui.

Long. 6, lat. '2 mm.

Hab. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, south of the Falklands, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Very small, but apparently quite adult. Conspicuous for a distinct and prominent
median keel, the three last whorls also being provided with a minor spiral lira below,
and the body whorl, between the strong median keel and the base, possessing three such
spiral liratious.

(HOY. SOO. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 35:2. )

MARINE MOLLUSC A OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 127

Miif/ii/ilii rfiii/uiiHd-ftes, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 15).

M. d'sta iniinita, impcrforata, fu-.il'"] mi. di'licata, pallide fuscescente, anfractilms 6J, quorum apicales
2J heterostrophi, allii, leeves, bulb isi, r;rt<>ris apud >ulnr:is impressis, pulrlnv spiralitcr carinatis, raiinulis
trilms anfractuum supcrim-um, ultimo qualuor, aivtissinii' lirulis longiludinalibiis dt'eoratis, inlrrstitiis
quadratis. apprtura rotunda, Libvo ti'iiui, marginr1 columcllari paullum I'Xravato.
i;. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Unit. — Trawl, Hardwood Bank, at 50 fathoms. Station 346.

In sculpture this little species resembles a Lovenella, especially L. austrina,
Heclley,* from the opposite shores of Antarctica. It is only about a quarter of the
size, however, of this shell, while the apex is heterostrophe, the peristome continuous.
FISCHER (Man. de Conch., p. 172, 1887) gives a list of Magellanic Mollusca, and
includes a " Matliildn. magellanica." This is evidently a " noraen nuclum." No
description can be found, and the name rests on no authority. The remarks of
M. DE BOURY f will probably, in connection with this, be found of interest,
contending with cold.)

(c) Gymnoglossa.
Family Eulimidas.

antarctica, Strebel.

finf.irrtira, H. Strebel, Snliwe'L SwJjiD/ar Kj-p^L, Hand vi., 1, p. 65, Taf. vi. fig. 91 a-c
(1908).

Hub. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands, 56 fathoms.
Station 346.

One specimen, live, but hardly full-grown.

Family Pyramidellida .

'l'u rbonillci smithii, Pfetier.

Turbonillii smit/tii, G. Pfeffer, ^IS. in H. Strebel, Mollusk. tier Magalhaen. Prov., p. 659, Taf.
xxiii. fig. 42 a-rl (1905).

II>th. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Une example, immature, but with sufficient characters to pronounce fairly certainly.

Turl>oiti/tn .i-fun/t/n/i's, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 16, 16«).

T. testa aciculato-fusiformi, delicata, subpellucida, allio-Iactea vel pallide straminca, paullum nitcnte,
aiifractilius 9, quorum apk'alrs Imlbosi, tuniidi, leniter heterostrophi, creteris ventricosulis, ad suturas impressis,
siili lento delic atissinu' longitudinaliter liratis, in speciminibus quilmsdam f(?re vel omnino Isevibus, apertura
ovata, peristomate tenui, coluraella simplicr.

Long. 2'75, lat. '75 mm.

* Report Brit. Antaret. i-:.r;i.<l., 1'j.iT '.) ,'Slia.-kletou), vol. ii., part i. p. 5 (pi. i. fig. 7) (1911).
t Journ. (h I'oiich., vol. xxxi. p. 118(1883).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., vol.. xi.vm., 3">:!.)

128 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Hab. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands, 56 fathoms.
Station 346.

A curious species, and one of which we are not quite sure of the proper position
generically. It seems, however, to agree with Turbonilla in more than one feature.
It is very delicate, resembling a terrestrial Opeas or others of the family Stdnogyridse,
both in substance and form. Several examples occurred, the live specimens retaining
a subpellucid appearance and dull straw-colour. (£evo^>w;v, strange of form.)

(d) Rachiglossa.

Family Muricidse.

Trophon falklandicus, Strebel.

Trophon faUtlandicus, H. Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., Band vi., 1, p. 39, Taf. i. fig. 8 a-c (1908).

Hab. — Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Very young specimens are probably referable to this species. Another, judging
alone from the plate (STREBEL, Zool. Jahrbuch, Band xxi., Taf. vii. fig. 56, 1904),
might belong to T. Paessleri, Streb. We cannot, however, help feeling that too many
species have been created in such a variable assemblage as this section of the genus
Trophon presents.

Trophon minutus, M. and St.

Trophon minutus (Strebel, MS.), Melvill and Stauden, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xlvi., pt. i.,

p. 137, pi. figs. 7, 7a(1907).

„ ,, Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., Band vi., 1, p. 44, Taf. iv. fig. 47

a, 6(1908).

Hab. — An additional locality to that mentioned in our former paper is Scotia Bay,
South Orkneys, at 9-10 fathoms. Station 325.

Three or four more examples occurred, but the species is evidently rare. For the
nomenclature of this species, and its authorship, see remarks under Cerithiopsis
malvinarum.

Trophon philippianus, Dkr.

Hab. — Also from Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms, all the specimens being in very
young condition, and found in Sponge. Station 346.

Antistreptus magellanicus, Dall.

A ntistreptus magellanicus, W. H. Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mns., xxiv. p. 532 (1902).

,, ,, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xliii. p. 315, pi. xv.

fig. 14(1905).
Glypteuthria contraries, H. Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., Band vi., 1, p. 29, pi. i.

figs. 4 a-c (1908).

Hab. — Burdwood Bank, Station 346, at 56 fathoms.
Two examples of this small, but curious, smistral species.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 354.)

MARINE MOLLUSC A OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 129

Family Bucdnidae.
Chrysodomus (Sipho) crossicostatus, M. and St.

Chrysodotmis (Sipho) crasgirostafu*, i\Ielvill ami Standen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xlvi.

part i., p. 13S, pi. figs. 10, 10n (1907).
Sipho (\Mohnia) astrolabiensis, H. Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolur Exped., Band vi., 1, p. 31,

Taf. iii. fig. 37 a-d (1908).

One specimen of Sipho astrolabiensis occurred in lat. 63° 9' S., long. 58° 17' W.,
at Astrolabe Island.

From the figure, there can be no doubt of its identity with our S. crassicostatus,
described the year previously (1907). More examples came to hand from the locality
already given by us, viz. Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, at 9-10 fathoms, Station 325 ;
and we have now seen it likewise from Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms, Station 34(i.

Euthria rosea, Homb. and Jacq.

Euthria rosea, Hombron et Jacquinot, Voyage au Pole Sud, v. p. 107, tab. xxv. figs. 4, 5.
„ Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen. Prov., p. 616, Taf. xxi. figs. 1-4 (1905).

Hub. — Burdwood Bank, from Sponge, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Family Mitridse.
Mitra (Volutomitra) porcellana, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 21).

M. (V.) testa eleganter fusiformi, nitidissima, Candida, porcellana, anfractibus ad 6 (?), apicalibus . . . 1
cgeteris nequaquam suturaliter impressis, politissiniis, ultimo prolongato, apertura anguste oblonga, labro
tenui, columella obliquante, quadriplicata, plicis obliquis.

Long. 14, lat. 6 mm. (sp. imperfecta).

Hal). — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms, Station 325 ; also trawl, Burdwood
Bank, 56 fathoms, Station 346.

Only two examples of this beautiful, polished white porcellanous shell have as
yet occurred, one from each locality, widely differing from other Volutomitras known
to us ; its narrow aperture, obliquely quadriplicate eolumella, are distinguishing
characteristics. Very unfortunately, in neither specimen, owing to breakage, do the
apical whorls appear, so several points remain for the present a matter of conjecture.

(e) Toxoglossa.
Family Conidte.

JBela anderssoni, Strebel.
Bela anderssoni, H. Strebel, Schwed. Sudpolar Exped., p. 14, Taf. ii. ti^r. 24 «-</ (190S).

Hal. — Station 346, at 56 fathoms, December 1, 1903.

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 355.)

130 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR EGBERT STANDEN ON THE

Judging from figure and description quoted above, this interesting Bela is identical
with specimens found at Seymour Island, Grahamland. by the Swedish expedition.

Bela fulvicans, Strebel.
Bela fulvicam, H. Strebel, Scliwed. Sudpolar ExpnL, p. 15, Taf. ii. fig. 25 a-tl (1908).

Hab. — Burdwood Bank, from Sponge, at 56 fathoms. Station 34(i.
An imperfect, bleached specimen seems, from the sculpture, to be the above
species, which occurred both in South Georgia Islands and in Grahamland.

'. Tltesbia sp.

Hub. — Burdwood Bank, from Sponge, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

One example, more imperfect than the preceding, of a bleached shell, showing
faint flexuous oblique longitudinal costellatiou, mouth narrow oblong, whorls fairly
smooth, hardly impressed at the sutures. Dimensions: long. 13, lat. 5 mm. It
is quite impossible to differentiate it further.

Savatieria concinna, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 17).

S. testa ovato-fusiformi, compacta, solidula, subpellueente, albida, anfractilms 6, quorum npicales
duo bulbosi, vitrei, nitidi, perkeves, casteris apud suturas impressis, subventricosis, Longitudinaliter arctd
costulatis, costis crassiusculis, gemmatis, ultimo anfractu infra medium evauidis, delude ad basim spiralitcr
sulculoso, nurnero costuhrum anfractus ultimi circa 22, apertura ovata, laliro simplice, columella pariim
incrassata, canali vix prolongata.

Long. 4-55, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, Station 346, 56 fathoms, December 1, 1903.

Sacatieria is a small genus, peculiar to these regions, diagnosed by ROCHEBRUNE
and MABILLE. It is nearly allied to Bela, differing principally in the abbreviated
canal, whorls peculiarly impressed suturally, and more distinct elaboration of
sculpture. Several species have lately been published by Dr HERMANN STREBEL,
and to one of them, S. molinw, our species is akin, differing mainly in sculpture,
being supplied with nearly double the number of longitudinal ribs, while the
gemmate beading is more pronounced in S. concinna. Only one example, happily
in first-class condition at the time of description, was procured, though unfortunately
it was accidentally broken at the mouth before it could be figured. We consider that
Lachesis meridionalis, E. A. Sm.,* is synonymic with Savatieria molinse, Strebel, 1905,
and has priority of twenty-four years over it.

* Pr<ic. Zw>l. ,S'uc. Land., 1881, p. iH, pi. iv. fig. 3.

(KOY. S(K'. B1UN. TRANS., VOL. XI.V1U., 356.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 131

Family Cancellariida?.

Parodmete typica, Strebel.

Parailmete typica, H. Strebel, Schtoed. Sadpolar Exped., Band vi., 1, p. 22, Taf. iii. fig. 35 a-/ (1908).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, Station 346, at 56 fathoms, December 1, 1903.
Thus showing a considerable extension in range. Only one specimen, but in
good condition.

Admete limne&formis, Sm.

? Adme/e limnexfonnis, E. A. Smith, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond., clxviii. p. 172, pi. ix.
fig. 4(1879).

Hob. — Trawl, Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

One example, in good condition, exactly agreeing with the type, from Kerguelen
Land. We should hardly be prepared to suggest placing this in Dr STREBEL'S new
genus Paradmete. Mr CHARLES HEDLEY has lately hinted at its possible reception
into the genus Odostomiopsis, Thiele, and this is well worthy of consideration. The
shell is small, white, semi-transparent, and, as the trivial name, so well chosen,
suggests, almost an exact reproduction of Limnsea peregra, Mull., in miniature.

Order OPISTHOBRANCHIATA.
Sub-order TECTIBRANCHIATA.

(a) Bulloidea.
Family Tornatinidse.

Retusa antarctica, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 20).

H. testa delicata, parva, ovato-fusiformi, rimata, pallidissime' livido-virescente, perlsevi, subpellucida,
anfractibus 4, quorum apicales duo tumescentes, cseteris ad suturas rotundd gradatim impressis, ultimo
magno, Isevi, apertura ovata, labro sinuato, vix crassiusculo, columella obliqua.

Alt. 3-25, diam. 1-75 mm.

Hab. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms. Station 325.
A small, plain, greenish-livid species, translucent, very smooth, with swollen nuclear
whorls, and roundly shouldered at the sutures.

Retusa truncatula (Brug.).

This widely distributed species, the full synonymy of which we gave in our last
paper (Inc. cit., p. 141), and which is hardly distinguishable from the British form,
also occurred at the Burdwood Bank locality, Station 346, 56 fathoms.

Fragments of others of this order, belonging to the genera Cylichna and Philme, were

(ROY. 8OO. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 357.)

132 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

dredged either from the same or neighbouring localities, but none in a condition to
examine seriously.

Sub-order PTEROPODA.

Section Thecosomata, de Blainville.

Cavolinia tridentata (Forskal).

1773. Anomia trident ata, Forskal, Descriptions aniinalimn qux in itinere orientali observavit,

p. 124.
1791. Cavolinia natans, Abildgaard, "Nyere Effcerretning om dot Skaldyr som Forskal har

beskrevet under Navnet Anomia tridentata," Skrie. naturhist. Selsk., Bd. i., Heft 2,

pi. x.

1801. Hijalsea cornea, Lamarck, Systhne ties animaux sans vertbbres, p. 140.
1804. Hyalxa papi/ioiiacea, Bary de St Vincent, Voyage dans les quatre principals lies des

mers d'Afrique, t. i. p. 137, pi. v. fig. 1.
1810. Hi/ale teniobranche, Peron et Lesueur, " Histoire de la fatnille des Mollusques

Pteropodes," Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, t. xv., pi. ii. fig. 13.
1813. Hyalxa peroni, Lesueur, "Memoire sur quelques animaux mollusques, etc.," Nouv.

Bull. Soc. Philom., t. iii. p. 284.
1813. Hyalxa chemnitziana, Lesueur, ibid., p. 284.
1816. Hyalxa australis, Peron, Voyage de decouve.rtes aux terres australes, t. i , pi. xxxi. fig. 5

(sine descriptione).
1821. Hyalxa forskahlii, Lesueur, MS., in de Blainville, "Hyale," Diet. d. Sci. Nat., t. xxii.

p. 79.
1836. Hyalxa affinis, d'Orbigny, Voyage dans I'Amerique meridionals, t. v. p. 91, pi. v.

figs. 6-10.
1848. Hyalxa truncata, Krauss, Siid-africanisc/te Mollusken, p. 34, pi. ii. fig. 12 (non

Lesueur).
1859. Cavolinia telemtts, A. Adams, "On the Synonyms and Habits of Cavolinia, Diacria, and

Pleuropus," Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, t. iii. p. 44.
1877. Hyalxa aimingii, Sowerby, in Reeve, Conchologia iconica, t. xx., Pteropoda, fig. 5.

Hal.— Lai. 39° 58' S., long. 8° 36' W., tow-net, surface, temp. 55"'2.
Many living specimens, large and fine. Between Stations 470 and 471.

Class SCAPHOPODA.

Dentalium eupatrides, M. and St.

Dentalium eupatrides, Melvill and Standen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xlvi., part i., p. 142,
pi. fig. 12(1907).

Hal). — The original locality of this fine smooth abyssal species was accidentally
omitted in our first paper. It occurred, with the other species chronicled,
D. megathyris, Ball, in lat. 71° '22' S., long. 16C 34' W., at 1410 fathoms,
Station 417. Many fragmentary portions of probably the same shells have been
dredged up from Station 420, at 2620 fathoms.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 358.)

MA KINK MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 133

Dentalium megathyris, Dall.

Dentalium meijathi/rix, Dall, Pro?. U.S. Nat. Mus., xii. p. :293, ]>1. ix. fi». 1 (1889).
Stearns, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi. p. 424 (1893).

Hah.— Lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W., 1410 fathoms. Station 417.

In our first report we allocated a large Dentalium dredged from 1410 fathoms to
D. Shoplandi, Jouss. , as it agreed with specimens so named in the British Museum
from " near Aden." We have since received from the same station a large fragment
of the upper part of a living specimen, evidently snapped off by the dredge, and a
number of smaller fragments. Critical examination of these has led us to conclude
that our specimens are identical with I), megathi/ris, Dall, which has occurred off
Chiloe Island and south-east Chili in 1050 and 1342 fathoms, in the Gulf of Panama
in 2282 fathoms, and other localities in the Panamic region. It is significant that in
company with this Dentalium, both in the Gulf of Panama and in the 1410 fathoms
locality, the Brachiopod, ^facandrevia diamantina, Dall, should also occur. The
descriptions and figures of D. megathyris and D. Shoplandi, as given by TRYON, are so
widely different in every respect, both as to dimensions and sculpture, and other minor
details, that although our specimens agree so well with the British Museum examples
purporting to come from Aden, we now are inclined to refer them to D. megathyris,
as, even if this species should ultimately be proved to be an extreme form of
D. Shoplandi, that specific name would become a synonym — D. megathyris, Dall,
having priority of five years. From a careful study of the material and literature at
our command we cannot help thinking that D. megathyris, Dall, D. Shoplandi, Jouss.,
D. ceras, Watson, and perhaps D. majorinum, Rocheb. and Mab., may eventually
prove to be but forms of one variable gigantic longitudinally costate Dentalium in
the southern hemisphere, radiating towards the Atlantic as well as the Pacific Ocean,
and inhabiting everywhere very deep water, where the great pressure, darkness, and
equable temperature render it possible for it to range through many degrees of latitude.

Class PELECYPODA.
Order PROTOBRANCHIATA.

Family Nuculidie.
Yoldia profundorum, sp. n. (Plate, figs. 18, 18a, 186).

Y. testa parva, turaida, nitida, Isevi, insequilaterali, periostraco plumbeo-olivaceo contecta, antice
rotundata, postice paullulum producto, umbonibus erosis, approximatis, haud prominulis, ligamento obscuro,
linear!, cardinibua utriusque valvae deceru denticulis utrinqne prseditis, pagina interna nitida, albo-lactea,
sinu jialliali parvo.

Alt. 3, hit. 4'50 nun.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 359.)

134 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MK ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Hab.— Deposit No. 38, dredged March 18, 1904, Lit. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W.,
1410 fathoms. Station 4 17.

A small, tumid, smoothish, slightly inequilateral Yoldia, the anterior side
rounded, the posterior somewhat produced, to which Y. (Sarepta) abyssicola, Smith,*
from Station 246, Challenger Expedition, Mid North Pacific, at 2050 fathoms, and also
Station 281, Mid South Pacific, at 2385 fathoms, seems somewhat allied. That species,
however, appears more distinctly abbreviate posteriorly, and higher in proportion
to its width. Y. ecaudata, Pelseneer,t may likewise be compared, a species which
is closely akin to Y. abyssicola. This was obtained during the voyage of the
Belgica in the Antarctic region, at a depth of 400-500 metres. Again, Y. Valettei,
Lamy, from the South Orkneys, where an example was found in the stomach of a penguin,
is much of the same outward form, but less than half the dimensions (2'2 x 1 '65 x 1 "5 mm.),
and the teeth are only six in number on either side. The epidermis is likewise named
as " fiava" in contradistinction to " plumbea " or " olivacea."

Nucula pisum, Sowb.

Nucula pisum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii. p. 153, pi. ccxxix. fig. 133.
Hab. — Falkland Islands, local, but gregarious. Station 118.

Order FILIBRANCHIATA.
Sub-order AECACEA.

Family Arcidx.
Area (Bathyarca) strebeli, M. and St.

Area (Bathyarca) strebeli, Melvill and Standen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xlvi.,
part i., p. 144, pi. figs. 13, 13<i (1907).

Hab. — Two additional localities can be now given, as follows :—
Station 420. Dredged at 2620 fathoms. One specimen.

,, 291. Lat. 67° 33' S., long. 36° 35' W., 2500 fathoms, March 7, 1903.

Limopsis lonyipilosa, Pels.
Limopsis longipilosa, P. Pelseneer, Voy. du S.Y. "Belgica" : Zoologie, p. 25, figs. 89, 90 (1903).

Hab.— Dredged in lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W., at 1410 fathoms, March 18,
1904. Station 417.

One fairly perfect specimen, probably referable to the above.

[Very imperfect examples of another Limopsis, solid, small, equilateral, covered
with thin, short-bristled epidermis, also occurred at Burdwood Bank, 50 fathoms.]

* Rep. Challenger Expedition, " Lamellibranchia," pi. xx. figs. 6, 60, 66.

+ Voy. du S.Y. "Belyica" : Zoologie, par PAUL PELSENEEK, p. 22, figs. 77, 78 (1903).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 360.)

MARINE MOLLUSC A OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 135

Sub-order MYTILACEA.

Family Mytiliiln .
f'liiloliri/u xiiblxvis, Pels.

Phi/i^ri,!,. sublxvis, P. Pelseneer, Voij. >/n ,S'.}'. " Bebjica " : Zoofo,jie, p. 25, figs. 93, 94 (1903).
ll«l>. Station 346, lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W., at 56 fathoms, January 1,
1903.

I'liifnbri/K. wandelensis, Lamy.

I'ltihhryi irandelensis, K. Limy, Kjp,'<l. Anturct. Fmn<:ai*e Chairot, 1903-5, p. 10, pi. i.
figs. 15, 16 (1906).

>. — Trawl, Burdvvood Bank, 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Crein'll« </<;-iisxiiti.i, Mont.

*, Mmitugu, Trxt. lirit. tiuppl., p. 69 (LS09).
„ ,, Forbes and llanley, ii. p. 210, pi. xlv. fig. 2.

Crenel I a ,, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., ii. p. 133, I'., pi. xxviii. fig. 6.

,, „ Sowerby, ///. Im/</.( Brit. Shells, pi. vii. fig. 17.

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands, at 56 fathoms, December 1,
1903. Station 346.

Very minute specimens, not exceeding 2 x ii mm., the interior beautifully pale-
nacreous ; form precisely that of the European and Canadian type, the divaricating
sculpture seemingly also identical, as well as the fine marginal crenellations.

Modiolarca mesembrina, M. and St.

Modiolarca mesembrina, Melvill aud Standen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xlvi., part i.,

p. 146, pi. figs. 15, 15o(1907).
Modiolarca pirturala, Cooper and Preston, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist., ser. viii , vol. v., pi. iv.

fig. 5(1910).

Hab. — Falkland Islands. Station 118.

We received lately from Mr A. P. COBB examples of M. picturata, Cooper and
Preston, and consider it the same as our mesembrina, from the same locality, described
three years previously. In marking and coloration it is a most variable species : in
form it is fairly constant.

Order EULAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Sub-order SUBMYTILACEA.
Family Carditidte.

Carditella pallida, Sm.
('ai-ditellapallida, E. A. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land., p. 43, pi. v. figs. 9, 96(1881).

var. duodecim-costata, nov. (Plate, figs. 19, 19«).

Iffib. — Station 346, Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Many full-grown specimens,
but few perfect.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 361.)

136 DR JAMES COSMO MELVIKL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

In all the specimens examined of our proposed variety, the ribs are but twelve in
number; in typical G. pallida, Sm., they number fourteen to fifteen. The straight
angular declivity on either side of the dorsal margin seems likewise more pronounced,
the variety thereby assuming a more flabellate or quasi-triangular appearance. The
general characters of the shells are identical. As Mr SMITH aptly remarks, the
superficial aspect of Cardita flabellum, Reeve,* proves it to be nearly allied. This is
a native of Valparaiso, Chili.

Cardita congelascens, sp. n. (Plate, fig. 23).

C. testa parva, trapezoide, solidula, urabonibus prominulis, inequilateral!, lequivalvi, postice dorsaliter
recta, antice breviter arcaata, deinde ventralom usque ad rnarginem, leniter subrotundata, superficie
radiatim costulata, costulis incrassatis, numero ad 21, pulchre et regulariter nodulosis, nodulis imbricatulis,
albis, nitidis pagina intus alba, valva dextra, cardinalibus dentibus duobus crassis, sinistra dente crasso,
elongate, prfeditis.

Alt. 3, diam. 4 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

Only disassociated valves occurred of a species of Cardita which seems distinct.
We have compared it with C. modesta, vehitina, antarctica, astartoides, and other
species of the genus inhabiting these same southern waters, and find it fails exactly to
correspond with any of them. At the same time, we doubt if any of our examples are
adult. Still, the character of the ribs, and the ornamentation and the general contour
of the shell, give us hope that it may be proved eventually to have been established
on a sound basis. The specific name alludes to the icy clime where it is endemic.

Family Astartidse.

Astarte magellanica, Sm.

Astarte magellanica, E. A. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 41, pi. v. fig. 7 (1881).
,, ,, „ Journ. of Condi., iii. p. 227.

Hab. — Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

All disassociated valves, but some in good condition, and showing the olivaceous
epidermis. The majority possess fewer concentric ribs than the type, but we consider
them all referable to magellanica. The allied A. longirostra, Orb., also found in this
region, is more pronouncedly beaked, and the ribbing is far finer. The crenulation of
the inner margin of the valves is, as pointed out by the author of the species, another
distinctive factor in A. magellanica.

* Reeve, Conch. Icon., i., Cardita, pi. ix. fig. 47 (1843).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII.,

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 137

Family Lucinidai.

Diplodonta lamellata, Sm.
Diplodonta lameltata, K. A. Smith, Proe. Zonl. .S<«-. Lon>/., p 38, pi. v. figs 1-1 c (1881).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, south of the Falkland Islands, at 56 fathoms. Station 346.

A right and left valve, hardly adult, but showing the characteristic generic
dentition, as well as the concentric lamellar ornamentation, which led to the bestowal
of the trivial name. These lamellae appear in our small specimens more numerous, but
we can but believe them identical, as they agree in form, and every other detail. The
type was discovered during the survey of H.M.S. Alert in the Straits of Magellan and
Patagonian coast.

Cyamium denticulatwm, Sin.

Cyamium tlentictilatum, E. A. Smith, Nat. Antard. E.(j>ed. : Nat. Hist., vol. ii. p. 3, pi. iii.
figs. 4, 46 (1907).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms. Station 346.

A curious though minute species, conspicuous for its marginal denticulation and
radiating impressed lines, which are seen more clearly with the aid of a lens.

Cyamium falklandicum, M. and St.

Cyamium falklandicum, Melvill and Standen, Jovrn. <if Condi., ix. p. 104, pi. i. fig. 12

(1898).
? Cyamium iridescens, Cooper and Preston, Ann. and May, N.H., ser. viii., vol. v. p. 112,

pi. iv. fig. 6 (1910).

This is a variable species, and we consider C. iridescens, Coop, and Prest., probably
one of its extreme forms. We have examined a large number of examples, in all stages
of growth. The specimens collected at Hearnden Water, Station 349, are as iridescent
as those so named by Messrs COOPER and PRESTON.

Family Erycinidse.

Kellyia cycladiformis (Desh.).

Erycina cycladiformis, Deshayes, Trait, tltm., pi. xi. figs. 6-9 ; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
p. 181 (1855).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms. Station 34U.

We have already recorded this (loc. cit., p. 149), but it is worthy of record that
nearly all the subsequent specimens from the same locality that have since come into
our hands were found living inside the valves of defunct Brachiopoda, and are therefore
in first-class condition. Saxicavse occurred with them.

(llOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 3G3.)

138 DR JAMES COSMO MELVILL AND MR ROBERT STANDEN ON THE

Kellyia magellanica, Sm.
Kellijia magellanica, E. A. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land., p. 41, pi. v. figs. 6, C a, b (1881).

Hab. — Burdwood Bank, with A', cycladiformis (Desh.). Station 346.
Only one perfect valve, agreeing exactly with the figure 6« above quoted.

Davisia cobbi, Coop, and Prest.

Davisia cobbi, J. E. Cooper and H. B. Preston, Ann. and Mag. N. Hint., ser. viii., vol. v.
pp. 113, 114, pi. iv. figs. 9, 10 (1910).

Hob. — Burdwood Bank, Station 346, at 56 fathoms.

A small species with peculiar hinge. It would be unfortunately impossible, from
the very indistinct photogravure plates, to tell the generic characteristics, and we
wish it had been possible to figure both this and the Malvinasia, described at the same
opportunity, in a more satisfactory fashion.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

[Supplemental to the first list in Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xlvi. pp. 154, 155.]

1881. SMITH, EDGAR ALBERT, "Account of the Zoological Collections made during the Survey of H.M.S.
Alert in the Straits of Magellan, and the Coasts of Patagonia : Mollusca," P.Z.S. Land.,
pp. 22-44, pi. iii.-v.

[Rossia patagonica, Loligo patayonica, Onychoteuthis ingens, Pleurotoina (Held) Cunning Ji ami, PI.
(Mangilia) Copiiingeri, LacJiesis meridionals, Euthria atrata, E. meridionalis, Nassa (Tritia)
Cop/rinyeri, Lamellaria patagonica, Col/onia Cunningliami, Trochus (Zizyphinus) consimilis,
Tectura (Pilidium) Cop f linger i, Chiton (Ischnochitori) imitator, Diplodonta lamellata, Mactra
(Mulinia) levicardo, Loripes perteitnis, Kellia magellanica, Astarte magellanica, Cardita
(Actinobolus) velutina, Carditella (n. g.) pallid a, spp. nov. marines.]

1907. .IOUBIN, L., Expedition Antarctique Francaise (1903-5) commande'e par Or Jean Chare ot : Sciences
Natitrelles, " Documents Scientifiques : CiSphalopodes," Paris, 1 pi.

1907. MELVILL, JAMES COSMO, and STANDEN, ROBURT, "The Marine Mollusca of the Scottish National

Antarctic Expedition," Trans. Hoy. Soc. Edin., xlvi., part i., pp. 119-157, 1 pi.

[Tugalia antarctica, Littorina (Lcevilitorina) coriacea, Lacuna notorcudensis, Rissoa Edgariana, R.
scotianu, Oerithiopsis malvinarum, Trnpl/on minutus, Nassa (Ilyanassa) Vallentini, CJirysodonnis
(Sipho) arcli ibentlialis, C. (Sipho) crassicostatus, Columbarium benthocallis, Dentalium eiipatrides,
Area (Bat// yarca) Strebeli, Liasarca notorcadensis, Modiolarca mesembrina, Pecten pteriola,
Amussin.ni IS-liratum, Lima gou/jhensis, Kellia Lamyi (nom. nov.), Cuspidaria Brucei, Scacchia
plenilunium, Pecten multicolor, spp. n.]

1907. STREBEL, HERMANN, " Beitrage zu Kenntnis der Mollusken-Faunen der Magalhaen. Provinz," Part v.,

Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Jena, pp. 79-196, Taf. viii.

[A continuation of the enumeration of the Molluscan fauna of the Falkland Islands, with new species
of Megatebennus, Tugalia, Patinella, and several non-marine forms.]

1907. ELIOT, Sir CHARLES N. E., K.C.M.G., "Nudiliranchs from New Zealand and the Falkland Isles,"

Prof. Malac. Soc., vii. pp. 327-361, pi. xxviii. (London).

[Cra/ena Vallentini, Galvina falldandica, Coriiphella falklandica, Staurodoris falklandica,
Acanthodoris falldandica, spp. n.]

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TH4NS. VOL. XLVIII., 364.)

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. I :i'J

1908. STKEUEL, HERMANN, Wisxensdtaftc Kri/flminge tier Schmedischen Siidpolar Expedition, l'JUl-3, unter
l.'ittiutj run I>r Otto Nordenskjold, Baud vi., Lieferung i., "Die Gastropipden," nut 0 Tafi-ln
(Stockholm).

[New species of genera Actuuiiinu, JMitstt, Cylichnitia', Anderssonia, P/iiline, Bclu (j spp., >•'»>•<•»/,/,
Miuiijilia, PleurotomeUa, Admvti; 1'aradmete n. g. 3 spp., Awillarin, Glypteuthria, ! Xi/i/m
- >pp.. Xi.'oliiii-cinuiii, rfefferia n. g. 4 spp., Trap/ton 4 spp., Bittiiuii :> spp., (.V/vV///iy<)</X //.
5 spp., Eatoniella, Natica 3 spp., Scalaria, Volutajdella n. g. '2 spp., Eulinta,
Ciilliiitlonia ~> spp., I'/iiitiiiii/a. 1'i-iniiartjarHa n. .suligen., Submargarita n. suhgen., Marij
2 spji., Cyclostrema, Scisfiirella, TkilnaJ\

1908. DALL, WILLIAM HKALKY, Report on tlie Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Central Ameriea
to the Galapagos, etc., carried on by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross" during
1891, in charge of Alexander Agassiz.
Eeports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific by the U.S. Fish

Commission Steamer "Albatross," 1904-1905, in charge of Alexander Agassi/.
" Mollusca and Brachiopoda," with '2'2 plates, Hull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harranl, vol. xliii., No. 6,

pp. 205-487.
[A few Magellanic species recorded, e.;/. on p. 315, Antixfreptus ina<jellanintt, Dall= G lypleutltriu

cuntraria, Strebel.]
1908. PLATE, L., "Die Scaphopoden der Deutschen Sudpolar Expedition, 1901-3," Deutsche ^mljiulur

Expedition, Band x. (Berlin, G. Reimer).

[Cadulus Tltielci, Siphonodentalium minimum, Dentalium majorinum, var. n. <jaussianum.]
1908. PLATE, L., Expedition Antarctique Beige. Resultats du Voyage du S.Y. " Belgiea " en 1897-98-99
sous le commandement de A. de Gerlache de Goniery. Rapports Scientihques : Zoologic,
"Scaphopoden" (Anvers, Buschmann).
1908. THIELK, JOHANN, "Die antarktisclien und subantarktischen Chitonen," Deutsche Swl polar Expedi-

tion, l'JOl-3 (Berlin, G. Reimer). 1 Taf.
[Callochiton (Icop/ax) Gaussei, sp. n.]

1908. LAMY, EOOUARD, "Description d'un Lamellibranche uouveau des lies Malouines," Bull. Miif'uni,

Paris, pp. 128-129.
\Pliilobrya multistriata, sp. n.]

1909. THIELE, JOHANN, " Revision des Systems des Chitonen," Tl. 1-2, Zooloyica (Stuttgart), H. 50. 10 Taf.
[Notoplaz mageUanica, sp. n.]

1909. NIERSTRASZ, H. F., "Soleuogastres," National Antarctic Expedition, 1901-4 (London), pp. 1-13.

2 plates.

1910. ELIOT, Sir CHAKI.ES N. E., K.C.M.G., "The Nudibranehiata of the Scottish National Antarctic

Expedition," Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of the S.Y. "Scotia," pp. 11-24.
[Notxolidia, Tritonia, Tritoniojmf, spp. n.]

1910. CUOPEK, .1. E., and PRESTON, HUGH BBRTHON, "Diagnoses of New Species of Marine and Fresh-water
Shells from the Falkland Islands, including Descriptions of two New Genera of Marine
Pelecypoda," Ann. and May. Nat. Hist. (London), ser. viii., pp. 110-114. 1 plate.
[Photinula so/idula, ModioJarra gemma, M. pidurata, Cyamium iridescent, Malrinasia (n. gen.)

Arthuri, Daaisia (n. gen.) Oobbi, Psephis foivolata, spp. n. mariiise.]
1910. CHUN, CARL, "Die Cephalopoden : Oegopsida," \]/'iss. Erycun. d. D. Tiefsee Exped., Hand xviii. (Jena,

G. Fischer). 61 Tafeln.
[Teuthowenia antarctica, sp. n.]

1910. LAMY, Eu., "Mission dans 1'Antarctique dirigee par M. le Dr CHARLOT : Collections recueillies par
M. le Dr J. Liouville."

Gastropodes, etc., Bull. Museum, Parif, pp. 318-324.
Pelecypodes, id., pp. 388-394.

[Biiccinum Charcoti, Siphu Gaini, Ceritlrium Liuuoillei, Nutica (fodffroyi, Scissurella petermannensin,
Axinus Bungraini, Area (Bathyarca) Gounloni, Silicula Rouclii, spp. n.]

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 365.)

140 MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

1910. LAMY, ED., " Mollusqucs recueillis par M. Kallicr du Baty aux ilcs Korguelen," Bull. Mitwum, Paris,

p. 198.

1911. GERMAIN, Louis, in nu I!ATV, KALLIEK, "ijuinze mois aux ties Kerguelen : Mollusques terrestres,"

Ann. Intt. Oci'aii., Monaco, iii. pp. 46-47.
1911. LAMY, ED., id., "Mollusques marine.*," pp. 40-45.
1911. LAMY, ED., ''Sur quelques Mollusques de la Georgie ilu Sud, et des lies Sandwich du Sud,"

Hull. Max. Pun's, pp. 22-27.
\Natica nigromaculata, Jonbini, spp. n.]

1911. HEDLEY, CHARLES, "British Antarctic Expedition, under command of Sir E. H SHACKLETON, C.V.O.,"

vol. ii., Biology, Part i., Mollusca: — \Kellia nimrodiana, Solecardia antarcfica, Lacuna
macmurdensis, Lovenelia austrina, Verrnicularia Murraiji, Odostomiopsis major, Trophon
Shackletoni, spp. n.]

1912. PRESTON, H. 1!., "Characters of Six new Pelecypods and Two new Gastropods from the Falkland

Islands," Ann. ami Mai/. Nat. Hist., Ser. viii., vol. ix. p. 636, 1 plate, June 1912.
[Lxvilitorina Bmnetti, latior, Nucula falklandica, Cyamium Bennetti, exasperatum, piacium, Darixia

Bennetli, concentrica, spp. n.]

1912. HOYLE, W. E., "Cephalopoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition," Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin.,
vol. xlviii., Part ii., pp. 273-283.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

1. Scissnrella, eucharista.

2. ,, timora.

3. Cyc/ostrema calypso.

4. „ coatsianum.

5. „ gaudens.

6. ,, meridionals.

7. Trichotrupis antarctica.

8. Lacuna abyssicola.

9. Rissoa (Onoba) filostria.

10. ,, ,, paucilirata.

11. Bittium brucei.

12. „ burdwoodianuin.

13. Cerithiopsis maenmra.

14. Twritella ali/ida.

15. Mathilda r/tiijomaches.

1 6. Turbonilla xenophyes.

17. Savatieria concinna.

1 8. Yoldia profimdormn.

19. Oarditella pallida, Sin., var. \1-costata nov.

20. Retusa antarctica.

21. Mitra ( Volutomitra) porcellana.

22. Cyc/ostrema meridional? (cum operculo).

23. Cardita congelascens.

24. Chxtopleura brucei, Iredale.

(HOY. soc. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 366.)

Scot. Nat. Ant . Exp .

MELVILL &i STANDEN:" SCOTIA' MARINE MOLLUSCA.

Vol.VI.

2O.

Searle del. et litK

21

22.

PART VI.
BRACHIOPODA,

VL-THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY J. WILFRID JACKSON, F.G.S.,

Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum.

(WITH TWO PLATE*.)

The Brachiopoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition (1902 to 1904).
By J. Wilfrid Jackson, F.G.S., Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum. Com-
municated by Dr W. S. BRUCE. (With Two Plates.)

(MS. received May 6, 1912. Read June 17, 1912. Issued separately August 28, 1912.)

The Brachiopoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition of the S.Y. Scotia
(1902-1904), though in some cases somewhat scanty in number of individuals, are of
particular interest, mainly on account of increasing very materially our knowledge in
regard to the geographical range of certain forms, as well as of adding other species to
those already known from the Antarctic coast-line.

Representatives of this class were dredged at three stations, viz. : Station 325
(Scotia Bay, South Orkneys), 9-10 fathoms ; Station 346 (Burdwood Bank, south of the
Falkland Islands), 56 fathoms; and Station 417 (off Coats Land, Antarctica), 1410
fathoms.

The Scotia Bay dredgings resulted only in the acquisition of one species, which,
though possessing certain characteristics of Liothyrina uva, differs in many other
respects from that widely distributed form, and may possibly be ultimately regarded
as a distinct species. As sufficient material for a complete study is not available, the
specimens are referred, in this report, to a new variety of L. uva, viz. notorcademis.

At Burdwood Bank were obtained some interesting forms of Terebratella dorsata
and Liothyrina uva, both being well-known Magellanic species, as well as some young
forms which may possibly represent a new species of Terebratella.

At this station some interesting examples of a new Cephalodiscus were also
dredged, which have provided welcome material in the form of very young stages
of Liothyrina uva, as well as of others referable to Terebratella dorsata and
Magellania venosa.

The dredging at Station 417 yielded four forms, all of them being of extreme
interest, coming as they do from so southerly a latitude, and from the neighbourhood
of the newly discovered Coats Land.

The species met with here comprise an interesting form of Macandrevia (M.
diamantina), hitherto only recorded from the Gulf of Panama and Northern Peru ;
Pelagodiscus atlanticns, a typical abyssal form and a species of almost cosmopolitan
distribution; Liotht/rin'i Uochmanni, n. sp. ; and some fragmentary remains of an
undoubtedly new Rhynchonelloid, unfortunately too imperfect for accurate specific
description. These, being deep-water forms, are all thin-shelled animals, and do not
attain a very large size.

It is particularly fortunate that amongst the specimens of Macandrevia <h«-

(REPRINTED FROM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH, VOL. XLVIII., PP. 367-390.)

146 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

are examples which have afforded the much-desired opportunity for studying
the developmental stages of the loop.

With regard to Pelagodiscits atlanticus, although of almost world-wide distribution,
its probable existence in Antarctic waters has only recently been demonstrated by
EICHLER (1911),* who, with some hesitation, refers to this species two larval forms of
a Discinisca obtained in March 1903 by the "Gauss" Expedition, at a depth of
about 1640 fathoms in the neighbourhood of their winter station, Kaiser
Wilhelmland II.

Although it is, to some extent, a matter for regret that this report is so late in
its publication, owing to the material having only recently come into my hands for
study, the long delay has not been without its compensations, as I have been able
to derive some benefit from, and make comparisons with, collections made by other
Antarctic expeditions whose reports are already published.

Before proceeding with the detailed description of the species I must here express
my great indebtedness to the numerous friends who have assisted in one way or
another during the preparation of this report.

To Dr F. BLOCHMANN, of Tubingen University, I am especially indebted for his
very material help in the discrimination of critical forms, and for his kind interest and
valuable assistance. To Dr W. H. DALL I am also grateful for his great kindness and
confidence in submitting to me a type specimen of his Macandrevia diamantina for
comparison with the Macandrevia obtained in 1410 fathoms off Coats Land. Amongst
the various friends who have assisted in sorting out the smaller Brachiopoda from the
Burdwood Bank material, I wish to particularly mention my colleague Mr R. STANDEN,
the Rev. L. J. SHACKLEFORD, and Messrs B. R. LUCAS, F.G.S., and F. G. PEARCEY.
And in conclusion I must tender my sincere thanks to Dr W. S. BRUCE, F.R.S.E., for
entrusting his Brachiopod collections to me, and for placing maps and much general
information at my disposal.

List of species contained in the Scotia collections :—

Class BRACHIOPODA.

Pclagodiscus atlanticus (King), off Coats Land, 1410 fathoms.
I Icniitln/ris, n. sp., off Coats Land, 1410 fathoms.
LiotJi.yrina uva (Brod.), Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms.

,, var. notorcadensis, nov., Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, 9-10 fathoms.

L. blochmanm, n. sp., off Coats Land, 1410 fathoms.
Macandrevia diamantina, Dall., off Coats Land, 1410 fathoms.
Terebratella dorsata (Gm.), Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms.

„ n. sp.?, Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms.

Magdlania venosa (Sol.), Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms.

* See bibliography at end of report.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVI1I., 368.)

THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 147

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

The literature in the main is restricted to the more important papers. Further
synonymy will be found in DAVIDSON'S Recent Brachiopoda (1886-1888); FISCHER
and OEHLERT (1892) ; and BLOCHMANN (1912).

Pelagodiscus atlanticus (King).

Jiisrinii afhitttii-a, King, 1868, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Dublin, vol. v. pp. 170-173.

., 1880, Davidson, " Cliallnujfi- " lie/vrf, pp. 6.' and 65, pi. iv. Jigs. 17-18.

Discinixra atlantim (King), 1888, Davidson, Mini. Recent Brm-li., pi. iii. p. 200, pi. xxvi. figs. 18-22.
,, ,, „ 1891, Fischer and Oehlert, Exped. Knmt. ilu " 2'raoailleur " et du

"Talisman," Brachiopodes, p. 120.

„ ,, ,, Section Pelayoducus, 1908, Dull, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xliii. p. 440.

Disi-inisca , 1911, Eichler, Deutuchen S.-P. Kxped., xii., Zool., iv. p. 87, pi. xliv. lig. 22.

Hob.— Station 4 1 7 ; lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W. (off Coats Land, Antarctica).
Depth, 1410 fathoms. March 18, 1904. Sea bottom, blue mud and stones.
Temperature 29°'9 F.

06s.— Four upper valves of this interesting species were trawled at this station.
The largest specimen measures 675 by 6 mm.; the others, 5 by 5, 475 by 4, and 3'5
by 3 "5 mm. respectively.

All are in a good state of preservation. The shell is thin, semi-transparent,
yellowish-brown in colour, and marked by numerous close-set concentric growth
lines. The protegulum in each example is well defined, and situated somewhat
posteriorly.

Pelagodiscus (formerly Disciniscci) atlanticus is a typical cold-water species with
a bathymetric range from 200 to 2425 fathoms. Its geographic range is almost world-
wide, as it is known from the North and Mid-Atlantic Ocean, the Pacific, and off
Australia. Some seven or eight different localities were established for it by the
Challenger Expedition.

Off Valparaiso it was obtained by this Expedition in 2160 fathoms, on a mud
bottom ; temperature 34° F.

It has also been taken south-west of the Galapagos Islands, in 2035 fathoms ;
temperature 35°'3 F. (Albatross).

As mentioned in the prefatory remarks, its probable existence in Antarctic waters
has recently been alluded to by EICHLER (1911), who describes two larval forms of a
Discinoid from a depth of about 1640 fathoms, Kaiser Wilhelmland II. These appear
to have strong ath'nities with /'. ni/Kiiticus, and in all probability are referable to this
widely dispersed form.

The present discovery of the species well within the Antarctic Circle is highly
interesting, as it increases the known range to a considerable extent geographically,
though not bathymetrically.

(ROY. 80C. EDIN. TKANB., VOL. XLVIII., 3(59.)

148 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

The very wide range of this species is, in all probability, due to larval trans-
portation, as the larvae are known to live in a free and floating condition for nearly
a month, and have been taken in a drag-net not far from land (SCHUCHERT, 1911).

Hemithyris sp. (PI. II. fig. 14.)

Hob.— Station 417 ; lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W. (off Coats Land, Antarctica).
Depth, 1410 fathoms. March 18, 1904. Sea bottom, blue mud and stones. Tem-
perature 29° "9 F.

Obs. — Some fragmentary remains of a probable new Rhynchonelloid were met with
at the above station. These consist of hinge portions only of one ventral and two
dorsal valves, but are, unfortunately, too small and imperfect for accurate specific
description.

The material at my disposal appears to belong to a small trigonal form possessing
a thin, translucent test. The colour is a yellowish-brown, and the outer surface smooth
with very faint growth lines.

The ventral valve possesses dental plates, as in the type species Hemithyris
psittacea, and from the evidence of the fragment the beak appears to be somewhat
produced, and to possess a moderately large foramen.

The dorsal valve exhibits a short, feeble, median septum separating well-marked
muscular impressions. There is no cardinal process. Hinge plate divided and
consisting of two short, flattened, curved lamellas, which are widely divergent.

Shell-mosaic similar in character to but larger in size than that of R. cornea figured
by BLOCHMANN (1908 ; pi. xxxvii. fig. 16).

Fig. 14 (PI. II.) in the present report is taken from a fairly well-preserved
fragment.

The above description, of course, applies only to the posterior portion ; the anterior
end of the shell is quite unknown, hence one cannot say if the species is plicated
or not.

Two new species of Rhynchonella (R. racovitzse and R. c/erlachei), and several
indefinite forms too imperfect for identification, have been described from the Western
Antarctic by JOUBIN (1901), but these all come from a less depth than the Coats Land
form. This latter may, however, be intimately related with one or other of these
forms, but owing to the paucity of material in both cases a decision on this point is for
the present out of the question.

It is most unfortunate that the fragments of the Coats Lund example are so small
and indefinite, as this prevents a comparison being made, not only with the above-
mentioned recent forms, but also with the fossil examples of Hemithyris recently
described by BUCKMAN (1910) from Antarctica (Swedish Expedition), especially
H. antarctica, Buck., from the Pleistocene beds of Cockburn Island, off Graham Land,
to which species the Coats Land form presents some points of resemblance.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 370.)

THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 149

There is also the possibility of relationship with two other fossil species, viz.
/fi'iiu'/liijris i>Ufitj<'i-a (.Ihi'.ring) and //. <tnstr<(/ix, Buckman, from the Miocene-Oligocene
beds of the same island.

Liothyrina uva (Broderip). (PL I. fig. 9.)

Terebratulu um, Uroderip, 1833, Pnn-. Zoo!. Soc. London, pt. i., p. 124.

,, „ 1835, Truns. Zuol. Soc. London, vol. i. p. 142, pi. xxiii. fig. 2.

,, „ 1880, Davidson, " L'hal.letigur " Report, p. 31, pi. ii. figs. 4-4«(tigs. 3-36

are Liothyrina fulva, Bl.).

l.iot/ii/ris uva (Brod.), 1886, Davidson, Man. Recent Bnn-h., pi. ii. figs. 5-7.
Terelratula (Lintlnjrin.it) moseleiji, Dav., 1892, Fischer and Oehlert, Bull. Soc. d'hitt. nut Aittun,

vol. v. p. 264, pi. viii. figs. 9-23.
Liothi/i-iita uca (Brod.), 1906, Blocliniann, Zool. Anzeiger, vol. xxx. p. 698.

„ ,, 1907, Oehlert, Bull. Mus. d'hist. nat. Paris (1906), vol. xii. p. 555, text-figs.

,, „ 190S, Oi-hlert, Kj'pe.ditiim imtarctique Frani-aise, 1903-1905, Sciences nat.

Brachiopodes, pi. i. and text-figs.
„ „ 1908, Blochinann, Zeitschr.f. <i'i*x. Zuol., Bd. xc. p. 615.

1908, Dull, Hull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., vol. xliii. p. 443.

1909, Hall, I' roc. U.S. Xat. Mus, vol. xxxvii. p. 279.

„ ,, 1911, Eichler, Deutsche S.-P. Expedition (Brachiopoden), Bd. xii. (Zoologie

iv.), Berlin, p. 338.

„ 1912, Blochmann, Die Brack. </er Schwed. S.-P. Expedition, Bd. vi.
(Zoologie ii.), No. 7, Stockholm, p. I, pi. i. figs. 1-13 ; pi. ii. figs.
16-18; pi. iii. figs. 20-28.

Hrib.— Station 346 ; lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W. (Burdwood Bank), 56 fathoms.
December 1, 1903. Sea bottom, Bryozoa. Temperature 41°'8 F.

Obs. — Several dead examples of a small species of Liothyrina were trawled at the
above station at 56 fathoms.

The largest example (PI. I. fig. 9) measures: length, 15 '5 mm.; breadth,
1 3 mm. , and agrees very closely with the specimen figured by FISCHER and OEHLERT
(<>!>. cit., pi. viii. tig. 23) under the name of Terebratula (Liothyrina) moseleyi, Dav.
The two vascular sinuses show very clearly in the interior of the ventral valve, as in
their figured example. The dorsal valve of this specimen is also interesting as showing
a very distinct trace of a median septum, as well as a strongly developed hinge apo-
physis, which occupies a considerable portion of the posterior end of the valve.

Other noteworthy features are the remarkable thickness of both valves, and the
abundance of coarse growth lines, which would lead one to infer that the shell had
attained an adult, or even a gerontic, condition.

Most of the other examples, though smaller in size, also show a considerable
thickness in their shells, which renders the test quite opaque.

All are similar in form, being somewhat pyriform, and attaining their maximum
diameter a little anterior to the middle of the valves.

The colour of the specimens is milk-white.

The examples of Liothyrina obtained from the colony of a new Cephalodiscus,

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVHI., 371.)

150 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

dredged at this station, range in size from 1 mm. to 7 mm., and furnish ample material
for a study of the gradual development of the shell and brachial support,

Though the development of the latter organ is well known in the genus Liothyrina,
through the careful studies by DESLONGCHAMPS (1884) of young forms of L. vitrea, it
may be of interest to give here a detailed description of the various stages in ths develop
ment of this appendage, based upon a study of the young examples in my possession.

In the smallest example (L., 1 mm.) the brachial support has only just commenced
to make its appearance, and is represented by two small sharp points * descending
from the rudimentary crural bases, which consist of two short raised diverging bosses
bordering the dental .sockets. The apical portion of the ventral valve of this specimen
shows a somewhat triangular peduncular opening, which is slightly notched on each
side. No deltidial plates are apparent, but the teeth are fairly well-developed. The
shell-mosaic of both valves is quite clear, but irregular in its development. The shell-
perforations are large and well rounded, and show on an average 256 punctse per square
millimetre.

The shell at this stage is very linguloid in appearance, and recalls to mind the early
stage of Terebratulina septentrionalis figured by MORSE (Mem. JBost. Sor.. Nat. Hist.,
vol. v., 1902, pi. li. fig. 16).

At 1 -5 mm. in length the shell has assumed a more pear-shaped outline ; the
descending branches of the loop have increased slightly in length and diverge strongly
from each other. The peduncular opening is more normal in shape, and traces of
deltidial plates are slightly visible.

At 175 mm. the deltidial plates are still further developed and the descending
branches of the loop exhibit slight traces, near their bases, of the crural points.

At 2 '5 mm. the branches of the loop are curved slightly backwards and inwards
towards the bottom of the valve ; they are here more ribbon-like in form than in
previous stages. The deltidial plates show increased development ; the shell-mosaic is
very irregular and wavy or flow-like in arrangement.

At 3 and 3'5 mm. the crural points exhibit greater development and the loop
branches show a stronger convergence towards each other.

At 4 mm. the converging branches are almost in contact at their extremities, but
no angle, as yet, is present on their surface.

At 5 mm. the deltidial plates are larger and seen to be highly punctate, and the
cardinal process of the dorsal valve has appeared. The loop is still unjoined, and there
is no sign of angulation. In the umbonal cavity of both valves a thin dark line is
apparent (visible through the shell) which probably represents the median septum.
The mosaic of the muscular impressions in the dorsal valve is clear and scale-like, but in
remainder of the shell is very irregular. The punctee in this specimen range from 224
to 280 per square millimetre.

At 6'5 mm. the characteristic angulation, at the junction of the descending branches

* Visible only uirler a high-power microscopic objective.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 372.)

THE BRACHTOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 151

with the transverse band, has appeared, but the loop is still unconnected. The cardinal
process is well developed and very rugose. The deltidial plates are joined at their
posterior extremities, thus defining the peduncular opening, which is round. At this
stasje the shell has increased considerably in thickness, being quite opaque in the older
portions. Its shape is essentially the same as in the adult examples.

Some difference of opinion appears to exist amongst scientific observers as to the
specific identification of this southern form.

FISCHER and OKHLERT (189:5), in their report on the brachiopods of Cape Horn,
figure a number of specimens under the name of Liothyrina moseleyi, Dav., a species
originally met with at Kerguelen by the Challenger Expedition. BLOCHMANN (1906),
however, having received one of FISCHER and OEHLERT'S specimens from the Paris
Museum, refers the Cape Horn shells to L. uva, an identification upon which DALL
(1908) throws some doubt, basing his argument chiefly upon differences in temperature.
He points out that the type specimen of L. ura, from the Gulf of Tehuantepec, came
from water of a high temperature, probably about 05° F., whereas the examples from
Cape Horn came from much colder water, viz. between 42° '8-44° '4 F.

BLOCHMANN, in his later paper (1912), satisfactorily dismisses this argument by
calling attention to the range of temperature in other well-known species of brachiopods.

In this excellent memoir BLOCHMANN also clearly proves, from a careful examination
of original examples from Kerguelen and from the Magellanic region, that FISCHER and
OEHLERT'S specimens cannot be referred to L. moseleyi on account of important
differences in the brachial support and in the composition and arrangement of the
spiculie. He considers their specimens to be undoubtedly referable to L. uva, to which
species he also unhesitatingly refers the Burdwood Bank examples obtained by the
Scotia and Swedish South-Polar Expeditions.

The geographical distribution of L. uva has recently been worked out by the same
authority (BLOCHMANN, 1908 and 1912) with the greatest care.

The original example, upon which BRODERIP founded the species, was obtained in the
Gulf of Tehuantepec attached to a dead valve of Meleagrina margaritifera, at a depth
of 10-12 fathoms.

The type specimen formerly in the Cuming collection is now in the British Museum.
This specimen is somewhat abnormally developed, as will be seen by DAVIDSON'S figure
(Recent Bracli., pi. ii. figs. 5-5l>). In the same work (pi. ii. figs. 6-66) DAVIDSON
also figures another more normal example from the same place.

In his report on the Brachiopoda of the Challenger Expedition, DAVIDSON refers

to further discoveries of this species as follows : — One dead example ('' C'/m/l." I'cj>t.,

pi. ii. figs. 3-36) trawled in 1 20 fathoms off Twofold Hay, South-East Australia, A

second example (" CluiU." L'<'j>t., pi. ii. figs. 4-4«), obtained off Buenos Ayres, at a depth

of <;oii fathoms ; bottom temperature, 2°7 C. A third specimen, or rather two fragments

of a dead shell, dredged off Heard Island, near Kerguelen,* in 150 fathoms; bottom

* Not Heard Island, east of Magellan Straits, as given by OEHLERT (1907, 1908).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 373.)

152 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

temperature 1° '8 C. DAVIDSON further states that "in the British Museum there
are likewise some white specimens stated to have been dredged near the Falkland
Islands."

With regard to the Twofold Bay example, BLOCHMANN (1906, 1908), from a study
of the original specimen, states that it is clearly distinct from L. uva, ard on the
grounds of differences in the brachial support and the number of pores in the shells
of both forms, considers it an entirely new species, to which he has given the name
of L. fulva.

Regarding the Buenos Ayres example, I am of the opinion that this also is a different
species from L. uva. According to DAVIDSON'S figure (" Chall." Rcpt., pi. ii. fig. 4)
it differs widely in outline from that of the type specimen and the additional example
figured by him from the Gulf of Tehuantepec (R. B., pi. ii. figs. 5-6). The beak is less
produced and less compressed laterally, and the foramen is smaller. Moreover, the
depth (600 fathoms) from which the specimen came is greater than that at which
L. uva is known with certainty to live.

In the above respects the Buenos Ayres example also differs from any of the
specimens illustrated by FISCHER and OEHLERT (1892) and BLOCHMANN (1912) from the
Magellanic region, in which the outline of the shell is more pyriform.

OEHLERT (1907 and 1908), in his report on the Brachiopoda of the French
Antarctic Expedition, figures and describes under the name of L. uva some extra-
ordinarily large examples obtained presumably from the West Antarctic. For some
unexplained reason, no particulars are given in either of these papers as to the exact
place of discovery or the depth from which the specimens came.

The largest example measures : length, 45 ; breadth. 30 ; thickness, 25 mm.

The species is further recorded for the coast of Guatemala, South Peru, and
Galapagos by DALL (1909), but no further particulars are given.

Recently BLOCHMANN (1912) has described and figured some interesting forms from
a depth of 122 fathoms at South Georgia (Swedish Expedition), which up to the present
appears to be the limit of its eastern range.

It would appear, therefore, that the species is widely distributed from Tehuantepec
to Cape Horn, Falkland Islands, South Georgia, West Antarctic, and has crept north
along the eastern coast of South America as far as Buenos Ayres, if the identification of
this example is correct.

In addition to the Twofold Bay record referred to above, the species has been further
recorded from Australian waters.

HEDLEY (Mem. Aust. Mus., iv., 1902, p. 289) cites it from Coogee (49-50 fathoms)
and Botany Bay (79-80 fathoms), both in the neighbourhood of Sydney.

BLOCHMANN (1912), however, from a study of one of MEDLEY'S specimens, has been
able to satisfactorily demonstrate that the reference in question is due to an error in
identification, the specimen being referable to Terebratulina cancellata, Koch.

It is possible also that the later record by HEDLEY (Records Aust. Mus., vi., 1905,

(ROT. aoc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIIL, 374.)

Length.

Breadth.

Thickness.

39

28-5

25 mm.

29

22

18 „

21-5

16

11 „

•2-75

2-5

THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 153

p. 43)* of specimens of L. urn from 1 11 fathoms, East Cape Byron, Australia, may be
founded on a similar error in determination.

Liothyrina xva (Brod.),var. notorcadensis, nov.t (PI. I. figs 1-3.)

Hal>.— Station 325 ; lat. 60° 43' 42" S., long. 44° 38' 33" W. (Scotia Bay, South
Orkneys). 6 fathoms. February 1, 1904. Sea bottom, sand. Temperature 32°'5 F.

06s. — At this station some remarkably large oval forms of a Liothyrina were
obtained in very shallow water. These, for reasons given below, and in order to call
greater attention to them, I have ventured to describe under the above heading.

Four specimens in all were obtained here, two large, one of medium size, and one
very young.

The measurements of these examples are as follows :—

No. 1 (dead) .

„ 2 (live) .

„ 3 (dead) .

„ 4 (dead) .

Examples Nos. 1, 2, and 3 are all very thick-shelled ; No. 4, being a juvenile, is
almost transparent.

Example No. 2, which was attached by means of its peduncle to the larger specimen
(No. 1), is almost covered on its exterior with small coiled Serpulfe and Polyzoa. The
marginal portion exhibits curious radiating descending grooves.

The largest specimen is very similar in general appearance to those obtained by
the French Antarctic Expedition, figured by OEHLERT (op. cit., pi. i.). The shell is
remarkably robust, and, judging from the crowding together of the growth-lines at the
margins, it is evidently a very old (gerontic) individual (PI. I. fig. 1 ).

The interior of the dorsal valve exhibits a very distinct median septum extending
a third the length of the valve, as well as strongly marked muscular impressions.
The brachial support is, unfortunately, somewhat broken (see PI. I. fig. 3), but sufficient
remains for comparisons to be made with other forms.

Outwardly this example presents the appearance of having been bored by an agency
similar to Cliona or one of the perforating Polyzoa, as the surface of the shell is covered
with branching vermiform groovings, some of which penetrate to the interior.

The living example (No. 2), which was attached to the above, has provided material
for the study of the general characters of the spiculfe, etc., and 1 am much indebted
to Dr F. BLOCHMANN, to whom I submitted this and other examples, for his kindness
in comparing these with the specimens obtained by the Swedish Expedition at South
Georgia.

* Not referred to by BLOCHMANN (1912).
t From the locality.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., :(7"> )

154 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

1 have also to thank him for very generously sending me several preparations made
from this specimen.

Dr BLOCHMANN considers the specimens from South Georgia and from South
Orkneys to be referable to L. uva, but points out certain peculiarities whereby they
ditter from typical examples from Burdwood Bank and elsewhere.

From the microscope preparations it is seen that the spicuke are somewhat weaker
in their development than is usual ; the spicules penetrating into the bases of the
cirri, too, are in most places not ordinarily developed.

In the visceral membrane (dorsal and ventral) and in the spiral arms the spiculse
are completely absent. They are also somewhat less developed than usual in the side
arms, being confined to the anterior portion of the ventral side.

The Scotia Bay examples, therefore, present a considerable difference in the form of
the spiculse when compared with the characters exhibited by the examples of L. uva
figured by BLOCHMANN (1912, pi. ii. tigs. 16-18).

In these latter, which come from the Falkland Islands, Magellan Straits, and Cape
Horn, the spiculse are normally developed in the visceral membrane, but in other
particulars they conduct themselves as in the above-mentioned examples.

Unfortunately my specimens arrived too late for Dr BLOCHMANN to study them
before the publication of his recent report on the examples from South Georgia
(Swedish Expedition). He has since, however, made a careful comparison of the forms
from both localities, and reports that, as in the Scotia Bay examples, the spicules are
also absent from the visceral membrane in those from South Georgia. Consequently,
his remark that "the spiculse exhibit no differences" (1912, p. 3), now requires
modification.

It would appear from this fact that we are possibly dealing here with an interesting
geographic variant, if not with an entirely new species. The study of a larger number
of examples, however, would be necessary before one could arrive at a definite conclusion
as to whether the absence of spiculaa from the visceral membrane is a constant character
or not. Hence it remains purely a matter of opinion whether this eastern form is to
be regarded as a variety or as a distinct species.

The brachial support presents the characteristics of L. uva (see fig. 3, and BLOCH-
MANN, 1912, pi. i. fig. 12); the outer appearance, too, agrees fairly well with this
species, with the exception that the specimens are larger than usual and the character-
istic fine radiating striae of L. uva are scarcely perceptible.

The difference in size in the Scotia Bay examples might, of course, be due to the
very shallow deptli (6 fathoms) from which these specimens came. The same
argument does not apply, however, to the South Georgia examples, which were
obtained in about 122 fathoms.

Owing to the unfortunate omission of particulars relating to depth, etc., in
UKHLERT'S reports (1907 and 1908) on the specimens obtained by the French
Antarctic Expedition, whose area of research was off the western Antarctic continent,

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 376.)

THE BllACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC KXPKD1T1ON. 155

south-west of the South Shetland*, the possibility of the large size being influenced by
shallowness in depth cannot be determined.

.The specimens obtained by this Expedition are very oval in shape, like the. Scotia
Bay examples, and, as in the hitter, they also possess a curious labiate prolongation of
the foramen over the dorsal umbo (see fig. 1, and UEHLERT, 1908, pi. i.), which dues
not appear to be present in the South Georgia examples or in normal specimens of
/,. uva from Burdwood Bank and neighbouring stations.

The shells, too, possess a greater vertical diameter owing to the rotundity of their
valves, and the angular appearance of the lateral margins, present in L. ura, is absent
(compare BLOCHMANN, 1912, pi. i.).

To the above-mentioned differences must also be added an important variation in
the composition of the shell-mosaic and the perforations of the test, based upon a study
of the Scotia Bay examples.

Here the number of pores per square millimetre in specimens Nos. 2 and ."> is 96
to 128. These examples are, unfortunately, too opaque for a detailed study of the
mosaic.

An examination of different portions of both valves of the young example No. 4,
shows a range from 88 to 128 pores per square millimetre. The shell-mosaic, is here
clearly visible and consists almost throughout of a well-developed imbricating structure,
with scarcely any trace of the irregular character exhibited in young examples of
L. urn (2'75 and 5 mm. in length) from the Burdwood Bank material. The number
of pores in the latter specimens ranges from 200 to 256 per square millimetre.

It may be of some interest here to call attention to a number of fossil forms of
Terebratulidre which have recently been described from the immediate neighbourhood
of Graham Land, to the south-west of the South Orkneys.

In the report on the Antarctic fossil Brachiopoda collected by the Swedish South
Polar Expedition, BUCKMAN (1910) describes, under the generic name of Terebratula,
several very interesting forms, which appear to me to have some bearing on the recent
species now inhabiting the neighbouring seas.

Amongst the coarsely punctate series three forms are described, two of which are
referred to previously described fossil species; the other, owing to its fragmentary
character, is not specifically determined.

One of these forms is referred by BUCKMAN to Terebratula bulbosa, Tate (a species
met with in Australian Tertiary strata), with certain slight modifications in the
description to suit the Antarctic specimens.

Without a comparative study of the Australian and Antarctic forms it is impossible
to say if this identification is correct or not, but it appears to me possible that the two
forms are in no way related to each other.

BUCKMAN'S figure* (pi. iii. fig. 7), which is a restoration, and his revised
description present, in my opinion, striking resemblances, so far as external appear-

* Tlie Initiation of the fomnirii li:i« IK.-CII overlooked by tlit: ttrlist.
(HOY. SOC. EDIN. MANS. VOL. XLV1II., 377.)

156 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

ances are concerned, with the recent examples described above from South Orkneys.
The shell-puiictee and internal characters (the latter unfortunately unknown so far in
the fossil form), may, however, prove them to be quite distinct.

The fossil examples were, obtained at Cockburn Island, off Graham Land, in strata
referred by BUCKMAN to Miocene-Oligocene age.

Liothyrina blochmanni, n. sp. (PL I. figs. 4-8.)

Shell somewhat pear-shaped, longer than wide, reaching its greatest diameter
towards the anterior margin. Sides of beak elongate, subrectilinear ; lateral margins
convex, merging insensibly into the frontal border, which is rounded. Line of joining
of valves somewhat flexuous. Valves swollen, without plication or sinus ; the ventral
slightly deeper than the dorsal.

Surface smooth, with numerous very fine growth lines and traces of extremely fine
radiating striae which appear to arise from the radial arrangement of the punctse.*

Test very thin, glassy, and almost transparent ; visibly punctate. Colour whitish.

Shell -mosaic very clear and distinct ; regularly developed. Pores per square milli-
metre =60 to 80.

Ventral valve with a short beak, incurved, truncated by a moderately large, circular,
collared foramen, bounded below by two joined deltidial plates. Sides of the beak
well rounded. In the interior, teeth small and placed in immediate contact with the
basal angles of the deltidial plates. No dental plates. Umbonal cavity very deep.
Internal surface completely smooth. Muscular impressions very weak.

Dorsal valve very convex, with a linguloid nucleus. Interior smooth. Slight
median septum extending from adductor muscular impressions almost to the apex of
umbonal cavity, its total length being about a quarter the length of the valve.
Muscular impressions clear but not deeply marked. Cardinal process small but quite
distinct ; flattened and transverse. Cardinal apophysis weak, composed of two
divergent and flattened triangular plates, the external borders of which limit the
dental sockets ; the inner borders form the base of the crura. The brachial apparatus
commences with short crura, which bear wide, triangular crural processes with their
points directed somewhat ventrally. The descending limbs are remarkably parallel.t
The transverse band is short but fairly broad, and is slightly indented in the middle
portion ; point of junction with descending branches well rounded.

Dim. — Size of the largest example (type) : length, 23 mm. ; breadth, 19 mm. ; thick-
ness, 12 '5 mm.

Hob.— Station 417 ; lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W. (off Coats Land). Depth, 1410
fathoms. March 18, 1904. Sea bottom, blue mud and stones. Temperature 29°'9 F.

Obs. — Two almost perfect examples, together with a single dorsal valve and the
hinge portion of another, were brought up by the trawl at this station.

* This radiating striation can only be seen in a good light and when the shell is held at a certain angle,
t Recalling DAVIDSON'S figure of L. sjihenoidea in Recent Brachiopoda, pi. ii. fig. 18.

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 378.)

TIIK BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 157

The well-preserved examples fortunately possessed the dried-up remains of the
liiaclii.-e and other parts of the animal, by means of which a study of the spiculse has

been made possilile.

These lalter bodies are entirely absent in the cirri as well as in the visceral
membrane. In the arms the spiculac are very feebly developed and restricted to the
hinder portion of the dorsal side.

This species has some resemblance externally to some forms of the Magellanic
Liothyrime referred to L. ura, but differs entirely from these in the extreme
thinness of the adult shell, the smaller number of pores per square millimetre, and
the difference in the form of the brachial support and the spiculse of the arms.

Owing to the many differences existing between this form and other known
Liothyrinte, I venture to describe it as an entirely new species, to which 1 have very
great pleasure in attaching the name of Professor F. BLOCHMANN, of Tubingen, to whom
all students of recent Brachiopoda are so much indebted.

Macandrevia diamantina, Dall. (PI. II. figs. 15-19.)

Ball, 1895, Proc. U.3. Nat. Mus., vol. xvii. \>. 723, pi. xxx. fig. 5 ; pi. xxxii. tigs. 3 and 6.
190S, Hull. Mux. Oomp. Zonl. flare. Coll., vol. xliii. p. 443.

Hah.— Station 417; lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W. (off Coats Land), 1410
fathoms. March 18, 1904. Sea bottom, blue mud and stones. Temperature 29°'9 F.

Obs. — A fair number of living adult examples of this interesting species were
brought up in the trawl at the above station. Along with these were a few dead
examples, badly broken, and a quantity of small fragments which would point to the
fact that a large number of specimens had been broken up by the numerous pebbles
in the trawl net.

All the living examples were closely attached by their peduncles to pebbles of
granitoid and other rocks, the pebbles varying in size from that of a hazel-nut to that
of a walnut (see PL II. fig. 15). Some of the pebbles, especially the smaller ones, are
worn almost round, while others are somewhat angular. However large the size of
the pebbles, only one example of this species was observed on each. In several
instances tubes of Serpuhe are present on both valves.

The specimens are very uniform in size and show no appreciable variation in shape.

Sizes of some of the specimens : —

Length.
18-5

Breadth.
16

Depth.
9'5 mm.

19

17

8-5

19-5

16

9-5

20

17-5

20-5

15-5

10

I am quite unable to separate the Antarctic form from DALL'S species, as it agrees
word for word with his description (op. cit. , p. 723).

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 379.)

158 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

DALL however, gives no particulars of the shell- mosaic and the number of pores per
square millimetre. Through his generosity in lending me the pedicle valve of his type
specimen I have been enabled to study these points and make comparisons with the
Antarctic form.

DALL'S type shows 104 to 1 12 punctse per square millimetre. In the " Coats Land "
adult examples these range from 92 to 1 10, with an average of 99.

Other known species: M. cranium, Mull., = 188 to 272 (adults 192 to 216); M.
<-<n,liii(feni, Bloch.,= 120-1 32.

The shell-mosaic in both forms is practically identical, and consists of the usual
overlapping scale-like structure.

Several of the specimens exhibit very clearly the vascular sinuses in the pallium.

In the dorsal valve there are two ; these curve round the adductor muscular
impressions and then diverge widely from each other, ceasing some little distance from
the lateral margins of the valve. In the specimen examined these sinuses do not appear
to bear any ramifications.

In the ventral valve there are four sinuses ; the two median ones almost straight,
slightly diverging near their anterior extremities, somewhat broad posteriorly and
narrowing gradually towards the anterior, where they end abruptly without ramifica-
tions. These terminate some little distance from the anterior margin of the valve.
The two lateral sinuses are slightly arched and send off four or five ramifications on
their exterior sides, two or three of which again subdivide near the extreme lateral edge
of the valve. These two sinuses are connected with the two median ones at a point about
a quarter the length of the valve, whence they diverge.

Compared with the pallial sinuses of Terebratella dorsata, those of the ventral
valve of M. diamantina present a striking resemblance to the illustrations given by
FISCHER and OEHLERT (1892), more especially fig. 28 of plate x. They are quite
distinct from those of Magellania venosa depicted by these authors (loc. cit., pi. xii.
figs. 5 and 15).

(Note. — The dorsal and ventral valves referred to above are not of the same
individual.)

As previously mentioned, the examples brought up by the trawl at this station
were in an adult condition ; they all exhibit the final development of the braehial
support, which is figured for the first time hi this. report (PL 11. fig. 16).

In some samples, however, of deposit (No. 38) brought up later from the same
depth and station, I was pleased to find two examples of this species which exhibit
interesting stages in the development of this organ.

The smallest specimen measures (dorsal valve) : length, 4 mm.; breadth, 4 mm.,
and shows the loop in its platidiform stage (PI. II. fig. 17). It here consists of two
descending branches, which converge towards the centre of the valve, where they
become attached to a laterally compressed tube-like septal pillar possessing a few spinous
processes on its anterior edge. This stage agrees almost exactly with the figure of the

(KOY. BOO. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 380.)

THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 159

same stages depicted by FBIELK in the ontogeny of the type species, M.

(FuiELE, 1877, pi. i. figs. 2-2/>), the only point of difference being in the possession of

;i. less number of spinules on the septa 1 pillar.

The number of pores per square millimetre in this specimen ranges from 120 to 124.
The scale-like structure of the shell-mosaic is very clear.

The second specimen from the same deposit, though slightly damaged, is interest-
ing as showing a very advanced terebratelliform (or pre-adult) stage (PI. II. fig. 18).
The dorsal valve of this example measures: length, 8'75 mm. ; breadth, 8'5 mm., and
shows the final development of the loop almost achieved. The descending branches are
broad, and possess two internal triangular apophyses indicating the position occupied by
the transverse (jugal) band attached to the septum in the terebratelliform stage; also
very prominent spinules at the recurvation. The stage of this specimen is almost
equivalent to that of M. cmitiinn, figured by FRIKI.K (1877, pi. iii. fig. 10) and
BEECHER (1895, pi. ii. fig. 1 : 190L, pi xxiv. fig. 1).

The descending lamellae are supported at their origin by vertical, slightly converging,
crural plates ; no cardinal process is yet present.

The median septum is only very slightly visible and takes its rise immediately below
the apex of the valve, whence it runs a distance of half the length of the valve and
then ceases midway between the transverse band and the point of recurvation of
the loop.

In none of the fully adult specimens of M. diamantina which I have examined is
there any trace of the connecting bands on the descending branches, though the spinules
at the recurvation are still apparent but much reduced. The median septum, which is
only feebly developed, is also much reduced in length and confined to the umbonal
region, where it supports the rather prominent cardinal process. On either side are two
short parallel median septa supporting the convergent, but not united, crural plates.

The ventral valve of the above specimen (length, 10 mm.) shows a large foramen
with rudimentary deltidial plates, beneath the anterior angles of which are the two
rather prominent teeth.

On the exterior of both valves several conspicuous growth-halts are visible ; the
shell-punct8e= 112 per square millimetre (middle of the ventral valve).

Though the material at my disposal is so scanty, it does not seem improbable
that, judging from the stages just described, the intermediate phases in the meta-
morphosis of the loop will show considerable similarity to those described by FRIELE
in M. cranium.

The correct relationship of M. diamantina with the sub-family Dallinime, a group
so characteristic of the northern hemisphere, is thus clearly established by the trans-
formations undergone by the brachial support.

This fact, which is, I believe, the first recorded instance of the " Dallinoid " type of
development in austral waters, is of great importance, as it has hitherto been considered
that the two phyla, of common origin, of the section Terebratella, i.e. the sub-families

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 381.)

160 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

Dallininge and Magellaninas, were geographically separated into two provinces, one
(Dallininse) being restricted to boreal, the other (Magellaninse) to austral seas
(ScHUCHERT, in Zittel, 1900, p. 329).

It can now be shown that the sub-family Dallininse is well represented in the
austral region.

This discovery is of still further interest as being highly confirmatory of BALL'S
observations when first describing this and two other species of Macandrevia from the
Gulf of Panama (BALL, 1895, p. 721).

He remarks : " As regards the partly austral species about to be described, since
there is no means of deciding whether their development agrees with those forms refer-
able to Magellaninse or not, and as the adult shells exhibit no characters which could
not be regarded as diagnostic of a genus different from Eudesia* I feel obliged for the
present to refer them to that group. It may be observed that there is nothing to
prevent the free migration of northern forms into the South Pacific along the coast of the
Americas. The writer has already the evidence to show that several species, in deep
water, do extend from Bering Sea south to the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands and,
in the case of one species, Solemya johnsoni, Dall, more than a thousand miles further
south ; with the known great range of many brachiopods, there would be no apparent
reason why species of the Panamic region, for instance, belonging to the northern type
of development, should not extend their range southward, if opportunity arose. 1
regard it then as quite likely that the species I refer to may be Macandrevian in their
development as well as in their adult state, though, for the mass of characteristically
austral species, the reverse might be the case."

The prescience of this eminent American author has thus been amply justified.

Macandrevia diamantina was originally described from two specimens obtained in
deep water, 1175 fathoms, mud, Gulf of Panama; bottom temperature 36°'8 F., and
was again met with later in 2222 fathoms, mud, off Sechura Point, Northern Peru ;
temperature 35° '2 F.

The discovery, therefore, of this species in deep and cold water off the coast of the
Antarctic continent is highly interesting as showing a very considerable range
southward.

Furthermore, it forms a connecting link in the distribution of the genus Macan-
drevia, which now ranges from the North Atlantic (M. cranium), Davis Strait
(M. fenem), via the Gulf of Panama (three species, viz. M. americana, M. cranieUa,
and M. diamantina), Peru (M. diamantina}, West Patagonian coast (M. americana),
Coats Land (M. diamantina), to Kaiser Wilhelmland II., Antarctica (M. van//i>(fci,i).

Though the distance between the recorded stations for M. diamantina appears to be
so great, it is not at all improbable that it will ultimately be met with in other
stations off the long South American coast as further dredgings are carried out in that
area. Macandrevia americana, one of the Panamic species, has already been found

* DALL regarded Macandrevia as a sub-genus of Eudesia.

(ROY. 80C. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 382.)

THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 161

on the West I'atagonian coast; while Li<>t/i;/ri,i<i ura, also extends from the Gulf of
Panama to the Antarctic.

As a similar, and, in fact, parallel instance of wide distribution in another group of
animals, I might mention the case of Dentaliiun mcyathyris, Dall (=D. shoplandi,
M. and S., non Jouss.).

This interesting scaphopod was dredged along with another new species
(D. eujwf r/rfcs, ]\I. and 8.) at the same station and depth (Coats Land, 1410 fathoms).
It has been met with in deep water at several stations on the western coast of Central
and South America, viz. off Chiloe Island, and South-East Chili, in 1050 and 1342
fathoms; near Galapagos Island in 812 fathoms; off Ecuador in 1740 fathoms; Gulf of
Panama, south-west of Tehuantepec, in 2282 fathoms ; off Mazatlan in 995 fathoms.

7V,v//m/r7/« elm-sot n (Gmelin). (PI. II. figs. 11-13.)

Anoiniu i/o/'i<(i/<i, (Imelin, 1788, Syst.nat., ed. xiii., p. 3348.

Ti'i-fln-tiMla ilui-fitla ((inu-lin), 1887, Davidson, Man. Recent. Brack., p. 75, pi. xiv. figs. 9-11, 13-19

(lig. 12 looks like a young Mayellania venosa).
1889, Dall, Proc. I'.S. Nat. Mil*., vol. xii. p. 231.
,, 1892, Fischer and Oehlert, Bull. Sot. d'hist. nat. Autun, vol. v. p. 272,

pi. i.x., x., xi., figs. 1-6.
„ ,, 1908, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll , xliii. p. 444.

1909, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii. p. 279.

,, ,, 1912, Blochmann, Die Brack, der Schired. S.-P. Expedition, Bd. vi.

(Zoologie ii.), No. 7, Stockholm, p. 11.

Hob.— Station 34G ; lat, 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W. (Burdwood Bank),
56 fathoms. December 1, 1903. Sea bottom, Bryozoa. Temperature 41°'8 F.

Obs. — Dead examples only of this well-known Magellanic species were obtained at
the above station. These consist, in most cases, of fairly perfect specimens ; in others,
of loose valves only. All are quite white in colour.

The examples, for the most part, are representative of adult individuals, and are
interesting as exhibiting a considerable amount of variation, both in shape and size.
The smallest fully-adult example measures : length, 22 mm ; breadth, 23 mm. ; the
largest adult is : length, 38 mm. ; breadth, 36 mm.

Several of the specimens differ from the typical transverse form in being almost
round, and one example is curious in presenting quite an elongate appearance, calling
to mind the well-known Australian species, Magellania flavescens (PL II. fig. 13).

The beak is largely produced, recurved, as is usual, and truncated by a relatively
large foramen. One side of the specimen is somewhat distorted in growth, giving the
shell an asymmetrical appearance. The size of this specimen is : length, 25 mm. ;
breadth, 1S'5 mm. ; thickness, 12 '5 mm.

In all the examples obtained the test is remarkably thick and, consequently, quite
opaque. The radiating ribs on the surface, which in most examples are also visible in
a reversed order in the interior, differ very largely in the various individuals, some

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 383.)

162 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

possessing fine, and others coarse, ribbing. In some cases the ribbing is almost
entirely obsolete, even in adult examples, a feature already noted by FISCHER and
OEHLERT, and described and figured by them as var. submutica (1892, p. 279, pi. xi.
figs. 5-6).

Internally the specimens present many interesting features. In some examples
indications of senile conditions are very apparent. The teeth of the ventral valve
show considerable enlargement, the muscular impressions are remarkably deep, and the
peduncular passage is considerably narrowed by thick deposits of calcareous matter on
either side, forming a deep and narrow channel. The foramen is reduced to a very
small size (PI. II. fig. 11).

In no case, however, are the deltidial plates absorbed, as is often the case during
senile decay.

In the dorsal valve similar conditions are to be seen. Here the cardinal process is
of notable size and the brachial support of extreme tenuity. (See FISCHER and OEHLERT,
1892, pi. ix. fig. 6).

Similar evidences of senility are present externally in the thickening of the lateral
and frontal margins and the crowding together of the growth lines (PI. II. fig. 12).
(See also FISCHER and OEHLERT, 1892, pi. ix. figs. 3-4.)

The various young examples of this species, obtained mostly from the tests of
Cephalodiscus, range in size from 1 to 6 mm. and show an interesting series of growth-
stages in the brachial support. This feature has already been very ably described by
FISCHER and OEHLERT (1892), and as the above specimens exhibit no important points
of difference, it will not be necessary to deal with them again here.

Terebratella dorsata appears to be restricted to the immediate neighbourhood of
South America. It is an abundant species in the Magellan Straits, the littoral of Tierra
del Fuego, and Falkland Islands. On the east coast of Patagonia it does not appear
to range further north than latitude 52° S. (near Cape Virgins) and the Falkland
Islands. On the West Patagonian coast it seems to possess a more considerable
extension, having been recorded from Valparaiso and Coquimbo, Chili.

A more distant locality has been recorded for this species by DAVIDSON (" Chall."
Report, p. 44), viz. Royal Sound, Kerguelen, but BLOCHMANN (1906), from a study of
the original examples, has shown this record to be erroneous, the specimens in question
being an entirely new species, Terebratella enzenspergeri, Blochmann.

The bathymetric range of T. dorsata, according to recent authorities, is from about
5 to 120 fathoms.

In the report on the fossil Brachiopoda of the Swedish S.-P. Expedition, BUCKMAN
(1910) has described a new species of Magasella (M. antarctica) which appears to
me to present certain definite resemblances to Terebratella dorsata (Gmelin).

The fossil species, which comes from the Glauconitic Bank formation (Pleistocene)
at Cockburn Island, off Graham Land, West Antarctic, is described and figured by
BUCKMAN (1910, p. 18, pi. i. figs, \7-\7d], with the remark that Terebratella,

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. SLVIII., 384.)

THE BRACHIOPODA OF TIIK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 163

rubicunda : is possibly its nearest ally, but, owing to the strongly developed septum,
its place in the genus TerebrateUa is precluded, and therefore it might possibly be
described as the magaselliform ancestor of T. rubicunda.

In my opinion, judging from BUCKMAN'S figure, the original of which would appc:n
to be partly a cast, this form is more closely allied to one or other of the numerous
variations of the polymorphic T. dorsata.

If comparisons be made with T. dorsata, var. submutica, F. and 0. (op. cit.,
p. -279, pi. xi. figs. 1-6), a very striking resemblance is noticeable. In this variety
the radiating sculpture is almost absent, and the appearance of the shell is less
transverse than in the typical form.

It might be argued, however, that the deltidial plates in these specimens are fully
developed, thus denoting an adult condition, but in examples of this form from
Burdwood Bank there are specimens which show the deltidial plates only partially
developed, and, as is usual in T. dorsata, the radiating ribs of the exterior are visible
also on the interior of the valves and would thus be impressed upon a fossil cast of
this species.

To my mind it would be much more reasonable to refer the Cockburn Island fossil
to a magaselliform stage of TerebrateUa dorsata, and more especially to the var.
submutica, F. and O., than to go so far away as New Zealand for a comparison.

According to FISCHER and OEHLERT (1892), T. dorsata is not cited among the
fossils of Patagonia by d'ORBiGNY. DARWIN, and SOWERBY, but on the contrary is given
by HUTTON (1873) and HECTOR (1886) for the New Zealand Tertiaries (Lower Miocene-
Ahuriri formation) from Cape Rodney, Auckland, N. Island, associated with the
recent Rhynchonella nigricans, Sow.

This reference, if authentic, is of considerable importance as indicating significant
climatic changes during the deposition of these beds.

One feels disposed, however, in the light of present knowledge, to question the
correct identification of the New Zealand species, and to consider the possibilities of
the form in question being referable to the well-known and variable T. cruenta or a
probable ancestor of that species.

TerebrateUa sp. (PL II. fig. 10.)

Hal).— Station 346; lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W. (Burdwood Bank), 56
fathoms. December I, 1903. Sea bottom, Bryozoa. Temperature 41° '8 F.

Obs. — Amongst the smaller specimens of Brachiopoda from this station are one or
two examples whose generic and specific positions are somewhat doubtful.

The two largest and most perfect of these questionable forms measure :—

Lrngih. I'.nMiltli. Thickness.

NM. 1 . . 13-25 10-5 6-75 nun.

„ 2 . . 1C 14 8-5 „

^^H * A New Zealand recent species.

(ROY. 80C. ED1N. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 385.)

164 J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

Moth specimens (PL II. fig. 10) exhibit a terebratelliform condition in the
brachial support. The descending branches, which extend two-thirds the length of
the valve, are very thin and are attached to the median septum by a slender jugal
band nearly at right angles with the descending branches.

The ascending branches follow much the same course as those below, and are united
by means of a short transverse band which is slightly inflected in its median portion.*

The crural points are very short and not turned inwards towards each other, as in
3[a<jcUani« renofta and Terebratella dorsata, but are directed upwards in the direction
of the ventral valve. The jugal band is situated about the middle of the length of the
loop, and is fixed to the terminal part of the septum ; it is quite as slender as the other
portions of the apparatus.

It would appear from certain indications on the descending branches that the
metamorphosis of the loop is still uncompleted, as the inside edges of these, at their
junction with the jugal band, exhibit traces of an oblique suture, a feature hitherto not
observed in adult Terebratella dorsata.

The umbonal cavity of this valve is occupied by a well-developed cardinal plateau
fixed to the bottom of the valve, and depressed longitudinally in its median part in the
form of a trough, from the anterior end of which extends a thin-edged median septum.
The posterior extremity of the plateau carries a well-developed transverse cardinal pro-
cess ; the lateral parts form two somewhat triangular plates bordering the dental sockets.

Externally the shell is of an oval form, longer than broad, attaining its maximum
diameter about the middle of the valves (PL II. fig. 10). Line of joining slightly
flexuous at the frontal and lateral margins. Valves swollen, the ventral being deeper
than the dorsal. Surface roughened by numerous well-pronounced growth-lines, which
are close set. Specimen No. 2 exhibits very numerous close-set growth-lines at the
margins similar to those seen in specimens which have attained a senile condition.

The test is very solid and opaque. Beak of ventral valve moderately produced,
incurved, and truncated by a large foramen, with rudimentary deltidial plates. Sides
of the beak carinated, forming a flattened area below the foramen. The test is covered
with very numerous perforations, but owing to the difficulty in lighting I have been
unable to count them satisfactorily under the microscope.

Owing to the want of further material the exact identification of this interesting
form is extremely difficult. It can scarcely be regarded as a terebratelliform stage
of Magellania venosa, as at this stage in its ontogeny the latter species is much
more transverse and the branches of the loop broader (see especially FISCHER and
OEHLERT, 1892, pi. xi. fig. 8).

Neither can it be looked upon as a small adult Terebratella dorsata, on account of
the entire absence of the characteristic surface sculpture of that species, as well as the
distinct difference in shape and the discordance in the composition of the brachial
support.

* These are broken oil' iu photograph.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 386.)

THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 165

BLOCHMANN (1912) has referred to one of these specimens in dealing with a
probably new species of Magellania obtained by the Swedish South- Polar Expedition
at the same locality (Burdwood Bank), and remarks on its correspondence with his
described example, with the exception that whereas the Scotia specimen possesses
a distinctly pronounced angulation of the beak, his Magellania specimen exhibits no
such character, the sides of the beak being well-rounded, without any indication of
an angle.

From the thickness of the test he is inclined to regard the form as a possibly new
Terebratella.

Magellania venosa (Solander).

Anornia veiwsa, Solander, 1788, Dixon's Voij., \>. 355, pi. xi.

Waliiheimia cenosa (Sol.), 1886, Davidson, Man, Rei->>nt Brack., p. 49, pi. viii. figs. 1-5;

pi. ix. fig. 1.

Kwlesia venosa (Sol.) 1889, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xii. p. 231.
Magellania venosa (Sol.), 1892, Fischer and Oehlert, Bull. Soc. d'hist. nat. Aulun, vol. v.

p. 312, pi. xi. figs. 7-1 G ; pi. xii. figs. 1-17.

„ „ 1909, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii. p. 279.

,, „ !912, rsiochmann, Die Brack. <lfr Kchwed. S.-P. Exped., lid. vi.

(Zoologie ii.), No. 7, Stockholm, p. 9.

Hal).— Station 346 ; lat. 54° 25' S., long. 57° 32' W. (Burdwood Bank), 56 fathoms.
December 1, 1903. Sea bottom, Bryozoa. Temperature 41°'8 F.

Obs. — Amongst the young examples obtained from Ceplialodiscus dredged at this
station are several which appear to be referable to the above species. One or two of
these examples are less than 3 mm. in length.

One specimen, which measures 4 mm., shows 256 punctee per square millimetre;
another, 6 mm. long, shows a range from 240 to 256 punctas, both examinations being
made about the middle of the ventral valve.

In M. rcitvsa, according to BLOCHMANN (1912), the perforations per square millimetre
range from 240 to 280.

The various specimens are interesting as showing some of the very early stages in
the development of the brachial support of this species, which were first made known
through the admirable work of FISCHER and OEHLERT (1892).

The geographical range of M. venosa is very much the same as that of Terebratella
dorsata, with which it is often accompanied.

It has been met with abundantly by many expeditions in the neighbourhood
of Tierra del Fuego (35 to 80 fathoms); Magellan Straits (7 to 20 fathoms), and
Falkland Islands, where the largest specimens, so far known, were obtained by Rear-
Admiral SULIVAN in 1843, near Fort William, in 6 to 7 fathoms (see pi. viii.
figs. 2 to 2c, DAVIDSOX, Rec. Bi-m-h.).

The species is recorded also from the west coast of Patagonia (from 1 to 30 fathom- )
and from Coquimbo, Chili.

(ROY. SOC. BDIM. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 387.)

1GG J. WILFRID JACKSON ON

Full particulars, up to 1892, of the various recorded stations, will be found in
FISCHER and OEHLERT'S memoir on the Brachiopodes du Cap Horn (1892), where
also is given the most complete description of the species.

One citation, however, calls for special remark.

Like Tcirltrati'lla <l<>rx«f<(, this species has also been recorded from Kergualen.

E. A. SMITH (1879) mentions Waldheimia dilatata, Lam. (a synonym of M. venosa,
Sol.), as having been obtained at Observatory Bay, Kerguelen, on rocks at 4 fathoms.

DAVIDSON (R. B., p. 52), however, remarks that the Challenger did not bring back a
single specimen of SOLANDER'S species.

Without an examination of the original specimens it is impossible to say whether
these are rightly referred to M. venosa, but I am disposed to doubt the correct
determination, in the light of recent research on the Brachiopoda of both regions. As
BLOCHMANN (1906) has shown, the specimens formerly recorded from Kerguelen as
Terebratella dorsata have proved to belong to a new species, viz. T. enzenspergen, Bl.
It does not seem unlikely, therefore, that the Magellanise in question may likewise
have been erroneously referred to the characteristic Magellanic species.

With regard to the fossil distribution of this species, little appears to be known.

PILSBRY (1898, p. 329), in a reference to a collection of Tertiary fossils from Cape
Fairweather, Patagonia, remarks that M. venosa (Sol.) is abundant.

According to ORTMANN (1902), however, this identification is incorrect, the species
in question being named by this author Terebratella gigantea.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

BEECHER, C. E., 1895. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., vol. ix. pt. ii.

„ 1901. Studies in Evolution. New York and London.

BLOCHMANN, F., 1906. "Neue Brachiopoden der Valdivia- und Gaussexpedition," Zool. An?.., Bd. xxx.

pp. 690-702, iigs. 1-3.
,, 1908. "Zur Systematik und Geograpliischen Verbreitung der Brachiopoden," Zeits. f.

wiss. Zool., Bd. xc. p. 596-044, pi. xxxvi.-xl., text-figs.
,, 1912. "Die Brachiopoden der Schvved. Siidpolarexped., 1901-1903," Wiss. Ergelm.

Si-hwed. S.-P. Exped., Band vi. No. 7. Stockholm.

BUCKMAN, S. S., 1910. "Autarc. foss. Brachiopoda collected by the Swedish South Polar Expedition,

1901-1903," Wiss. Er<jelm. Schwed. S.-P. Exped., Bandiii. No. 7. Stockholm.
DALL, W. H., 1889. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xii. p. 231.
„ 1895. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvii.

,, 1908. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xliii.

„ 1909. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii.

DAVIDSON, THOS., 1880. Report on the Brachiopoda dredged liy H.M.S. "Challenger" during the years

1S73-1S70 : Zoology, vol. i. London.
„ 1886-1888. "A Monograph of Recent Brachiopoda," Trans. Linnean Soc. London,

Zoology (2), vol. iv.

DESLONGOHAMPS, E., 1884. "Etudes critiques sur les Brachiopodes nouveaux on peu conuus," Bull. Soc.

Linn, de Nonnandie (Srdser.), vol. viii. (1883-4), pp. 190-195, pi. v. h'gs. 8-12.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 388.)

THE BUACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 1(17

EICHLER, PAUL, 1D1 1. l)i< lirachiopoden der Deutscli. .S'.-/'. Kj-ped., 1901-190S, xii., Zool. iv. Berlin.
FISCHER, P., and OKHLEKT, 1>. I'., IS'.U. A'./yxW. Scienl. du " Trarailteur" ef da "Talisman," 1880-1883,

Brachiopodes. Paris.
„ ,, 1892. "Mission Scieut. du Cap Horn, 1882-1883," Bull. Soc. d'hist. nat.

d'Autun, vol. v. Autun.
FKIELE, H., 1877. "The Development of the Skeleton in the ('.cnus Waldheimia," Archiv for Math, og

Natur., Bd. xxiii. pp. 380-386, pi. i.-vi.

GOULD, A. A., 1852. Mollusca and Shells of the U.S. E.i-jilorint/ £V;W///r<», 1X.18-1842.
HECTOR, J., 1886. Indian and Colonial Exhibition, London, 1886: Detailed Catal. and Guide to the

Geoloy. Exhibition, p. 11.
BUTTON, F. W., 1873. Catalogue of the Tertiary Mollusca ami Echinodermata of Ni-w Zealand in the

Collection of the Colonial Museum, p. 36.

JOUBIN, L., 1901. h'rs/tl/'itudu Voyage du s.y. " Belgica" 1897-1899. Zool.: Brachiopodes. Anvers.
KINO, W., 1868. Proe. Nat. Hist. Soc. Dublin, vol. v. p. 170.

MORSE, E. S., 1902. "Observations on living Brachiopoila," M,/,i. Huston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v. No. 8.
MURRAY, JOHN, 1897. "On the deep- and shallow-water Marino Fauna of the Kerguelen Region, etc.,"

Tnms. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxxviii.
OEHLERT, D. P., 1887. " Brachiopoda " in P. Fischer, Manuel de Conchylioluyie. Paris.

19d7. Bull. Mus. d'hist. nat. Paris (1906), vol. xii.
„ 1908. Kfiit'ilition Antarctique Frawaise, 1H0.3-1905. Sciences naturelles : Brachiopodes.

Paris.

ORTMANN, A. E., 1902. Rep. Prince/oim Unic. Ki-ped. Pataijonia. iv. Palaeontology.
PILSBRY, H. A., 1898. " Patagonian Tertiary Fossils," Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia for 1897,

p. 329.

SCHUCHERT, C., 1900. " Brachiopoda " in Zittel, Text-Book of Paleontology, vol. i., translated by Eastman.*
,, 1911. " Paleogeographic and Geologic Significance of Recent Brachiopoda," Bull. Geol. Soe.

America, vol. xxii. pp. 258-275.
SMITH, E. A., 1879. "Transit of Venus Expedition, 1874-1875. Zoology: Brachiopoda," Phil. Trans. Roy.

Soc. Land., vol. clxviii. (extra vol.), p. 192.
„ 1881. "Zoolog. Collection made during the Survey of H.M.S. Alert; iv., Mollusca and

Molluscoida," Proe. Zool. Soc. London.

„ 1907. National Antarctic Expedition (" Discorery") 1001-1904. Zoology, ii. Brachiopoda.

London.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE I.

Figs. 1-3. Liothyrina ura (Brod. ), var. notorcadensis nov. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ; 9-10 fathoms.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view showing labiate prolongation of foramen over dorsal umbo ; also vermiform grooving*
caused by Cliona or perforating Polyzoa. Slightly above natural size.

Fig. 2. Side view of same example.

Fig. 3. Interior views of both valves of same example as fig. 1, showing brachial support (broken) and
position of teeth.

Figs. 4-8. Liothyrina hlochmanni, n. sp. — Station 417, off Coats Land ; 1410 fathoms.

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of type-specimen. x 1J.

Fig. 5. Side view of same example. x 1J.

Fig. 6. Interior views of both valves of same example, showing the weak character of the brachial support,
also position of teeth. x 1J.

* According to BUCKMAN (1910), 1896 is date of off-print, 1900 date of volume.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 389.)

168 THE BRACHIOPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

Fig. 7. Front view of same example, xlJj.

Fig. 8. Shell-mosaic, etc., of another example. x 175.

Fig. '.I. Liothi/rina ura (Brod.). — Burdwood Bank, south of Falkland Islands; 56 fathoms. Interior
views of both valves, showing hrachial support and median septum in dorsal and pallial sinuses in ventral
valve. x 1$.

PLATE II.

Fig. 10. Terebratella sp. — Burdwood Bank, south of Falkland Islands; 5G fathoms. Interior views
showing terebratelliform stage of loop, etc. x 1J. (The ascending branches, unfortunately, broke away
before photograph was taken.)

Fig. 11. Terebratella dorsal a (Giuelin). — Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms. Interior view of fragment of
ventral valve showing small size of the foramen, muscular impressions, etc. x 1£.

Fig. 12. Terebratella ilorsatu (Gmelin). — Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms. Typical example showing shape
and surface sculpture. Natural size.

Fig. 13. Terebratella dorsata (Gmelin). — Burdwood Bank, 56 fathoms. Elongate variety showing
produced beak, etc. x 1|.

Fig. 14. Ilemithyris sp. — Station 417, off Coats Land, 1410 fathoms. Shell-mosaic, ventral valve.
x 166 about.

Figs. 15-19. Macandrevia diamantina, Call. — Station 417, off Coats Land, 1410 fathoms.

Fig. 15. Specimens attached to pebbles of granite rocks; slightly larger than natural size.

Fig. 16. Interior views of dorsal and ventral valves, showing adult loop, etc. x 1|.

Fig. 17. Platidiform stage of loop in example 4 mm. in length, x 12.

Fig. 18. Pre-adult stage of loop in example 9 mm. in length, x 4J.

Fig. 19. Shell-mosaic, etc., from middle of ventral valve of an adult individual. x 175.

(ROY. soo. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 390.)

SCOT. NAT. ANT. Ex P.

Vol. VI.

JACKSON : " SCOTIA " BKACHIOPODA — PLATE I.

PllOto. .]. W. Jai:ta>U.

SCOT. NAT. ANT. EXP.

JACKSON: " SCOTIA" BKACHIOPODA — PLATE II.

Vol. VI.

14

PMu. J W .hl

PART VII.
AMPHIPODA.

VII.-THE AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY CHAS. CHILTON, M.A., D.Sc. (N.Z.), M.B., C.M. (Edm.),
Hon. LL.D. (Aberd.), F.L.S.,

Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, Now Zealand.

The. Amphipoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. By Chas.
Ohilton, M.A., D.Sc. (N.Z.), M.B., C.M. (Eclin.), Hon. LL.D. (Aberd.), F.L.S. ;
Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand. Communicated !/>/
Dr W. S. BRUCE. (With Two Plates.)

(MS. received March 30, 1912. Read June 17, 1912. Issued separately September 21, 1912.)

CONTENTS.

I. Introduction 455

II. List of Species, with Distribution . . . 460
III. Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Species . . 462

PAGE

IV. Tropical and North Atlantic Species . 514

V. Bibliography .... 5 17

VI. Explanation of Plates . 520

I. INTRODUCTION.

Shortly after my arrival in Britain in December 1911 I was honoured by a request
from Dr W. S. BRUCE, leader of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, that I would
prepare a report on the Amphipoda collected during the voyage of the Scotia. Dr
E. J. ALLEN, Director of the Marine Laboratory, Plymouth, very kindly offered me
accommodation in the laboratory for the work, and free access to the library of the
laboratory, which, fortunately, is very well supplied with works on the Crustacea. I was
assured also of assistance from Mr T. V. HODGSON, the Curator of the Museum and
Art Gallery, Plymouth, from Mrs E. W. SEXTON, and from other friends ; and accord-
ingly T undertook the work. I received the main portion of the collection, contained
in sixty-three bottles, on the 8th January 1912, and a few days later I received from
Dr W. M. TATTERSALL of the Manchester Museum eighteen tubes containing additional
Amphipoda found among the Schizopoda of the Scottish National Expedition which
had been submitted to him for determination ; these additional specimens contained
three or four species not represented in the collection first received.

Twelve tubes of additional specimens from Dr TATTERSALL and many further
specimens from the Scotia collection reached me in May. These consisted chiefly
of duplicates of species previously sent, but contained also two species not previously
seen. Some additions to the report, which had been sent in at the end of March, were
therefore necessary.

With very few exceptions, the Amphipoda proved to have been particularly well
preserved, and the localities, depth, and other particulars had been in all cases carefully
recorded. I have given full details of these, even at the risk of some slight repetition,
as they may prove to be of use in helping to decide questions now unforeseen that may
afterwards arise. In several cases, especially among the Lysianassidse, large numbers
of specimens of various sizes had been collected from each locality, and these complete
sets have been of very great use in helping me to ascertain the changes that take place
in some species during the growth of the animal, and in determining the differences

(REPRINTED FROM THE TRANSACTIONS or THE ROYAI, SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH, VOL. XLVIII., PP. 455-520.)

174 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

between the sexes. I regret that the time at my disposal has been too short to allow
of the complete examination of these series of specimens.

By far the greater part of the collection was made at the South Orkney Islands,
mainly at Scotia Bay, Station 325, lat. 60° 43' S., long. 44° 38' W., the winter quarters
of the Scotia. This appears to be a good collecting-ground for Amphipoda, particu-
larly, of course, for the Lysianassidse, and the forms obtained from this locality are
extremely useful for comparison on the one hand with those obtained in 1882-83 by the
German Transit of Venus Expedition from South Georgia, and on the other hand with
the specimens collected by the French Antarctic Expedition from Port Charcot, Wandel
Island, and other neighbouring localities. A few specimens were obtained from stations
further south, at localities intermediate between Kerguelen Island and those already
mentioned. Besides these, a small number of species was gathered at Gough Island, a
locality from which very few Amphipoda had hitherto been described ; others at the
Falkland Islands ; and some were obtained at Cape Town and Saldanha Bay in South
Africa, and help to show the relation of the Amphipoda of South Africa to those of the
various sub-Antarctic lands.

A few species were collected in the northern and tropical parts of the Atlantic on
the voyage out and on the homeward voyage. As the greater part of the collection
is from Antarctic and sub-Antarctic regions, I have kept these Atlantic species in a
list by themselves, distinct from those gathered in the sub-Antarctic localities, under
which I include Gough Island and South Africa.

As I was able to consult the reports on the Amphipoda of some of the Antarctic
Expeditions, and already had some acquaintance with several of the sub-Antarctic
species, it seemed a favourable opportunity for endeavouring to compare the results
as far as possible, and to determine cases where the same species had been described
under different names by different authors. In this effort I have been greatly assisted
by the kindness of many friends. Dr G. PFEFFER and Dr 0. STEINHAUS of the
Hamburg Museum very kindly placed at my disposal everything that I needed
from the collections made at South Georgia by the German Expedition in 1882-83, and
described by Dr PFEFFER in 1888 ; Monsieur EDOUARD CHEVREUX has sent me co-types
of several of his species ; from Mr A. 0. WALKER and from the British Museum I have
had co-types of many of the species obtained by the Southern Cross and Discovery
Expeditions, and described by Mr WALKER ; while the Eev. T. R. R. STEBBING and the
authorities of the Vienna Museum have supplied still other specimens that have been
extremely useful for comparison. Later on, when most of the work was completed, I
was able, through the kindness of Dr W. T. CALMAN, to check my results by comparison
with types and other specimens in the British Museum. At the same time, I have been
able to see the Amphipoda collected by Sir E. SHAUKLETON'S British Antarctic Expedi-
tion in 1908-09, which had been placed in Mr HODGSON'S hands ; and in several cases I
have been able to compare the Scotia specimens with New Zealand specimens that I
had brought with me to England. To all those who have assisted me in these various
ways I desire here to record my most grateful thanks.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 456.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 175

It is a pleasure also to mention here my indebtedness to those who have assisted in
other ways. I wish particularly to thank Dr E. J. ALLEN of the Marine Laboratory,
Plymouth, for allowing me to make such free use of the facilities offered by the institu-
tion under his charge ; without his assistance it would have been impossible to do the
work in the time. Dr W. T. CALMAN of the British Museum, besides sending me co-
types of species I required, has assisted me in the examination of others at the Museum
itself and by his advice on many difficult points. Professor WOLTERECK of Leipzig
and Dr A. BEHNING of the Zoological Station at Saratov have most obligingly communi-
cated to me some of the results of their examination of the Amphipoda of the German
South Polar and other Expeditions, which are as yet unpublished, though in the printer's
hands. To Mrs E. W. SEXTON I am indebted for the loan of many papers and books
that I required, for the keen interest which she has shown in the work during its
progress, and for the great care and skill with which she has prepared the drawings of
most of the figures for this paper

In order to make clear the various references that will be given below, it may be
well to state very briefly the growth of our knowledge of the Antarctic and sub-Antarctic
Amphipoda. That knowledge dates back to the years 1839-40, when three expeditions —
the British, French, and American — visited Antarctic seas. The British leader, Sir JAMES
CLARKE Ross, penetrated very far south in his memorable voyage, and during the
expedition several Crustacea were collected, including some Amphipoda. No special
report on these Amphipoda was published, but they appear to have been deposited in
the British Museum, and several of them were afterwards described by SPENCE BATE
and other writers. The Crustacea collected by the American Expedition were described
by J. D. DANA in his well-known work, which forms one of the fundamental treatises
for the study of the Crustacea. In it many Amphipoda are included. For many years
after 1840 no further advance was made, and there is nothing noteworthy to be recorded
until 1874, when several expeditious were sent out to southern seas for the observation
of the Transit of Venus, and during these expeditions various collections were made.
The Amphipoda of the British Expedition from Kerguelen Island were described by
E. J. MIERS, and others collected by the American Expedition by S. I. SMITH. The
French Expedition spent some time at the Campbell Island, and the Crustacea
collected were afterwards described by HENRI FILHOL in the Mission de I' lie Campbell,
in which he also included a general list of the Crustacea of New Zealand. This
report was not published till the year 1885, and in the meantime a beginning had
been made with the study of the Crustacea of Australia and New Zealand by Professor
W. A. HASWELL and Mr G. M. THOMSON respectively. During the years 1873 to
1876 the Challenger Expedition had made numerous collections in sub- Antarctic
and a few in Antarctic seas, and these were most fully described and figured by the
Rev. T. R. R. STEERING in his elaborate report published in 1888. In the same year,
but at a slightly earlier date, there was published a report by Dr G. PFEFFER on the
Amphipoda collected at South Georgia by the German Transit of Venus Expedition of

(ROY. SOC. EIU.V TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 4.">7. )

176 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

1882-83. For some time after this no further contribution of any importance was made
specially dealing with Antarctic Amphipoda, though those of some of the sub- Antarctic
regions were gradually becoming better known. The next contribution to our know-
ledge of the Antarctic forms was made by the Southern Cross Expedition, which visited
South Victoria Laud in 1898-1900 ; the Amphipoda collected by this expedition were
described by Mr A. 0. WALKER in 1903.

Meanwhile, the Antarctic Expeditions of Britain, Germany, Sweden, and France had
been wintering in the Antarctic and making numerous collections. The Amphipoda of
the French Antarctic Expedition were described by Monsieur EUOUARD CHEVREUX in 1906,
and those of the British by Mr A. 0. WALKER in 1907. The reports on the German
and Swedish Expeditions have not yet been published.

In 1907 a small scientific party from New Zealand visited the sub-Antarctic
Islands lying to the south of that land, and the Crustacea collected were described by
myself in 1909 in The Sub-Antarctic Islands of Neiv Zealand, published by the
Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.

A preliminary report on the Amphipoda of the recent French Expedition in the
Pourquoi Pas? was published by M. CHEVREUX in 1911.*

From the lists given below it will be seen that the Scotia collection contained
fifty -six species from Antarctic or sub-Antarctic seas and six Atlantic species. The great
majority of these were already known, and I have made only nine new species and no
new genus. This appears to show that the Amphipoda of the southern seas are
becoming fairly well known so far as the mere identification of species is concerned,
though there is much to be done in tracing out more completely the distribution of the
species and any local varieties that they may present.

On the other hand, it may be noted from his preliminary report on the Amphipoda
of the Pourquoi Pas ? Expedition that M. CHEVREUX has established six new genera
and numerous new species.

It will be seen that 1 have reduced a number of species to the rank of synonyms.
I have done this only where there appeared to be good grounds for so doing, and in all
cases where there is likelihood of a difference of opinion I have endeavoured to give my
reasons in full. In thus reducing the number of described species, I have only
continued a necessary work that has been commenced in recent years by other writers.
In the earlier days of the study of the Amphipoda, when workers were few and
collections scanty, it frequently happened that a collection from a new locality contained
many new species. In numerous instances these were described on very meagre
material, often from a single specimen ; and even when there was an abundant supply
of specimens time did not allow of the dissection of more than one or two, hence there

* M. CHEVREOX'S second paper (Bull. Museum Nat. Hist., 1912, No. 4), containing the diagnoses of the new species
collected by this expedition, reached me when the final proofs of my paper had been corrected, and therefore too late
for the results to be noticed here, though it is probable that one or two of the new species described below are
identical with those established by M. CHEVREUX.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS.. VOL. XLVIII., 458.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 177

was little opportunity of distinguishing between characters subject to individual variation
and those really common to the species. Consequently, when other specimens were
obtained it was frequently found that they did not agree in all particulars with any of
the species already described, and they were naturally considered to be new and were
given a distinctive name. This practice was perhaps the safest at the time, and it was
the more desirable when the specimens came from a new locality ; but it unfortunately
led to the idea that forms from fresh localities were almost necessarily new, and that
the distribution of nearly all the species of Amphipoda was very limited. It also led
to the introduction of long specific diagnoses, often containing characters of individual
importance only. Naturally enough, specimens afterwards examined did not agree in all
respects with these detailed descriptions, and thus a vicious circle was set up, leading to
the continued establishment of new species, some of them being admittedly described in
self-defence, and the fact that many species were widely distributed was long obscured.

As knowledge gradually increased it was found that in many cases the same species
had been described under various names, and the preparation of a general survey of
the whole group, such as that for Das Tierreich, necessarily led to a considerable
reduction of species. From the example of a few species which were readily recognised,
and hence known to occur at places widely remote from one another, it was found that
some species at any rate were more widely distributed than had been originally
supposed. Much assistance in clearing up difficulties was obtained from the detailed
study by various authors of individual species and the consequent elucidation of the
various forms that occur in some species and especially of the differences between the
sexes and of the changes that take place during growth ; and it is to further work of this
kind that we must look for assistance in defining the limits of the different species.

Several of the species — or groups that I refer to under one specific name — are
widely distributed in sub-Antarctic seas, and, as might be expected, the specimens from
different localities now separate from one another are not always precisely the same, but
show what may be considered local varieties. Some authors would doubtless prefer to
call these local varieties species and give each a distinctive name ; but this must
necessarily lead to an indefinite multiplication of species, with ever-increasing difficulty
of determining those already established, and as a matter of practical convenience it
seems to me to be better at present to endeavour to recognise these widely distributed
species and to leave the determination of their varieties until a larger number of forms
from many localities have been studied.

In the list below I have indicated briefly the distribution of each species. From this
it will be seen that an increasing number are now known to extend around the globe in
sub- Antarctic seas, and that there is a greater resemblance between the Amphipodan
faunas of South America, New Zealand, Australia, Kerguelen Island, and even South
Africa, than appeared to be the case a few years ago. The importance of the facts
on the question of the cause of this distribution cannot be discussed here. Another
point made clear is that the number of species in northern seas represented by the same

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 459.)

178 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

or by a closely allied form in the southern is also shown to be increased. Leavino- out

•/ » O

of account the species known to be cosmopolitan, it has been long known that there
were some species identical in Arctic and Antarctic seas, though practically unknown in
the tropics ; nearly every writer on Antarctic Amphipoda has identified one or more
with northern species. It appears from examples like Orchomenopsij chilensis
(Heller), and others that might be quoted, that in these examples of " bi-polar " species
the species is not always entirely absent from the tropics, but exists there in deeper
waters, while it can live near the surface in the colder regions ; or that the tropical or
temperate form is so much smaller than the polar one that it has usually been
considered a separate species, and the existence of the species at intermediate localities
has been overlooked. It appears that, for some reasons not altogether understood, many
Amphipoda find their optimum environment near the Arctic and Antarctic regions,
and exist there in greatest abundance, attaining a size far greater than that usual for
similar forms in warmer seas. The difficulty of deciding whether these smaller
forms are to be considered separate species or not is very great, and it must not be
expected in the present state of our knowledge that logically uniform results can be
arrived at. In some cases where the animal is abundant and specimens from many
localities have been examined, we may be able to group them into one large species,
while in other cases where only a few have been studied we are forced to leave them as
separate small species. Unfortunately, this leaves the groups distinguished by specific
names of very unequal value in the discussion of questions of distribution.

II. LIST OP SPECIES.

ANTARCTIC AND SUB-ANTARCTIC.
NAME OF SPECIES. DISTRIBUTION AND REMARKS.

1. Acontiostoma mariunis Stebbing. Gough Island, Marion Island, Straits of Magellan, New Zealand.

2. Amaryllis macrophthalma Haswell. Australia, South Africa, Soulh America, New Zealand,

Iniliau Ocean.

3. Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck Widely distributed in both northern and southern seas.

4. Lysianassa culensis (Stebbing). South Africa and Gulf of Mexico.

5. Alicella scotix, sp. nov. South Atlantic ; an allied species found in the North Atlantic.

6. Clteiriinedon femora/us (Pfeffer). South Orkneys, South Georgia, and Graham Land (Port

Charcot).

7. Tri/phosa murrayi Walker. Off Coats Land and South Victoria Land.

8. Tryphtisites stebbingi (Walker). Off Coats Land and South Victoria Land.

9. Orchomenetta pinguides Walker. South Orkneys and South Victoria Land.

10. Orchomenella macronyj; Chevreux. South Orkneys and Graham Land (Port Charcot).

11. Waldeckia zschauii (Pfeffer). Off Coats Land, Graham Lund, and South Victoria Land.

12. Urchomeno/isis nodimanus Walker. South Orkneys and South Victoria Land.

13. Orchomenopsis chilensis (Holler). In all seas, northern and southern.

14. Orchomenopsis (?) coatsi, sp. nov. Off Coats Land.

15. Harpinia ubtusifrom Stebbing. Widely distributed in Antarctic and sub-Antarctic seas.

16. Leucothoe s/iinicarjiu (Abildgaard). In all seas.

17. Amphilochus sijuamofnx (!. M. Thomson. South Orkneys, Marion Island, and New Zealand. Perhaps

identical with A. neapolitanvs of northern seas.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 460.)

AAIPHIPODA OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 179

18.

XA.MB OF SPE* n
i'Kii. (I'lVD'cr).

19. .Mftt>/»-l/n fir,,/, i (Stfbbing).

20. Thaumatelson wal/ceri, sp. m>v.

21. Tliaumate/tiii/i inermis, sp. nov.

22. T/iauma/i'lxon /<••/•. Inmni Walker.

23. HirceniKi /•/•<«*••// v.< (Chovieux).

'21. Colomastis l,r<i::ieri Harwell.

25. Liljelxn'ijiti ilitliia (Haswell).

I'll. I'l/iinifi-iii in«,-i-n,l,inl<i \V;ilker.

27. Pariphimedia integricauda Chevreux.

28. Acanthonotozonia austraJis, sp. nov.

29. Leptamphopus novx-zvalamliic (G. M.

Thomson).

30. Haliraijuiilfx aiistntli*t sp. nov.

31. Eusirus nntarcticus G. M. Thomson.

32. Eusiruit splendidus, sp. nov.

33. Eurymera inonticulosa Pfeffer.

3-1. Booullia nionoculoiileg (Haswell).

35. Ponioi/eneia rfanai (G. M. Thoinsnn).

36. Pontogeneia aiitan-tii-a Chevreux.

37. Atyloiile* niayelliinii-ii (Stebbing).

38. Atijloides sermticauda Stebbing.

39. Atijloides &i/cfolii/<t, sp. nov.

40. Paramoera austrina (Bate).

41. Djerboa furdpes Chevreux.

42. Paracerailiicns miersii (Pfeffer).

43. Msera mastersii (H«swell).

44 Paradexamine pacijii-a (G. M. Thomson).

45. Polycheria antarctii-a (Stebbing).

46. Nototropis homocliir (Haswell).

17. Talurcheslia scutiijerula (Dana).

18. Hyale grandicornis (Kroyer).

49. Hi/ale saldanha, sp. nov.

50. Haplocheira bar/jinwit/i. ((<. M. Thomson).

51. (1) Eurystheus afer (Stebbing).

52. Jassafalcatti (Mnntagu).
ri.'i. Capre/la lei/i/i/i/n-n Say.

54. Hyperia gaudicha/udii Milne

55. Vibilia t.mtarctica Sti-bbinj,'

56. Eittli?>ni*/o thomsoni Stebbini

An allied species at South Victoria Land.

DISTRIBUTION AND REMARKS.

South Orkneys, South Georgia, and Graham Land (Port

Charcot).

South Orkneys, Straits of Magellan.
South Orkneys.
South Orkneys.
South Orkneys and South Victoria Land.
South Orkneys and Graham Land (Port Charcot). A closely

allied species occurs in New Zealand.
South Orkneys and Australia.
Widely distributed in southern seas.
Off Coats Land and South Victoria Land.
South Orkneys and Graham Land (\Vandel Island).
Only one specimen known, from lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16°

34' W. ; a deep-sea species (1410 fathoms).
Widely distributed in southern seas.

South Orkneys. A closely allied species in northern seas.
In all Antarctic seas. Perhaps identical with the northern

E. propinguus.

South Orkneys. Perhaps only a form of the preceding species.
South Orkneys, South Georgia, and Graham Land (Wundt'l

Island).

In all southern seas.

Falkland Islands, Australia, New Zealand.
South Orkneys, Graham Land, and the sub-Antarctic Islands

of New Zealand.
In all sub- Antarctic seas.
In all sub-Antarctic seas.

South Orkneys. Closely related to the preceding species.
A very abundant and variable species in sub-Antarctic and

Antarctic seas.

South Orkneys and Graham Land.
South Orkneys, South Georgia, and Graham Land.
Widely distributed in the warmer southern seas.
South Orkneys, Graham Land, and New Zealand.
In all southern seas, and extending far to the north in the

Indian and Pacific Oceans.
Australia and South Africa. Closely allied to northern

species.

Falkland Islands and Tierra del Fuego.
Gough Island and Chili. A closely allied species in New

Zealand.
South Afiira.
In all southern seas.
Gough Island, South Africa.

Widely distributed in northern and southern seas.
South Africa. Very widely distributed.
Falkland Islands, South Victoria Land.
In all southern seas.
In all southern seas.*

* The following additional species has been identified by the Rev. T. R. R. STEBBING from material sent to him : —
Lanceola (estiva Stebbing, 1888, p. 1309, pi. cliii.; from Station 421.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 461.)

180 PROFESSOR CHARLES CH1LTON ON THE

NORTHERN AND TROPICAL ATLANTIC.

NAME OF SPECIES. DISTRIBUTION AND REMARKS.

1. Synopia srheeleana Bovallius. Pacific and Atlantic Oceans.

2. Hi/ale grimaldii Chevreux. North Atlantic.

3. Allorchestes ptumicornis (Heller). Mediterranean and North Atlantic.

4. Sunamphitoe pelagica (Milne Edwards). North Atlantic.

5. Anchylomera Mossenlfii Milne Edwards. Tropical Atlantic.

6. Oxi/cephnlus clausi Bovallius. Tropical Atlantic and (?) Pacific.

III. ANTARCTIC AND SUB-ANTARCTIC SPECIES.

Genus ACONTIOSTOMA Stebbing, 1888.

Acontiostoma marionis Stebbing.

1. Acontiostoma marionis Stebbing, 1888, p. 709, pi. xxx.*

1906, p. 15, fig. 4.

„ magellanicum Stebbing, 1888, p. 714, pi. xxxi.

1906, p. 15.

Station 461, Gough Island; 100 fathoms. 23rd April 1904. One specimen,
7 mm. long, 5 mm. high.

This specimen agrees well with the description and figures given by STEBBING. As
1 have only the single specimen, I have not dissected it, but the maxillipeds can be seen
to agree with his description, while the shape of the third uropod and of the telson with
its fringe of stout spines leaves no doubt as to the identity of the species.

A. magellanicum Stebbing is, as Mr STEBBING has pointed out, almost certainly the
young of this species, which is now therefore known from Marion Island, Gough Island,
and Straits of Magellan.

Among the Amphipoda that I brought with me from New Zealand for examination
[ have a slide from Mr G. M. THOMSON'S collection that undoubtedly belongs to this
genus, and is, I think, not specifically distinct from A. marionis. It has the upper
antennae and the first gnathopod rather stouter than is shown in Mr STEBBING'S
figure ; but the peculiar second gnathopod, with the finger sunk in a little cavity at the
end of the propod, and the uropoda and telson, agree very closely with the Challenger
specimen. In some points it approaches rather nearer to A. magellanicum, and tends
to confirm the view that that species is only the young of A. marionis.

This slide was mounted by Mr THOMSON from one of a very small number of
specimens collected in Lyttelton Harbour by myself about the year 1884, and handed to
him in 1895 when I left New Zealand for a lengthy period. When living, the animals,
which were all of very small size, were bright red in colour. I had dissected and
mounted a slide of one of the other specimens about that date, and I have a drawing

* The references are made by the year of publication to the works given in the Bibliography on pp. 235-237.
1 have given only those references that appeared to be necessary for the purpose of the present paper.

(ROY. aoc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 462.)

AMPHIPODA OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTA1MTIC KXPKDTTIoN. 181

made at the time of the second gnathopod which closely corresponds with that given by
STEBBING of the Ch«/li'ti</>-r specimen.

Since this was written I have been able to compare Mr THOMSON'S slide with those
of the Chnllfiif/cr s|iecimens in the Britisli Museum. The C/t<i//i'n</t'r specimen of
A. marionis is considerably larger than the New /calami specimen, and, as stated above,
has the first gnathopod more slender: but the differences are not, I think, of specific
importance. The dissected parts of the small specimen of . 1. magellanicum arc now so
transparent that they are difficult to examine, but so far as they can be made out they
seem to agree generally with A. mon'oiii*.

A. pepinii Stebbing, obtained by the Chal/i'injiT at Kerguelen Island, was placed by
Mr STEBBING in a new genus, Stomacontiou, in 1899, and A. ken/ncli'iii Stebbing made
a synonym of A. pc[>inii.

It seems, however, to be too near to A. n«n-ionix to be separated gcnerically. Ihi-
fortunately, the very minute mouth parts do not show very dearly in Mr THOMSON'S
prepared slide, and I cannot make out whether the lirst maxilla in it has the palp one- or
two jointed; but the palp of the maxillipeds certainly seems to have the fourth joint
quite vestigial or absent, as described for Stomocontion; in Acontiostoma it is " very
small." There -eems 1o me to be no essential difference between the two genera in the
t hird uropods.

Genus AMARYLLIS Haswell, 1880.
Annti-i/llix macrophthalma Haswell.

.1 //MV/////S macrophthalmus mul .1. /'/vr/r»/-«/s Haswell, 1SSO.\, p. '253, pi. viii. fijf. 3, and p. 254.
,, iiiai'i-Hjilil/i'i/i/iti Sti'liliiiij;, INS*, p. 707, pi. xxix.

1906, p. 24.
1908, p. 67.
„ 1910A, pp. 569 and G33.

1910B, p. 448.
Walker. 1909, p. 327.

Station 483, South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay ; trawl, 25 fathoms.
21st May 1904. Five specimens, the largest 9 mm. long.

These specimens agree well with the short description given in Das Tierreich, and
illustrate several of the points in STEBBING'S further description given in the reference
quoted above, 1908, p. 67.

Another species, A. bK//ti/<-<'j>li<it<t Stebbing, has been described from Port Philip,
Australia, and is evidently very closely allied, differing mainly in the side plate and
basal joint of the third perteopod. In my specimens the hind lobe of the side plate is
more produced downwards than in STEBBING'S figure of A. macrophthalma, and thus is
a little more like A. bathycephala, but on the other hand the basal joint of the limb is
expanded above instead of being narrowed as in the latter species.

The species is now known from Australia, South Africa, Straits of Magellan, and
New Zealand, and .Mr WALKER has recorded it from YYasin, liritish Hast Africa. In

(ROY. soc. EUIX. TRANS., VOL. xi.vm., •!(>:!.)

is -2 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

1904 Mr WALKER added another species, A. tenuipes, from Ceylon, for which
he established a new genus, Vijaya; but Mr STEBBING (1910A, p. 570) has pointed out
that the difference in the male and female antenme on which the genus was founded

O

occurs also in Amaryllis, and that the new genus is therefore not required.

Genus CYPHOCARIS Liitken and Boeck, 1870.
Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck. (PI. I. figs. 1-4.)

Cyplwcaris anonyx Boeck, Forli. Selsk. Christum., 1870, p. 104.
„ „ Stebbing, 1906, p. 29.

„ „ Walker, 1903A, p. 39, and 1903B, pp. 227 and 232.

„ micronyx Stebbing, 1888, p. 656, pi. xii.
„ „ Chevreux, 1900, p. 164.

Station 414, lat. 71° 50' S., long. 23° 30' W. ; 8 ft. vertical net, from the surface
to 1000 fathoms. 15th March 1904. One specimen, total length 20 mm.

This specimen in all probability belongs to this species, although it differs from the
description given in Das Tierreicli in several minor points. The first segment of the
perseon is more produced in front and much more acute than is shown in STEBBING'S
figure of the Challenger specimen ; the antennae have more numerous joints in the
flagella ; there is no accessory flagellum to be seen in either of the upper antennse—
possibly it has been broken off, though I can detect no trace of this. The first and
second peneopods (fig. 3) are simple or almost so, the propod being only very slightly
widened and the finger apparently not folding back upon it. The basal joints of the
third to the fifth perseopods have the margins less serrated.

The gnathopods (figs. 1 and 2), the uropod, and the telson agree fairly well with
C. anony.r, which has been already recorded from Tristan da Cunha in the South Atlantic,
and I think the Scotia specimen is only a larger and more fully developed specimen
of that species. The whole integument is soft, there is no sign of eyes, and the animal
was probably taken at a considerable depth. It is interesting to note that in 1903
Mr WALKER stated that this species would probably be found to occur in Antarctic seas.
It is also found in the seas of the northern hemisphere.

Genus LYSIANASSA Milne Edwards, 1830.

Lysianassa cubensis (Stebbing). (PI. I. fig. 5.)

Lysianax cubensis Stebbing, 1897, p. 29, pi. vii.B.
sxa cubensis Stebbing, 1906, p. 38.

Station 478, South Africa, Cape Town, Coaling Jetty No. 1. 14th May 1904.

Two specimens, the larger a female 13 mm. long.
Station 483, South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay ; trawl, '25 fathoms. 21st

May 1904. Two specimens, one a male 8 mm.

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XI.VIIL, 464.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 183

These agree well with the descriptions and figures given by STUBBING, except that.
the larger ones contain rather more joints in the rlagella of the two antennae. In the
second antenna of the male the flagellum is long, about two-thirds the length of the
animal, and the last joint of the peduncle is longer than the preceding joint, which is
rather short. In the second maxilla the inner lobe is specially broad and has the inner
margin pretty strongly convex. The second gnathopod has the palm a little projecting
so as to approach towards the chelate character. The uropods agree well with the
description ; the character of the peduncle of third uropod seems fairly characteristic,
and is shown in fig. 5. Its outer margin is produced upwards into a vertical flange
above the general body of the joint ; it curves upwards at the end into a subacute
point, and bears three short spinules on the distal half of the upper margin. The two
branches are similar in shape, both tapering to the extremity ; the outer is slightly
longer than the inner, and I tears a few long hairs at a little distance from the end.

The species was originally described from specimens in the Copenhagen Museum,
coming from the Gulf of Mexico.

Genus ALICELLA Chevreux, 1899.
Alicclla scotiic, sp. uov. (PI. I. figs. 6 and 7.)

Station 408, South Atlantic, lat. 39° 48' S., long. 2° 33' E. ; 2645 fathoms.
29th April 1904. One specimen, 20 mm. long.

Integument soft, the body greatly swollen about the middle, tapering considerably
posteriorly. The hinder half of the body somewhat compressed, with a slight dorsal
ridge, but hardly carinate. Side plates 1-4 increasing in depth, the fourth with its
posterior lobe extending about one-third along the fifth, which is shallower than the
fourth and broader than deep. Lateral plate of the first pleon segment angular in
front but rounded behind, its lower border fringed with long setae ; that of the second
segment with both angles rounded ; the third with the anterior rounded, posterior
angle quadrate, both bearing plumose setae on the lower margin. Sides of the third
segment of the urus upraised alongside the telson. Eyes indistinct, apparently forming
a narrow crescentic band along the lateral sides of the head.

Antennae slender, first shorter than the second, about as long as the head and the
first segment of the peraeon, the first joint short and thick, as long as the second and
third together, the third very short ; Hagellum of about twenty joints, the first as long
as the next five and supplied on the inner side with dense tufts of long setsd, similar
seta; being present also on a few of the succeeding joints. Accessory tiagellum nearly
half as long as primary ; of six joints the first as long as the next two.

Second antenna with third joint well exposed ; the fourth with long, rather stout
setules on the lower margin ; fifth slightly longer than the fourth, with long slender
setae on lower margin ; tiagellum many-jointed, of about thirty-five joints, all except
the more distal ones bearing a small tuft of long setae at the lower distal angle.

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 4<jf>.)

184 fROFESSOl! CHAKLES CHILTON ON THE

First gnathopod (fig. G) moderately stout ; basal joint stout, of equal width through-
out ; a few tufts of long set;u near the distal end of its posterior margin ; ischium, merus,
and carpus all short, subequal, and all bearing long setse on the posterior margin ;
carpus also with tuft at the antero-distal angle ; propod at base as wide as the distal
end of the carpus, narrowing slightly distally ; anterior margin straight or slightly
curved, and with tufts of long setre ; posterior margin slightly concave distally, and
bearing numerous long seta; in tufts ; the palm transverse, straight, defined by two
long spiuules ; finger long, extending beyond the palm.

Second gnathopod (fig. 7) slender; basal joint curved ; ischium much longer than
the merus ; carpus longer than the propod, which is narrowed at base, slightly curved ;
palm rather short and slightly oblique ; the posterior margin of the merus is furred
and bears three tufts of long setse towards the distal end ; carpus furred on both
margins, with tufts of long setse on the lateral surface and anterior margin at distal
end, and several tufts, or short transverse rows, on the distal half of the posterior
margin ; propod with both margins furred, and tufts of long setae on their distal
portions, those on the anterior border towards the base of the finger forming a dense
group of very long setse. The first and second perreopoda rather slender ; the merus
slightly broadened and produced at the antero-distal angle ; propod somewhat curved ;
finger about half as long as the propod, slender, curved, smooth. The third, fourth,
and fifth peraeopoda are of increasing lengths, all having the merus much broadened
and produced, the propod curved, and the finger long, as in the first and second
pera30poda ; basal joint of all expanded, that of the third rounded posteriorly, those of
the fourth and fifth somewhat angled below, and with the posterior margin convex
in its upper part and straight or slightly concave below, the hind margins feebly
crenulate.

First uropods with the branches slender, subequal, longer than the peduncle,
marginal spines on the peduncle and on the outer branch. Third uropod with peduncle
large, shorter than the branches, which are subequal in length, lanceolate, margins
fringed with short spinules and long plumose hairs, the inner branch with small second
joint. Telson reaching nearly to the end of the third uropod, apparently without
spines on its dorsal surface.

This species differs from the typical species A. giyantea Chevreux in having both
gnathopoda subchelate and the first not slender but moderately stout. As there are
only the two species known, it will be well to slightly widen the characters of the genus
to include the species now being described. The typical species was of enormous size,
one of the specimens being as much as 140 mm. long; probably when specimens of
both species of an intermediate size are known, it will be found that the two are more
nearly alike than appears from the detailed description above, which is based on the
single specimen obtained by the Scotia.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 4GG.)

AMPIUl'ODA OK TIIK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTAKCTIC EXPEDITION. 185

Genus CHEIRIMEDON Stebhing, 1888.
C/ici function fciin>r«l>ix (Pfelier).

/I'm, >ntf it* I't'i'tl'i-r, 1SSS, p. y,°,, pi. ii. fy. 2.
'ili/i i/i'iiiiiiKi/iii.f Clitivivux, 1905, p. 159, ami I'JOiin, p. 1', li^*. 1-4.

South Orkneys, Brown's liny, Station 32<iA. November 1 (.)0:!. .Many specimens

of about 10 mm. in length.
South Orkneys, Scotia, Bay, Station 325 ; dredge, 9-10 fathoms. May 1903.

One small specimen.
South Orkneys, Scotia May, Station 325; dredge, 4 fathoms, gravel bottom,

clumps of weeds ; temperature 29°' 1. L'rd December 1903. Two specimens.

These specimens agree minutely \vitli the figures and description given by CHEVREUX,
and 1 have been able to compare them with co-types of his species which he has been
good enough to send me. 1 have also compared them with a specimen of Anani/.f
l'< nini'iitus Pfeft'er from South Georgia, kindly placed at my disposal by the authorities
of the Hamburg Museum, and I find it is quite the same as the South Orkneys
specimens and those from Port L'harcot sent to me by Monsieur E. CHKVREUX. Pfetfer's
description agrees well with U. dentimanus, but his figure shows the telson too broadly
rounded posteriorly and the cleft too shallow. The figure was, however, made without
dissecting the specimen. His name has priority by many years. M. CHEVKEUX states
that this species appears to closely resemble C. /'mnjin'ri Walker from South Victoria
Land. I have been able to examine co-types of this species from the British Museum, and
also specimens obtained by the Xniir<i</ Expedition, and find that, though there is consider-
able resemblance in general structure, C.fougneri differs considerably from C. (L'ntimanus
in the greater length of the antennae, and also in having the body much less compact,
and the first gnathopod more slender.

Genus TRYPHOSA Boeck, 1871.
7'ri//i/ti>*<t iii/irr'ti/t Walker.

Tri/i>li<nni nturrtuji Walker 1903A, ji. 50, jil. ix. lii^s. 45-51.

1907, p. 1C (part).

Station 411, Coats Land, lat. 74 L' S., long. 22° W. ; Kil fathoms. Many
specimens, the largest 22 mm. long.

After much consideration, I have decided to record these specimens under the name
given above. I have been able to compare them with the type of Mr WALKER'S species
obtained by the Southern Cross Expedition, and the two agree so closely that they
must be considered specifically identical. The eyes are obsolete, the lateral lobes of the
head produced and acute or suhacute, the hind margin of the third pleon segment straight,

(ROY. 800. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 467.)

]8(j PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

and the first segment of the urns bears a well-marked triangular carina. The appendages
are in close agreement with those of the type, and in both the inner lobe of the first
maxilla bears four sette instead of two as given in the diagnosis of the genus in Das
Ticrreich Amphipoda, two of the setse being shorter than the others.

While it is easy to identify the Scotia specimens with Mr WALKER'S type, the
position is not so clear if we try to go a little further. In the Southern Cross
Amphipoda Mr WALKER described another species, Tryphosa adarei, differing from
T. murrayi in certain minor characters which appeared at the time to be of specific
importance. In 1907, however, on the receipt of numerous other specimens from the
Discovery Expedition, he united the two species under the name T. murrayi, as the
examination of the specimens showed that the characters at first relied upon were
subject to variation. In this he was perhaps right, but a comparison of his specimens
of T. adarei with my specimens shows that they differ from them as they do from
T. murrayi in having the first gnathopod rather stouter towards the distal end, and
particularly in having the carpus stouter and rather shorter than the propod, while in T.
murrayi it is as long as or longer than the propod ; though the differences are not great,
they appear to be constant in the specimens I have examined. Moreover, Mr WALKER
states that T. adarei closely resembles T. barbatipes Stebbing, but differs in the pro-
portions of the joints of the upper antennae and of the gnathopoda. Before comparing
the Scotia specimens with T. murrayi Walker I had also noted their great similarity
to T. barbatipes, except in the shape of the first gnathopods, and comparison of the three
shows that T. adarei is largely intermediate in this character between T. murrayi and
T. barbatipes, so that, if the first two are united, it will be necessary to unite them both
with T. barbatipes. This species is, however, now placed by STEBBING in another genus,
Tryphosella, and the shape of the first gnathopod in the type specimen of T. barbatipes
which I have also examined is considerably different from that of T. murrayi, the
carpus being shorter and the propod longer and stouter and slightly different in outline,
as may be seen from an examination of the figure in the Challenger Report, and there
are differences in some other characters. It is quite likely that an examination of
specimens from other localities will show complete transitional forms, but at present I
cannot go fully into this question, and in the meantime prefer to identify my specimens
with T. murrayi and to leave that species distinct from T. adarei and from T.
barbatipes. In all three species the side plates of the first and second gnathopoda
have a small tooth at the posterior angle. It is to be hoped that a complete revision of
this group will be made before long ; such a revision must, however, include the similar
forms from northern seas, some of which appear to be very closely allied.

Tryphosa murrayi is known from South Victoria Land and from near Coats Land,
though not yet recorded from intermediate localities.

(UOY. 80C. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 468.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 187

Genus TRYPHOSITES G. 0. Sars, 1891.
7'i-i//>/n>xites stebbitii/i (Walker).

JI,i/il<>ny.f xtelbinyi Walker, 1903A, p. 5-2, pi. ix. ligs. 5:2 to 57.
Tni<'/<mi/.<: atebliimji Stebbing, 1906, p. 720.
Chilton, 1909A, p. 618.

Station 411, Coats Land, lat. 74° l' S., long. 22° W. ; 161 fathoms. Many
specimens, about 17 mm. long.

1 have compared these specimens with those from the Southern Cross Expedition
on which Mr WALKER established the species, and find that they agree closely in all
points, except that the lateral process of the head might almost be called acute instead
of " point rounded " —in some of the Southern Cross specimens it is almost or quite as
acute as in the Scotia specimens. The first segment of the urus is slightly compressed,
but hardly sufficiently so to be called carinate. The eyes are very indistinct or absent
completely. The first guathopod has the propod slightly narrowed towards the distal
end, with the palm short and not well defined ; in one specimen the palm was found to
be rather oblique on one side of the body, while on the other it was almost transverse ;
the dactyl has a prominent secondary nail. In this specimen the second uropod had
the inner branch somewhat constricted towards the distal end, as shown by STEBBING
for Tryphosa cicadoides (1888, pi. iv. fig. w2) ; the telson is long and narrow, without
marginal spinules, but with two small spinules in the emarginatiou at the end of
each lobe.

The species appears to be close to T. cicadoides Stebbing, one of the chief differences
being apparently in the shape of the telson ; but it is to be noted that the drawings of
the telson of the two specimens represented on plates iv. and v. of the Challenger Report
differ to some extent.

The species was described by WALKER under the genus Hoplonyx, and compared
with //. kergueleni (Miers), which is now placed under Tryphosa, the genus to which
T. cicadoides was first assigned. Tryphosa kergueleni is certainly not unlike Tmetonyx
stebbingi, but differs in the points mentioned by WALKER, and particularly in having
the propod of the first gnathopod stouter and with the palm regularly rather oblique.
The first gnathopod of Tryphosa trigonica, as figured in the Challenger Report, is more
like that of T. stebbingi, and in describing that species Mr STEBBING suggested that it
was perhaps the young of T. kergueleni (Miers).

In the Scotia specimens, and also in those collected by the Southern Cross, the
epistome is produced anteriorly into an acute process as in Tryphosites longipes (Bate
and Westwood), and the species must be placed in the same genus, though the
differences between Tryphosa, Tmetonyx, and Tryphosites are very triHing. Tryphosites
stebbitigi appears to be very close to T. Imxjipes of northern seas, differing chiefly in
having the perseopoda shorter and stouter and the eyes indistinct.

(ROY. soc. EUIN. THANS., VOL. XLVIII., 4G9.)

188 PROFESSOR CHAKLES CHILTON ON THE

Tmetonyx stebbingi is now known from South Victoria Land and from Coats Land,
and 1 have recorded a form from the sub- Antarctic islands of New Zealand which
appears to belong to this species, but is much smaller, has well-developed eyes, and is
darkly pigmented (1909A, p. 618).

Genus ORCHOMENELLA.

Orchomenella pinguides Walker.

Orchomenella pinguides Walker 1903A, p. 46, pi. viii. figs. 24-30.

,, 1907, p. 13.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. 2nd January 1904. Several specimens.

These specimens undoubtedly belong to this species, as on comparison I find that
they agree closely with co-types of WALKER'S species kindly sent me by Dr CALMAN of
the British Museum. They show also a pretty close resemblance to Cheirimedon
dentimanus Chevreux, but differ in having the eyes not black (in spirit specimens),
and in having the first gnathopod less strongly developed and the palm not concave ;
the third segment of the pleon has the posterior angle rather more rounded, and the
telson appears slightly more elongated than in CHEVREUX'S species. I have also been
able to examine specimens of O. pinguides from South Victoria Land collected by the
Nimrod in 1908, and can detect no difference between them and the South Orkneys
specimens. In most of the Nimrod specimens the eye is colourless in spirit and
appears to have been red in the living animal ; some of the specimens were labelled
" Red Amphipods." and the specimens preserved in formalin still show the red colour
of the eyes and a slight pinkish tinge of the whole body. On the other hand, WALKER
in describing his species says : " Eyes moderately large, dark, oval, expanded below."
There thus appears to be some variation in the eyes of Orchomenella pinguides, for in
the co-types from the British Museum one specimen has an eye still fairly darkly
coloured, but in the others it is pale, as in the South Orkneys specimens, and 1 have
noticed also some variation in the Nimrod specimens.

Orchomenella macronyx Chevreux.

Orchomenella macronyx Chevreux 1905, p. 101, fig. 2.

190GB, p. 8, iigs. 5-7.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. May 1903. Two specimens, 4'5 mm.

long.

These two small specimens on the whole agree well with CHEVKEUX'S description,
especially in the shape of the last segment of the pleon and the first of the urus.
The eye is rather narrower and less oval, and the first gnathopod appears to have a
slightly more transverse palm, against which the finger fits closely without projecting
beyond it. The telson is concave above.

(ROY. soo. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 47o.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 189

Genus WALDECKIA Chevreux, 190f>
( = CHARCOTIA Chevreux, 1905, name preoccupied).

Waldeckia zschauii (Pfeffer).

Annny.f zfdtanii Pfeffer, 1888, p. 87, fig. 1.
Ori'hnmenofiris zschaiiii Stebbing, 1906, p. 85 (part).
Charcotia obesa Chevreux, 1905, p. 163, fig. 3.
Waldeckia obesa Chevreux, 1906u, p. 15, figs. 8-10.
„ Walker, 1907, p. 10, pi. ii. fig. 4.

Station 411, Coats Land, lat. 74° 1' S., long. 22° W. ; 161 fathoms. 12th
March 1904. Many specimens, the largest 16 mm. long.

Although I have been unable to examine specimens of Anonyx zschauii Pfefter,
as those described by him did not belong to the official collection of the German Expedi-
tion of 1882-83, and consequently were not deposited in the Hamburg Museum, I feel
confident that my specimens must be referred to his species. His description of the
great obesity of the body, and particularly of the dorsal process on the first segment of
the urus, which is so distinct from that of other species with which it might otherwise
be confused, leaves no doubt upon the subject. In this species, in place of the more or
less rounded prominence on the first segment of the urus, the process rises abruptly
behind the usual depression into a sharp tooth, from which it slopes downwards towards
the next segment; this is shown clearly also in PFEFFER'S figure, although the figure is
rather small. Mr STEBBING in 1906 referred his species Orchomene cavimanus to
PFEFFER'S species, but an examination of the mounted slides of the Challenger collection
in the British Museum shows that the first gnathopod of O. cavimanus has the propod
broad and not narrowing distally as in W. zschauii, and, judging from the description,
the process on the urus does not appear the same as in that species, and it appears to me
that O. cavimanus Stebbing is more properly referred to the widespread and variable
species O. chilensis (Heller) ; see p. 474, where the question is further discussed.

I did not at first compare my specimens with the descriptions of Waldeckia obesa
Chevreux, but the shape of the basal joint of the third perseopod in one of the slides
I had mounted proved to be so similar to the figures given by both CHEVKEUX and WALKER
that a full comparison was made, with the result that my specimens proved to be
identical with that species also. The figures given by CHEVREUX and WALKER show the
great obesity of the body and the great prolongation backwards of the fourth side plates
better than PFEFFER'S ; but, on the other hand, they hardly show so well the character of
the process on the urus, though from their descriptions it seems evident that they were
dealing with the same structure.

I have compared the Scotia specimens with those collected by the Discovery and
referred to this species by Mr WALKER, and find no essential difference ; in the Discovery
specimens the third segment of the pleon is slightly more compressed and elevated into
a blunt dorsal tooth, while the tooth on the first segment of the urus is a little shorter
than in the Scotia specimens.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 471.)

190 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

WALKER'S figure is taken from a male specimen, and shows the long second antennae
found in that sex; these are longer than in the males of Orchomenopsis chilensis
(Heller) and some other allied species. The occurrence of some specimens with long
lower antennas was pointed out by PFEFFER in his original description.

Whether it was necessary to establish the new genus Waldeckia for this species
appears to me to be doubtful, but as that has been done I am referring the species to it.
As mentioned above, STEBBING in his Tierreich Amphipoda placed the species under
Orchomenopsis, and the affinities of the species seem to me to be distinctly with species
of that genus such as 0. chilensis (Heller) and 0. nodimanus Walker. It is true that
CHEVREUX has described the propocl of the first gnathopod of W. obesa as being simple
and not subchelate ; but in my specimens, although the propod narrows very considerably
distally, there is a distinct though short palm, and this is shown also in the figures given
by PFEFFER and WALKKR. Moreover, there are considerable differences in the breadth of
the propod in other species of Orchomenopsis, as will be seen from my discussion of
0. chilensis (Heller) ; and in the South African specimens which I refer to that species
the propod narrows distally in the same way, though not to the same extent, as in
W. zschauii.

The other important point in which Waldeckia differs from Orchomenopsis, as first
pointed out by CHEVREUX, is in the possession of finger-like accessory branchiae.
CHEVREUX describes one of these as being present on all the legs, and two on the fourth.
In the specimens I examined I found them on the fourth, fifth, and sixth legs only, and
only one on the fourth. They appear to arise either from or near the base of the branchia.
They are long and finger-like in shape, but seem to differ in internal structure from the
branchia, being filled with granules or globules of some kind, and whether they are really
branchial in function is perhaps doubtful. This, however, is neither the time nor the
place for a discussion of their physiological importance ; the question that concerns us
now is their presence or absence, and their value when present as a generic character.

Secondary or accessory branchiae have been described in several genera of the
Amphipoda belonging to quite different families, and it seems probable that they may
be independently developed in cases where there is special need for them, and that their
presence is not of great taxonomic importance. For example, they occur in some species
of Hyalella and not in others, and the species in which they occur are nevertheless
retained under the genus Hyalella. It was not till after I had written down the
general considerations given above that I had an opportunity of specially looking for
accessory branchiae in other allied species ; but afterwards, on examining large specimens
of Orchomenopsis chilensis Heller ( = 0. rossii Walker), from Station 411, whence
the Waldeckia zschauii had been obtained, I found them in that species also, though
they appear to be present only on the fifth and sixth legs. Unfortunately, my atten-
tion was not specially directed to this question till it was too late to make an examina-
tion of other specimens, but the facts detailed above show, 1 think, that Waldeckia is
nearer to Orchomenopsis than might appear at first sight.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 472.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 191

The small amount of difference between some of these genera, and the difficulty of
referring a species to its proper genus, is shown by the fact that while CHEVREUX estab-
lished for the species in question the new genus Waldeckia, and compared it with
Menigrates and Lepidepecreum, Mr WALKER, who was independently working at the
same species, had at first classified it under Socarnes, and Mr STEBBING has since stated
that he would have been inclined to concur in this view. Mr STEBBING has, however,
now accepted the genus Waldeckia, and has described a new species, W. chevreuxi, from
Australia (1910A, p. 572, pi. xlvii.B). This species, which, though undescribed, has
been long known to me from New Zealand, differs from W. zschauii (Pfeffer) in having
the first guathopod quite simple, and thus offers an additional reason for retaining the
genus Waldeckia, unless indeed W. chevreuxi could not have been as appropriately
placed under one of the existing genera.

Genus ORCHOMENOPSIS Bars, 1893.

Orchomenopsis nodimanus Walker.

Orchomenopsis nodiniaHus Walker, 1903A, p. 44, pi. vii. figs. 13-17.
Stebbing, 1906, p. 721.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; trap. Many specimens, averaging

about 1 5 mm.
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay ; 1 0 fathoms. March \ 903. Three specimens, the

largest 13 mm.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay; 9-10 fathoms. April 1903. One specimen.
Also taken at other times along with 0. chilensis (Heller).

These specimens agree well with the description given by WALKER, and I have
been able to compare them with co-types of his species from the British Museum,
and find no essential difference between the specimens from the South Orkneys and
those from South Victoria Land. The species in most respects is very similar to
O. chilensis (Heller), but can be distinguished by the slight carination of the hinder
part of the body and by the peculiar structure of the propod of the first gnathopod ;
in most of rny specimens this is a little stouter than is shown in WALKER'S figure,
and it bears a tubercle on the posterior surface as described by him.

This species occurred along with 0. chilensis (Heller) in many captures.

Orchomenopsis chilensis (Heller).

Anonyx chilensis Heller, 1865, p. 129, pi. xi. fig. 5.

Orchomenopsis obtitsa S&TB, 1891 and 1895, p. 74, pi. xxvi. fig. 2, and p. 684.

Orchomene musrulosus Stcbbing, 1888, p. 673, pi. xx.
(?) „ abyssorum Stebbing, 1888, p. 676, pi. xxi.
(?) „ cavimanus Stebbing, 1888, p. 679, pi. xxii.

Orchomenopsis muscitlosa and (?) abyssorum Stebbing, 1906, p. 84.
(?) „ zschauii Stebbing (part), 1906, p. 85.

(ROT. 8OC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIIL, 473.)

192 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHJLTON ON THE

Orchomenopsis proximo, Chevrcux, 1903, p. 93, fig. 6a-c, and 1906u, p. 13.

„ rossii Walker, 1903A, p. 45, figs. 18-23, and 1907, p. 14.

(?) „ abyssorum Walker, 1903s, pp. 224 and 227.

(?) „ „ Chevrenx, 1903, p. 92.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; trap, 15 fathoms. May 1903. Several

hundred specimens up to 15 mm. in length, all "taken from trap in one

day; bait — penguin." Taken along with 0. nodimanus.
Station 411, Coats Land, lat. 74° 1' S., long. 22° W. ; 161 fathoms. 12th

March 1904. Many specimens, most of them of large size, about 20 mm.
South Orkneys, Station 325 ; 21 fathoms. September 1903. "Through hole in

ice made for seal skeleton." Many hundreds of specimens of varying size

up to 15 mm. Taken along with 0, nodimanus.
South Orkneys, Station 325; 13-25 fathoms. August 1903. Many specimens.

0. nodimanus being taken at the same time.
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay ; 9-10 fathoms. May 1903. Many specimens ; also

taken along with 0. nodimanus.
South Orkneys, Station 325 ; 27 fathoms ; temperature 29°. June 1903. Many

specimens ; 0. nodimanus being taken at the same time.

In. order to make clear the discussion of this species it will be well to give the
following historic account. The genus Orchomenopsis was established by SARS in 1893
for the species 0. obtusa. In 1888 Mr STEBBING had described three species under the
genus Orchomene, namely : — Orchomene musculosus, described from one specimen about
12 mm. long, taken near the south of Japan ; Orchomene abyssorum, from the Atlantic,
east of Buenos Aires, 1100 fathoms, one specimen, male; and 0. cavimanus, from
Kerguelen Island, two or three specimens, the one described being 12 mm. long. Of
these species SARS included the first two, and with some doubt also the third, in his
genus Orchomenopsis. Many years before this, however, in 1865, HELLER had de-
scribed the species Anonyx chilensis from Chili, and in his revision of the Amphipoda
for Das Tierreich STEBBING puts the whole of his three species under Orchomenopsis,
giving Anonyx chilensis Heller as a doubtful synonym of 0. abyssorum, and identify-
ing his species 0. cavimanus with Anonyx zschauii Pfeffer, which had been described
from South Georgia in 1888. In 1903 CHEVREUX described Orchomenopsis proximo,
from specimens obtained from deep waters in the tropical Atlantic Ocean, at the same
time identifying other specimens from the Northern Atlantic with 0. abyssorum, and
describing a new species, 0. excavata, which he stated comes close to 0. cavimanus
(Stebbing). In 1906 he identified specimens obtained by the French Antarctic Ex-
pedition from Graham Land with 0. proximo,, pointing out a few small differences
between the specimens from the two localities, and stating that the species was very close
to 0. obtusa Sars. Meanwhile, in 1903, WALKER had described 0. rossii from Cape
Adare, also referring to its close resemblance to 0. obtusa ; in 1907 he examined many
specimens obtained from South Victoria Land by the Discovery Expedition, and

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 474.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 193

modified his original description in one or two points in which he found that the
additional specimens showed some slight variation from those at first described. In
1903 he also had identified as 0. abyssorum specimens obtained from the Atlantic
by the Oceana.

The Scotia collections contain an enormous number of specimens from the various
localities given above, and a comparison of these with co-types of WALKER'S species showed
that they were the same as the forms described by him under the name 0. rossii. A
comparison of the different specimens from the South Orkneys and other Scotta localities
with co-types of WALKER'S species supplied by the British Museum, and with specimens
collected by the Nimrod Expedition, showed that the species varied greatly not only
in size but also in several points which had been relied upon by previous authors for
the description of different species — for example, in the second gnathopod, some of the
specimens having the palm strictly transverse, while in others it was slightly produced
so as to give the gnathopod almost a chelate character ; in the postero-lateral angle to
the third pleon, which in some is quadrate and in others more or less broadly rounded ;
and in the proportions of the two branches of the third uropods. There are, of course,
also differences between the sexes, the males having the lower antenna considerably
longer than the females, and having the branches of the third uropod supplied with more
numerous long plumose seise, though some similar setre are present in the female. An
examination of young forms appears to show that these setae are only developed to the
full extent in older specimens, there being fewer in younger forms.

I was able also to compare these specimens with a specimen of O. proxtnni
Chevreux from Port Charcot, kindly sent to me by Monsieur CHEVREUX, and I have
come to the conclusion that this species is the same as 0. rossii, the differences which
M. CHEVREUX points out being accounted for by the variations mentioned above. In
the character of the eyes and in other points it is quite the same as a specimen of
0. rossii of moderate size ; on the other hand, as M. CHEVREUX points out, it is con-
siderably larger than the forms from the North Atlantic on which he originally
described the species 0. proximo,. From the Vienna Museum I obtained specimens of
Anonyx chilensis Heller, taken by the Novara at Chili. This proved to be about half the
size of 0. proxima ; it differs a little in the shape of the eye and in the somewhat smaller
size of the rounded prominence on the first segment of the urus, but in all other points
I can find nothing to distinguish it from O. rossii Walker. In Anonyx chilensis the
eye is almost oval, widening slightly below, and it is colourless in the spirit specimens
and probably was red in the living animal, as described by SARS in O. obtusa. In large
specimens of 0. rossii from Antarctic regions, the eye usually differs somewhat in shape,
being much narrower above and wider below, and in most of them it is dark in colour
in spirit specimens, though in many, and especially in forms preserved originally in
formalin, there is still a reddish tinge to be seen. Moreover, even in the Antarctic
specimens there is some variation in the size, shape, and colour of the eyes, and conse-
quently I do not think this slight difference sufficient to distinguish Anonyx chilensis

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 475.)

194 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

Heller from O. rossii Walker. Monsieur CHEVREUX had also kindly sent me a specimen
of 0. obtusa Sars from Norway, and an examination of this showed that in size and
in all essential characters it was identical with the specimens of Anonyx chilensis
Heller, though the eye was less oval and more widened below, and hence more like the
specimens of 0. rossii. Consequently I am forced to the conclusion that 0. obtusa
Sars also belongs to this widely distributed species. 0. musculosa Stebbing was
described from a single specimen obtained from the south of Japan, and from the
description given I think there can be no doubt that it is the same as the other
forms already described. • 0. abyssorum Stebbing is supposed to be distinguished from
the other species mainly by the more strictly chelate character of the second gnathopod,
and the figure of the Challenger specimen shows the palm much more produced than it
is in any of the forms I have already referred to, though, as I have pointed out, there is
considerable difference among them in this character. In all other points there seems
little to distinguish 0. abyssorum from the others, and, as mentioned above, STEBBING
has already given Anonyx chilensis Heller as a possible synonym of this species,
although the second gnathopod in that form can hardly be described as truly chelate.

For some considerable time I was inclined to think that perhaps it would be wise
to keep 0. abyssorum as a separate species ; however, after having finished my exami-
nation of the forms already mentioned, I found in the Scotia collection a number of
specimens from Saldanha Bay in South Africa which in most points are quite similar
to 0. rossii, but in which the second gnathopod has the palm so much produced that
it could quite strictly be called chelate, as in 0. abyssorum Stebbing.

If this form had agreed in other points with STEBBING'S 0. abyssorum it would
confirm the opinion that this is a distinct species ; but this is not the case, for the first
gnathopod, instead of having the basos slender and the propod rather broad, as in the
type specimen, is somewhat stouter than usual, and differs also in having the propod
considerably narrowed distally, so that its palm is much shorter.* In it the eyes are
black, usually oval, though slightly widening below, and they vary in size and in the
amount of widening at the lower part. After careful consideration I think it best to
include this form also in the same species as the others, although they might perhaps
be looked upon as different variety, though not corresponding in all points with the
form described as 0. abyssorum by STEBBING.

If all these forms are combined they must be known under the name of Orcho-
menopsis chilensis Heller, as that name has priority by many years. With regard to
0. cavimanus Stebbing, from the Kerguelen Islands, STEBBING himself has identified
it with 0. zschauii (Pfeffer) ; but, as I have shown elsewhere, PFEPFER'S species is quite
distinct in the shape of the dorsal process on the urus and in the greater stoutness
of the body and the character of the first gnathopod, and has been since redescribed by
CHEVREUX under the name Waldeckia obesa.

* In the stout basos and in the character of the propod the first gnathopod in these specimens shows
considerable approach to 0. nodimanus Walker, but it lacks the tubercle present in that species.

(ROY. soc. BDIN. TEANS., VOL. XLVIII., 476.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 195

I have examined a mounted slide of 0. cavimanus Stebbing in the British Museum.
The palm of the second gnathopod is hardly so oblique as shown in the figure of the
whole appendage in the Challenger Report, but is distinctly concave, the finger imping-
ing against a rather narrow projection of the propod and being thus separated from
the rest of the palm. This structure seems rather more marked in the one gnathopod
than in the other of the same specimen, and the difference from typical specimens of
O. ckilensis is not greater than, or indeed so great as, that of the specimens from South
Africa mentioned above, and the other parts of the specimen seem to agree well with
that species. In the same way, 0. excavata Chevreux, from the Atlantic, might perhaps
also be looked upon as only a form of the widespread 0. chilensis Heller, but I have
not been able to examine specimens of 0. excavata.

ORCHOMENOPSIS (?) COATSI, sp. nov. (PI. I. figs. 8-9.)

Station 411, Coats Land, lat. 71° 1' S., long. 22° W. ; 1G1 fathoms. 12th
March 1904. Many specimens, about 13 mm. long.

In general possessing the characters of an Orchomenopsis, but differing markedly
in the first gnathopoda (fig. 8), which are long and very slender. The basos is long,
slender, but expanding at the middle so as to be elongate fusiform ; the ischium is fully
half as long as the basos ; merus shorter ; carpus about as long as the ischium, slender ;
propod longer than the carpus but not broader, narrow, oblong, about four times as long
as broad ; palm a little oblique ; small tufts of setae on the propod toward the distal end.

The second gnathopod (fig. 9) is of the form normally found in the genus ; the carpus
is expanded so that the posterior margin is strongly convex, both margins being furred ;
the propod is much shorter than the carpus, narrowed at the base ; palm short, trans-
verse or a little projecting ; the margins of the propod are furred, and supplied with long
setae in the usual manner.

Remarks. — The first gnathopoda of this species differ so much from those of other
species of Orchbmenopsis that it should perhaps be classed in some other genus, but
I cannot find any genus that seems more appropriate, for in all the other characters
it is closely similar to a typical species such as O. cJiilensis, and I therefore prefer to
place it provisionally under Orchomenopsis rather than to add another genus to the
Lysianassidse.

Genus HARPINIA Boeck, 1871.

Harpinia obtusifrons Stebbing.

Hnrpinia oltusifrons Stel>l>in«, 1888, p. 820, pi. Ivi., ;uul 190C, p. 143.
„ „ Walker, 1907, p. 17.

Chilton, 1909A, p. G19.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; dredge, 9-10 fathoms. May 1903.
One female, 4 mm. long; another female (from Scotia Bay), 7 mm.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 477.)

19G PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

These specimens resemble those examined by me from Campbell Island, and differ
from the description of the genus as given by STEBBING in Das Tierreich Amphipoda
in having the eye present and formed of many facets, though it is pale in colour in the
smaller specimen.

The species is widely distributed in Antarctic and sub-Antarctic seas.

Genus LEUCOTHOE Leach, 1813-14.
Leucothoe spinicarpa (Abildgaard).

Gammarus spiniearpus Abildgaard, 1789, in 0. F. Muller, Zool. Dan.,

3rd ed., vol. iii. p. 66, pi. cxix. figs. 1-4.
Leucothoe antarciica Pfeffer, 1888, p. 13, pi. ii. fig. 4.
„ spinicarpa Stebbing, 190G, p. 165.

Walker, 1907, p. 18.
,, eommensalia Haswell, 1880, p. 261, pi. x. fig. 3.

„ Stebbing, 1906, p. 166.
„ „ „ 1910A, p. 580 and p. 630.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; 9-10 fathoms. April 1903. One
specimen, 8 mm. long.

I have been able to compare this specimen with some obtained at South Victoria
Land by the Nimrod, and with specimens from Plymouth, England, and I agree with
Mr WALKER that there is no appreciable difference between them and the European
species. The South Orkneys specimen has the conical process on the propod at the base
of the finger a little more obtuse than in the others, but in all other points they agree.

With regard to L. commensalis Haswell, Mr STEBBING says : " It is perhaps only
a matter of taste or convenience whether this should be taken as a distinct species or
as a variety of L. spinicarpa Abildg." In my South Orkneys specimen the propod
of the second gnathopod contracts a little more towards the finger hinge than is shown
in SARS' figure of the European form, as it does in the Australian specimens examined
by Mr STEBBING ; on the other hand, the tuberculation of the palm is practically
intermediate between that shown by SARS and by HARWELL, and the resemblance
throughout is so very close that 1 see no good object in retaining a different name for
the Australian specimens.

Three other species are at present included in the list of Australian Crustacea, viz.
L. brevidigitata Miers, L. diemenensis Haswell, and L. gracilis Haswell ; but, as
STEBBING points out, it is probable that they should all be included in L. spinicarpa,
though, as yet, I have not been able to examine specimens. I have, however, examined
the type of L. antarctica Pfeffer from the Hamburg Museum, and find that it also
belongs to this cosmopolitan species.

I may take this opportunity of stating that I have recently (1912, p. 129) united
L. tridens Stebbing, obtained in New Zealand waters by the Challenger, with the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 478.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 197

earlier described L. traiUii G. M. Tlmmson, as the small differences given in the
descriptions were found not to hold for all specimens or to be based on misconceptions.
It is not unlikely that this species will also prove to be only a form of L. spinicarpa
Abildg.

Genus AMPHILOCHUS Bate, 1862.

Amphilochus squamosus G. M. Thomson.

Amjihilochus squamosus G. M. Thomson, 1880, p. 4, pi. i. fig. 4.
„ marionis Steljliing, 1888, p. 743, pi. xxxviii.

„ 1906, p. 151 and p. 723.
Walker, 1901, p. 300.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. Several specimens, all of small size,
about 3 mm. long.

These specimens certainly agree with STEBBING'S species described from Marion
Island, but they are also the same as the species previously described by THOMSON
under the name Amphilochus squamosus, from New Zealand. This latter species, which
has been accidentally omitted from the list in Das Tierreich Amphipoda, is fairly
common in New Zealand, and I have long noted that it is very closely allied to the
Chrtl/t'iit/f}' species, and the present opportunity of examining specimens from another
locality that undoubtedly belong to STEBBING'S species confirms this. The New Zealand
specimens are usually covered with dark, reddish-black spots, and some of the South
Orkneys specimens still show signs of similar coloration. Mr THOMSON described a small
accessory flagellum on the first antenna, and, though this does not appear to have been
noted by others in this genus, which is described in Das Tici-reif/i as being " without
accessory flagellum," it is undoubtedly present also in the South Orkneys specimens.
WALKER has pointed out that A. neapolitanus Delia Valle, 1893, is perhaps the same
as A. marionis ; in describing his species STEBBING originally compared it to A,
tenuimamts Boeck. It will probably be found to be either the same as or very closely
allied to one of the northern species. Mr THOMSON'S name has priority over all except
A. manudens Bate and A tenuimanus Boeek.

Genus METOPOIDES Delia Valle, 1893.
Metopoides sarsii (Pfetfer). (PI. L fig. 10.)

Metopa sarsii PfVfler, 1888, p. 84, pi. ii. figs. 3, 8, and pi. iii. fig. 2.
MetopoMe* walked Chevreux, 1906A, p. 37, fig. 1 ; 1906n, p. 28, figs. 15-17.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; shore pools ; temperature 30°-32°.
6th December 1903. Eight specimens, the largest measuring 7 mm. in
length in the usual position with the pleon folded under the perjeon.
In the collection of Amphipoda in the Hamburg Museum there is a single specimen

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TKANS., Vol.. XLVIII., 479.)

198 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

of Mi'/ < i/ in Mrxii Pfett'er. '1'his specimen I have been allowed to dissect and mount
permanently as a micro-slide, :md 1 find it agrees precisely with M. walken Chevreux,
a name which must therefore be dropped in favour of the older M. sarsii.

My specimens agree minutely with CHEVREUX'S description ; the accessory
Hagellum is, I think, present in all the specimens, but it is exceedingly small, so small
that it would hardly be inaccurate to say that it is absent. CHEVKEUX describes the
palp of the mandible as two-jointed ; I think there is a minute third joint present in
the specimen from which I dissected the mouth parts, but if so it is almost as small as
the accessory flagellum ; yet the presence or absence of these minute joints is one of
the distinguishing marks for some of the genera into which the family Metopidse is
now divided.

CHEVREUX was unable to identify his species with any of those described by
STEBBING in the Cliallenger Report, but says it seems to be nearest to Metopa ovata ; but
this species has the basal joints of perseopods four and five narrow, and is now placed
in the genus Metopella. I would rather be inclined to compare it to M. magellanica
or M. compacta, species now placed in the genus Metopoides, while the small acute
teeth which are present on the palm of the second gnathopod, as described by
CHEVREUX, show an approach to the more irregular palm found in M. crenatipalma, a
species now known as Proboloides crenatipalma.

From the Cliallenger collections STEBBING described six species of Metopa — one
from Kerguelen Island, the other five from Cape Virgins, off Patagonia ; each of which,
with one exception, was represented by one specimen only, though of one species
another specimen was found at Nightingale Island in the Tristan da Cunha group. Of
these six species three are placed in Das Tierreich Amphipoda under Metopoides, two
under Metopella, and the other under Proboloides. As these genera are separated
from one another and from Metopa by small points such as those I have mentioned
above, and as there are altogether twenty-one species of Metopa, six of Metopella,
three of Metopoides, and seven of Proboloides, it is not to be wondered at that the
classification of the family is admittedly in an unsatisfactory condition, and I think it
wisest not to attempt to identify the species under consideration with any of the
Challenger species, although it is probably the same as one of the species described
from Cape Virgins.

The sides of the last segment of the urus are raised into a vertical plate on each
side of the telson, and this is continued by a similar vertical plate on the outer edge
of the peduncle of the third uropod, so that a groove is formed, protected on each side
by these vertical plates or flanges, in which the telson may rest when the animal swims
by backward strokes of the hinder part of the body (see Plate I. fig. 10).

(HOY. soc. EPIN. TRANS., VOL. xi.vin., 4MO.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTAIMTIC KXPEDITION. 199

Genus MKTOI>ELLA G. 0. Sars, 1892.
Metopella ovata (Stebbing).

Mttopa ovata SuO.liing, 1888, p. 764, pi. xlii.
1906, p. 183.

South Orkneys, .Scotia Bay, Station 325A ; dredge, 2-8 fathoms; temperature
29°-30°. Gth December 1903. Several specimens, none exceeding 3 mm.
in length.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; 9-10 fathoms. April 1903. Three
small specimens.

Several of these are females bearing eggs, and none can be said to be certainly
males. These specimens agree closely with the description given by STEBBING, and
have the basal joints of the fourth and fifth peneopods narrowed as given in the
diagnosis of the genus. The gnathopods, uropods, and telson are all in close
agreement with the figures given in the Challenger Report ; the accessory flagellum
on the upper antenna is present, though extremely small, being about the same size as
in Metopoides sarsii Pfefifer. The palp of the mandible is short, and consists of a very
short first joint, an expanded second joint bearing three settu along one margin, and a
very short third joint tipped by a setum.

Genus THAUMATELSON Walker, 1 90G.

This genus was established by WALKER in 1907 for his species T. herdmani
obtained by the Discovery Expedition. The Scotia obtained several specimens from
the South Orkneys of what appear to be two additional species of the same genus.
The genus is mainly characterised by the very peculiar telson, which was described by
WALKER as "large, entire, oval, and set in a vertical plane on its longer edge." The
telson in the two species I have now to describe agrees well with this description.
The shape of the telson is probably associated with the extremely large side plates
which cover all the appendages when these are withdrawn, and enclose the animal so
that it looks like a small bivalve shell ; when this is done the pleon is folded in under
the side plates which appear to overlap the telson all except a small thicker ridge along
its dorsal margin, which fills the small slit between the right and left side plates.

In the mouth parts the genus agrees well with the characters of the family Meto-
pidic ; one species, however, is peculiar in having the second gnathopod chelate.

Thaumatelson ivalkeri, sp. nov. (PI. I. tigs. 11-15.)

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. April and May 1903. Several

specimens, the largest 3 mm. in length.

Specific Dcxcri/'tion. — In general characters (see fig. 1 1 ) similar to T. herdmani, but
with the side plates even larger, the fourth segment being longer than any of the others

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 4M.)

'200 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

and having an extremely large side plate. The second and third pleon segments not
produced into a postero-dorsal tooth, but the third bearing a stout conical tooth pro-
jecting at right angles to the dorsal surface of the segment. The first antenna has the
first joint much larger than the second or third, and produced at the upper margin
into a broad, hood-like process; a minute accessory flagellum is present.

Further Description. — The antennae (fig. 12) are quite short, the upper one being
slightly longer than the lower. It has its basal joint very stout, and is produced above
at the distal end into a broad process overlapping the second and nearly as long. The
second joint is slightly broader than the third, which is about the same length. The
fiagellum tapers gradually, and consists of about thirteen joints, all with very few
setaD. There is a small accessory appendage.

In the second antenna the last joint of the peduncle is slightly longer and more
slender than the preceding ; the rlagellum is of about the same length as the peduncle,
and contains about ten joints.

The mandibles have the same general shape as in Mctopa ; the palp, though small, is
less vestigial than in some of the other genera of the family ; the first joint is short, the
second moderately long and broad, and the third is about as long as the first. There
is no molar process. The first maxilla has the palp two-jointed. In the second maxilla
the outer lobe is rather longer and broader than the inner. Both these maxilla}, and
also the maxillipeds, have the same general character as in the next species, T. inermis.

The first gnathopod (fig. 13) has the basos long, widening a little distally ; the merus
is rather longer than the ischium, and ends in a rounded lobe bearing three long setae,
the posterior margin being furred ; the carpus is about half as long as the propod, and is
produced posteriorly into a short lobe fringed with setae ; the propod sub-oblong, about
twice as long as broad, with anterior margin rather strongly convex ; the palm oblique,
straight, and defined by stout spinules.

The second guathopod (fig. 14) is similar in general structure, but is longer; the
ischium is not produced into a lobe ; the carpus is shorter, but has the lobe longer ; and
the propod is longer, being considerably more than twice as long as broad.

The perseopoda are slender, and bear only a few short setae.

The segments of the urus (fig. 15) cannot be made out distinctly, and appear more
or less completely fused ; the uropoda are long and slender, and bear few set?e ; the
first uropod reaches beyond the others, and has the peduncle longer than the subecjual
branches ; in the second uropod the peduncle is about the same length as the equal
branches; the third has the peduncle slightly longer than the basal joint of the single
branch. The telson is flattened so as to form a vertical plate, and has a slight
thickening along the dorsal margin.

When the side plates are folded together the strong tooth on the third pleon
segment projects backwards, and the whole animal looks very like an Ostracod, some
of which were found along with it, having been at first sorted out along with specimens
of this species.

(ROY. soc. EDJN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 482.)

AMPIIIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 201

T/iaumatelson inennix, sp. nov. (PI. 1. figs. 1(5 and 17.) *

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; 9-10 fathoms. April and .May 1903.
Several specimens, the largest 3 mm. long.

Specific Description. — Very similar to T. herdmani Walker, but differing in having
the second gnathopod long and chelate, the propod being produced into a long acute
process as long as half the whole propod, the fixed finger finely pectinate and fitting
closely against the dactyl, which has its inner margin furnished with small, widely
separated serrations.

Further Description. — The form described above is the female, several of the speci-
mens examined bearing eggs. The lateral angle of the head is rather acute ; and in the
shape of the body, the proportions of the segments and of the side plates, the species
closely resembles T. herdmani. The eye is fairly large, round, and colourless in spirit,
having been probably red in the living animal. In the first antenna the first joint is
large and produced at its upper distal angle, though to a slightly less extent than in T.
walkeri, and I can find no accessory tiagellum. In other respects the antenna is similar
to that of T. herdmani, and the joints of the flagellum bear long sensory set;u. In the
lower antenna the last joint of the peduncle is about as long as the preceding, and the
tiagellum is of the same length. The mandible has the palp small, the first joint is
short, the second moderately long, the third small and slender, the cutting edge and
other parts having the character common to the family. The first maxilla has the
palp two-jointed, its extremity furnished with four or five small spinules and one or
two longer sette ; the inner lobe is rounded at the end, and bears three or four setje ; the
outer lobe bears several stout spinules and one or two longer setas, and has its inner
margin furred. The second maxilla is of the ordinary form.

The maxillipeds have the inner lobes separate, rounded at the end, and bearing
two rather large setse. The outer lobe is small, being merely a slight extension of the
joint as in Metapoides sarsii. The palp is similar to that in T. herdmani.

The first gnathopod (fig. 16) has the side plate undeveloped; in general shape it
is similar to that of T. herdmani, but has both the merus and the carpus produced
posteriorly into a lobe tipped with long setse, the process of the merus reaching to the
end of that of the carpus. The propod is rather large, and is slightly distended at the
palm, which is nearly transverse and is defined by three or four stout spinules.

The second gnathopod (fig. 17) ha.s the basal joints similar to those of T. herdmani,
but is chelate, as already described. The perseopoda are long, very slender, and bear
few setjB or spinules. The side plates of the fourth pair are particularly large, and
cover up the fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs, the side plates of which are not developed
and the basal joints slender. The first uropod extends considerably beyond the second ;
the branches are subequal, shorter than the peduncle. The second uropod is short, but
extends beyond the third and a little beyond the telson ; its branches are subequal.

* This species is perhaps the same as Thuimmtdson nmnlnni < 'hevreux (Jlull. Museum His!. \«t., 1912, No. 4,
p. 5), though the descriptions of the mandibular pulp do not agree.

(ROY. sou. ELJIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIH., 483.)

202 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

The third uropod readies a little beyond the peduncle of the second ; its single branch
is about us long as the peduncle, but rather more slender, and bears a minute second
joint. The telson reaches slightly beyond the third uropod, is greatly flattened
vertically, and has the dorsal border somewhat thickened, as described in T. walkeri.

In many respects this species shows close approximation to T. lierdman', described
by Mr WALKER, from South Victoria Land, but is clearly distinguished by the large
chelate second gnathopod. This may, however, ultimately prove to be a sexual

character.

Thaumatelson herdmani Walker.

Tliauinutetgon henlmani Walker, 1906, p. 15, and 1907, p. 21, pi. vii. fig. 11.
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. 1903. A few specimens.

After 1 had drawn up the description of the preceding species, with the remarks
thereon, I found in the " residues " of some collections made during 1903 both additional
specimens of that species and also others with subchelate second gnathopoda agreeing
in all respects with T. herdmani Walker, so that that species also does occur at Scotia
Bay. I can find very little difference between the two except in the second gnathopoda,
and, as stated above, strongly suspect that both forms belong to the same species ; but
the additional specimens came into my hands too late to allow of the question being
fully investigated.

Genus BIRCENNA Chilton, 1884.

Bircenna crassijxs (Chevreux).

Wanddia c rassipes Chevreux, 1906A, p. 87, figs. 1 and 2.

1906ii, p. 45, figs. 24-26.
Bircenna crassipes Chilton, 19U!)i3, p. 62.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; dredge, 9-10 fathoms. May 1903.
One specimen, 2 mm. long.

This small specimen agrees very closely with CHEVREDX'S description and figures.

The species is very close to B. fulva Chilton from New Zealand, and differs from it
only in the longer and more slender gnathopods, and in having the branches of the
first and second uropods equal and shorter in proportion to the peduncles.

Kuria longimana Walker and Scott (1903, p. 228), from the Indian Ocean, appears
to be nearest ally of the genus Bircenna.

Genus COLOMASTIX E. Grube, 1861.

Colomastix brazieri Haswell.

Colomaftix brazieri Haswell, 1880, p. 341, pi. xxii. fig. 4.
„ Stebbing, 1906, p. 206.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. 1903. Two small females, the larger

3 '5 mm. long.

These specimens certainly belong to this genus, and probably to HASWELL'S species ;

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TBANS., VOL. XLVIII., 48-1.)

AMPIIIPODA OF THli SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. '203

but as they are both females of small size, and perhaps not fully mature, the identifica-
tion is not free from doubt. They agree general! v with the description of the species
in Z)'«,v Tit'rreit'/i Amphipoda, but appear to differ in the following points :—

The upper antenna is rather longer and stouter than the lower ; the fkgellum is
very small, and consists of one short joint and two, or perhaps three, very minute ones.

The lower antenna has the fifth joint of the peduncle a little longer than the fourth,
and both considerably longer than the third ; the Hagellum consists of one small joint,
followed by one or more very minute ones. There are no serrations to be seen on the
lower antenna, the animal in this point agreeing with the description.

The mouth parts were not examined.

The first gnathopod is long and slender, agreeing well with the description.

The second gnathopod has the carpus as long, and at distal end as broad, as the
propod. The inner branch of the third uropod scarcely reaches beyond the extremity
of the preceding uropods ; its upper margin is minutely serrulate ; the outer branch is
more slender, and is about two-thirds as long. Very minute serrulations are present on
the inner branches of the first and second uropods also.

The telson apparently agrees with the description, but could not be fully examined.

It is perhaps doubtful if this species is really distinct from C. pusilla (Grube), from
the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean, but the Scotia specimens appear to differ
from it in the proportions of the joints of the lower antenna, and in the absence of
serrations on the peduncle. On the other hand, the second gnathopods and the
uropods agree quite as well, or perhaps better, with C. pusilla than with C. brazieri.
Another species, C. hamifera Kossmann, has been recorded from the Red Sea, but is
thought to be probably an immature male of C. pusilla. All the three species were
combined under the name C. pnailla by DELLA VALLE in 1893.

C. 1>ra~ii'n was described from the east coast of Australia. I have taken a specimen
in Otago Harbour, New Zealand, that probably belongs to the same species ; in the
living animal the eye was red as in C.

Genus LIL.IKBORCIA Bate, 18G2.
Liljeborgia <tnl>/a (Ilaswell).

Eusirw ,liil,ins Ilaswell, 1880, ]>. 331, \<\. xx. li.i;. 3.

LUjrl'irijia iht/,i,i .SU'lil.iiiL.'. 1 9UG, ]i. 233, 19KU, p. 03S, an.l ]910n, [>. 454.

,, Walker, 1907, ].. 35.

„ Chilton, 1909A, p. til1.).

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station .'J2,r) ; dredge, 9-10 fathoms. June 1903.
One imperfect specimen, anterior half of body only ; the length of the whole
animal would be fully 15 mm.

This fragment seems to belong, without doubt, to this species ; it agrees in the
peduncles of the antennae and in the narrower basal joints of the third to fifth

(HOY. soc. KUIN. THANS., VOL. XLVIII., 485.)

204 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

perseopods. In these characters it differs from L. consanguinea, which has been taken
off South Africa and at Kerguelen and Heard Islands.

Another species, L. aequabilis, described by STEBBING, 1910A, pp. 588 and 638,
from Australian seas, seems to be closely allied, and all three species present many
points of resemblance to L. Jissicornis (Sars), found in the Arctic and North
Atlantic Oceans.

L. dubia is now known from Australia, New Zealand, South Victoria Land, the
South Orkneys, and South Africa.

From Mangareva Island, Gambier Archipelago, M. CHEVREUX has described a
species, L. proximo,, 3 mm. long, which is, he says, very near to L. pallida (Sp. Bate)
and L. brevicornis (Bruzelius). It seems also to be very close to L. dubia or to L.
sequabilis, the latter of which is, according to STEBBING, in close agreement with
L. brevicornis.

Genus EPIMERIA.

Epimeria macrodonta Walker.
Epimeria macrodonta Walker, 1906, p. 1C, and 1907, p. 24, pi. viii. fig. 14.

Coats Land, Station 411; trap, 161 fathoms; lat. 74° 1' S., long. 22° W.
10th March 1904. One specimen, 25 mm. long.

This specimen must, I think, undoubtedly belong to WALKER'S species, but it differs
a little in the arrangement of some of the numerous teeth. The first segment of the
pereeon has a short dorsal tooth and a small lateral tooth ; there are no teeth on the
short second segment ; the other segments of the perseon and those of the pleon bear
dorsal and lateral teeth as described by WALKER. The first segment of the urus bears
a strong dorsal tooth as described, but on the second segment there is a tooth placed a
little laterally on each side on the posterior margin, and there is a lateral carina ending
in sharp teeth on the third segment. The first joint of the peduncle of the first antenna
bears a long tooth on the under side at the extremity, in addition to the two lateral
teeth ; the inner tooth on the second joint is much longer than the outer one. The eye
is large, round, and projects as a hemisphere from the side of the head ; in the spirit
specimen it is yellowish in colour.

This species seems to come near to E. loricata Sars, which is widely distributed in
northern seas, and appears to differ only in the arrangement of the teeth on the pleon
and urus, and in the acuteness of the dorsal teeth — points which are probably subject
to variation.

Mr WALKER'S specimens were from the Winter Quarters of the Discovery in
M'Murdo Strait, South Victoria Land.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 480.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 205

Genus PARIPHIMEDIA Chevreux, 1906.

Pariphimedia integricauda Chevreux.

Pariphimedia integricauda Chevreux, 1906A, p. 39, fig. 25, and 1906B, p. 39, figs. 21-23.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; shore pools. 4th February 1904.

Temperature 32°-35°. One specimen, 13 mm. long.
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; dredge, 4 fathoms, gravel bottom and

clumps of weed. 3rd December 1903. Temperature 29°'l. One specimen,

1 1 mm. long.

These specimens agree well with M. CHEVREUX'S description and figures so far as
the external characters are concerned. I have not examined the mouth parts in detail.
His specimens were obtained at Wandel Island.

Genus ACANTHONOTOZOMA Boeck, 1876.
Acanthonotozoma austmlis, sp. nov. (PI. II. fig. 19.)

Scotia, 18th March 1904. Lat. 71° 22' S., long. 16° 34' W. ; 1410 fathoms.
Station 417. One female specimen ; length of body (head to base of telson),
35 mm.

Head and anterior six segments of perseon dorsally rounded ; last segment of perseon,
the three segments of pleon, and first of urus dorsally carinate. On the first four of
these the carina forms a large tooth produced acutely backwards ; on the first segment
of the urus it is confined to the posterior half of the segment, and is preceded by a
slight notch, the whole of the portion in front of which is folded under the preceding
segment when the body is fully extended. The carina itself is convex anteriorly, and
produced backwards into a very acute point (fig. 19).

Head broad, dorsally convex, curving slightly downwards in front, and ending in a
short acute rostrum reaching about half way to end of first segment of upper antenna ;
lateral margin with a short subacute process below the upper antenna, and with the
lower margin produced anteriorly into a rounded process and separated from the rest
of the head by a slight furrow.

First side plate produced anteriorly, with anterior angle rounded and posterior angle
quadrate ; second, anterior angle rounded, posterior subacute ; third, much deeper than
first and second, posterior angle produced, almost acute ; fourth, posterior angle pro-
duced acutely inferiorly, the posterior process between the two emarginations subacute ;
fifth, anterior lobe regularly round, posterior lobe a little deeper, acute, and with a
groove below for basal joint of peraeopod ; sixth, similar, but with anterior lobe smaller
and concealed by the fifth side plate ; seventh, small and rounded. Lower border of
first pleon segment rounded below, the second with lower margin straight and posterior
angle produced acutely ; both with an oblique ridge running towards the posterior angle.
Third segment similar to the second segment, but without ridge.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVJII., 487.)

206 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

Eyes completely absent. Upper antennse reaching considerably beyond peduncle
of lower. First joint of peduncle very stout, produced at inner upper angle into a
long acute spine reaching beyond the end of second joint, and with a blunter and shorter
spine on under outer side ; second joint produced into subacute spine on the outer wide ;
third joint with small spines on the outer and inner sides, the outer one tipped with
setae, flagellum longer than peduncle, rather stout, especially towards base, and having
some of the basal joints slightly produced below and bearing the sensory setse.

Lower antennte as long as head and first five segments of peraeon ; last joint of
peduncle somewhat compressed laterally, longer than preceding, which is slightly keeled
above and produced at the extremity.

First gnathopod simple, fairly stout ; carpus much broader and longer than propod ;
the lower margin of merus, carpus, and propod spinose. Second gnathopod similar to
first in size and form.

First and second peraeopods longer than gnathopods and somewhat slender. Third
perseopod much longer than second, its basal joint narrow, with ridge running
down the middle of outer side ; propod much longer than carpus. Fourth
perieopod similar to third, but considerably longer ; lower posterior angle of basal joint
quadrate and not produced. Fifth perseopod much longer than the fourth ; basal joint
broader, produced posteriorly at upper part into a rounded lobe below which the margin
is deeply concave ; postero-inferior angle produced into an acute point reaching almost
as far as the end of the ischium.

First uropod with base much longer than the subequal branches and grooved above ;
branches narrow-lanceolate, ending acutely, the outer one folded in under the inner.

Second uropod similar, but with peduncle as long as inner branch ; the outer branch
not much more than half the length of inner. Third uropod with peduncle very short,
produced above on outer margin into an acute spine which reaches as far as the end of
the telson ; the two branches subequal, narrow-lanceolate, flat, the outer one folded
under the inner. Telson flat, laminar, scarcely narrowed, emarginate posteriorly.

On the whole, this species seems to come fairly well under Acanthonotozoma, though
it would not be difficult to find points in which it does not quite fit the generic
description. Both gnathopoda are simple, but the first is neither slender nor feeble.
The mouth parts have not been examined in detail, but do not appear especially drawn
out for piercing ; the palp of the mandible is slender, that of the maxilliped is
small and slender, and shorter than the very large outer plate, which is much larger
than the inner plate.

Genus LEPTAMPHOPUS G. 0. Sars, 1893.

Leptfimp/iopus novai-zealandize (G. M. Thomson).

Pherusa novx-zealandix G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 239, pi. x.o, figs. 2, 1a-c.
Panoplied t?eliil.is (I. M. Thomson, 1880, p. 3, pi. i. fig. 3.

li'ii/iiinuia Walk-r, 1903A, pp. 40 and 5G, pi. x. figs. 77-89.

(ROY. SUC. EDIN, TRANS., VOL. XLVII1., 488.)

AMPHIPODA OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 207

Oradarea longimana W;ilker, 1907, p. 32.

„ ,, Clii'vreux, 1906u, p. 54.

Leptamphopvx novte-eealandia Stcblmig, 1906, pp. 294 and 727.

Chilt.m, 1909A, p. 621.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. 1903. A few specimens.
This species is widely distributed in Antarctic and sub- Antarctic seas. It very
closely resembles Djerboa furcipes, except in the telson, which is undivided. Fuller
details concerning it will be found under the last reference given above.

Genus HALIRAGOIDES 0. Sars, 1893.
Ilaliragoid.es australis, sp. nov.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; 9-10 fathoms. May 1903. A few
small specimens, about 3 mm. long ; all very delicate and fragile.

The specimens are almost too delicate and fragile to allow of a full description, but
there is no doubt that they belong to this genus, and that they come pretty close to
H. ine)*mis (0. Sars) from the northern seas. They appear to differ in having the first
and second segments of the pleon slightly produced backwards into a small dorsal
tooth ; the postero-lateral angle of the third pleon segment is produced to a small acute
tooth. The head has a more distinct rostrum curving considerably downwards ; the eye
is large, well-developed, oval, but colourless in spirit specimens. The first gnathopod
differs in having the propod somewhat narrowed at the base and the palm slightly
shorter than the hind margin. In all other points that can be observed the specimens
seem to be very close to H. inermis.

The occurrence of this species at the South Orkneys adds another to the list of
cases where a northern species of a genus is represented in the south by the same species
or by one closely allied.

Genus Eusmus Kroyer, 1845.

In order to make clear what is now known about the species of Eusirus from
sub- Antarctic seas it seems desirable to give the following historical account : —

In 1880 G. M. THOMSON identified specimens from New Zealand with the northern
species E. cuspidatus Kroyer, but distinguished them as a new variety, antarctica.

In 1888 STEBBING examined two specimens collected by the Cli<iUcntjer, one
from Kerguelen and the other from Heard Island, and referred them to E. longipes
Boeck, another northern species, saying that they were distinguished from
E. cuspidatus by the absence of the spine-teeth from the apex of the second joint
of the maxilliped palp.

In 1893 SARS in identifying specimens from the Lofoten Isles with E. longipes gave
the points which he considered distinguish it from the other species, and said that the
form recorded under this name from the Challenger Expedition is scarcely identical
with BOECK'S species.

(ROY. soc. KHIX. TI:ANS.. VOL. XLVIII , 4s!i.)

208 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHTLTON ON THE

In the same year DKLLA VALLE included all the forms mentioned above under
E. cuspidatus.

In 1903 WALKER described a new species, E. liens, from the Southern Cross
Expedition, and said : " It may be easily distinguished from the other known species by
the absence of dorsal teeth on the segments and by the entire margins of the third
metasome segment and the first joints of the perseopoda. From E. cuspidatus, var.
(intarcfica, Thomson, it is separated by the conspicuous dactylus of the maxillipeds."

In 1906 STEBBING combined the Challenger specimens with those described by
THOMSON, and gave them under the name E. antarctica, thus raising THOMSON'S variety
to the rank of a species. In describing it he says it is " exceedingly like E. propinquus "
— another northern species.

In 1907, from the National Antarctic Expedition, WALKER examined many specimens
of Eusirus, some of them of large size. These he referred to E. propinquus G. 0.
Sars, giving a few points in which they differ, but stating that these are due to age.
At the same time he described another new species, E. microps, " recognisable by the
relatively small eyes and slender hirsute legs. From its nearest ally, E. holmi
H. J. Hansen, it differs in the structure of the gnathopoda." He makes no further
comparison of these specimens with either E. antarctica or E. Isevis.

In the same year CHEVREUX described two specimens obtained by the French
Antarctic Expedition as the male and female of a new species, E. laticarpus.

It will thus be seen that the question is already pretty complicated, and that the
path of anyone endeavouring to identify species of Eusirus from Antarctic seas is by
no means free from difficulty.

Eusirus antarcticus G. M. Thomson.

Eusiru* cuspidatus, var. antan-tica, G. M. Thomson, 1880, p. 4, and 1881, p. 26.
,, longipes Stebbing, 1888, p. 965, pi. Ixxxvii.
„ antarcticus Stebbing, 1906, p. 340.
,, propinquus Walker, 1907, p. 30.
„ laticarpus Chevreux, 1906B, p. 149, figs. 27-30.
(?) „ Ixvis Walker, 1903A, p. 55, pi. x. figs. 70-76.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; 9-10 fathoms. June 1903. One

male, not well preserved.
Station 201, lat. 59° 43' S., long. 30° 44' W. ; in clear water among floe, surface.

13th February 1903. Temperature 30°'l. One female.
Off Coats Land, lat. 72'J 31' S., long. 19° 00' W. ; vertical net, 1-1000 fathoms.

5th March 1904. Temperature 30°. One female.
Station 411, Coats Land, lat. 74° 1' S., long. 22° W. ; 1G1 fathoms. One specimen.

These specimens agree in nearly all respects with the description given by
CHKVREUX of E. laticarpus. The females agree with his, and differ from the male in

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 490.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 201)

the much longer find more slender antenna) and in the greater depth of the cleft in the
telson ; the eye is rather small, oval, or very slight reniform. These specimens are
therefore somewhat different from the specimens from Kerguelen Island described by
STEBBINU in the Ch<t//cn</er Reports. I think, however, that CHEVREUX is right in
considering the two specimens examined by him as male and female of the same
species, for, in addition to the female specimens of which I have spoken above, I have
one specimen from Station 325 which by the character of the antennas is almost
certainly a male, and it agrees very closely with the form described by CHEVREUX as
the male. It has the teeth at the end of the antennal joints a little longer than is
shown in his figures, but they are arranged in the same way, and the difference in
degree is probably due to age. This specimen, like his, has the eyes large, oval, and,
in the spirit specimen, of a reddish-brown colour. I have carefully compared it with
the full description given by STEBBING of the Challenger specimens, and it agrees
minutely in everything except that the telsou is less deeply cut. My specimen is,
however, about 12 mm. long, while his is only 7'5 and was probably immature. This
seems to be confirmed by the fact that the antennae in it arc not modified in the special
way described by CHEVREUX. In the young male we would naturally expect to find
the telson more like that of the female. WALKER also has stated that the cleft in the
telson becomes shallower in older forms.

From the resemblance of my specimens to those described by CHEVREUX, and of
the male to STEBBING'S, I cannot help coming to the conclusion that K. l«tn-<irpus
must be specifically identical with E. antarcticus.

To this species must, I think, be added the forms referred by WALKER to
E. propinquus. I have been fortunately able to examine two specimens obtained by
the Nimrod in the same locality as WALKER'S specimens, and I cannot find sufficient
differences to separate them from the Scotia specimens. They are 7 '5 mm. long, and
appear to be males, having the antennas short and provided with calceoli ; the eyes are
nearly round, of moderate size, and the telson has the cleft deeper — nearly as deep as
in the form figured by CHEVREUX as the female. The other characters agree very closely,
and the points of difference noted are probably due to age. The back of the pleon and
of the posterior portion of the perason is somewhat scabrous.

STEBBING has given the apparent absence of calceoli as one of the characters of
E. antarcticus, but I expect they will, as in so many other species, be found to be
normally present in fully mature males. They are certainly present in my Ximrod
specimens, though, as stated above, these specimens may be more or less immature ; the
calceoli are, however, extremely delicate, and appear much more elongated than is
usually the case, and a character that is much more easily observed is the downward
projection of every second joint of the flagelluiu as described and figured by CHEVREUX.
The male specimen from Station 325 is not in a sufficiently good state of preservation
(having apparently been partially dried) to show the calceoli, but the antennae show the
other modifications of the male. WALKER makes no mention of calceoli in his speci-

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 491.)

210 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

mens, nor of the sexual differences, but states generally that the length of the
flagellum of the antennae and of the cleft- in the telsou varies with age.

It will be seen that, as STEBBING points out, this Antarctic species is very close to
E. propinquus of northern seas, and probably WALKER is correct in definitely
identifying it with that species ; the resemblance, however, to other northern species,
e.g. E. lonr/ijit's, is also very close, and I think it will be better in the meantime to
leave the southern form under a distinctive name. The differences between all the
described species of the genus are very slight, and probably further research will lead
to a reduction of the number.

E. lasvis Walker was described from a single specimen, the size of which is not
given ; from the shortness of the flagella of the antenna) and of the projections of the
carpus, and from the absence of dorsal teeth, it seems likely that it was an immature
specimen, perhaps belonging to this species.

With regard to E. microps Walker I do not feel able to express any definite
opinion ; some of the specimens were of large size, and the long antennas would indicate
that they were females, but, on the other hand, the telson is only very slightly cleft.

M. CHEVREUX has recently (191 IB, p. 405, fig. 3), described another species, E.
bouvieri, from the South Sandwich Islands, but in view of the variations in this species
described above, it seems doubtful if the differences noted in the dorsal margin of the
first segment of the urus, and in the smaller depth of the cleft of the telson, are of
very much importance. His single specimen was an ovigerous female, but has the
short antennae which appear to be the mark of the male as pointed out by CHEVREUX
himself in E. laticarpus.

Eusirus splendidus, sp. nov. (PI. II. fig. 20.) *
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. 15th August 1903. 54 fathoms. Two

specimens, both males : No. 1, 30 mm., No. 2, 35 mm. in length of body.
First four segments of perseon slightly compressed ; hinder portion of body much
compressed, carinate, with pronounced dorsal teeth projecting backwards on the three
last segments of perseon and on the three segments of pleon ; first segment of urus with
dorsal depression followed by slight carina on the posterior portion ; second and third
rounded. Side plates 1-4 slightly deeper than their respective segments ; first pro-
duced anteriorly into a rounded lobe reaching nearly to anterior margin of head, its
posterior angle with two or three teeth ; second and third rounded below, with two or
three small teeth at the posterior angle ; fourtli broader, its posterior margin produced
into a subacute lobe below the fifth, lower margin rounded, posterior margin below
production serrate ; fifth with the posterior lobe deeper than the anterior ; sixth with
the posterior lobe produced downwards, much deeper and broader than the anterior ;
seventh, small, rounded below, not divided into lobes. Epimeral plate of the first pleon
segment narrowly rounded below ; second, much broader, rounded anteriorly, posterior

* Probably the same as Eusirtis perdentatus Chevreux (Hall. Museum Hist. Nat., 1912, No. 4, p. 10).
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TEANS., VOL. XLVIII., 492.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 211

angle quadrate and very slightly produced ; third, rounded anteriorly, inferior margin
slightly convex, posterior more strongly convex, posterior angle quadrate (fig. 20).

Eyes large, prominent, oval, less darkly pigmeuted in the larger specimen. Upper
antennae more than half the length of the body, first segment stout, with sharp tooth
below and smaller lateral teeth at its extremity; second as long as the first, but much
more slender, ending in numerous sharp teeth which are almost as long as the third
joint ; third joint very short, also ending in sharp teeth ; tiagellum much longer than
the peduncle, many-jointed, each second joint produced below and bearing calceoli in
addition to other seta3, proximal joints very short ; accessory flagellum slender.

Gnathopoda similar to those of E. antarcticus, but with the propod broader ; second
gnathopod slightly larger than the first ; first and second perseopoda very slender,
longer than the gnathopoda ; third, fourth, and fifth pairs increasing in length, the
fifth being about as long as the person and pleon combined. First uropod with outer
branch about two-thirds the length of the inner, which is as long as the peduncle ;
second with outer branch half the length of the inner ami as long as the peduncle ;
third with peduncle short, branches subequal and slender ; telson more than twice as
long as the peduncle of third uropod, very narrow, with two slight lateral ridges on the
upper surface and a shallow central groove between them ; cleft not more than one-
sixth the length, the two posterior lobes very acute and widely divergent.

Length of body : up to 35 mm.

It is only with great reluctance that I establish this new species, but the compres-
sion of the hinder part of the body and its production into carinal teeth is carried to
a much greater degree than in any of the species of Eusirns known to me. In all the
specimens of E. anfmrt/cus only the pleon segments are produced into teeth, with
occasionally a small tooth on the last segment of the peroeon ; and until transitional
forms are known it will, I think, be safer to rank the present specimens as a separate
species. There are also some differences in the uropoda, but whether these are merely
associated with age or not I cannot say.

The general resemblance to E. antarcticus in the appendages is, however, so great
that I should not be surprised if it proves ultimately to be a special form of that
species. WALKER has, however, had larger specimens before him which apparently
showed only the normal amount of carination.

Genus EURYMERA Pfeffer, 1888.

Eurymera monticulosa Pfeffer.

Eurymera monticuJosa 1'fc'U'er, 1S88, \>. 103, pi. i. fig. 3.
Stebbing, 1906, \>. 357.
Chevreux, 1906B, p. 59, figs. 34-36.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; dredge, 4 fathoms, gravel bottom,
clumps of weed. 3rd December 1903. Temperature 29°'l. One specimen,
imperfect, 15 mm.

(llOY. SOC. BDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLV1II., -I'M.)

212 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

This agrees well with the descriptions given by PFEFFER and CHEVREUX, except that
the third uropod does not extend much beyond the others. In the upper antennae
every .second joint of the flagellum is slightly expanded below and bears sensory setae,
thus having somewhat the appearance of the flagellum in Paramoera austrina ; in this
character the antennae agree exactly with the original description given by PFEFFER.

I have been able to compare my specimen with those in the Hamburg Museum
originally described from South Georgia by Dr PFEB'FER, and thus to confirm the
identification.

M. CHEVREUX records the species from Booth Wandel Island.

Genus BOVALLIA Pfeffer, 1888.
Bovallia monoculoides (Haswell).

Atylus monoculoides Haswell, 1880, p. 327, pi. xviii. fig. 4.
Bovallia giyantea Pfeffer, 1888, p. 96, pi. i. tig. 5.
„ „ Chcvreux, 1906B, p. 54, figs. 31-33.

Stebbing, 1906, p. 357.

Eusiroides monoculoides Stebbing, 1906, p. 345, and 1910A, p. 595.
„ „ Chevreux, 1908, p. 475.

„ crassi Stebbing, 1906, p. 346, and 1910A, p. 594.
„ cxsaris Stebbing, var. Walker, 1904, p. 264, pi. iv. fig. 22
Bovallia monoculoides Chilton, 1909A, p. 622.

Several specimens from shore pools and moderate depths at South Orkneys,
Scotia Bay, Station 325. Largest specimen 37 mm. long.

These specimens agree well with the descriptions of Bovallia gigantea given by
PFEFFER and CHEVREUX. They have the last segment of the peraeon and the first two
segments of the pleon carinate and produced into an acute dorsal tooth ; the third
segment of the pleon bearing a blunt tooth. In smaller specimens these teeth are less
marked. They thus agree also with the description originally given by STEBBING for
Eusiroides ceesaris, but they differ from it in having the posterior margin of the third
segment of the pleon slightly convex and without serrations. The accessory flagellum
of the first antenna is present, but is small, and appears to be united with the third
joint of the peduncle much in the same way as I have described for the specimens of
Atylus megalophthalmus Haswell, which are now considered to be a form of the widely
spread Paramoera austrina (Bate).

Through the kindness of the authorities of the Hamburg Natural History Museum,
I have been able to examine co-types of Bovallia gigantea Pfeffer from South Georgia.
These are larger than the largest Scotia specimens, and the dorsal teeth are slightly less
acute, but there is no difference of any importance. That the dorsal teeth are subject
to considerable variation was already known from their varying development in the
three species of Eusiroides originally described by STEBBING. Two of these, E. cassaris
and E. pompeii, were united by STEBBINO in the Das Tierreich Amphipoda, and

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII,, 494.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC KXPEDITION. 213

identified with Atylus monoculoides Haswell. In 1909 I urged reasons for uniting
with it the third species also, i.e. E. crassi, and pointed out the identity of the whole
with Bomllia gigantea.

About the same time STEBBING independently examined additional specimens from
Australia, and, speaking of E. crassi, said : " Whether this can be retained as a species
distinct from E. monoculoides seems doubtful."

The amount of serration on the posterior margin of the third pleon segment may be
considerable, as in the form described under the name E. cassaris, or may be altogether
absent, as in the specimens now before me. This variation has already been referred to
by STEBBING, WALKER., CHEVREUX, and myself, and need not be further discussed.

Along with some of the specimens which he described under the name " E. csesaris
Stebbing, var." WALKER found an ovigerous female, 5 mm. long, which with some hesita-
tion he described as a new species, E. orchomenopsis, the main difference being that in
the third uropoda the outer branch is much the longer and has a terminal joint. Mr
WALKER is disposed to think that, though sexually mature, this specimen has not
attained the full mature characters.

Genus PONTOGENEIA Boeck, 1871.

Pontogeneia danai (G. M. Thomson).

Atylus danai G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 238, pi. x.c, fig. 1.

„ lippu* Haswell, 1880, p. 328, pi. xx. fig. 1.
EusiroiJes lijjpus Stebbing, 1906, p. 346.
Pontogeneia danai Stebbing, 1906, p. 360.
„ Chilton, 1912, p. 130.

Falkland Islands, Cape Pembroke, Station 118; among calcareous algae. January
1903. Several specimens, some poorly preserved, the largest 6 mm. long.

Some specimens appear to have been partially dried, and it is not easy to make
out the necessary points in the antennae with certainty, but others better preserved
show that they differ from the next species in having every fourth or fifth joint of the
flagellum of the upper antennas produced below and crowned with a tuft of sensory
setse ; in P. Antarctica every third joint is dilated to a less extent. In both species
the dilatations are closer together on the six or seven basal joints of the flagellum.
In the present species, too, the antennas are more nearly equal in length, the gnathopoda
are more slender, and the telson is perhaps rather more deeply cleft. The differences—
particularly the one last mentioned — are all rather slight.

I have been able, since the above paragraph was written, to compare the Falkland
Island specimens with specimens of P. danai G. M. Thomson from New Zealand, and
think they must be considered the same. In the Falkland Island specimens the
peduncle of the upper antenna bears rather longer setae on the under surface, but it
also bears on that surface a number of calceoli on slight projections, giving a scabrous
appearance which is well marked in the New Zealand specimens.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 495.)

214 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

Mr STEERING has put Atylus lippus Haswell down as a doubtful species of
Eusiroides, but I have specimens from Sydney Harbour that I think certainly belong
to HASWELL'S species, and these I cannot distinguish from the species common on New
Zealand coasts which was described as Atylus danai by Mr THOMSON. The species is
therefore now known from Australia, New Zealand, and the Falkland Islands, and
probably extends round the globe in sub- Antarctic seas.

Pontogeneia antarctica Chevreux.

Poutoijeneia antarctica Chevreux, 1906A, p. 72, fig. 2, and 1906B, p. 69, figs. 40 and 41.
„ Chilton, 1909A, p. 624.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; in shore pools and at moderate depths.
Several specimens, the largest 6 mm. long.

These specimens agree well with CHEVREUX'S description, and can be distinguished
from the preceding most easily by the character of the upper antennae, as described
above.

Though this species seems to be a true Pontogeneia, yet in the somewhat slender
antennae it makes some approach towards the genus Paramcera, and at the end of the
third joint of the upper antenna there is a short process tipped with one or two long hairs
that appears to represent a vestigial accessory flagellum, but it is fused with the third
joint of the peduncle somewhat as appears to be the case in Atylus megalophthalmus
Haswell, which is looked upon as a variety of Paramcera austrina (Bate). Ponto-
geneia antarctica is, however, clearly distinguished from Paramcera by having every
third joint of the primary flagellum expanded below, instead of every second, and
also by the lobes of the telson being rounded posteriorly.

The species is known from Auckland and Campbell Islands, from Flanders Bay and
Booth Wandel Islands, as well as from the South Orkneys, and thus appears to represent
P. danai in colder and more southerly seas.

Genus ATYLOIDES Stebbing, 1888.

Atyloides magellanica (Stebbing). (Plate I. fig. 18.)

Atylopsis magellanica Stebbing, 1888, p. 925, pi. Ixxix.
Pontogeneia magellanica Stebbing, 1906, p. 360.

„ Walker, 1907, p. 33, pi. xii. fig. 20.
„ „ Chevreux, 1906s, p. 64, figs. 37-39.

Atyloides magellanica Chilton, 1909A, p. 627.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; shore pools. 2nd February 1904.

Temperature 32°-35°. Numerous specimens, the largest about 10 mm. long.

These agree well with the description of this species given by CHEVREUX. It is

evident that the telson varies to some extent. CHEVREUX figures it with a seta arising

from a slight notch on each half. WALKER says " the divisions of the telson are smooth

and rounded at the tips," and shows it with the sides converging and convex, without

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 496.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 215

terminal setae or notch. In one specimen I find one half with a notch and the other
without (Plate I. fig. 18) ; in others it closely resembles the figure given by CHEVREUX.
The species is found in all sub-Antarctic seas.

Atyloides serraticauda Stebbing.

Atyloides serratica/ti/a Stubbing, 18S8, p. 920, pi. Ixxviii., and 1906, p. 36.

Walker, 1907, p. 33.

„ ,, Chevreux, 1906u, p. 87.

Chilton, 1909A, p. 627.
(.') Xrliratleria i/raci/is Pfefter, 1888, p. 141, pi. ii. fig. 5 (no description, only one figure).

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; shore pools. 2nd February 1904. A
few specimens, the largest 12 mm. long.

In fully grown specimens this species may be recognised by the long antennae,
gnathopoda, and perseopoda, and particularly by the serrations on the side plates and on
the hinder margin of the third pleon segment. These serrations may, however, be
almost completely absent in smaller specimens, and the species is by no means so easy
to recognise, and the identification then depends mainly on the telson.

Schraderia gracilis was named in 1888 by PFEFFER, but not described, only a
general figure of the whole animal being given. This figure without drawings of the
separate appendages is quite insufficient for identification in this group, which contains
so many species very nearly alike in general appearance ; and as it is not now possible
to ascertain from which individual specimen the drawing was made, PFEFFER'S species
must remain doubtful. There are several specimens in the collection of the Hamburg
Museum labelled " Schraderia gracilis," and these prove to belong to the species now
under consideration, Atyloides serraticauda Stebbiug.

The species is widely distributed in Antarctic and sub- Antarctic seas.

Atyloides calceolata, sp. nov. (Plate II. figs. 21-23.)

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; 10 fathoms. A few specimens,

mostly imperfect, about 5 mm. long.

Specific Description. — Similar to Atyloides serraticauda in general shape of body,
in the serrations on the anterior side plates, the posterior margins of the basal joints of
the perseopoda, the posterior margin of the third segment of the pleon, and in the telson ;
differing mainly in the antennae. The first antenna (fig. 21) with the first joint longer
and considerably stouter than the second, its lower margin bearing distally an acute
spine with another shorter spine placed laterally, a few long setae near the end joint ;
second joint bearing on its under surface two well-marked calceoli of characteristic shape,
one on a little prominence at a short distance from the proximal end and the other near
the distal end, some fine setae at the end of the joint ; third joint short ; the whole
antenna about as long as the body.

Second antenna (fig. 21) with the gland cone very acute ; the third joint short, pro-

(ROY. soc. KUIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 497.)

216 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

duced inferiorly into one or two distal teeth, and with a spinule on the upper side ; fourth
joint twice as long as the third, bearing on its upper surface two calceoli, each on a
slight projection similar to those on the second joint of the upper antenna, a few fine setse
scattered on both margins of the joint and at the distal end (rest of antenna missing).

Gnathopods (figs. 22 and 23) similar in general shape to those of A. serraticauda, but
not quite so slender, the second gnathopod having the propod much longer than the
carpus, sub-oblong, but expanding somewhat towards the palm, which is slightly oblique
and defined by one or two small spinules, the whole of the long hind margin bearing
short tufts or transverse rows of spinules.

The perseopoda similar to those of A. serraticauda ; the third uropod rather short,
branches not very much longer than the base, lanceolate, and bearing spinules and
fine serrations on the margin ; telson cleft for about two-thirds its length, each half
oblong, posterior margin of each truncate and divided into about eight or nine fine teeth.

I have only a few specimens of this species, and in most of them portions of the
antennae and some of the other appendages are broken off; but the arrangement of the
calceoli on the peduncles of the antennse seems characteristic, and differs from that in
any of the allied species known to me.

Genus PARAMCERA Miers, 1875.

Paramcera austrina (Bate).

Atylus austrinus Spence Bate, 1862, p. 137, pi. xxvi. fig. 4.

Paramcera australis Miers, 1875, p. 75.

Attjloides australis and A. assimilis Stebbing, 1888, p. 914, pi. Ixxv., and p. 918, pi. Ixxvii.

Megamcera fasciculata G. M. Thomson, 1880, p. 5, pi. i. fig. 5.

Stebbingia gregaria Pfefler, 1888, p. 110, pi. ii. fig. 7.

„ „ Stebbing, 1906, p. 358.

Paramcera austrina Stebbing, 1906, p. 363, 1910A, p. 640, and 1910u, p. 450.

„ „ Chilton, 1909A, p. 625.

Specimens of this species were obtained from the following stations :—
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; 10 fathoms.

„ ,, Scotia Bay, Station 325A ; dredge, 2-8 fathoms, gravel and

clumps of weed ; temperature 29°-30°. 6th December 1903.
,, ,, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; dredge, 9-10 fathoms. April 1903.

,, ,, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; dredge, 4 fathoms, gravel bottom and

clumps of weed ; temperature 29°'l'. 3rd December 1903.
„ ,, Scotia Bay, Station 325; 5-10 fathoms; temperature 31°'5'.

2nd January 1904.
Falkland Islands, Station 118 ; shore. 7th January 1903.

,, ,, Cape Pembroke, Station 118; shore pools. January 1903.

Gough Island, Station 461 ; trap, 75 fathoms. 21st April 1904.
,, ,, Station 461 ; off floating kelp. 21st April 1904.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 498.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 217

A special variety of the species was obtained as follows : —

South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay ; 25 fathoms. 2 1st March 1904.

This species is one that is very widely distributed in sub-Antarctic seas, and is usually
found in shore pools or in shallow waters around the coast. It has been pointed out by
several authors that specimens of it vary considerably ; probably when the different
forms are carefully compared it may be possible to distinguish several local varieties,
but I think, in the present state of our knowledge, that Mr STEBBING is right in uniting
the various forms under this one name.

Through the kindness of the authorities of the Hamburg Museum I have been able
to examine the type and other specimens of Stebbingia gregaria Pfeffer, and I find
that they undoubtedly belong to this species. Several of them are of comparatively
large size, but they show no distinction of importance from the ordinary form, and the
small accessory flagellum of the upper antenna is present. Various authors have
described this accessory flagellum as being absent in the specimens examined by them,
and, though I have usually been able to find it, there are a few specimens that I have
seen in which I have been unable to do so, although in all other points they seem to
belong to the species ; and there seems little doubt, as pointed out by WALKER and
others, that in this as in some other species the small accessory flagellum may some-
times be actually absent ; probably this is more commonly the case in older forms.

Of the local varieties I can at present indicate two : —

(1) The form described under the name Atylus megaloplithalmus Haswell. In this
form the head has a rostrum nearly half as long as the first joint of the upper antenna ;
the accessory flagelluin, though apparently present, is small, short, and fused to the third
joint of the peduncle ; and the telson has the posterior portion of each lobe somewhat
rounded and without setse.

(2) The forms mentioned above from South Africa, Saldanha Bay. In general
appearance, and in the antennae and gnathopods, etc., these agree closely with forms from
other localities, but they differ somewhat markedly in the telson, the posterior portion
of each lobe of which is cut into three or four acute teeth and is without setae. In
some forms from other localities there may be two such teeth, but, so far as I know, not
more, and the telson usually bears two or more long setae on each lobe. The telson in
the Saldanha Bay variety closely resembles that described by CHEVREUX for Atyloides
longicornis from Port Charcot, etc., a species which appears to me to be little more than
a variety of Paramoera austrina in which the accessory flagellum is absent and the
gnathopods are rather small.

Even in the more typical forms there seems to be considerable variation in the size
and shape of the gnathopods. In some the propod is oblong, with the palm almost
transverse, as shown by Mr STEBBING in his drawings of Atyloides australis Miers ; in
others the propod is more oval, with the palm somewhat oblique ; the length of the
carpus is also subject to variation, and the setae seem to be more abundant on the
antennas and gnathopods in some specimens than in others.

(BOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. xi.vm., 499.)

218 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

This species had been recorded from South Africa by Mr STEBBING under the name
of Atyloides assimilis, from a specimen found on the screw of the Challenger off Cape
Agulhas. Mr STEBBING'S figure of the telson shows .some approach to that of the
Saldanha Bay specimens, but each lobe bears only two acute teeth.

Genus DJERBOA Chevreux, 1906.

Djerboa fin -cipes Chevreux.

Djerboa furcipes Chevreux, 1906n, p. 74, figs. 42-44.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; 10 fathoms. (No date.) A few

specimens, the largest 15 mm.
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; 15 fathoms. April 1903. Six

specimens, the largest 18 mm. long.

These specimens agree well with the description and figures given by CHEVREUX.
They bear a very close and striking resemblance to Leptamphopus novas-zealandise,
and it is very difficult to distinguish the two species without dissecting off the
telson, which is deeply cleft in Djerboa furcipes but undivided in Leptamphopus
novfe-zealandite ; in the first species, however, the integument is marked by a number
of short marks arranged more or less in parallel lines, and in doubtful cases this helps as
a guide to their identification.

Genus PARACERADOCUS Stebbing, 1899.

Paraceradocus miersii (Pfeffer).

Meyamcera miersii Pfeff'er, 1888, p. 121, pi., fig. 3.
Paraceradocus miersii Stebbing, 1906, p. 429.
„ ,, Chevreux, 1906B, p. 93.

South Orkneys, Station 325 ; from stomach of Weddell seal. 4th January 1904.

One male, 45 mm. long.
South Orkneys, Station 325 ; dredge, 9-10 fathoms. 17th August 1903. One

female, 22 mm. long ; June 1903, one female, 20 mm.

In the large specimen all the segments of the perseon and pleon are rounded
dorsally ; the pleon is slightly compressed but not carinate ; teeth are present on the
first and second segments of the urus as described ; the third uropods are missing.
The female specimens also show no carination on the person or pleon, and have the
third uropods of moderate size only. The upper antennae are considerably longer than
half the body ; the second joint of peduncle is as long as the first, and the rlagellum is
considerably longer than the peduncle. In the lower antennae the flagellum is longer
than the last joint of the peduncle. Except for the absence of carination, the specimens
agree closely with PFEFFER'S description.

This fine species is now known from South Georgia, South Orkneys, Port Charcot,
Booth Wandel and Hovgaard Islands.

(BOY. soc. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 500.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 219

Genus M^ERA Leach, 1813.

^ I sera mastcrsii (Haswell).

Megamm-a masttrsii Haswell, 1880A, p. 265, pi. xi. fig. 1.
„ thoimoni Miers, 1884, p. 318, pi. xxxiv. fig. B.

Msera mustersii Stebbing, 1906, p. 439.
„ ,, Chilton, 1911, p. 594.

South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay, Station 483 ; 25 fathoms. Five
specimens, the largest 10 mm. long.

Although they show some differences, I think these specimens may be referred to
this species. On the whole they agree fairly well with HASWELL'S description ; and if
the form described as Megamcera thomsoni by MIERS really belongs here, the species is
evidently a variable one. My specimens differ from the description given by STEBBING
in Das Tierreich in the following points : — The third segment of the pleon has the
posterior angle produced so as to be acute, but the hind margin is hardly denticu-
late ; the eyes are small, almost round ; in the upper antenna the first joint has a stout
spinule at its lower distal margin, the accessory flagellum contains seven joints ; the
fiagellum of the second antenna is considerably longer than the last joint of the
peduncle. In the first gnathopod the carpus and propod are hardly slender, each
having the posterior margin convex and agreeing fairly well with HASWELL'S description ;
this appendage shows considerable resemblance to that of Elasmopoides chevreuxi
Stebbing, but the carpus and propod have the hind margins less strongly convex than
in that species. The second gnathopod agrees well with the description. The third,
fourth, and fifth perseopoda are fairly stout, the basal joint has the hind margin only
finely serrated. The uropoda and the telson agree well with HASWELL'S description.
The specimens are colourless (in spirit) and do not show the light yellowish-brown
colour mentioned by STEBBING, which was present in the Kermadec Island specimens I
examined in 1911. In the rather stout per&eopoda and in some other points they
have rather the appearance of an Elasmopus.

This species is widely distributed in the warmer southern seas.

Genus PARADEXAMINE Stebbing, 1899.

Paradexamine pacifica (G. M. Thomson).

Dexamine pacifica G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 238, pi. X.B, fig. 4.
Paratlexitmina pacifica Steblnng, 1906, p. 518.
„ Chilton, 1909A, p. 632.
Paradexamina fissicauda Chevreux, 1906n, p. 88, figs. 51--53.

South Orkneys, Station 325; 9-10 fathoms. April and May 1903. Four
specimens, the largest 17 mm. long.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 5<>1.)

220 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325 ; 2-8 fathoms, gravel and clumps of
weed. Temperature 29°-30°. 6th December 1903. Several specimens,
the largest 14 mm. in length.

These specimens are in most respects intermediate between P. pacifica and P.
fissicauda. They agree with the latter species, except that the last segments of the
peroeon are without dorsal teeth, or, in the largest, with a small tooth on the last
segment only. In this species, as in so many others, the dorsal teeth evidently vary,
for STEBBING notes the same thing in his description of P. pacifica. The Scotia specimens
have the lateral angle of the head rounded, as in P. fissicauda, and they resemble that
species also in the greater stoutness and the proportions of the joints of the antennae
and perseopoda ; the telson, however, is not split right to the base, but only very
deeply, as in P. pacifica.

Through the kindness of Mr STEBBING I have been able to examine specimens of
P. pacifica from New Zealand sent to him years ago by Mr THOMSON. The comparison
of these with the Scotia specimens shows that it is not possible to maintain the two as
separate species. In the carination of the body, in the uropoda and telson, the New
Zealand specimens resemble those from the South Orkneys. They differ, however, in
having the appendages slightly more slender ; thus the upper antennae may have the
second joint of the peduncle considerably longer than the first, and in the peraeopoda
the propod may be nearly as long as the carpus, instead of being shorter, as described
by CHEVREUX. In them, too, the lateral angle of the head is produced into a small,
sharp, acute point.

If we had to deal only with the New Zealand specimens and those from Wanclel
Island, it might be possible to look upon the latter as a separate but closely allied
species ; but, if that were done, a new species would have to be made for the South
Orkneys specimens, with characters almost precisely intermediate between those of the
other two, while future examination of specimens from some fresh locality would probably
necessitate the establishment of another intermediate species on very trivial points of
difference. I therefore think it much the best course to consider all the specimens as
belonging to one widely spread sub-Antarctic and Antarctic species which, through isola-
tion, has become slightly modified into two or three local varieties.

Genus POLYCHERIA Haswell, 1879.

Polycheria antarctica (Stebbiug).

Dexamine antarctica Stabbing, 1875, p. 184, pi. XV.A, fig. 1.
Polycheria tenuipes Haswell, 1880B, p. 345, pi. xxii. fig. 8.

Stebbing, 1906, p. 520.
„ brencornis Haswell, ISSOu, p. 346.
„ obtusa G. M. Thomson, 1882, p. 233, pi. xvii. fig. 3.
Tritxta kergueleni Stebbing, 1888, p. 941, pi. Ixxxiii.

antarctica Walker, 1904, p. 266, pi. iv. fig. 25.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 502.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 221

0

Polycheria antarctica Stebbing, 1906, p. 520.

Walker, 1907, p. 34.

Trit&ta osborni Caiman, 1898, p. 268, pi. xxxii. fig. 2, and p. 288.
Pohjcheria at oil i Walker, 1905, p. 926, pi. Ixxxviii. figs. 1-5.

Entrance to Saldanha Bay, Station 483. One specimen, 6 mm. long.
South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325. Many specimens, all of small size,
averaging 2 mm. in length.

The specimen from Saldanha Bay is, I think, specifically identical with the
Challenger form described under the name Tritgeta kergueleni. The eye is very large,
occupying the greater part of the side of the head ; the posterior angle of the third
pleon segment is quadrate, with a very short tooth, and the pleon and urus have the
carination described, though to a less degree ; the antennae agree with the description
as regards the proportions of the joints, the lower being a little longer than the upper ;
the branches of the third uropods are slightly unequal.

In the large eye and in other essential points it also agrees with P. tenuipes Has-
well, and with P. obtusa G. M. Thomson, whose description of the terminal joints of
the perasopoda applies exactly to the specimen under consideration. In describing
his specimen Mr THOMSON pointed out that it was probably the same as P. tenuipes
Haswell. On the other hand, the Saldanha Bay specimen differs from the Kerguelen
Island one in the side plates, which are not so acutely produced anteriorly.

The specimens from South Orkneys are all small. The eye is of much smaller size,
and the carination of the pleon is absent altogether or only slightly marked ; the joints
in the flagella of the antennae are fewer in number, and the two antennae are about
equal in length ; the outer branch of the third uropod is only about half the length of
the inner ; both the third and the fourth side plates are produced anteriorly into
an acute lobe exactly like that figured by STEBBING for P. antarctica (1906, p. 520,
fig. 91). In this respect, therefore, they differ from his description of P. tenuipes, with
which they agree in some of the other points mentioned, for that species is described
in Das Tierreich Amphipoda as having the fourth side plate reduced to a short, blunt
lobe, this character being apparently taken from CALMAN'S description of P. osborni,
which STEBBING gives as a synonym of P. tenuipes.

These South Orkneys specimens are apparently immature, although the characteristic
form of the terminal joints of the perseopoda and of the third and fourth side plates is
already present, and I think there can be no doubt they belong to the same species as
the Saldanha Bay specimen. In the smaller eye they resemble P. brevicornis Haswell,
which does not seem to be separated from P. tenuipes by any other character of
importance. Mr WALKER (1907, p. 34) has pointed out that HASWELL'S description of
the second gnathopod of P. tenuipes and of P. brevicornis, and his figure of that of the
first species, are quite unlike those of P. antarctica. The figure is undoubtedly very
rough and insufficient, but the descriptions, so far as they go, are not inconsistent with

(ROY. 8OC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XI.VIII., 5(13.)

222 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

either the Saldanha Bay or the South Orkneys specimens before me, and these, as 1
have said, must, I think, be referred to P. antarctica.

STEERING, in 1906, made P. osborni Caiman a synonym of P. tenuipes Haswell, to
which he also assigned P. obtusa G. M. Thomson and, with a " ? ", P. brevicornis
Haswell.

In describing P. osborni, CALMAN referred to the southern species described, and
said they " are probably all referable to one." If this is done, however, it will then
certainly be impossible to retain his species as distinct. This will be seen if we take
the points of difference in order :—

1. Dorsal processes of urus much less prominent. This applies also to the South
Orkneys specimens, and, to a less degree, to the Saldanha Bay specimen.

2. Maxillipeds with outer plates nearly equalling the palp in length and bearing
only about eleven spines. In the South Orkneys specimens the plates bear only
eleven spines, though they are rather shorter than the palp. In P. atolli, too, WALKER
describes the spines on the outer plate as few in number and present on the distal
portion of the margin only.

3. Propod of first gnathopod with palmar edge short and not more than one-third
the length of the dactyl. In the Saldanha Bay specimen the gnathopod agrees well
with CALMAN'S description, except that the palm is perhaps a little longer. From the
appearance of this specimen, however, I think the palm is really longer than is shown
in CALMAN'S figure, and that the lobe against which the dactyl is represented as
impinging is overlapped by the dactyl folding in on one side of it. If this is so, there
is no essential difference between the palm of P. osborni and that of P. antarctica
as figured by STEBBING under the name P. kergueleni.

CALMAN'S description of the second gnathopod agrees quite well with that of the
Saldanha Bay specimen.

4. Fourth side plate having the anterior process reduced to a short, blunt lobe.
This applies also to the Saldanha Bay specimen and to P. atolli Walker.

5. Propod of third perasopod not widening distally. Both the Saldanha Bay and
the South Orkneys specimens agree in this point with CALMAN'S figure rather than with
STEBBING'S ; the difference is one of degree only, arid the widening is probably more
marked in older specimens.

In view of all the considerations mentioned above, I feel compelled to unite also
P. atolli AValker, from the Male Atoll, Maldive Archipelago, with P. antarctica.
His description of the gnathopoda and of the first and second perseopoda, and of the
side plates corresponding to these appendages, applies very well indeed to the Saldanha
Bay specimen and also fairly well to P. osborni ; but in the fewer spines and teeth on
the outer plate of the maxillipeds and on the uropoda, P. atolli agrees rather with the
South Orkneys specimens. Its chief peculiarity seems to be the fact that the palp of
the first maxilla has " the top squarely truncate and crowned with short teeth," but in
view of the other characters this is hardly sufficient to maintain it as a separate species.

(ROY. soc. EHIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., r>01.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 223

The very large eye (red in colour, at least sometimes) found in some of the forms
is certainly a very striking characteristic, and if it were constantly associated with other
characters or with certain localities it would be entitled to great weight; but some
specimens have the large eye associated with side plates which are not acutely produced
anteriorly, while in the Kerguelen specimen the eye is large (black in this case) and the
side plates are acutely produced ; again, both the large-eyed and the small-eyed forms
are found together in Port Jackson. It is just possible that the large eye is a sexual
character, or it may be developed in older specimens which live at moderate depths, as
appears to be the case in Eusirus antarcticus.

1 have thus failed to find the characters relied upon for specific distinction in this
genus constantly associated in any definite way, and am forced to conclude that all the
forms belong to one species widely spread in southern seas and found also in the North
Atlantic and in the Indian Ocean.

In addition to the localities mentioned above, the species P. antarctica has more
recently been recorded from Ceylon by Mr WALKER, so that the conclusion that we are
dealing with one species only, first arrived at on morphological grounds, is now con-
firmed by the geographical distribution of the species.

After the discussion as given above had been written, I was able to visit the British
Museum and examine there the types of the different species ; Mr WALKER also
kindly sent me a specimen of P. atolli, and in doing so said that he now considered it
probably not distinct from P. antarctica. I was able at the Museum to examine the
type slides of Tritseta kergueleni Stebbing and of P. atolli Walker, and also to
examine named specimens of P. osborni Caiman, P. antarctica from the Discovery
Expedition, and of P. antarctica recorded from Ceylon by Mr WALKER. The slide of
the dissected parts of the Challenger specimen of Tmtseta kergueleni is not in very good
condition, but it is evidently the one from which Mr STEBBING'S excellent figures were
made, and these are sufficient for our present purpose.

The type specimen of P. atolli has the first maxilla with short spinules on the palp
as described, and the maxillipeds also correspond closely to the figure given, but in all
other essentials it agrees with my Saldanha Bay specimen, both gnathopods closely
agreeing, except that in the first the flange on the propod has the margin minutely
serrate ; the first and second perteopoda, again, have side plates similar to those in the
Saldanha Bay specimen. An examination of P. osbond showed that this species also
was the same as the Saldanha Bay specimen, and therefore the same as P. atolli. The
side plate of the first gnathopod is produced in front a little more acutely than in the
type of P. atolli, and is tipped with two small setse ; the side plate of the second
gnathopod is also produced in front, but not so acutely as the first, and might be
described as being narrowly rounded anteriorly ; that of the first perseopod is acutely
produced, while the second is rounded as described by CALMAN. The eye is large.

The Discovery specimens labelled P. antarctica undoubtedly agree specifically
with STEBBING'S type of Tritasta kergueleni in having the side plates all more or less

(HOT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 505.)

224 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

acute, those of both the first and second pereeopoda being acutely produced in front ;
the eye is large, showing a little colour in the spirit specimens and probably having
been red in the living animal, but it is not so large as in the Saldanha Bay specimen.
The terminal joints of the peneopoda are rather wide distally, as shown in STEBBING'S
figure.

It seemed possible, therefore, that after all we might perhaps be dealing with two
species : one P. antarctica, with side plates more or less acutely produced in front, the
other P. tenuipes (including P. osborni and P. atolli), in which some of the side plates
were rounded in front, although, as already shown, the differences did not appear to be
constant. Considerable interest was therefore attached to the examination of the
specimens from Ceylon referred by WALKER to Tritseta antarctica, to see if they were
really distinct from P. atolli. It was found that in some points they are a little
nearer to P. antarctica than the type specimen of P. atolli is ; thus, for example, the
side plates of the first gnathopod are acutely produced in front as in P. antarctica ; the
side plates of the second gnathopod, however, are rounded below. The side plates of
the first and second perseopoda cannot be very clearly made out, but they appear to
be fairly acute in front, though projecting rather more posteriorly than shown in
STEBBING'S figure. In other points, however, these Ceylon specimens were clearly the
same as P. atolli, and the eye is large and shows little colour in the- spirit specimens.
Consequently, after considerable hesitation, I was forced to remain at the conclusion at
which I had previously arrived, that it is impossible to separate the various forms into
two species. The species has more recently been recorded from the east coast of Africa
by Mr WALKER under the name of P. atolli, and it was some confirmation of the
conclusion I arrived at to find that specimens in the Museum from this locality,
though recorded under the name P. atolli, were in the separate tube labelled by him
P. antarctica.

It seems clear that here, as in other cases, we have one widely distributed species,
most abundant in Antarctic and sub-Antarctic seas, but extending far to the north
both in the Indian seas and in the Pacific, and that, although it is impossible to
find constant characters for the separation of it into two distinct species, there are
slight local differences, some showing one combination of characters, others another
combination.

A small specimen of this species was among some undetermined Amphipoda,
collected at South Georgia in 1882-83, that were submitted to me by the authorities of
the Hamburg Museum.

[After the whole discussion of this species as given above had been written, I found
further specimens from South Orkneys in a bottle of "residues" received in May 1912
from various collections made at Scotia Bay in 1903. Some of these specimens were
larger than those from the South Orkneys mentioned above, the largest being about
5 mm. long. In the largest specimens the eye was very large, and red in colour, as in
the Saldanha Bay and other specimens already referred to ; in smaller specimens the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 506.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 225

eye showed intermediate sizes, though in none of those examined was it quite so small
as in the small South Orkneys specimens first examined. The side plates seem to be
acutely produced as described for Tritseta kergueleni ; but in at least one specimen the
anterior lobe of the second perseopod was only subacute, and was shorter than that in
the first perseopod. In the third uropods the outer branch is about half as long as the
inner ; in both branches the extremity is narrowed, almost free from setae, and curves
upwards.

In these respects, therefore, these additional specimens tend to confirm the con-
clusion arrived at that all the forms of Polycheria are referable to one species. They
present a peculiarity, however, in having the telson particularly long, reaching to the
end of the third uropod ; in side view it appears thick, scarcely narrowing distally, and
the margin is fringed with stout spinules. In the smaller South Orkneys specimens it
is much shorter, reaching hardly half way along the branches of the uropod, and the
spinules on it are few and much less prominent. In the specimen figured in the
Challenger Report the telson is intermediate, reaching more than half way to the end
of the third uropod, and bearing numerous spinules. In the smallest of the additional
specimens now being described it is hardly so long as in the largest, but still longer
than in some Discovery specimens from M'Murdo Sound that are themselves larger
in size. It seems probable that the especially long and strong telson is a character
developed beyond the average, like the large eye, and that it attains its full size only
in specimens of a definite age — possibly it lengthens rapidly at a particular moult,]

Genus NOTOTROPIS A. Costa, 1853.

Nototropis homochir (Haswell).

Atylus homochir Haswell, 1885, p. 101, pi. xiii. figs. 5-7.
Nototropis homochir Stebbing, 1906, p. 333, figs. 77 and 78.

1910A, p. 639.

1910B, p. 455.

South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay, Station 483 ; 25 fathoms. 21st May

1904. Several specimens, largest 10 mm. long.

These agree with STEBBING'S description, except in a few small points : e.g. the third
joint of the palp of the mandible is not longer than the second, but barely equal to it
in length ; l.lie lower hind corner of the basal joint of the third perteopod (in the
female) is slightly produced into a small subacute lobe ; that of the fourth is not
produced, but in the fifth perseopod it is produced as a subacute lobe reaching about
to the end of the ischium.

The points which distinguish this species from some of those found in northern
seas, e.g. from N. vedlomensis (Bate and Westwood), do not seem to be very great ;
it appears to differ from that species, however, in the amount of production of the
basal joints of the perseopoda three to five, and in the size and arrangement of the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., .~>07.)

226 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

carinate teeth on the pleon and urus. DKLLA VALLE in 1893 united both these two
species and several others under the name Atylus sivammerdamii (Milne Edwards).

The southern species is known from Australia and South Africa.

Another species which appears to belong to this genus was described in 1862 by
SPENCE BATE under the name Atylus villosus, from specimens obtained at Hermit
Island in the South Atlantic by the Antarctic Expedition under Sir JAMES CLARKE Eoss.

Genus TALORCHESTIA.

Talorchestia scutigerula (Dana).

Orchestia sc.utiyerula Dana, 1853 and 1855, p. 863, pi. Iviii. fig. 2.

Spence Bate, 1862, p. 26, pi. iv. fig. 7.
Talorchestia scutiyerula Stebbing, 1906, p. 545.

Falkland Islands, near Port Stanley, Station 118 ; from banks of a fresh-water,
peaty stream. 7th January 1903. Two males and three females, the
largest male 15 mm. in length.

These specimens agree very well with the description as given in Das Tierreich
Amphipoda. The large expansion on the second joint of the fifth perseopod is very
striking, and is very similar to the expansion on the fifth joint in Talorchestia telluris
(Bate).

The species is known from Tierra del Fuego as well as from the Falkland Islands,
and it was taken at Hermit Island in the South Atlantic, during the Antarctic
Expedition under Sir J. C. Ross in 1840.

Genus HYALE.

Hyale grandicornis (Kroyer).

Orchestia grandicornis Kroyer, 1845, p. 292, pi. i. fig. 2 a— n.

AUorchestes verticillata and A. peruviana Dana, 1855, p. 886, pi. Ix. figs. 2 and 3.

Hyale grandicornis Stebbing, 1906, p. 566.

Gough Island, Station 461 ; shore. One male, 12 mm. long.

I refer this specimen to KROYER'S species without much doubt. It agrees minutely
with the description of all its characters given by STEBBING in Das Tierreich, particu-
larly in the pectination of the finger of the perajopoda ; the setule on the finger is rather
long and fairly distinct, but not strong. The hind margin of the basal joint of the fourth
perseopod is furnished with small spinules as described, but they are very small, and they
are also present, though not in quite such numbers, in the third and fifth perseopoda.
Both the first and the second gnathopoda agree very closely with the description.

This species was described originally from Valparaiso, and H. novse-zealandix
(G. M. Thomson), which is found in New Zealand itself and in the sub-Antarctic islands
lying to the south of it, appears to be almost the same.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 508.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 227

llijale saldanha, sp. nov. (PI. II. figs. 24-29.)

South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay, Station 483 ; 25 fathoms. 21st May
1905. Several specimens, males and females, the largest about 9 mm. long.

Specific Description. — Male. — Back rounded, not carinate, and without dorsal teeth.
Pleon segment three, with postero-lateral corner quadrate with slightly produced point.
Eyes of moderate size, round. The first antenna (fig. 24) reaches to the middle of the
flagellum of the second ; peduncle with first joint much longer and broader than the
second, and produced below at its distal end into a rather broad expansion, which appears
to have a vertical flange, and at the lower part of this a thicker conical portion tipped
with two setae ; second joint with a smaller similar expansion ; flagellum of sixteen joints
all bearing a fairly distinct tuft of long setae at the lower distal angle. Second antenna
(fig. 24) about one-third the length of the body ; last two joints of the peduncle sub-
equal ; flagellum of about thirty-five joints. First gnathopod (fig. 27) with the basos
rather broad except at the base ; the carpus short, triangular, its posterior margin pro-
duced into a rounded fringed lobe ; propod oblong, widening slightly distally, front margin
convex and smooth, hind margin straight or very slightly concave, with a group of
spinules at the centre ; palm oblique, slightly convex, shorter than hind margin, defined
by two stout spinules, the finger fitting closely up against the palm.

Second gnathopod (fig. 28) with basos expanded distally into a flange on the outer
margin, ending in a rounded lobe at the extremity ; ischium with a similar rounded pro-
cess ; merus short, its apex subacute ; carpus very short, fitting closely into the emargin-
ation on the base of propod ; propod large, oval, slightly narrowing distally, its anterior
border regularly convex and smooth ; palm oblique, longer than the hind margin,
straight except for a rounded process near the base of the finger, fringed with a double
row of short spinules and defined by two stout spines ; finger stout, fitting into a small
pocket at the end of the palm. Perasopoda one to five robust ; propod slightly curved,
especially in the last three pairs, its concave margin bearing at regular intervals three
stout spinules of about equal size, all minutely serrated towards the end, but without
a specially large serrated spine ; posterior border of propod unarmed ; fingec strong,
about half the length of the propod, much curved, inner setule very small ; in the third
peraeopod (fig. 29) the basos is rounded, projecting inferiorly as far as the end of the
ischium, in the fourth and fifth similar, but in the fourth the basos is slightly narrower
than in the third and fifth ; hind margins of basos in all either smooth or only faintly
crenulate. Uropoda short, the first with peduncle about as long as the branches, and with
two or three spinules along its lateral margins and a stout curved spine at the distal end ;
branches subequal, with lateral and terminal spinules. Second uropod similar, but with
peduncle shorter than the branches. Third uropods with the branch rather shorter than
the base, both with stout terminal spinules. Telson with a stout spinule on each half.

Female. — Similar to the male, except in the gnathopoda, which are shown in
figs. 25 and 26.

(ROY. soc. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 509.)

228 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

I have been forced to make a new species for these specimens from South Africa,
from which locality no species of Hyale appears to have been hitherto recorded. The
species appears to come very close to H. camptonyx (Heller), from the Mediterranean
and North Atlantic, but it differs in a few points mentioned in the description above, and
particularly in the peculiar and apparently characteristic expansion of the first joint of
the peduncle of the upper antenna. H. schmidtii (Heller), also from the North Atlantic,
seems to be pretty closely allied also, but has the second antenna much longer.

In many respects the present species is similar to H. media (Dana), which is known
from several localities on the borders of the Atlantic Ocean, but it seems to be clearly
distinguished from that species by the absence of the " very large submedian serrate
spine " on the propod of perseopoda 3 to 5.

Genus HAPLOCHEIRA Haswell, 1879.
Haplocheira barbimana (G. M. Thomson).

Gammaru-i barbimanus G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 241, pi. X.D, fig. 1.
Haplocheira barbimana Stebbing, 1906, p. 609.
Walker, 1907, p. 35.

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325; 9-10 fathoms. May 1903. Five

specimens.

The largest of these specimens is 7 mm. long. They agree closely with New
Zealand specimens.

The species is widely distributed in southern seas.

Genus EURYSTHEUS.
(?) Eurystheus afer (Stebbing). (PI. II. figs. 30-34.)

Gammaropsis afra Stebbing, 1888, p. 1097, pi. cxiii.
Eurystheus afer Stebbing, 1906, p. 612.
1910B, p. 461.

Gough Island, Station 461 ; trawl, 100 fathoms. 23rd April 1904. Two small
specimens : the one a male, 4 mm. , probably immature ; the other a female,
5 mm.

I refer these specimens to this species with considerable doubt ; but if, as Mr
STEBBING suggests, E. atlanticus is only a variety of this species, it appears to be a
variable one, and it may perhaps be extended sufficiently to include forms now being
considered. The male specimen probably has not acquired the fully adult characters.

The female specimen differs from STEBBING'S description in having the eyes oval
and of normal shape ; the first gnathopod (fig. 30) has the carpus longer than the
propod, and the whole limb is more slender ; the second gnathopod (fig. 3 1 ) is also
longer, the carpus is not cup-shaped but sub-triangular, widening distally, and is about

(ROT. 80C. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 510.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 229

two-thirds as long as the propod. The third uropods have the branches equal in length
and rather longer than the peduncle. In other respects the specimen agrees fairly well
with STEBBING'S description, and the lateral lobe of the head is acutely pointed as in
that species.

The form that I consider the immature male differs from the female in the second
gnathopods (fig. 33), which are of the same general shape, with a moderately long carpus
but with the propod larger and stouter, its palm more oblique and bearing three short
conical acute teeth, one near the base of the finger, one beyond the point on which the
end of the finger impinges, and one midway between these two. The third and fifth
perseopoda are peculiar in having the merus widely dilated so as to be fully half as
broad as long (see fig. 34) ; in the fourth perreopod the merus is of the usual shape.
Whether this expansion of the merus is a sexual character, or an individual variation
in the particular specimen examined, I cannot say.

Genus JASSA.
Jassa falcata (Montagu).

Cancer (Gammarus) falcatus Montagu, 1808, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. ix. p. 100, pi. v. fig. 2.
Podocerus falcatus and P. validus Stebbing, 1888, p. 1132, pi. cxix., and p. 1135, pi. cxxxviii.B.
ingens Pfeffer, 1888, p. 131.
australis Haswell, 1880, p. 338, pi. xxi. fig. 8.
Jassa pulchella Stebbing, 1906, p. 654.
„ Chilton, 1909A, p. 647.

„ goniamera Walker, 1903A, p. 61, pi. si. figs. 9S-106A.
„ wandeli Chevreux, 1906B, p. 94, figs. 54-56.
„ falcata E. W. Sexton, 1911, p. 212.

[I have given only the chief references relating to the occurrence of this species in
southern seas. The very numerous references to its occurrence in the northern
hemisphere can be readily traced from those here given.]

South Orkneys, Scotia Bay, Station 325, and Macdougal Bay, Station 326B.

Several specimens of both sexes and of various ages.
Station 414, lat. 71° 50' S., long. 23° 30' W. ; vertical net, from surface to

1000 fathoms. 15th March 1904. One specimen.

Mrs SEXTON, who has specially studied this species, believes that there are at least
two different forms of the adult male.

When I came to examine the South Orkneys specimens it became quite clear that
some of them were almost, if not quite, the same as the northern species, and that the
males belonged to what Mrs SEXTON has described as the "second form." The males
aTee almost exactly in the characters given of the second antenna and of the
gnathopods for this form ; and females of this form were also present. As there are
two forms known of this species in European seas, it was to be expected that, if the
South Orkneys species was really the same species, the " first form " would also be
found there. This actually proved to be the case, for two specimens from Macdougal

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 511.)

230 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

Bay agree almost exactly with Plymouth males of the first form. 1 have been able to
compare my specimens with specimens of both forms determined by Mrs SEXTON, and
she has been good enough to examine them along with me, and agrees that the South
Orkneys specimens are not sufficiently distinct to be looked upon as a separate species.

I have also been able to compare my specimens with numerous foims labelled
Podocerus iiigens Pfeffer, from South Georgia, kindly sent to me by the authorities of
the Hamburg Museum. Most of these appear to belong to the " first form," o,nd agree
closely with Plymouth specimens ; they differ a little in the shape of the side plate of
the second gnathopod, but the difference is slight, and there is a gap between this and
the preceding side plate as described by Mrs SEXTON. The second gnathopod itself
agrees almost precisely with Plymouth specimens, both in the fully mature form and
in the immature stages. In the flagellum of the lower antenna the joints are usually
a little more distinct than in typical Plymouth specimens, but in the South Georgia
specimens there is some variation in this point ; apparently the joints are more distinct
in younger forms and become more fully coalesced in the older ones ; they bear the
characteristic plumose hairs as described by Mrs SEXTON. PFEFFER'S type of Podocerus
ingens, which I have also been able to examine, is a very large specimen, 26 mm. in
length. Though apparently belonging to the first form, it differs a little in the shape
of the second gnathopod ; the thumb is comparatively small, and at its base on the
outer side there is a small secondary notch or tooth that does not seem to be repre-
sented in the smaller specimens labelled Podocerus ingens. It is possible that this
large form may be a separate species, but I am inclined to think that it is only a very
large form of Jassa falcata, and that the differences are merely those that we might
expect to meet in such a very large form. Jassa goniamera Walker seems certainly
to belong to J. falcata ; the specimen he described and figured under this name is an
immature male of the first form. He states that the third uropod bears no secondarv
teeth on the outer branch. In all the specimens that I have been able to examine I
have found teeth present, as in the Plymouth specimens, though small ; occasionally
these may become lost in preserved specimens, and I presume that is what has
happened in the specimens examined by Mr WALKER. Jassa wandeli Chevreux,
again, appears undoubtedly to be another specimen of the same species; his figure 54
is taken from a male not quite fully mature, and shows the characteristic gap between
the first and second side plates, while the lower antenna exactly corresponds, both in
his figure and description, to that of the first form of the male. In the specimen
he figures, the various joints of the flagellum appear to be slightly more completely
coalesced than they are in some of the South Georgia and South Orkneys specimens,
and thus more like Plymouth specimens of this form.

I have long been familiar with this species under the name of Podocerus valid us
Dana in New Zealand, and it has been described from Australia by Professor HASWELL
under the name Podocerus australis. In his report on the Challenger Amphipoda
Mr STEERING recorded it from Kerguelen Island under the name Podocerus falcata,

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 512.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 231

and suggested that it had possibly been carried out from northern seas by attaching
itself to the hull of the vessel. Though marine Crustacea doubtless are occasionally
dispersed in this way by ships, we now know that Jassa falcata is a cosmopolitan
species, and its occurrence in Kerguelen Island can therefore be otherwise accounted
for. It has been pointed out by Mr G. M. THOMSON and myself that the animal often
temporarily attaches itself to the carapace of large Crustacea, such as Jasus edwardsii
Hutton, and probably its dispersal is assisted in this way.

The brief notice I have given above gives only a faint idea of the complex forms of
this species and of the changes it passes through. These forms and its full life history
are being worked out by Mrs SEXTON and others at the Marine Laboratory, Plymouth,
and I have been greatly assisted in the identification of my specimens by the com-
munication of some of the results already obtained but not yet fully published.

Genus CAPRELLA Lamark, 1801.
Caprt'lla ivqiiilihra Say.

Caprella xquiUtim S:iy, 1818, p. 391.

„ „ Mayer, 1903, pp. 75, 89, pi. iii. figs. 29-34, pi. vii. tigs. 66-69.

f,', 1910n, p. 466.

South Africa, entrance to Saldanha Bay, Station 483 ; trawl, 25 fathoms.
21st May 1904. One immature male.

The specimen is not fully mature, but I think undoubtedly belongs to this widely
distributed species.

It is worthy of note that this is the only Caprellid taken during the expedition,
and that the family seems to be quite absent from the Antarctic fauna, and only very
poorly represented in the sub- Antarctic.

Genus HYPERIA Latreille and Desmarest, 1823.

Hyperia gaudichaudii Milne Edwards.

Hyperia gaudichaudii Milne Edwards, 1840, vol. iii. p. 77.
Stebbing, 1838, p. 1394, p. 169.
Walker, 1907, p. 7.

Falkland Islands, Stanley Harbour, Station 118; " ectoparasitic on jelly-fish."

7th January 1903. Several males, females, and young; the largest female

being 15 mm. long.
Station 541; 37° 41' N., 29° 25' W., surface; hand-net. 3rd July 1904.

" Associated with Aurelia caught at the same time." Two males.
Station 112 ; surface, lat. 46° 3' S., long. 56° 30' W. :'.rd January 1903. Many

specimens, all of small size, the largest 6 mm.

These specimens all seem undoubtedly to belong to this widely distributed species,
which has already been recorded from Antarctic regions by Mr WALKER.

(ROY. soc. EDIX. TRAXS., VOL. XLVIII., 513.)

232 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

Genus VIBILIA.

Vibilia antarctica Stebbing.

Vibilia antarctica Stebbing, 1888, pp. 1290, pi. cl.
,, propinqua Walker, 1907, p. 6.

Station 422, lat. 68° 32' S., long. 12° 49' W. ; 8 ft. vertical net, surface to 800

fathoms. 2 3rd March 1904. Two specimens, 10 mm. long.

These specimens appear to be the adults of this species, which was described from an
immature form by Mr STEBBING. Dr A. BEHNING, who has worked out the Vibilidfe of
the German South Polar and other Expeditions, informs me that this species appears
to be the typical Antarctic species, though extending also some distance north, and that
it is very close to V. propinqua, but is distinguished by the long carpal process and
the poor development of the eyes. I presume this is the same species as that recorded
by WALKER under the name of V. propinqua from the Discovery Expedition.

Genus EUTHEMISTO.

Euthemisto thomsoni Stebbing.

Themisto antarctica G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 243, pi. X.D, figs. 2 and 3.
Euthemisto thomsoni Stebbing, 1888, p. 1414, pis. cxxiv. and cxxv.

1910B, p. 655.

Station 468, lat. 39° 48' S., long. 2° 33' E. ; "trawl, 2645 fathoms." 29th April

1904. One specimen, doubtless obtained from the surface.

This specimen agrees closely with the description given by STEBBING in the
C/iaUeiiyer Report, and I give it under the name that is used both there and in his
recent report on the collections of the Thetis from Australia, without entering into
discussion of the validity of the actual name.

IV. TROPICAL AND NORTH ATLANTIC SPECIES.
Genus SYNOPIA Dana, 1852.

Synopia scheeleana Bovallius.

Syn/ipia scheeteana Bovallius, 188G, N. Acta. Soc. Upsal., ser. 3, vol. xiii.,

No. 9, p. 16, pi. ii. figs. 22-29.
„ „ Stebbing, 1888, p. 799, pi. cii.

1906, p. 272.
„ Chevreux, 1900, p. 64.

Station 62, Tropical Atlantic, lat. 4° 15' S., long 33° 38' W. 13th December
1901. Three or four small, delicate specimens, the largest 3 mm. long.
(BOY. soc. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 514.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 233

These specimens agree closely with the description and figures given by STEBBING in
his Challenger Report.

The species is known from the warm waters of the Pacific and the Atlantic Oceans.
It is perhaps not distinct from Synopia ultramarina Dana, with which it is united by
BELLA VALLE.

Genus HYALE H. Rathke, 1837.

Hi/ale grimaldii Chevreux.

Hijale grimaldii Chevreux, 1891, p. 257, figs. 1-5, and 1900, p. 10, pi. ii. fig. 2.
„ „ Slabbing, 1906, p. 567.

St Vincent, Station 24 ; among seaweed on shore. 1st December 1902. One

male and one female ; the male 3 mm. long.

Although these specimens are too small for certain identification, I think they must
belong to this species. The gnathopoda of the male agree well with CHEVREUX'S descrip-
tion, having the flange on the side of the basal joint, as described, and the propod is of
the same shape, though the rounded lobe on the palm near the base of the finger is not
so well marked. The lower antennae are hardly so stout as shown in CHEVREUX'S figure.
The species was previously known from the North Atlantic.

Genus ALLORCHESTES Dana, 1849.

Allorchestes plumicornis (Heller).

Nicea plumicornis Heller, 1866, p. 5, pi. i. figs. 8 and 9.
Allorchestes plumicornis Stebbing, 1906, p. 583.

Walker, 1901, p. 299, pi. xxvii. figs. 20 and 21.
„ „ Chevreux, 1911, p. 241, pi. xvii. figs. 1-3.

St Vincent, Station 24 ; north-east beach. 1st December 1902. Four small
specimens.

There is no fully developed male among these specimens, but from the characters of
the females I think they must belong to this species. The largest is probably immature,
as the upper antennae have only eleven joints in the fiagellum and the lower fourteen ;
about half the joints in the latter bear tufts of long sensory setse, the tufts decreasing in
size distally ; there is also a tuft on the distal end of the last joint of the peduncle, but
none on the other parts of the peduncle. The second gnathopod agrees well witli
WALKER'S figure ; the dactyl of all the perteopocla bears the prominent setule on the inner
margin, and in the remaining characters the specimens agree well with the descriptions
given by STEBBING and CHEVREUX.

The species is well known from various parts of the Mediterranean, but does not
appear to have been recorded from St Vincent.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. THANS., VOL. XLVIII., 515.)

234 PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

Genus SUNAMPHITOE Bate, 1857.

Sunamphitoe pelagica (Milne Edwards).

Amphithoe pi'laijica Milne Edwards, 1830, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. xx. p. 378.
KunampliHoe pelagica Chevreux, 1900, p. 102, pi. xi. fig. 4.
Stebbing, 1906, p. 645.

St Vincent, Station 24 ; north-east beach. 1st December 1802. One female, 5

mm. long.
Gulf Weed, Station 538, lat. 32" 11' N., long. 34° 10' W. ; surface. 30th

June 1904. Several of both sexes, largest about 6 mm. long.

These specimens agree in all essential respects with the descriptions given by
STEBBING and CHEVREUX.

The species is widely distributed in the North Atlantic, but I know of no previous
record from St Vincent.

Genus ANCHYLOMERA.

Anchylomera blossevillii Milne Edwards.

Anchylomera blossevillii Milne Edwards, 1830, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. xx. p. 394.
„ „ Stebbing, 1888, p. 1433, pi. xvii.

„ „ Chevreux, 1900, p. 147.

Station 62, Tropical Atlantic, lat. 4° 15' S., long. 33° 38' W. ; tow-net. 13th

December 1902. One specimen.
Station 57, Tropical Atlantic, 2° 1' S., 32° 18' W. ; tow-net. 12th December

1902. Four specimens, 4 mm. long.

This is a common species in the warmer parts of the Atlantic Ocean.

Genus OXYCEPHALUS Milne Edwards, 1830.
Oxycephalus clausi Bovallius.

Oxycephalus dausi Bovallius, 1887, p. 35.

„ Stebbing, 1888, p. 1578, pi. cci.
„ Chilton, 1911, p. 567.

Station 40, Tropical Atlantic, lat. 5° 57' N., long. 25° 56' W. 7th December
1902. One specimen.

This specimen agrees very closely with those described and figured by STEBBING from
the Challenger Expedition, and it is also the same as specimens from the Kermadec
Islands examined by me in 1911.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 516.)

AMl'HIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 235

V. BIBLIOGRAPHY.

BATE, C. SPENCE, 1862. Catalogue Amphipoda Britislt Museum.

BONNIER, J., 1893. "Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais," Bull. Sci. France el Beltjique, vol. xxiv. pp. 161-207.
linVALLius, 1887. '' Ampliip. Hyper.," Blhamj till /,-. Sventlc. Vetenxk -AI,«<1. Ilnmll., BJ. xi. No. 16.
CALMAN, W. T., 1898. "On a Collection of Crustacea from Puget Sound," Ann. New York Acad., vol. ii.

pp. 259-292, pis. xxxi.-xxxiv.
CIIEVREUX, E., 1891. " (,>uatriijine Campagne de I'llirondelle," Bull. Soc. Zaol. de France, vol. xvi.

„ 1900. li'i'sit/l'ifx iles Cnmpagnes srienf/jii/u<'x par Alln'i-1 /"', Prince de Monaco, fasc. xvii.

,, 1903. "Note preliminaire sur les Amphipodes de la famille des Lysianassidas recueillis par

la Princesse Alice dans les eaux profondes de 1'Atlantique et de la Me'diter-
ranee," Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xxviii. pp. 81-97 (with 7 text
figures).

,, 1905. "Diagnoses d'Amphipodes nouveaux provenant de I'Expe'dition antarctique du

Francais," Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xxx. pp. 159-165 (with 3 text
figures).

., 1906A. " Diagnoses d'Amphipodes nouveaux provenant de I'Expe'dition antarctique du

Fruncais," Bull. Soc. Zoul. de France: —
Vol. xxxi. pp. 37-40 (with 2 text figures).
PP. 76-80 „ 2 „
pp. 82-86 „ 3 „
pp. 87-89 „ 2 „

,, 1906B. Kxpi'd. antarct. Franchise, 1903-1905 : Amphipodes.

„ 1908. "Amphipodes recueillis dans les possessions frangaises de 1'Oceanie par M. le Dr

Seurat, 1902-1904," Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, xx. pp. 470-527 (with 35
text figures).
„ 1911 A. "Campagnes de la Melita : les Amphipodes d'Algc'rie et de Tunisie," Mem. Soc. Zool.

France, vol. xxiii. pp. 145-285, pis. vi.-xx.
,, 191 IB. "Sur quelqu.es Amphipodes des Iles Sandwich du Sud," Anales Mus. Nacion.

Buenos Ayres, vol. xxi. pp. 403-407 (with 3 text figures).
CHILTON, C., 1884. "Additions to the Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand," Trans. N.Z. Institute,

vol. xvi. pp. 252-265, pis. xvii.-xxi.

., 1909A. "The Crustacea of the sub-Antarctic Islands of New Zealand," The sub-Ant. Islftnds of

New Zealand, pp. 603-671 (with 19 figures in the text). Wellington, N.Z.,
1909.
,, 1909B. "Note on the Amphipodan Genera, Bircenna, Kuria, and Wandelia," Trans. N.Z.

Inst., vol. xli. pp. 59-63 (with text figure).
,, 1911. "Crustacea of the Kermadec Islands," Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xliii. pp. 544-573 (with

trxt figures).
,, 1912. "Miscellaneous Notes on some New Zealand Crustacea," Trail*. N.Z. Inst., vol. xliv.

pp. 12S-135.

DANA, J. D , 1853 and 1855. United States Exploring Expedition, vol. xiii., "Crustacea."
HASWEI.L, W. A.. ISSQA. "On Australian Amphipoda," 1'roc. Linn. Sue. New Smith }V(ilex, vol. iv.

p[}. 245-279, [ils. vii.-xii.
,, issois. "On some Additional New Genera and Species of Amphipudous Crustaceans,"

Proc. Linn. Sun. New South W>det, vol. iv. pp. 310-350, pis. xviii.-xxiv.
,, 1885. "Notes on the Australian Amphipoda," !.<• , vol. x.

HELLER, C., H865. Reise Noi-ara, vol. ii., III., "Crustacea."

,, 18G6. "Beitrage y.ur naln-ivn IviMintniss dcr Amphipoili-n drs Adriatischen Meercs.:' Denis. /,:

A/,-11,1/, i/. ]\'i.wit*rli. II "/(.'«., vol. xxvi., AUh. ii., pp. 1-62.

KROYER, II., 1845. Karcittologisfce Bidi-uy. Xn/ur/i. 7'iV/.--.--/-., Fiirste Bind, pi>. 283-345, pis. i.-iii., and

pp. 403, 453-638, pis. vi., vii.

(UOV. SOC. ED1N. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 517.)

23 (j PROFESSOR CHARLES CHILTON ON THE

MAYER, P., 1903. Caprellidx of the Siboga Expedition.

MIERS, E. J., 1875. "Descriptions of New Species of Crustacea collected at Kerguelen Island by the

Rev. A. E. Eaton," Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iv., vol. xvi. pp. 73-76.
,, 1884. "Crustacea" in Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the

Voyage of H.M.S. " Alert," 1881-82. London, 1884.

„ 1879. "An Account of the Petrological, Botanical, and Zoological Collections made in

Kerguelen's Land and Rodriguez during the Transit of Venus Expedition,"
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. : "Crustacea," pp. 200-214, 485-496, pi. xi.
MILNE EDWARDS, 1840. Histoire naturelle des Crustaces, t. iii. Paris, 1840.

PFEFFER, (J., 1888. " Die krebse von Sud-Georgien nach der Ausbeute der Deutschen Station 1882-83,"

2 Teil, Die Amphipoden," Jdlu-b. der Wisxensch. Anstal/en zu Hamburg,
vol. v. pp. 79-142, pis. i.-iii.

SARS, < J. ( )., 1891-1895. An Account of the Crustacea of Norway : I. Amphipoda.
SAY, T., 1818. "An Account of the Crustacea of the United States," Journ. A cad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

vol. i.
SEXTON, E. W., 1911. "The Amphipoda collected by the Huxley from the North Side of the Bay of Biscay

in August 1906," Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc., vol. ix. pp. 199-227, pi. iii.

STEBBINO, T. R. R., 1875. " On some Exotic Sessile-eyed Crustaceans," Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iv., vol. xv.

„ 1888. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger" during

the years 1873-1876: Zoology, vol. xxix. "Report on the Amphipoda,"

2 vols. text, 1 vol. plates.

,, 1897. "II.: Amphipoda from the Copenhagen Museum and other Sources," Trans.

Zool. Soc., 2nd ser., vol. vii. pp. 25-45, pis. vi.-xiv.
„ 1906. "Amphipoda: I. Gammaridea," Das Tierreich, 21 Lieferung. Berlin, September

1906.

„ 1908. "South African Crustacea," pt. iv., Annals South African Museum, vol. vi.

., 1910A. "Crustacea of Thetis Trawling Expedition," Australian Mus. Memoir, iv.

pp. 567-658, pis. xlvii.* to Ix.*
„ 1910B. "General Catalogue of South African Crustacea," Ann. South African Mus.,

vol. vi. pp. 281-599, pis. xv.-xxii. (Crust., pis. xli.-xlviii.).
THOMSON, G. M., 1879. "New Zealand Crustacea," Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xi. pp. 235-248, pi. x.

1880. "New Species of Crustacea from New Zealand," Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v.,

vol. vi. pp. 1-6.
„ 1881. "Recent Additions to and Notes on New Zealand Crustacea," Trans. N.Z. Inst.,

vol. xiii. pp. 204-221, pis. vii. and viii.
,, 1882. "Additions to the Crustacean Fauna of New Zealand," Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xiv.

pp. 230-238, pis. xvii. and xviii.
WALKER, A. 0., 1901. "Contributions to the Malacostracan Fauna of the Mediterranean," Journ. Linn

Soc., " Zool.," vol. xxviii. pp. 290-307, pi. xxvii.
„ 1903A. "Amphipoda of the Southern Cross Antarctic Expedition," Journ. Linn. Soc.

vol. xxix. pp. 37-64, pis. vii.-xi.

„ 1903B. "Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by Mr George Murray, F.R.S..

during the Cruise of the Oceana in Nov. 1898," Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. vii., vol. xii. pp. 223-233, pis. xviii., xix.
„ 1904. "Amphipoda" in Report Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, pt. ii., pp. 229-300, pis. i.-viii.

Royal Society London, 1904.

., 1905. "Marine Crustaceans: XVI., Amphipoda," in Gardiner's Fauna and Geography of

the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii., supplement i., pp. 923-932.
pi. Ixxxviii.

„ 1906. "Preliminary Description of New Species of Amphipoda from the Discovery

Antarctic Expedition, 1901-1904," Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vii.,
vol. xviii.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 518.)

AMPHIPODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 237

WALKER, A. 0., 1907. Ampliipoda in Nat. Antarct. Exped. 1001-1904, vol. iii. pp. 1-39, pis. i.-xiii.

(separately paged).
,, 1909. "Amphipoda Gammaridea from the Indian Ocean, British East Africa, and the Red

Sea," Ti'iut<. Linn. Soc., xii., pt. iv., pp. 323-344, pis. xlii. and xliii.
WALKKLI, A. 0., and SCOTT, A., 1903. "Crustacea" in H. O. Forbes, Nat. Hist, tiokotra, p. i^*.

I VI. EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
(ROY, SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 519.)

238 AMPIITPODA OF TIIK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

VI. EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PJ.ATE I.

Fig. 1. Cyphocaris anonyx ~Boeck. First gnathopod.

la. ,, „ „ „ extremity more highly magnified.

„ 2. „ ,, „ Second gnuthopod.

„ 3. „ „ „ Second perwopod.

,,4. „ ,, ,, Third perseopod.

„ 5. Lysianassa cubensis Stebhing. Third uropod.
„ 6. Alieella scotiee., sp. nov. First gnathopod.
,, 7. „ ,, „ Second gnathopod.

„ 8. Orcliomenopsis (?) coatsi, sp. nov. First gnathopod.

„ 8a. „ „ ,, ,, extremity more highly magnified.

,, 9. ,, ,, ,, Si'fond gnathopod.

„ 10. Metopoides sarsii (Pfeffer). Last segment of urus, with third uropod and tclson.

„ 11. Tkaumatelson walkeri, sp. nov. Side view.

„ 12. ,, „ ,, Antennas.

,, 13. „ „ First gnathopod.

,, 14. „ „ ,, Second guathopod.

,, 15. „ ,, „ Urus, with uropoda and telson.

„ 16. „ inermis, sp. nov. First gnathopod.

,, 17. ,, ,, ,, Second gnathopod.

., 18. Atijluides magellanica (Stebbing). Telson of specimen, showing unsymmetrical lobes.

PLATE II.

Fig. 19. Acanthonotozoma austral is, sp. nov. Side view of whole animal.

,, 20. Eitsirus splendidus, sp. nov. Side view of whole animal.

,, 21. Atyloides aaleeolata, sp. nov. Basal joints of antennas.

,, 22. ,, ,, ,, First gnathopod.

„ 23. „ „ ,, Second gnathopod.

,, 24. Hijale saldanha, sp. nov. Anterior portion of head of female, with antennae.

,, 25. „ ,, ,, First gnathopod of female.

„ 26. ,, ,, ,, Second gnathopod of female.

,, 27. „ ,, „ First gnathopod of male.

,, 28. ,, ,, ,, Srrond gnathopod of male.

,, 29. „ ,, ,, Third perseopod of male.

,, 30. (1) JEurystheus afer (Stetibmg). First gnathopod of female.

„ 31. ,, „ ,, Second gnathopod of female.

,, 32. „ „ „ First gnathopod of male.

,, 33. ,, „ ,, Second gnathopnd df male.

,, 34. ,, „ ,, Third perseopod of male, with widened merus.

(ROY. .800. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 520.)

SCOT. NAT. ANT. EXI-.

VOL. VI.

CHILTON : " SCOTIA" AMPHIPODA. — PLATE I.

E. W. Sexton 4 Chas, (liilton, del.

E 4 ERSKIHE. UTH. Eon

SCOT. NAT. ANT. Ex p.

VOL. VI.

CHILTON : " SCOTIA " AMPHIPODA. — PLATE II.

21.

AX^^X

>« --

E \V. Sexton ft Ohiu.. (liiltmi. dfl.

PART VIII.
CESTODA.

The Cestoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. By John Rennie,
D.Se., and Alexander Reid. .M.A., University of Aberdeen. (With Two
Plates.)

(MS. received May i;, 1 !)!:>. Read Jim.- 17, 1912. I>Mied M-parately S.-pti-nilu'r (j, 1912.)

The Cestode material obtained by tin- Ncn//Vy Expedition consisted of eight adult
and three larva? or immature forms. Of these., one (Anchistrocephalus microcephalus,
Hud.) is not Antarctic, having been obtained from the Sunfish (Ortli((;/<»-iticus ///•</"), at
Station 107, in 3'J I '2' S.. 53 44' W., on January 1, 1903.

Of the others, only two appear to have been previously described, viz. Dibothriocephalus
antarcticus, Baird, and Dibothriocephalus in'/snni, Shipley. The hosts from which the
Cestoda of the Antarctic and sub- Antarctic regions were obtained ai'e, with the exception
of the Bonito,* from which a larval Tclrurli ////<•/,//>• \vas obtained, Seals and Penguins. In
view of this fact, the number of forms obtained may be regarded as relatively large. A
study of the species on record from Arctic Pinnipedia suggests the interesting fact that
the two Cestode faunas are quite distinct. Eight species of Dibothriocephalus are on
record from Pinnipedia of the Arctic regions, none of which have so far been obtained
in the Antarctic. The adult forms found, however, with one exception all belong to
this genus.

A noteworthy feature is the relatively large proportion of very small and delicate
species of Cestoda occurring in the Pinnipedia of the Antarctic. Indeed, none of the
forms obtained can be described as large ; the maximum size is that of D. pygoscelis,
viz. 29 cm.

SHIPLEY has suggested with regard to the Cestoda of Ross's Seal that, in view of the
feebleness and variability of its dentition, it probably feeds on soft substances, and
expresses the opinion lhat the plerocercoid stage probably occurs in the tissues of
Cephalopods. Jellyfish are also mentioned, and these form part of the food of this Seal.

With regard to Seal (Vsiodes in general, we note that although the parasites are
small the infection is generally heavy, and from this it may be argued as probable that
the intermediate hosts become infected without much difficulty. The embryos are
extraordinarily minute, and if dissipated in the water^ would probably infect drifting
organisms, e.g. Jellyfish or Ctenophora, more readily than others, <•.;/. Fishes. On the
other hand, Crustacea and similar organisms of scavenging habits, feeding on the tieces
of the Seals, have an even better chance of being infected, and these may provide the
intermediate host. Beyond this it is scarcely profitable to speculate further.

* This fish (Thymius pelamys Linn.) it appears was found at Station 31 — some distance s.mUi »i ihr ( 'ape Verde
Islands — on 4tli December 1902, and its parasite therefore cannot br described as Antarctic or sub-Antarctic.

(REPRINTED FHOM THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OK EDINBURGH, vol.. xi.vm., IT. 441— 1.">3. )

244 DK JOHN RENNIE AND MR ALEXANDER REID ON

DESCRIPTION OF
ARIOLA (1) divides tlie family Bothriocephalidse as under :—

Sub-families :

Two sets of gonads to each segment.

iiiu'. \ single set of gonads; genital apertures on surface, All the
Bothriocephalidae found, with one exception, belong to this group.
Pleurogoninse. Marginal genital apertures.

One of the species found, Anohistrdcephalus microcephalus, Rud., belongs to this
group.

Order PSEUDOPHYLLIDEA, Carus.

Family DiBOTHiuocEPHALiD.'E, Liihe.
Sub-family MESOGONIN^E (Ariola).
Genus Dibothriocephalus (Liihe).

Dibothriocephalus scoticus, n. sp. (PI. 1. figs. 1 and 2.)

This form occurred in the intestine of a Sea-leopard (Stenorhynchus leptonyx).
The maximum dimensions are: strobila, length 13 '3 cm., breadth 6'8 mm. ; scolex,
2 '5 mm. by T5 mm. The scolex when fully extended shows a pair of dorso-ventral
suckers widely gaping posteriorly and tapering towards the tip, which is rather sharply
conical. The sucker lips are rather thin, almost weak.

No distinct neck is present. The proglottides are fairly broad, with well-marked
backwardly directed flanged margins. Anteriorly they are roughly rectangular, much
shorter than broad ; in the mature parts of the strobila they become relatively longer.

The cuticle is rather thin, and beneath it an extremely fine circular layer of muscle
can be made out with difficulty. Next this is a longitudinal layer, also slightly
developed. This longitudinal layer lies between the narrowed ends of the cellular sub-
cuticula, whose elements form a clearly defined band. Following on this is the layer of
the yolk follicles, which, in the mature segments, except at the level of the uterus and
cirrus sac, forms a practically continuous band. Within this occur two muscle layers,
;i well-defined longitudinal layer outermost ; while, within, a thin circular band separates
the peripheral area from the central.

The longitudinal nerve cords are placed about one-fourth of the transverse diameter
from the margin.

In the mature segments there are about nine testes follicles external and about six
internal to the nerve cord on each side.

Central longitudinal excretory canals were not observed, but there are numerous
small peripheral canals in the subcuticula just external to the yolk follicles.

The yolk cells are extremely variable in form and size, and may be described as

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 442.)

THE CESTODA ()F THK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 24f>

amoeboid iu appearance. Tin- largest measure '017 mm. ; the smallest not«'<l, 'Oil.' mm.
There is a well-marked yolk re-ervoir of pear shape between the two lobes of the
ovary.

The ovary in transverse section appears as an elongated band, becoming shorter and
thicker in its more anterior parts. The larger cells measure '014 mm. in diameter.

The uterus consists of a winding tube of about four loops, the limbs of which in
transverse section are seen to wind both dorsally and ventrally. There is a large dilated
space just at the opening. On external view, the uterus in mature segments appears
clustered in a rounded mass posteriorly, the winding portion being distinct only in its
more anterior region. The shelled ova vary in size ; the smallest measure '070 x '043
mm., and the largest '082 x '048 mm. They are operculate.

The testis is very large, consisting of numerous follicles occupying the greater part
of the medullary region. The follicles are more or less spherical in form, and lie in close-
set rows extending across the whole width of the proglottis, being separated from each
other by the dorse-ventral muscles, which are correspondingly numerous. A common
size of a follicle in a mature proglottis is '0(59 to '087 mm. in maximum diameter.

The cirrus sac is thick-walled, and oval in transverse section, presenting no
distinctive peculiarities.

From the foregoing description, it appears that this species has not been previously
observed. From the same Imst, VON LINSTOW (3) has described D. <n«-«Irntus, and with
his account a careful comparison has been made. The scolex in the two species is very
similar in general form. In D. quadratics it measures 1'3 mm. by '71 mm., or about
half the dimensions of the present species. The strobila is 22'5 cm. long, and 3 '5 mm.
broad at iis widest part ; the proportions of the present species are, it will be observed,
altogether different. The longitudinal dimension of the ova given by VON LINSTOW is
'055 mm., which is considerably less than the smallest measurement observed in
D. scoticus. The shelled ova are in D. quadratus described as non-operculate ; in
the present species they are clearly operculate. Further, the appearance of the yolk
follicles is quite different in the two species.

A. comparison has also been made with other Dilint/irio<-<-f>//><l>is species recorded
in Pinnipedia, with like negative results.

In honour of the Scottish Expedition, we have named this new species Dilwthrio-
ceph alus scot ic us.

Diboihriocephalus coatsi, \\. sp. (PL I. figs. 5 and G.)

In Stenorhyncln* /<'/>tun.t/.i- there occurred along with Bothriuc<'i>/i't/ii* scoticus a
number of specimens of a small, hitherto unrecorded Cestode.

The total length of strobila of the examples found is from 42 to 80 mm. In a
specimen of 42 mm. the width at the broadest part, which is 23 mm. from the
anterior end, is 1'8 mm.

(ROY. soc. KI>IX. TRANS., VOL. xi.vur., 443.)

246 1>R JOHN RENN1E AND MR ALEXANDER REID ON

The scolex is of distinctive appearance, being long, blunt, and of almost uniform
width, measuring •_! mm. by '75 mm. in extent. There is a pair of shallow, widely
gaping suckers, dorso-ventrally placed, extending the whole length, and open at both
ends (fig. 5).

The mature segments are rectangular in form, with slightly undulating margin.
In the specimen 42 mm. long, the largest, which were terminal, measured "61 mm. long
by 1 '04 mm. broad. They are also relatively thick, measuring in section '61 mm.
dorso-ventrally.

The cuticula and sub-cuticula are of typical appearance. Beneath the sub-cuticula
are the yolk follicles. These are very numerous, and in many sections, e.g. those at
the level of the ovary, they form a practically continuous band. The individual yolk
cells, which vary in form, measure on an average about '014 mm. by '017 mm.

The shape of the ovary presents no unusual features. In a section at the level of
its junction with the yolk ducts it has the form of a transverse band. Posteriorly to
this it appears as a pair of detached, more or less rounded, and thicker masses. The
ovarian cells measure '017 mm. by '01 mm.

The uterus consists of a few close coils which wind dorso-ventrally, so that in
section it usually has the appearance of an almost complete circle. The shelled ova
measure '052 mm. by "041 mm.

The testis follicles, which occupy the greater part of the central area of the
proglottis, measure in their greatest dimensions "034 mm. by 'OS'S mm.

There is a well-developed inner layer of longitudinal muscles ; the dorso-ventral
muscles are also well marked.

The longitudinal nerve cords are extremely ill-defined and weak, although
relatively large. They are placed slightly less than one-fourth of the width of the
proglottis from the margin, and are slightly nearer to the ventral than the dorsal
surface.

The central longitudinal excretory canals can be made out only in places. They
are placed at the extreme lateral margin of the central layer, next to the longitudinal
muscles, but, as they frequently cannot be traced in serial sections, they probably
anastomose a good deal. Peripheral canals are present just exterior to the yolk
follicles. These are most clearly visible at the lateral margins, where two or three
frequently occur close together.

This form differs in most particulars from all the hitherto described species of the
group to which it belongs, and we have therefore classed it as new, naming it Dibothrio-
cephalus coatsi. It is an interesting fact that two new species should have been
obtained from Stenorhyncli us by the Scottish Expedition, and that D. quadratus,
the only form hitherto described from this host, should not have been found.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 444.)

THE CESTODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTAKCTIC EXPEDITION. 247

Dibothriocephcdus

ii-nt. Bainl, 1853.

About a dozen or more examples of this species were obtained from the stomach of
a Ross's Seal, Ommatophoca rossi. These were all smaller than BAIRD'S specimens,
which were about 9 inches long. The Scotia examples range from 132 to 29 mm.,
but most measure about 100 mm. BAIRD'S (2) description is rather brief and confined
to externals, but from this, together with his excellent figure, there is no mistaking the
identity of the Scotia specimens with his type.

This species was also found by the /V/M-IMV/V/ Expedition, and the specimens are
described by SHIPLEY, to whose account reference is made below.

Dibothrioc&phalus untm-i-tii'/is, Baird (2), is a slender-bodied worm, with a conical
scolex and with fairly sharp tapering point. The two suckers are long and compara-
tively deep. According to BAIRD, there are " two small rounded projecting lobes " at
their posterior margins, but these in the Scotia examples are only occasionally present,
and appear to be dependent upon the state of contraction of the animal. There is no
neck; the anterior part of the body for some distance behind the scolex is rounded,
resembling an annelid in form ; in the more posterior part the form is thick and
flattened, being here elliptical in section. The colour is reddish yellow. The segments,
even in the mature part of the; animal, are very short; they are deeply constricted off
from each other, and as the free margins are directed backward the segments appear to
overlap more than they actually do. The only dimensions given by BAIRD are : " length,
about nine inches ; greatest breadth of body, about three lines," and although the
Scotia examples are very much smaller, the proportions agree well. The Discovery
specimens come much nearer in length to the Scotia, examples, although there is a very
distinct discrepancy as regards width. SHIPLKY reports that most of the l>i*cncery
examples " were just under 10 cm.," and that "the greatest breadth is 7 mm. in the
largest specimen." The longest Scotia worm is 13'2 cm., and its greatest breadth is
4'5 mm. ; most of the specimens are about 4 mm. in width. Again, as regards scolex
dimensions, SHIPLEY gives "3 mm. in length and -'! nun. in breadth posteriorly." In
none of the Scotia specimens is the greatest breadth eijual to the length of the head ;
they measure from 3 to 3 '5 mm. long by 2 mm. wide. The actual differences here,
however, are slight.

A general account of the anatomy is given by SHIPLKY (4). He mentions that,
besides the two longitudinal canals of the excretory system, " there are also small
canals which lie close under the surface at the edges of the proglottides, usually two at
each side, but they also break up from time to time into twisting branchlets." These
canals appear to be very numerous ; from 42 to 45 may be present in a section, while
at each lateral margin a group of four cun usually be made out.

The testes which occupy the central layer lie mostly towards the dorsal surface.
There are from 18 to 20 follicles in a transverse section.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XI.VIII., 445.)

248 DR JOHN RENNIE AND MR ALEXANDER REID ON

/><x filsoui, Shipley. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

This small tapeworm, which SHIPLEY (4) has already referred to as " very attractive "
in appearance, was also found by the Scotia investigators, although not in the same
host. These were obtained in the intestine of Wedd ell's Seal along with numbers of
Both/riocephalus '»it>l>ilis, n. sp. The Discovery specimens occurred in Ross's Seal
(Ommatophoca rossi).

It is a small, semi-translucent, delicate-looking Cestode, not undeserving of
SHIPLEY'S epithet. The scolex is short and conical in the contracted state, as appears
in SHIPLEY'S figure. In more extended specimens, however, it is more rounded at the
free end, as well as longer. An interesting point is the early appearance of mature
segments ; the first of these may be but the fifth behind the head. SHIPLEY'S dimen-
sions for this species are : length, 4 to 5 '5 mm. ; greatest breadth, 1 mm. ; 9 to 13
proglottides ; scolex, "5 mm. Some of the Scotia specimens are quite 10 mm. in length,
and have 18 segments; one which measured less than 4 mm. contained 8 segments,
none of which were mature, but in 5 of which the outline of the developing uterus and
other sex ducts could be traced in a surface view.

The only other point made out with regard to which SHIPLEY'S account may be
supplemented refers to the dimensions of the ova. His figures are '042 by '035 mm.,
and these he gives as about the average. We find the ova do vary in size, and while
we have not struck an average figure, we think that on the whole the dimensions we
have to quote are fairly common and typical. These are '069 by '037 mm.

The general appearance of this Cestode is given in fig. 4.

Dibothmocephalus mobilis, n. sp. (PL II. figs. 7 to 10.)

This is an extremely pretty little Cestode, highly translucent, which was found in
the intestine of Weddell's Seal, where it occurred in considerable numbers. It measures
from 12 to 20 mm. in length, and is about 2 mm. at its widest part. The scolex is
broad at its free end, narrowing towards its junction with the strobila. It measures
"5 mm. in diameter. The suckers are lateral in position, deep and widely gaping the
whole length of the scolex, and having extremely mobile lips. They are capable of
extension backward, showing in such a case large posteriorly directed naps. Owing
to the extreme mobility of the scolex, it is rather variable in form, although its general
appearance remains characteristic (figs. 7 and 8).

No neck is present. The segments are rectangular, at first narrow, being about
twice as broad as long, lastly becoming practically square at the posterior end. The
number varies from about 16 to 25; they are mature about the 7th or 8th segment.
On a surface view the genital pores are seen to lie together close to the anterior border
of the proglottis.

The uterine pores are placed for the most part alternately right and left of the
middle line in successive segments. The uterus in the immature segments shows three

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 446.)

THE CKSTODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXI'KDITION. 249

loops to each side ; in the mature parts it appears as a rounded mass filled with the
shelled ova. The yolk follicles are exceedingly numerous in the mature segments,
lying closely over the whole of the inner part of the peripheral layer and visible
externally. They form morula-like masses, more or less irregular in shape. In section
they are mainly circular, and measure '052 mm. in diameter. The individual volk cells
are large, measuring when fully grown about '016 mm.

The ovary consists of a pair of flattened circular masses, which in their maximum
development measure '174 mm. in diameter, connected liy a narrow band in the middle.
The shelled ova measure "051 mm. x '034 mm. They are not operculate.

The testes follicles, which occupy the central area, occur in the planes between those
occupied by the yolk follicles. Where the yolk follicles occur the central area is
narrowed, and only the extreme ends of the individual testes appear here. The
individual cells of the testes are extremely small. The cirrus sac is highly muscular,
circular in form ; the short protrusible penis is relatively thick.

The cuticle is remarkably thick, measuring -Q14 mm.; the sub-cuticle consists of
fairly large cells of irregular shape, amongst which the small excretory canals occur.
These are fairly numerous, viz. between 30 and 40. The rest of the body consists
largely of a thin and loosely packed parenchyma.

This form is clearly differentiated from all the other small Bothriocephalids in the
laterally placed sucker- and distinctive form of the scolex, size and general shape of
the proglottides, nature of the yolk follicles, and characteristics 'of the ova.

We propose for it the name of Dibothriocephalus mobilis.

pyyoxcelis, n. sp. (PI. II. figs. 11 and 12.)

A small quantity of Cestode material, undated, and labelled, " Adult tapeworms from
some species of Pygoscelis, probably P. (Antarctica or P. addict ; possibly, though not
likely, P. papua" was found to consist of a number of extremely brittle fragments of a
Dibothriocephalus * Only one or two head pieces could be found, the larger of which
measured 29 cm. Fragments up to 21 cm. in length occur in the collection.

The scolex measures 1'8 mm. in length, is of almost uniform breadth, slightly
broader at the posterior border, where it measures '7 mm. in diameter. The suckers
are long and shallow, forming a pair of dorso-ventral grooves, extending nearly the
whole length of the scolex.

There is a short neck ; the anterior proglottides are markedly Hanged, and at least
four times as broad as long. In the broadest part of the worm they reach 9 mm. in
breadth and about T5 mm. in width. The common genital pore can be seen upon the
ventral surface as a rather broad cresceutic slit, a little way behind the anterior border,
while the uterine pore is placed slightly behind in the middle line.

* This was found by Dr PIRIE lying on the snow near the b^ach at Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, where a number of
penguins had been congregated — chiefly P. ttntarctica and P. adelia, — January 11, 1904. See Zoological Lay,
p. 9.r>, inrluding footnote.

(ROY. soc. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 447.;

ii:>(i DK JOHN RENNIE AND MR ALEXANDER REID ON

The following additional points have been made out.

The cuticula and sub-cuticula are well developed. Peripheral excretory canals are
numerous. The yolk follicles are very numerous and large. In longitudinal section
they appear as closely arra.ngc.il, long, narrow bands, sometimes spindle-shaped, extending
from the sub-cuticula to the longitudinal muscle layer, which is well marked.

The uterus has four or more turns, winding dorsally and ventrally in a spiral
manner (fig. 12). The shelled ova vary in size. A common dimension is: length
'073 mm., breadth '051 mm. But there is a small proportion of long and narrow eggs
measuring '100 mm. by '041 mm. The eggs are operculate.

The species appears to be unrecorded previously. No Dibothriocephalus species
have hitherto been described from either Arctic or Antarctic birds. It resembles
generally the scolex of D. quadratus in form and dimensions, but the proglottides are
smaller and the ova dimensions are dissimilar ; it resembles D. cordatus in the dimen-
sions of the eggs, but disagrees in other features. D. lanceolatus is a much smaller
form. In general features D. pygoscelis resembles D. romeri, but is on the whole
larger, and again the egg dimensions are greater. In particular, the specially large
size of the shelled ova and form of the scolex differentiate it from all other described
Arctic or Antarctic species occurring in either birds or Pinnipedia.

We propose to name it Dibothriocephalus pygoscelis.

Sub-family PLEUROGONIN.^ (Ariola).
Genus Aiic/iistrocephalus, Monticelli, 1890.

SYNONYMS.

T.-i'iiia, Auctorum.
Bothriocephalus, Rmlolplii, 1808.
Dibothrium, Diesing, 1850.
Foli/Mchubofhrium, Diesing, 1850.
AnehistrocepJialus, Monticelli, 1890.

Ancli.istrocephalus microcephalus (Rud.), 1819. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

This tapeworm was found in very large numbers in the intestine of the Sunfish,
Orthagonscus mola, in a mass weighing several pounds, and almost completely
1 ili icking the intestine. 0. mola was captured at Station 107.

It was first described by RUDOLPHI, in 1810, and its occurrence has since been
noted and its anatomy described by other investigators. It is a readily recognisable
species, and docs not appear to have been recorded in any host other than the Sunfish.
The scolex has a pair of rather deep, open, thick-margined, square-looking suckers
topped by a hemispherical rostellum, the base of which is encircled by several close-
set rows of small hooks (fig. 3 (a)).

The genital pores are marginal in position (fig. 3 (b)).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 448.)

THE CESTODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 251

The appearance of the smlex varies with the state of contraction, ami the rostellum
may be retracted so as to he concealed below the anterior margins of the suckers, and
thus- appear to be absent. Similarly, the anterior proglottides, which in the extended
condition are rather long, with thick, overlapping posterior margins (described by
ARIOLA as " campanulate "), in the contracted condition become rectangular, short, and
relatively very broad. The maximum size occurring in the Scotia specimens is 40 cm.
by 5'5 mm., which is considerably less than that given by ARIOLA, viz. 66 cm. by
7 '5 mm. This, which appears surprising in view of the large number of examples
in the collections, is probably due to breakages. The specimens occurred very closely
matted together, and there are numerous fragments without scolices. ARIOLA (1) has
given a summary of the chief features of this species.

The following additional points have been made out in transverse sections.

The longitudinal nerve cords, which are large and well defined, are situated about
one-fifth of the transverse diameter from the margin, external to the longitudinal
excretory canals.

The central excretory canals are six in number, three each, right and left of the
middle line.

Order CYCLOPHYLLIDEA, van Ben.
Family T^NIID^:, Ludw.

Hymenulepis, sp. (?).

The Cestode here described was found in the intestine of the Ringed Penguin,
Pi/goscdis antarctica — locality, South Orkneys. It occurred in groups of from four
to twelve, having their heads within a small swelling upon the intestine of about the
size of a pea. The swelling, which had brownish granular contents, projected upon
the outer side of the intestine. The heads appeared, as far as could be made out, to
lie freely in the cavity formed by the swelling or cyst. This opened to the intestinal
cavity by a very narrow aperture through which the closely grouped necks of the
worms passed.

The "heads" arc of very irregular and variable form. This anterior region is best
described as a " pseudo-scolex." The " neck" is very long, and in most cases is at one
part enlarged in a long oval form. The segmented portion is nearly cylindrical—
not flattened — and, apart from colour, has quite an annelid appearance. The following
measurements were made :—

Length of "neck," 6-12 mm.

\Vii.lth of "neck "at broadest part, '93 mm. to I '13 mm.

Length of segmented region, about 1 cm.

Number of segments, about 40.

Diameter of broadest segment, 1'21 mm.

(ROY. soc. KIUN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 440.)

•25-2 DR JOHN RENNIE AND MR ALEXANDER liEID ON

As already stated, the "heads" are very irregular in form. In the neck region
calcareous corpuscles are very numerous.

The oldest proglottides are sexually immature. Only the testes are developed ; they
lie in the middle layer, occupying the area between the excretory vessels. There are
from 16 to 19 follicles in a cross-section through their region of greatest develop-
ment. The follicles are oval in section and measure from '019 mm. to '038 mm. along
their longer axis.

Calcareous corpuscles are extremely abundant, especially in the cortical area ; they
are oval or circular in form, and measure from '0063 mm. to '0095 mm.

There is a pair of longitudinal excretory vessels on each side, placed dorsal and
ventral, but quite near to each other ; only the larger pair appears to be connected by
transverse vessels. Both pairs have thick walls.

The longitudinal nerve cords, which lie outside but near to the excretory canals,
are very ill-defined.

The question whether this type is normal is somewhat difficult to determine.
The ill-defined nature of the scolex region is rather against such a view. MEGNIN
(quoted by BRAUN) considers that the pseudo-scolex condition is characteristic of the
very old stages of worms, but in the present case the worms are immature. Again,
this condition may be a case of retarded development. This is not altogether
impossible, in view of the marked pathological condition set up in the intestine at
the point of attachment, and the occurrence of the parasites in groups within a single
cyst, both of which conditions are unusual in other cases of Cestode fixation. On the
other hand, their occurrence in this way in several different specimens suggests that
the features described are usual with this species.

What positive structural data are available are not sufficient to permit of exact
classification, but the type may provisionally be placed near the genus Hymenolepis
on account of the shape of the segments, the character of the neck, and the limited
number of the testes.

Order TETRAPHYLLIDEA, Cams.
Family PHYLLOBOTHRIID^;, Braun.

Phylldbothrium, sp. (PI. II. figs. 3 and 4.)

From the areolar tissue under the blubber of Weddell's Seal there were found on
t wo occasions examples of a bladder-worm whose features, especially those of the scolex.
are characteristic of the genus PhyHobotlirium. One of the specimens is incomplete.

The complete specimen consists of a scolex having four much-plaited or folded
bothria. Accessory suckers are absent. Behind the scolex is a neck piece slightly
flattened. 17 mm. long and about 2 mm. broad. Behind the neck is a long oval
bladder, rre.ised or wrinkled upon the surface, thick-walled and hollow, with terminal pore

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVII1., 450.)

THE CESTODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 253

or slightly inverted posterior end. The bladder measures 32 mm. in length, and at its
widest part is 10 mm. in diameter.

The incomplete specimen is of interest in so tar as it shows a portion of the neck
invaginated within the bladder. Since this is the condition in which cystieerci usually
occur in the tissues of their host, the existence of another specimen in the fully extended
condition in such a situation is worthy of special note.

The presence of these larval Cestodes in the subcutaneous tissue of an animal such
as Weddell's Seal is of particular interest. The hosts of adult Phyllobothria are, as
far as known, mostly Selachians.

With regard to the question as to the probable host of the adult worm, Dr BRUCE
has made the interesting suggestion that this may be the Grampus. He informs me
that Stenorhynchus l( />/<»/ i/.r and Lulioil<>i< <v/ /•<•/, /oyV/m/a are frequently seen with large
gashes upon their sides, which he is of opinion may be due to the attacks of a Grampus
(Orca, sp. ?). He considers it likely that Weddell's Seal is liable to similar attacks,
and in fact that the whole seal may at times be eaten. The following birds are fond of
blubber, and devour the carcases of seals, viz. the Giant Petrel (< >.™ //' '"//'' i/ii/nnhn).
Sheathbill (Ckinois atlta), and Skuas (Magalestris MucC<.>rnn<-L-i and M. antarctica).
Such habits render them liable to infection with the bladder-worm in question, and it
is possible that the normal host of the adult occurs amongst these.

Order TETRAKHYNCHA, v. Ben.
Family TETRARHYNCHID^E.

Tetrarhynchus, sp. (PI. II. figs. 15 to 18.)
From the muscles of the Bonito (Tlti/m/n* yr/«o////.s- Linn.) caught at Station 31, a

*3

small number of cysticercoids of a Tetr«r/,i/,i'-//us-Yike organism were found. These were
not enclosed in a bladder, but lay quite free in the muscles, the proboscides being in a
number of instances partially extruded. They were not in any instance fully extended.

The specimens measure about 6 mm. in length and 1^ to 1-J mm. in width. There
is a thick, firm, slightly wrinkled, glistening cuticle upon the exterior. A distinctive
feature is the entire absence of suckers at the anterior end. There arc four slender
retractile proboscides bearing about sixteen longitudinal rows of closely set, recurved
hooks. The proboscides are connected with four well-developed muscular bulbs, such
as are characteristic of this group.

At the posterior end there is a small spherical bulb which is retractile within a
cavity. In most examples the bulb is within, but in one or two instances it occurred
exserted, the body of the cysticercoid being constricted closely around its base
(fig. 15).

Transverse sections of the bulb show it to contain a deeply staining connective

(HOY. sor. EIUX. TRANS., VOL. XLVJII., 451.)

254

DR JOHN RENNIE AND MR ALEXANDER REID ON

tissue in which there is .1 transverse row of ten or twelve excretory canals (fig. 18).
These merge in each other, converging to a terminal pore. Longitudinal sections show
the branches of the canals to be very numerous.

The body of the cysticercoid consists of a peripheral and a central portion. The
former is limited by a well-defined, thick cuticle, contains numerous excretory vessels
(about 60 in transverse section) and a loose parenchyma. The central region contains
the muscular bulbs of the proboscides, and around these a well-developed mass of longi-
tudinal muscles (fig. KJ). The central area at its posterior end merges into the
protrusible bulb (fig. 17).

The question of the more exact identification of the species to which the form belongs

must be left undecided.

G. R. WAUEXER (5) has described a similar form from Phycis mediterranea.

LITERATURE.

(1) ARIOLA, V., "Revisions della famiglia Bothriocephalidse s. Str.," Arch. ParaMol., iii. No. 3, 1900.

(2) BAIRD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1853.

(3) VON LINSTOW, Jalirb. Hamb. Wissensch. Anst., ix. Jahrg., 1891.

(4) SHIPLEY, A. E., Xational Antarctic Expedition Reports, 1907, "Cestoda," vol. iii.

(5) WAGENER, G. R., Verhdlgn. (Nov. Act.) d. K. Leop.-Carol. Acad. d. Naturf., Bd. xxiv. SuppL,
Breslau, 1854.

(6) ZSCHOKKE, Fauna Arctica, "Die Arktischen Cestoden," Bd. iii., Licferung i., 1903.

REFERENCES TO FIGURES.

c. = cuticula.
c.s. = cirrus sac.
exc.c. = excretory canals.
er.c. b. = excretory bulb.
/.in. = longitudinal musculature.
n.c.— nerve cord.

o. = ovary.
per.a. = peripheral area.

r.m. = retractor muscles of proboscides.

s.c. = sub-cuticula.
sh.ov. = shelled ova.
t.f. = testes follicles.
ut. = uterus.
v. = vagina.
y.c. = yolk cells.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of Dibothriocephalus scoticus, n. sp., at the level of the ovary.

Fig. 2. («) Entire specimen of D. scoticus ; (b) scolex of D. scoticus.

Fig. 3. (a) Anterior end of Anchistrocephalus microcep/talus ; (b) immature proglottis of Anchistro-

nt//i!< microcephalus.

Fig. 4. Four specimens of Dibothriocephalus wi/soni, Shipley.

Fig. 5. Scolex of Dibothriocephalus coatsi, n. sp.

Fig. 0. Transverse section of D. roafsi.

(ROT. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 402.)

THE CESTODA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

PLATK II.

Fig. 7. Entire specimen of Diljotlirioceplidlus ///»/////.*, n. sp.

Fig. 8. Scolices of D. moliili*. n. sp.

Fig. 9. Transverse section of proglottis of D. m/ilnUx.

Fig. 10. „ „ through uterus and cirrus sac of D. iiiol-llia.

Fig. 11. Proglottis of Dihotlin'oce/i/iahts pygoscelis, n. sp.

Fig. 12. Diagrammatic longitudinal section of proglottides of D. pygoscelis, showing [losition of sex
openings ami uterine coils.

Fig. 13. Metacestode of Pkyllobafhriitm sp., from MuMier of Wc-ddell's Seal.

Fig. 14. Scolex of Phyllobothnvm sp.

Fig. 15. Larval Tetrarliynchus fnnn the muscles of the Bonito.

Fig. 1G. Transverse section of larval Tetrarhynchvs through retractor muscles of prohoscides.

Fig. 17. Diagram of posterior end of larval Tetrarliynchus showing excretory bulb retracted.

Fig. 18. Transverse section of larval Tetrarhynchvs through retracted bulb, showing row of excretory
vessels.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRASS., VOL. XLVIII., 453.)

Jt *•'•

SCOT. NAT. ANT. Ex p.

Vol. VI.

RENNIE AND REID : " SCOTIA " CESTODA — PLATE I.

II C

lllli"

«iii|ijl

i

2.

(a)

(b)

:

-

4.

I.,,,

1 7r" '

'

• ".

SCOT. NAT. ANT. EXI-.

Vol. VI.

RENNIE AND REID : " SCOTIA " CESTODA — PLATE II.

10.

16.

PART IX.
MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND.

SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

IX.-NOTE ON MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH
ISLAND, SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN.

BY JAMES MURRAY.

" Scotia " Collections. — Note on Microscopic Life on Gough Island, South Atlantic
Ocean. By James Murray. Communicated by WILLIAM EVANS, F.R.S.E.

(Read November 25, 1907.)

By favour of Dr WILLIAM S. BRUCE and Mr R. N. RUDMOSE BROWN, I was allowed
to examine a small tuft of moss from Gough Island, or Diego Alvarez. The material
was collected by the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition when the Scotia visited
the island in April 1904.

Mr BROWN (1) speaks of the luxuriant vegetation of the island, which is " clothed in
green from the water's edge almost to the summit," of the " moss-clothed cliffs and
luxuriantly growing ferns and flowers " (2), suggesting a paradise for the microscopist.
It may be confidently affirmed that Gough Island will be found to have a rich micro-
scopic fauna, as every land yet investigated, having a climate favourable to the growth
of moss, maintains abundant microscopic life of many classes.

It was therefore with disappointment that 1 found the one little tuft of moss avail-
able to be an unfavourable specimen. It may have been already washed, in preparing
it as a botanical specimen, but the sediment I obtained by washing was very small in
quantity, and contained few recognisable organisms.

As Dr BRUCE assures me that everything found will be new for the island, I am
induced to publish a note on the very meagre result obtained.

ROTIFER A.

Philodina flaricepx, Bryce (3). — A species only recently discovered in Scotland,
and easily recognisable by the spurs, which are very short.

Callidina angusticollis, Murray (4). — One of the most widely distributed of all
Rotifers. The case only was found on Gough Island, and measured -j-^ inch (190 M)
in length.

Bdelloid egg. — Similar to that of Philodina citrina, which has a prominence at one
pole of the egg. Several species, of different genera, have this type of egg, so that no
certain identification can be made from it.

RHIZOPODA.

Heliopera petricola, Leidy, var. amethystea, Penard.

Diffingin sp. — Of hemispherical form, like an Arccll«.

Euf/lyi'/Ki fili'it'i (Ehr.).

Euglypha sp. — No spines, section circular. A Rhizopod, with the form of a
Eu<i/i/i'>Ii«, and similar surface plates, but without spines, has been found in Scotland
also.

(REPRINTED FROM THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL PHYSICAL SOCIETY OK Ki>iM;ri;<.n, VOL. XVIL, NO. 4.)

262 MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND, SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN.

In addition to the four species named, there were two worms, a Nematode and an
Oligochfete, and a blue-green tabular Alga, with the cells grouped in multiples of four.

In studying the micro-biology of lands previously unexplored, one does not antici-
pate much peculiarity, even in the most remote islands. The reason for this is that
the majority of microscopic fresh- water or land species are what JENNINGS calls
" potentially cosmopolitan "-—that is to say, they can be conveyed through the air to all
parts of the world, in the form of eggs or spores, or even in some classes in the adult
condition, and may settle down in any part offering favourable conditions.

Some classes are not so easily conveyed as others, and there is always the anticipa-
tion that there may be peculiar insular forms in any unexplored island to stimulate the
interest of naturalists.

On account of the high seas and the dangerous coast, it was only with great difficulty that we effected a
landing, and it was only possible to remain ashore for a few hours. Hence the small collections ! Gougli
Island undoubtedly holds out a splendid and interesting field for the investigation of its invertebrate
fauiia.— W. S. B.

LITERATURE.

(1) BROWN, R. N. R., "Diego Alvarez or Gough Island," Scot. Geog. May., August 1905.

(2) - - "The Voyage of the Scotia," Trans. Perth. Soc. Nat. So'., 1905, p. G9.

(3) BRYCE, D., " PhiloiUna flaviceps," Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xlv., 1906, p. 184.

(4) MURRAY, J., "A New Family and Twelve New Species, etc.," Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xli., 1905, p. 374.

(5) PIRIE, J. H. H., and R. N. R. BROWN, "Second Antarctic Voyage of the Scotia," Scot. Geog. Mag., 1905.

(6) BROWN, R. N. RUDMOSE, " The Botany of Gough Island," Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot,, xxxvii. p. 238 and p. 263.

PART X.
MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND.

SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTAKCTIC EXPEDITION.

X. -FURTHER NOTE ON MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON
GOUGH ISLAND, SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN.

BY DR. EUGENE PENARD,
Geneva,.

(WITH TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS.)

" Scotia " Collections. — Further Note on Microscopic Life on Gough Island, South
Atlantic Ocean — Rhizopoda. By Dr Eugene Penard, Geneva. Communicated
Lij WILLIAM EVANS, F.R.S.K,

(Renil Ii.rmilirr Is. 1911. Rerdvol .lamiury 24, 1911!. KMI."! separately March 23, 1912.)

[EXPLANATORY NOTE BY \V. KVAVS. — In tlie summer of 1907, shortly before his
departure for tin- Antarctic, Mr .1. \\IES MURRAY examined, for micro-organisms, a
small tuft of moss brought from Gough Island, in the South Atlantic Ocean, by
the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition of 1902-4. Not having time to examine
the material exhaustively, Mr MURRAY passed on the residue (contained in one
small bottle) to Dr E. PENARD for more thorough examination. Mr MURRAY'S
report was communicated to this Society in November 1907, and published in the
Proceedings early in the following year (vol. xvii. p. 127). In April 1908, Dr
PENARD sent to Dr BRUCE the following account of the species he had found in
the material received from Mr MURRAY.]

LIST OF EHIZOPODA, ETC., FOUND IN MOSS-RESIDUE FROM GOUGH ISLAND.
The following is a list of the Rhizopods I found in the material received from
Mr MURRAY :—

Arcclla '//*<•.; /</*•>•. Ehrbg. — One specimen, very small.
Pannii/iiin bnid'i, spec, nova (see p. 245). — About ten specimens.
Difflugia constricta, Ehrbg. — One specimen.
A'"//////'/"' <•>/"</<>, Ehrbg. — Rare.

,, <-niii],,;'xs<(. Carter. — Rare.

„ /,-rris, Perty. — I refer to this species, though doubtfully ; moderately
numerous, vcrv small and very broad specimens with fine and distinct
alveoli.

„ x//v,/"-V^, Leidv. — Rare.

Heliopera j»'/ri<-vla, Leidy. — Large, clear, very light pink colour; very likely
this is the species found by MTRRAY, but it diti'ers from var.
amethystea, Penard, which is still larger.

Nebela caudata, Leidy. — One specimen only.

„ collaris, Leidy. — Rather abundant ; ' in several forms (as a rule small).

Phryganella hemisphaerica, 1'enard. — Hare.

Sphenodermfissirostris, I'enard. — -Not very rare.

1 When I .-uy ":il>iiu>lant," it i< only " ivl.'itivrh ' in ..iluT species, :'<>i in fact the specimens were few compared
with the average "richesse nt' iini-sts m- S|i!iaxiiuiii.

(REPRINTTED KKUM mi: I-KOCEEDINGS OF TIIK HOYAI. rnvsu-.vi. S^CIKTY OF EDIXBDRGH, VOL. xvm., NO. 4.)

268 MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND, SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN.

Trim-ma enchdi/x (Khrbg. ).— Not rave; always very small form, as generally

found in mosses.
„ liin'iire, Penard.

Such are the Rhizopods I found in the Gough Island material. Tliey are few
in species, and each species is poorly represented in numbers, yet this note may be
of some interest, and for several reasons :—

1. All are species found in Europe (except one, Parmulina brucei), and did

not differ in appearance, except that they were perhaps on the average
a little smaller.

2. They represent, most of them, the typical fauna of mosses, but the scarcity

(one specimen only) of Difflugia constru-ta, a species always so abundant
in mosses, is remarkable.

3. With the exception of the above, no Difflugias were observed. Murray found

one, " Diffluf/i>.( spec.," but it was very likely Phryganella hemisplvvrica.
In Europe, and indeed everywhere, Difflugias (except constncta) are rare
in mosses.

4. One species has never been found before, namely Parmulina brucei, nov. ; but

it will probably be found somewhere else one day or other.1 I append a
description of this species, or rather of its envelope, which was the only
part of the organism available. I have taken the liberty of naming it
brucei, after the leader of the Scotia expedition.

For other organisms besides Rhizopods I did not look specially, but I found the
following : — A small rotifer (Brachionus ?), about twenty specimens of Callidina
angusticollis, Murray, a small diatom which was abundant (Meridian sp.), and a
good many samples of Mt-rixinnpedia — very likely that "blue-green tabular Alga,
with the cells grouped in multiples of four," which Murray mentions.

Parmulina brucei, spec. nova.

Enveloppe chitineuse, jaunatre, en forme de pyramide ou de cone tronque, a
base deux fois environ aussi large que le sommet. De ce sommet, ou plateau dorsal,
partent un certain n ombre d'aretes (14 a 16 en moyenne), qui descendent vers la
face ventrale, et divisent la surface de 1'enveloppe en partitions ou facettes a pen
pres egales.2

La surface de cette enveloppe est couverte de ponctuations tres-nettes, serrees les
urn's contre les autres, disposees regulierement.

1 I have this year (1911) found this same species, though very likely a special variety of it, in mosses collected

by Dv FUHRMANN at an altitude of 3000 metres, on the Andes of America (Colombia).

'-' II est possible r, -priii lant (jiie ces aretes ou facettes n'existent pas toujours ; elles manquaient dans les
,,plairi-< trouvi'-s plus tard dans les Andes. Dans cette derniere station (Parano, Cruz Verde; Colombie),

il'aillenrs, on pouvait constater d'antres iliMV-rences, surtout dans les ponctuations caracteristitjues du plateau dorsal,
t-etre y a,-t-il la line vurieti' .-pi'-riale.

MICROSCOPIC LIFE ON GOUGH ISLAND, SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. 2fi'.»

A partir de 1'arete dorsale, la membrane clevient toujours plus claire et plus
mince, et elle finit par ne plus etre qu'une pellicule tres-fine, qui se replie brusque-
nieiit en dedans sur la face ventrale pour border le plasma.

Cette enveloppe est peu deformable, mais peut Dependant se refermer sur elle-
meme, en rapprochant ses bnrds comme deux levres ; mais le plateau dorsal, plus
rigide, ne prend pas part a la deformation.

Noyau?

Vesicule contractile?

Diametre a la face ventrale
Diametre du plateau dorsal
Hauteur dorso- ventrale .

1-25-1 50 .«.
65- 80 M.
70- 80 M.

PARMVMXA

Klli. 1. Kmvl.i|i|[r. VIH' 'Ir '•"!'•.

•1. En\''l"|'i'r. vue de trois quarts, par le plateau dorsal.
,, 3. Envrlci].] ur elle-meme, vue par le plateau dorsal.

,, 4. La menu-, viir pur la face ventrale.

f,<><'>t//tf'. — Gdugh Island, Mer du Sud, dans les mousses.

<)I>x. — Le genre P<inini/iii« est tres-proche voisin du genre Corycia, au quel
j'avais cru tout d'abnnl devoir rapporter 1'orgauisme de Gough Island ; mais tandis
que dans les (.'"/•//<•/" nous avons ime sorte de sac, tres-souple, tres-deformable, ici la
membrane est plus forte, presque rigide sur la face dorsale, susceptible de se fermer
sur elle-meme a la maniriv d'uii rhapeau dont on rapproeherait les deux bords, mais
pas de se de'fonnrr cipnipli'icment. L*robablement aussi le plasma est-il different,
recouvert peut -I'M re d'uiu' pellicule membraneuse. <V genre, du reste, est encore
tres-mal connu ; on a (|iiel<[ues renseio-nements sur la /'"/•///"/'//" «•//"//» //.s-,1 mais
la /'. l>rncei,c±m n'a. pas i;ri' ('tudii'-e a 1'rtat vivant, demandi' a §tre ivvur dc plus jnvs.

1 PEXARD, " Sur i

Rlii/<i]M«!,-s 'lr- mousses," .1 n-l.fiif Protisti »/.. vl. x\ ii. f.'iM-. -2, {'.>«'.>, p. 286.

PART XL
ENTOMOSTEACA.

XI.-THE ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH
NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION.

BY THOMAS SCOTT, LL.D., F.L.S.,

Scottish Fishery Board, Abi-rdetu.

The Entomostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, 1902 1904.
By Thomas Scott, LL.D., F.L.S. Communicated by Dr J. H. ASHWORTH.
(With Fourteen Hates.)

(MS. received January 24, 1912. Read February 19, 1912. Issued separately November 1ft, 1912.)

C O N T E N T S.

PAGE

Introductory Statement. 275

Systematic Part —

Copepoda 281

Cladocera . . 334

Ostracoda . 334

Alphabetical Index 343

Addenda 353

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT.

The Entomostraca recorded here were collected by the s.Y. Scotia on its way to
and from the Antarctic, and also while, carrying on investigations there during the
years 1902 to 1904. The Entomostraca in these collections belong chiefly to the
Copepoda, but the Cladocera and Ostracoda are also represented, the last by a
considerable number of species. These three groups are described below in the order
mentioned.

TIIK COPEPODA.

The Copepoda recorded in the following pages number considerably over one
hundred species. A fairly large proportion of them belong to the Calanoida and to
one or two other groups of pelagic forms ; these were, for the most part, obtained in
samples of plankton — chiefly surface gatherings collected by tow net at various stations
on the outward voyage betweecn Cape Verde and the Falkland Islands. On the other
hand, most of the Harpacticoida, of which there are a good number, are from the
neighbourhood of the South Orkney Islands, but some of them were also obtained in
siftings from material brought up in the dredge or trawl net, and amongst organisms
washed from floating Gulf-weed.

Most of the pelagic or free-swimming species from the tow-net collections are more
or less widely distributed, and have been described in various published works, but some
of them are tolerably rare. The Harpacticoida and other demersal forms are, however,
not so well known, and a considerable number of those recorded here appear to lie
undescribed ; a few of them arc closely related to British or other northern species, and
seem to lend some support to the idea of a bipolar distribution

The occurrence at places so far distant as the Falklands and South Orkneys of
demersal forms identical with, or closely allied to, those of Britain and Norway has a
bearing on the question of distribution different from that concerning organisms living

(REPRINTED FROM TIIK THANSACTIONS or THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF EMNUUKGH, VOL. XLVIII., IT. 521-599.)

276 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

freely in the open sea. Such free-swimming species are subject to dispersal over wide
,-uvus by tidal and other currents, and numerous examples of such dispersal are indicated
or described by various authors ; but the wide distribution of an Harpactid such, for
example, as <.>rf/mj>si///u>; linearis, Glaus, may not be so easily explained. This Copepod
is one of a group which have an elongated and moderately slender body, provided with
short appendages that are scarcely, if at all, fitted for swimming, but are rather adapted
for living among branching zoophytes or on the roots and stems of seaweeds. The
transporting action of currents can have much less effective influence on the distribution
of such species than on species living a free life in the open sea. Nevertheless,
Orthopsyllus linearis has been recorded from the British Islands, from Norway, the
Mediterranean, the Suez Canal, the Gulf of Manaar, and the Gulf of Guinea. More
recently it has been obtained in material collected in the Malay Archipelago during the
Siboga Expedition of 1899-1902,* and now this non-swimming species is here recorded
from gatherings collected by the Scotia among the South Orkney Islands.

Another species — Asterocheres suberites, Giesbrecht — belonging to a different group
of Copepods, is usually found living as a commensal in the water passages of certain
sponges, t

The wide dispersal of this Asterocheres cannot, from its peculiar habitat, be to any
large extent attributed to oceanic currents, yet it has been recorded from the British
Islands and the Mediterranean ; and one or two specimens from a gathering collected
among the South Orkneys by the Scotia can scarcely be distinguished from those
living on British sponges. Other species equally interesting and showing the near
relationship of the non-pelagic Copepoda of the far South with those of our Northern
Seas will be noticed in the sequel, but two may be briefly referred to here. One of them
—an Harpactid, obtained in a small gathering of minute Molluscan shells collected on
the shore at Port Stanley, Falkland Islands — has a remarkable likeness to a species that
was dredged in the Firth of Forth off St Monance in 1891,j and which has been
described more recently by G. 0. SARS from Norwegian specimens. § The female of this
species is distinguished by having the last pair of thoracic legs large and leaf-like,—
hence the generic name Phyllopodopsyllus. The other form is also interesting because it
may be regarded as supplying a '' missing link " in the little group of nearly related
species representing four genera, viz. — Cervinia, Norman, Cerviniopsis. G. 0. Sars,
Zosime, Boeck, and Pseudozosime, Scott. In the first genus the inner ramus of the first
pair of thoracic legs is three-jointed and that of the next three pairs two-jointed ; in the
second all the four pairs of thoracic legs have the inner ramus three-jointed. In the
third the inner ramus of the first pair is two-jointed, and that of the next three pairs
three-jointed ; while in Pseudozosime the inner ramus of all the four pairs is composed of

* The Copepoda of the " Siboga" Expedition, by ANDREW SCOTT, A.L.S., p. 225 (1909).

+ Finitia 11. Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 25. Monogr., "Asterocheriden," by Dr W. GIESBRECHT, p. 70.

I Tenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, part iii. p. 253, pi. ix. figs. 19-32.

^ An Account of the Crustacea of Norway, vol. v. part xix. (1907), p. 231, pi. civ.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 522.)

ENTOMOSTRA.CA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 277

two joints. These differences become more apparent when arranged in tabular form,
thus :-

Inner Ramus of

1st pair.

2nd pair.

3rd pair.

4th pair.

Cervinia .

3-jointed

2-jointed

2-jointed

2-jointed

Cerviniopsis

3- „

3- „

3- „

3- „

Zosime ....

2- „

3- „

3- „

3- „

Pseudozosime .

2- „

2- „

2- „

2- „

The small Harpactid, for which it has been necessary to institute the new generic
name, Pseudozosime, was obtained by washing some material dredged in Scotia Bay,
South Orkneys, in June 1903. Only one specimen — a female — was observed; it so
closely resembled Zosime, Boeck, that only after careful dissection could the differences
referred to be detected.

In this account of the Copepoda from the Scotia collections, the general arrangement
followed is that outlined by G. 0. SARS in his Crustacea of Norway, vol. iv. p. 2. He
divides the Copepoda into seven sub-orders or tribes, viz. the Calanoida, Harpacticoida,
Cyclopoida, Notodelphyoida, Monstrilloida, Caligoida, and the Lernseoida. The first
three contain all the Copepoda recorded here except Dysgamus atlanticus, which belongs
to the Caligoida. Dr G. S. BRADY'S Report on the CJiallenger Ostracoda and other
papers on these organisms have been of much assistance in dealing with this group.

As several of the species recorded here, particularly among the Harpacticoida, appear
to be undescribed, drawings of these have been prepared to show their distinguishing
features, and to illustrate the descriptive notes relating to them. A few other more or
less rare and interesting forms are also figured to show 'peculiarities of structure and
some of the characteristics by which they may be determined from others closely allied
to them. My son, ANDREW SCOTT, A.L.S., has prepared a number of these drawings,
and I desire to express my indebtedness to him for these, as well as for assistance
in determining some of the more critical and troublesome species.

I have also to express my thanks to the Executive Committee of the Carnegie Trust
for the Universities of Scotland for defraying the expenses of the plates.

I have not considered it necessary to give a list of the authors whose works have
been consulted, but reference to the more important of them will be found throughout
tin- systematic part of the Report.

(HOY. soc. EDIX. TRANS., TOL. xi.vni., :.ij:;.)

278

DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

SYSTEMATIC LIST OP SPECIES EECORDED OR DESCRIBED IN THIS REPORT.

COPEPODA.
CALANOIDA.

CALANIDJE.

Calanus, Leach.

minor (Glaus).

ienuicornis, Dana.

acutus, Giesbrecht.

propinquus, G. S. Brady.
Calanoides, G. S. Brady.

brevicornis (Lubbock).
Megacalanus, Wolfeuden.

robustior (Giesbrechfc).

gracilis (Dana).
Undi/mla, A. Scott.

vulgaris (Dana).

darwinii (Lubbock).

EUCALANIDM.
Eucalcmus, Dana.

attenuatus, Dana.

crassus, Giesbrecht.

subtenuis, Giesbrecht.
Rhincalanus, Dana.

f/igas, G. S. Brady.

cornutus, Dana.
Mecynocera, I. G. Thompson.

clansi, I. C. Thompson.

PARACALANID^E.
Paracalanus, Boeck.

aculeatus, Giesbrecht.
Acrocalanus, Giesbrecht.

longicornig, Giesbrecht.
Calocalanus, Giesbrecht.

pavo (Dana).

/'lunmlosus (Claus).
Clausocalanus, Giesbrecht.

arcuicornis (Dana).

furcafus (G. S. Brady).

EUGH^TIDM.

Eucheda, Philippi.

marina (Prestandrea).

SCOLECITHRIGID^E.
Scolecitlirix, G. S. Brady.

danx (Lubbock).

glacialiis, Giesbrecht.
Racovitzanus, Giesbrecht.

antardicus, Giesbrecht.

CENTROPAGID&.
Centropages, Kroyer.

furcatus (Dana).
violaceus (Clans).
brachiatus (Dana).
calaninus (Dana).
typicus, Kroyer.

TJEMORW^E.
Temora, Baird.

stylifera (Dana).
turbinafa (Dana).

METRIDIIDjE.

Metridia, Boeck.

lucens, Boeck.

gerlachei, Giesbrecht.
P/euromamma, Giesbrecht.

abdominalis (Lubbock).

gracilis (Claus).

gracilis var. eslerlyi, nov.

LUGICUTID^E.

Lucicutia, Giesbrecht.

flavicornis (Claus).

HETERORHABDID^E.

Heierorliabdus, Giesbrecht.

papilliger (Claus).
austrinus, Giesbrecht.

HALOPTIL1DJE.

Halupiilu:*, Giesbrecht.

acutifrons, Giesbrechfc.

CANDAC1IDJE.
Candacia, Dana.

pachydadyla, Dana.
curta, Dana.
bipinnata, Giesbrecht.
xthiopii'ci, Dana.
bispinosa, Clans.
simplex, Giesbrecht.
longimana, Claus.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 524.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 279

PONTELLIDJS.
Calanopia, Dana.

americana, Dalil.
Labidocera, Lubbock.

nerii (Kroyer).

wntifrons (Dana).
Pontella, Dana.

atlnntita (M.-Edw.).

securifer, G. S. IJrady.

xpiiiipea, Gii'sbivcbt.
Funtel/iitu, Dana.

plinnata, Dana.

PONTELLlD^—contin ue> /.
Pontellopsis, G. S. Brady.
regalis (Dana).
perspit-ax (Dana).
brevis (Giesbrecbt).
villosa, G. S. Brady.

ACARTIW^E.

Arartia, Dana.

negligent, Dana.
Janx, Giesbrecbt.

CERVINIIDjE.

Pseudozosime, n. g.

11. sp.

HARPACTICOIDA.

PORCELLIDIID^E.
Porcellidium, (Jlaus.
affine,

ECTINOSOMIDJ3.

Ectinosoma, Boeck.

antarcticum, Giesbreclit.
Rradya, Boeck.

proximo,, n. sp.
Microsetella, Brady & Robertson.

noroegica (Boeck).

rosea (Dana).

MA CRosi-'.TF.LLIDjE.
Macrosettlla, A. Scott.

gracilis (Dana).
Miracia, Dana.

efferata, Dana.

EUTERPINID^E.

Kii/i'r/ii'/i't, Ncirinan.

aeutifrons (Dana).

CL YTEMNESTRID^E.
Glytemnestra, Dana.

Bcutellata, Dana.

HARPAQTICID^E.
Harpacticus, M.-Ed\v.

fucicolus, n. sp.
piriei, n. sp.

PELTIDHDJE.

Alteutha, Baird.

austrina, n. sp.

dutna, n. sp.
Paralteutlta, n. g.

1 1/ pica, n. s[).

TISBEIDJE.

Tisbe, Liljeborg.

austriita, n. sp.

i/ruci/ipes, n. sp.
Psamathe, Philippi.

longicaw/a, I'liilippi.

fucicoJa, n. sp.
Machairopus, G. S. Brady.

auslntlis, n. sp.

major, n. sp.

THALESTRID^E.

Parathalestris, G. 0. Sars.

c/a?;,s? (Norman).

coat si, n. sp.

aflinis, n. sp.
IJomene, Philippi.

f'<>rfi'-«t<i, Philippi.
DactylopusM, Norman.

frigida, n. sp.

ferrieri, n. sp.

perplexa, n. sp.
Pseudntliali'ttris, G. S. Brady.

intermedia, n. sp.

ansimiiis, G. 0. Sars, var.

DIOSACC1DJE.

Diosaccuf, Boeck.

tenuicornis, Boeck.
Amphiascus, G. 0. Sars.

fueicolus, n. sp.

(ROY. soc. EDIX. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 525.)

280

DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

CA NTHOCAMPTIDsE.
Ameira, Boeck.

ximulans, n. sp.
Paraftenhelia, I. C. Thompson & A. Scott.

antarctica, n. sp.
PhyllopoJopsylhi*, T. Scott.

mossmani, n. sp.

CYCLOPOIDA.

OITHONIDJE.
Oithona, Baird.

plumifera, Baird.
minuta, T. Scott.
similis, Glaus.

CYCLOPID^E.
Cydopina, Glaus.

belgiea, Giesbrecht.
Euryte, Philippi.

similis, n. sp.

LICHOMOLGID^E.

Licliomolijus, Thorell.

fuc.ic.ola, G. S. Brady.
Pseud ant kessius, Glaus.

fucicolus, n. sp.

ASTERO CHERID^E.

Asterocheres, Boeck.

suberites, var. antarctieu, n. var.

ARTOTROGID^E.

Artotrogus, Boeck.

proxfmits, n. sp.

SAPPHIRINID^:.

Sapphirina, J. V. Thompson.

ovatolanceolata, Dana.
gemma, Dana.
iris, Dana.
anyu&ta, Dana.
lactens, Giesbrecht.

LAOPHONTIDsE.
Laoplwnte, Philippi.

rottenburgi, n. sp.

australis, n. sp.

wiltoni, n. sp.

exigua, n. sp.
LaopJiontodes, T. Scott.

u'Jiitsoni, n. sp.

CLETODIDrfl.

Orthopsyllus, Brady <fe Robertson.
linearis (Glaus).

SA PPHIRINID^E— continued.
Sappliirina vorax, Giesbrecht.

auronitens, Glaus.

nigromacu/ata, Glaus.

intestinata, Giesbrecht.

opalina, Dana.

gastrica, Giesbrecht.

stellata, Giesbrecht.

darwini, Haeckel.
Sapliirella, T. Scott.

abyssicola, T. Scott.
Copilia, Dana.

mirabilis, Dana.

denticulata, Glaus.

Oncxa, Philippi.

venusta, Philippi.
merfiterranea, Glaus.
conifera, Giesbrecht.

CORYC&IDJE.

Corycxus, Dana.

venustus, Dana.
ovalis, Glaus.
oblusus, Dana.
faccus, Giesbrecht.
rostratus, Glaus.
speciosus, Dana.
longistylis, Dana.
carinatus, Giesbrecht.
longicaudis, Dana.
elongatus, Glaus.

CALIGOIDA.
CALIGID^E. | Dysgamus atlanlicus, Stp. & Ltkn.

CLADOCERA.

Evadne, Loven. EM

tergestina, Glaus.

(ROT. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 526.)

spinifera, P. E. Miiller.

ENTOMOSTKACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 281

OSTRACODA.
PODOCOPA.

CYPRIOTE.

i*, ('<. S. I'.rndy.
macK/utii, G S. Brady.

CYTHERID^E.

('a/here, O. F. Miiller.

inornata, 11. sp.

i/uti'/ri.:li.-it!<, n. sp.
l<il iln'i'tii, n. sp.

foveolata, G. S. 1 irmly.
antarctica, n. sp.
peregrina, n. sp.

CYPRIDINID^E.

1'lnlomedes, Liljeborg.

<i**iinili*, G. S. Brady.
Asterope, Philippi.

austratis, G. S. Brady.

oculata, G. S. Brady.

M70DOCOPA.

CYTHERID.E—contiwi,,!.

Xestulebtris, (!. 0. Sars.

renifiirmis, G. S. Brady.
Cytherura, G. 0. Sars.

ornatii, n. sp.

porrecla, n. sp.

gculjifilix, n. sp.
Paradoxostoma, Fischer.

/•« tiisum, G. S. Brady.

antarcticum, n. sp.

11. Sp.

HALOCYPRIDsE.
Halocypris, Dana.

globosa, Claus.
Conchceda, Uana.

spinirostris, Claus.

proc.era, G. W. Miiller.

eleyans, G. O. Sars.
Euconchoecia, G. W. Miiller.

chierchiie, G. ~W. Miiller.

COPEPODA.
Tribe CALANOIDA, G. 0. Sars.*

Fain. CALANID.E.

Genus Calamus, Leach, 1816.

Calanus minor (Claus).

1863, Cetoehilus minor, Claus, Die freilebenden Copepo<ten, p. 172.

1893, Calanus minor, Giesb., jP. /"/. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 90, pis. vi., vii., viii.

This species was observed in samples of plankton from twenty-one stations, ranging
from Stations 7, 8, and 10 in the North Atlantic, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to Stations
60, 62, and 64 in the South, 6° 30' S., 34° 25' W.

(7. minor appears to be one of the more widely distributed species ; its distribution,
according to GIESBRECHT, extends from the Mediterranean to the Atlantic, Pacific, and
Indian Oceans, between I at. 34° N. and 36° S.

Calanus tenuicorms, D;ina.

1849, (.'ulntiuf tenuicorniK, Dana, Proe. Amer. Afail., vol. ii. p. 15.

The only sample in which this species occurred was from Station 15 in 20° 34' N.,
23° 12' W.

* The arrangement followed for the Calanoida is that of G. 0. SARS' Crustacea of Norway, vol. iv.
(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., vol.. XLVIII., -rll.)

282 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Calanus acutus, Giesbrecht.

1902, Calanus acutus, Giesb., Expcd. Antarct. Beige, "Copepoden," p. 17, pi. i.
This species occurred in two of the Scotia gatherings, in one from 200 fathoms
collected in 69° 22' S., 26° 36' W., Station 273, and in another from 500 fathoms
collected in lat. 68° 40' S., long. 30° 18 W., Station 280.

Calanus propinquus, G. S. Brady.

188.3, Calanus propinquus, Brady, Report Voy. " Challenger" vol. viii. p. 34, pi. ii.

1892, „ ,, Geisb., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 91, pi. vii. figs. 31, 34 et seq.

C. propinquus was met with very sparingly in a surface sample collected 28th
November 1903 in 59° 43' S., 48° 10' W., Station 3376. The distribution of this
species extends to the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, between lat. 55° N. and
65° S. (GIESBRECHT).

Genus Calanoides, G. S. Brady, 1883.
Calanoides brevicornis (Lubbock).

1856, Calanus brevicornis, Lubb., Trans. Entom. Soc. Land. (N.S.), vol. iv. p. 11, pi. 3.
1892, „ ,, Giesb., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 90, pi. vi. figs 7, 9, 18 et seq.

1894, „ frontalus, F. Dahl, Verh. d. zool. Gesellschaft, p. 76.
1907, „ brevicornis, G. O. Sars, Bull, da I'Insfitut Oeeanographique, No. 101, p. 4.

1909, Calanoides „ A. Scott, " Siboga" Exped., Monogr. xxixA, " Copepoda," p. 10.

1910, Calanus „ Stebbing, Annals of the S. African Museum, vol. iv. pt. iv. p. 520.

A few specimens were obtained in a surface tow-net gathering collected 5th May
1904 off Cape Peninsula, 34' 21' S., 18° 29' E., Station 477. This species is easily
recognised by the slightly crested forehead ; it appears to be widely distributed in the
South Atlantic and Indian Oceans. The fifth pair of thoracic legs of the male of the
species recorded here and of Calanoides patagoniensis, Brady, differ distinctly from
those of the typical Calanus.

Genus Megacalanus, Wolfenden, 1904.*

Megacalanus gracilis (Dana).
1849, Calanus gracilis, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., vol. ii. p. 18.

This species occurred very sparingly at Stations 11, 15, 18, and 29, 23° 50' N.,
21° 34' W., to 12° 31' N., 25° 09' W., in the North Atlantic, and at Station 56 in the
South Atlantic, 0° 42' S., 31° 20' W.

Megacalanus robustior (Giesbrecht).

1888, Calanus robustior, Giesb., Atti Ace. Lincei Rend., ser. iv., vol. iv., sem. 2, p. 332.
1892, ,, ,, idem, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 91, pi. vii. figs. 15, 19 et seq.

Only a few specimens were obtained ; they occurred in a gathering from Station 1 1 ,
23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., in the North Atlantic, and in two others, from Station 59, 2° 30' S.,
32° 42' W., and Station 62, 4° 15' S., 33° 38' W., in the South Atlantic.

* See note on this genus in the Copepoda of the " Siboga " Expedition, by ANDREW SCOTT (1909), p. 10 ct srq.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 528.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 283

Genus fiK/imi/ii, A. Scott, 1909.

Syn. Undina Dana (mime pi-f ..... rupiccl).

Undinula m/i/itr/s (Dana).

1849, rmiina rn!ijiu-i.n, I>an;i, up. n't., vol. ii. p. 18.

iS'.i'J, Ca/anus „ C.ifsb., /'. /•'/. .\m,/»>lt vol. xix. p. 92, pi. vi. fig. 11 ; i'l. vii. fig. 2 el eeq.

This species was observed in surface tow-net gatherings from a considerable number
of stations, extending from Station 8, in 26° 12' N., 20° 25' W., to Station 82, in
20° 40' S., 38° 20' W. Both males and females were obtained. The structure
of the fifth pair of thoracic legs in the male of this and the following species is so
remarkable and so entirely different from those of the typical Calanus, that, as indicated
by G. 0. SARS, the position of these two species in the genus Calanus can scarcely be
maintained. Dana ascribed the species named above to the genus Undina, but
unfortunately that name was already occupied by GOULD and also by MUNSTER, and a
modified form of the name was therefore adopted for the genus by my son in his Report
on the Copepoda of the Siboga Expedition.

Undinula darwinii (Lubbock).

I860, Undina ilarwinii, Lubbock, Trans. Linn. Soc. Land., vol. xxiii. p. 7, pi. xxix.
1892, Ca/anus „ Giesb., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 91, pi. vi. fig. 5 et seq.
1909, Undinula „ A. Scott, " Siboya" Expeditie, "Copepoda," p. 17.

Several specimens, chiefly females, were obtained in a surface tow-net gathering
collected 4th May 1904 in 34° 43' S., 17° 15' E., Station 476. This species is a true
Undinula.

Fam. EUCALANIU^E.

Genus ftucalftniis, Dana, 1852.

Eucalanus attenuatus, Dana.

1849, Calanus attetiuatus, Dana, «/<. (•('/., vol. ii. p. 18.

This species occurred in samples from only five stations, all in the North Atlantic,
viz., Stations 11, 12, 14, 20 and 26, 23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., to 14° 33' N., 25° 9' W.

Eucalaniis crcissus, Giesbrecht.

18SS, l-'.iii-alnniif i-m*«us, (Jicsb., Alii Ace. Lincei Rend., ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 333.
1892, „ „ itlem, F. Fl. Nea)n-l, vol. xix. p. 132, pi. iv. fig. 9 et seq.

This Eucal'iii"* was obtained sparingly in two surface gatherings — one collected at
Station 19, in the North Atlantic, 19° 12' N., 24° 08' W., the other at Station 68, in the
South Atlantic — I'ermuubuco Lighthouse, bearing 7° 42' S., 34° :!2' W,

Utoi. .SOU. EU1N, IKANK., VOL. XLVIII., b'10.)

284 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Eucalanus subtenuis, Giesbrecht.

1888, Eucalanus subtenuis, Giesb., op. cit., p. 33.

1S92, „ „ ii/i'in, F. Fl. Ncapel, vol. xix. p. 132, pis. xi. and xxxv.

A few specimens were obtained in samples from Stations 26, 27, and 59, 14° 33' N.,
25° 09' W., to 2° 30' S., 32° 42' W.

Genus Rhincalanus, Dana, 1852.

Rhincalanus gigas, G. S. Brady.

1883, Rhincalanus gigas, Brady, Report Voy. "Challenger," vol. viii. p 42, pi. viii. figs. 1-11.

1888, ,, nasutus, Giesb., o/>. cit., p. 334.

1902, ,, grandis, Giesb., Expcd. Antard. Beige, "Copepoden," p. 18, pi. i.

1909, ,, gi<jas, A. Scott, " Sibo/ja" Expeditie, Monogr. XXJXA, " Copepoda," p. 24.

This species was obtained in two gatherings — one from 200 fathoms, collected
28th February 1903 in 69° 22' S., 26° 36' W., Station 273; the other from 500
fathoms, collected 2nd March, also 1903, in 68° 40' S., 30° 18' W., Station 280.
Several specimens were obtained, large and small ; the larger measured fully 8 mm. in
length, while the smaller were similar to R. nasutus.

A careful examination of these Scotia specimens leaves scarcely any doubt in my
mind that they all belong to the one species — Rhincalanus gigas of BRADY, the only
apparent difference between the largest and the smallest specimens being the difference
in their size. BRADY'S specimens ranged from 8 '5 to 10 mm., while the largest of the
Scotia specimens measured fully 8 mm., and ranged from that to specimens no bigger
than those found in the North Sea. I am therefore unable to regard Rhincalanus
nasutus as anything more than a small variety of R. gigas, while R. grandis is a finer
and somewhat larger form of the same species.

Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana.

1849, Calamus cornutus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Aca<l., vol. ii. p. 19.

1852, Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana, U.S. Explor. Expe<l., vol. xiii., II., p. 1083, pi. Ixxvi.

Tolerably frequent in two surface gatherings collected 5th May 1904, Station 477,
off Cape Peninsula (34° 21' S., 18° 29' E.), South Africa.

Genus Mecynocera, I. C. Thompson, 1888.
Mecynocera clausi, I. C. Thompson.

1888, Mecynocera clausi, I. C. Thompson, Journ. Linn. Soc., "Zool.," vol. xx. p. 150, pi. xi.

Mecynocera was observed in gatherings from Stations 7, 10, 12, 13, 15, and 28,
all in the North Atlantic, between 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., and 13° 7' N., 25° 9' W.
I. C. THOMPSON collected his specimens at the Canary Islands, nearly in the same
latitude as Station 7, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 530.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 285

F;im. PARACALANID^E.

Genus r<inii-nfiiiiuii, Bocck, 18(>-l.

Paracalanus aculeatux, Giesbreclit.

1888, I'lintJ-a/itiiiix iii-n/i'iiliiif, (lii-sl)., op. c//., p. 333.

This I't(r<tr<(/«iiitx was met with at eight stations in the. North, and four in the South
Atlantic, ranging from Stations 2<> to (!(!, 14° 33' N., 25° 9' W., to 7° 9' 8., 34° 3</ W,

Genus Acrocalanus, Giesbreclit, 1888.

Acrocahniitx loiujicontis, Giesbreclit.

1888, Arrni-aliinuK fuM/ii-tii-iti*, (iirsli., n/i. <-i/., p. 332.

A. longicornis occurred sparingly in the twenty-one .samples collected between
Stations 17 in the North and 95 in the South Atlantic, 20° 18' N., 23° 22' W., to
32° 15' S., 47° 30' W.

Genus Calocalanus, Giesbreclit, 1888.

Calocalanus pavo (Dana).
1849, Calanus pavo, Dana, Proc. Arner. A('in!., vol. ii. p. 13.

This Calanoid was observed in gatherings from twenty-two stations, ranging from
7 to 94, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 30° 25' S., 45° 45' W., but was not very common in
any of them.

Calocalanus plumulosus (Clans).
1863, Calanus plumulosus, (.'laus, Die freilebenden Copepoden, p. 174, pi. xxvi. figs. 15, 1G.

The only gathering in which (.'. plumulosus was observed was collected at Station
25 in 15° 15'N., 25° 9' W.

Genus Clausocalanus, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Clausocalanus arcuicornis (Dana).
1849, Calanns arcuicornis, Dana, op. cit., p. 52.

This was one of the more common species in the Scotia collections. It was observed
in gatherings of plankton from thirty-one stations, extending from Station 7 in the North,
to Station 112 in the South Atlantic, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' \V., to 46° 03' S., 5(5° 30' W.

Clausocalanus furcatus (G. S. Brady).

1883, Drepanopus fun-atus, Brady, Report " ('/«<//.,"" Copop.," p. 77, pi. iv. figs. 1 and 2, pi. xxiv.
figs. 12-15.

In the Scotia collections this species appeared to be much rarer than the last. It
was observed in gatherings from only four stations, viz., 12, 13, 5!>, and 90, 22° 19' N.,
22° 07' W., to 26° 50' S., 42° 20' W.

(ROY. 3OC. KIUN. TRANS., VOL. XI, VIII., .r)31.)

286 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Fam. EUCH/ETID.E.
Genus Eucli&ta, Philippi, 1843.
Euch&ta marina (Prestandrea).

1833, Cyclop* manna, Prestandrea, Kffemeridi Sci. lett. Sicilia, Palermo, vol. vi. p. 12.
The only species of Euchteta observed in the Scotia collections is the one named
akove — a species which appears to be widely distributed. It occurred more or less
sparino-ly in gatherings from twenty-one stations, extending from Station 7 to Station
94, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 30° 25' S., 45° 45' W.

Fam. SCOLECITHRICID^E.

Genus Scolecithrix, G. S. Brady, 1883.

Scolecithrix danse (Lubbock).

1856, Undina dame, Lubbock, Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond., vol. iv. p. 15, pi. ix.
This, which is one of the only two representatives of the genus Scolecithrix observed,
occurred in gatherings from eighteen stations, extending from Station 7 in the North
Atlantic to Station 65 in the South, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 6° 52' S., 34° 32' W.

Scolecithrix glacialis, Giesbrecht.
1902, Scolecithrix glacialis, Giesb., Exped. Antarct. Beige, " Copepoden," p. 25, pi. iv.

One or two specimens of this southern form occurred in two gatherings, one of which
was collected at 200 fathoms on 28th February 1903 in lat. 69° 22° S., long. 26° 36' W.,
Station 273; the other at 500 fathoms on 2nd March in 68° 40' S., 30° 18' W.,
Station 280.

Genus Racovitzanus, Giesbrecht, 1902.

Racovitzanus antarcticus, Giesbrecht.

1902, Racoaitzanus antarcticus, Giesli., K.i-/>i:il. Anturct. BeJi/e, "Copepoden," p. 26, pi. iv. figs. 8-13,
pi. v. tigs. 1-5.

A single specimen was obtained in a sample from 200 fathoms, collected on 28th
February 1903 in lat, 69° 22' S., long. 26° 36' W., Station 273.

The Belgica obtained this species at a depth of 500 metres in 70° 9' S., 82° 35' W.
(Belgica Station 701). (Vide Dr GIESBRECHT'S Copepoden of the " Belgica."}

Fam. CENTROPAGID^E.

Genus Centropages, Kroyer, 1848-1849.

Centropages furcatus (Dana).

1849, Catopia furcata, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., vol. ii. p. 25.

1883, Centropages furcatus, Brady, Report Voyage of the " Clialleni/er," vol. viii. p. 83, pi. xxviii.

1892, ,, „ Giesb., F. Fl. Nea/iel, vol. xix. p. 304, pis. xvii., xviii., and xxxviii.

The only gatherings in which this species was obtained were collected in the South
Atlantic at Station 64, 6° 30' S., 34° 25' W., and Station G8A, 8° 00' S., 34° 34' W.,
Pernambuco, bearing 12 miles W.

(ROY. SOC. K.DIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., .r>3:>.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 287

( 'I'litrojxtges violaceus (Glaus).

1863, Ichthyophorba rin!iii->'i<, Glaus, Die freilebenden Copepoden, p. 199, pi. xxxv.
1892, Centropages rio/<u-»u>i, Uirsl>., l<\ Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 304, pi. iv. fig. 5 et seq.

This species occurred in gatherings from a number of stations both in the North and
South Atlantic, from Station 7 in 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to Station 1)0 in 20° 50' S.,
42° 20' \V.

Centropages brachiatus (Dana).

1849, f'im/el/a braehiata, Dana, Pror. Amer. Acad., vol. ii. p. 27.

1852, Calanopin brnchiata, Dana, U.S. Kspfar. Ks/>ed., vol. xiii., II., p. 1133, pi. Ixxix.

1892, Centropages brachialus, Giesb., F. Fl. Aeupi-l, vol. xix. p. 304, pi. xvii. figs. 26, 37 et seq.

1893, ,, ,, T. Scott, Trans. Linn. Soc. Land., ser. ii., "Zool.," vol. vi. p. 77.

Several specimens were obtained in surface tow-net gatherings collected on the 4th
and 5th of May 1904 off Cape Peninsula, South Africa; Station 47G, 34° 43' S., 17° 1 5' E.,
and Station 477, 34° 21' S., 18° 29' E.

Centropages calaninus (Dana).

1849, Cydopsina culanina, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 25.

1852, Hemicalanus calaninus, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped., vol. xiii., II., pp. 1105, 1106, pi. Ixxviii.

1892, C'enlropages ,, Giesb., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 305, pi. xvii. fig. 27 et seq.

The only sample in which this species was obtained was a surface gathering collected
at Station 90 in 2(>° 50' S., 42° 20' W. Only one or two specimens were observed.

Centropages typicus, Kroyer.

1848, Centropayes typicus, Kroyer, Nalurh. Tulsskr. (N.S.), vol. ii. p. 588, pi. vi.

1863, Ichthyophorba de.nticumis, Glaus, Die freilelienden Gopepoden, p. 199, pi. xxxv.

1864, Ceiitriipai/i'f! typiu/is, Boeck, Forhtuull. Videmkabs-Selsk. Chnstiania, p. 19.

1892, „ ,, Cit.-sli., F. Fl. Neape/, vol. xix. p. 'MS, pis. ii., iv., xvii. fig. 48 et se/j.

This species was observed in only one plankton sample — a gathering collected at
Station 27 in 13° 38' N., 25° 9' W. The distribution of this species extends to the
Mediterranean ; and in the North Atlantic between 36° N. and 62° N. (GlESBRECHT).

Fam. TEMORID^;.

Genus Temora, W. Baird, 1850.

Temora stylifera (Dana).

1849, Calamus stylifer, Dana, o/*. <•//., vol. i. p. 12.

1856, Diitp/iniiun /lii/tiiia, I.iililinck, Trans. Knloni. Hoc. I.oml. (X.S.), vul. iv. p. 21.

1863, Teniiii-ii iinnata, Glaus, op. cit., ]». 195, pi. xxxiv.

1892, ,, f/i/lifera, Git-sl)., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 328, pi. v. fig. 2 el .-•»•</.

This species was of moderately frequent occurrence, and was observed in samples
from Stations 18, 19, 26, 30, 36, 67, 68, 79, 83, 85, 86, 90, and 93, 19° 59' N.,
23° 34' W., to 30° 05' S., 45° 28' W.

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TRANH., VOL. XLVI1I., 533.)

288 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Temora turbinata (Dana).

1849, Cnlanus turbinatus, Dana, op. tit., vol. i. p. 12.

1892, 'I'emora tiirliimitu, Giesb., op. cit., p. 329, pi. xvii. fig. 14 et seq.

The only two samples in which this species was observed were collected at Station
12, 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W., and Station 14, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., both in the North
Atlantic.

Fam. METRIDIID^E.
Genus Metridia, Boeck, 1864.

Metridia lucens, Boeck.

1865, Metridia lucens, Boeck, Vid. SeM: VorliantU.., 18G4, p. 14.
1892, ,, liibernica, Giesb., op. cit., p. 340, pi. xxxii. fig. 11 et seq.
l'J04, ,, lucens, Cleve, Invest. S. Africa, vol. iii. p. 192.

A number of specimens were obtained in one or two samples collected on the 4th
and 5th of May 1904 off Cape Peninsula, South Africa, Station 476, 34° 43' S., 17° 15' E.,
and Station 477, 34° 21' S., 18° 29' E. The Eev. T. E. E, STEBBING records the species as
" abundant south and west of Cape Colony " (Annals of the S. African Museum, vol. vi.
pt. iv. p. 535, 1910).

Metridia gerlachei, Giesbrecht.
1902, Metridia gerlachei, Giesb., Exped. Anfarct. Beige, " Copepoden," p. 27, pi. v.

This species was obtained in two gatherings, in one from 200 fathoms collected
on 28th February 1903 in 69° 22' S., 26° 36' W., Station 273; and the other from
500 fathoms collected on 2nd March in 68° 40' S., 30° 18' W., Station 280.
The distribution of Metridia gerlachei is apparently limited more or less to deep
water, for although it was obtained at a number of stations by the Belgian Antarctic
Expedition of 1897-1899, none of the samples in which it occurred were surface
gatherings, but were from depths ranging from 100 to 500 metres.

Genus Pleuromamma, Giesbrecht, 1898.
Pleuromamma abdominalis (Lubbock).

1856, Diaptomus abdominalis, Lubbock, Trans. Entoni. Sac. Land. (N.S.), vol. iv. p. 22, pi. x.

The only gatherings in which this species occurred were collected at Stations 26 and
56, the one in 14° 33' N., 25° 09' W., Station 26, and the other in lat. 0° 42' S., long.
31° 20' W., Station 56 ; very few specimens were observed.

Pleuromamma gracilis (Glaus). (PI. XIII. fig. 7.)

1863, Pleuromma yracilis, Glaus, Diefreilebenilen Copepoden, p. 197, Taf. 5.

This species was only observed in gatherings collected at Stations 14, 18, 39 ; all
in the North Atlantic, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., to 6° 43' N., 25° 48' W.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 534.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTAKCTIC EXPEDITION. 289

Pleuromamma gracilis, var. csterlyi, nov. (PI. XIII. figs. 8-10.)

1905, Pleuromamma gracilis, Esterly, " Copep. of the San Diego Region," Unii\ of California 1'ulilii-a-
tions, vol. ii. p. 175, text-fig. C.

C. 0. ESTERLY, in the work referred to above, describes and partly figures a form of
this species which differs from what GIESBRECHT appears to consider as the typical
Plc.uromamma gracilis — especially in the structure of the fifth pair of thoracic feet
in the female. Dr GIESBRECHT * shows the female fifth pair to consist each of a single
minus provided with three short and tolerably stout teeth, the inner one being slightly
the larger ; and this agrees fairly well with the specimens of P. gracilis in the Scotia
collections, and with Dr GLAUS' original description, where, referring to the fifth pair,
he says, " Der letzte Fuss des Weibchens bildet eineu schmalen, undeutlich gegliederten
Stab und endit mit drei kurzeu Zinken." t In the form recorded by ESTERLY from
the San Diego region — a form which is also represented in the Scotia collections — the
rami of the fifth pair of thoracic legs in the female arc distinctly two-jointed and armed
at the apex with three tolerably long and spiniform teeth, the middle one being the
longest (see fig. 9, PI. XIII.). As there does not appear to be otherwise any marked
difference between this form and P. graci/i*, and in the absence of a male, I am inclined
to regard this form as no more than a fairly distinct variety of Pleuromamma gracilis.

Fam. LUCICUTIM;.
Genus Lucicutia, Giesbrecht, 1 898.

Lucicutia flavicorms (Glaus).

1863, Leuckartia flavicornis, Clans, Diej'rri/fbuni/rit I':I/H'/»I</I'>I, p. 183, pi. xxxii. figs. 1-7.
1892, „ „ Gicsl)., F. fr'l. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 35,S, pis. v., xix., and xxxviii.

1898, Luricutia ,, Giesbrecht & Schnieil, Das Tierreich, vol. vi. p. 3.

1904, „ „ Cleve, Mar. Invest. S. Africa, vol. iii. p. 192.

The only samples in which this species was observed were collected at Stations 1 1 ,
36, and 49, in the North Atlantic, 23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., to 1° 53' N., 27° 26' W.

Fam. HETERORHABDID.E.
Genus Heterorhabdus, Giesbrecht, 1898.

HeterorhaLdus i>ainlliger (Glaus).

1863, Heterochxta, pnpilliijfra, Clans, op. cit., p. 182, pi. xxxii.
1892, ,, papil/iyer, Giesb., op. <-i/., p. 372, pis. xx. ami xxxix.

1898, Heterorliabdus „ Giesbrecht & Schmeil, Dtt* Tierreich, vol. vi. p. 114.

1901, Hetfniclieeta pajiilliflera, Cleve, " Plankton from the Indian Ocean and the Malay Archipelago,"
Komjl. .S>. \'ct.-Akad. Handl., Band xxxv., No. 5, p. 7.

This species, which appeared to be moderately rare, was only obtained in a single
gathering collected at Station 15, 20° 34' N., 23° 12' W.

* Of. Fa HIM it. Flora des Golf es von Neapel, t Diefreilebtml'-'/ < '»/j-//>«/e'«, p. 197(1863).

(nor. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 535.)

•290 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Hcterorhabdus austrinus, Giesbrecht.

1902, HelerorltaMu* niis/riiius, Gicsb., Ex/ml. Antarct. Beige, " Copepoden," p. 28, pi. vi.

H. austrinus occurred in gatherings from 200 and 500 fathoms. Only one or
two specimens were obtained. These gatherings were collected on 2nd March 1903;
Station 280, 68° 40' S., 30° 18' W.

Fam. HALOPTILID^:.

Genus Haloptilus, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Haloptilus acutifrotts, Giesbrecht.

1892, Hemicalnnm andifrons, Giesb., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 384, pi. iii. Kg. 11, pi. xxvii. fig. 12,

pi. xlii. figs. 12 and 20.
1898, Haloptilus acutifrons, Giesb. & Schmeil, Das Tierreich, vol. vi. p. 117.

A single specimen of this Haloptilus was obtained in each of two gatherings, in
one from 200 fathoms, the other from 500 fathoms, collected on 2nd March 1903 in
68° 40' S., 30° 18' W., Station '280. These specimens are more than twice the size
of those recorded by Dr GIESBRECHT, and on that account were considered at first
as belonging to a different species. A careful examination of them, however, did not
reveal any difference sufficiently important to separate them from H. acutifrons.

Fam. CANDACIID^;.
Genus Candacia, Dana, 1846.
Candacia pachydactyla, Dana.

1849, Candace pachydactyla, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci., vol. ii. p. 23.

1883, „ ,, Brady, Report Voyaye of the " Challenger" vol. viii. p. 68, pi. xxxi.

figs. 2-9.

1898, Candacia pach>jdactijla, Giesb. & Schmeil, op. cit., p. 128.
1904, ,, ,, Cleve, Mar. Invest. South Africa, vol. iii. p. 187.

This was a tolerably common form in the Scotia plankton collections, and appeared
to be widely distributed. It was observed in samples collected at twenty-eight
different stations, extending from Station 7 in 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to Station
95 in 32° 15' S., 47° 30' W.

Candacia curta, Dana.

1849, Candace curta, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 33.

1892, ,, „ Giesb., F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 424, pis. xxi., xxii., and xxxix.

1893, „ intermedia, T. Scott, Tram. Linn. Son. Land., "Zool.," ser. 3, vol. vi. p. 61, pi. iv.
figs. 30-37.

1898, Candacia curta, Giesb. & Schmeil, Das Tierreich, vol. vi. p. 128.

This Candacia was obtained sparingly in gatherings from the following five
stations, viz. 31, 32, 35, and 49 in the North Atlantic, 11° 10' N., 25° 20' W., to
1° 53' N., 27° 26' W., and Station 59 in 2° 30' S., 32° 42' W. This species is found in
the Red Sea, and its distribution extends both to the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 53ti.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 291

Candacia bipinitatn. Giesbrecht.

1889, Ciimlaf- />i/>i>/na/«, <Jiesl>., A/fi Ace. Lincei Rend., ser. 4, vol. v. p. 815.

ls'J2, „ „ (We»(, .F. F/. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 424, pi. xxii. fig. 20 e< seq.

1898, CamlitHa „ <iiesl>. it Srhmeil, Mis Tierreich, vol. vi. p. 129.

1904, „ „ Cleve, A/ar. 7n»ftrf. S. Africa, vol. iii. p. 186.

A few specimens were obtained in a surface gathering collected 5th May l'.)<>4 <>H
Cape Peninsula, South Africa, Station 477, 34° 21' S., 18° 2'.)' E.

Candacia lethiopica, Dana.
1849, Cantfai-H :t'thio/>ica, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 23.

The only gathering in which this species occurred was collected at Station 12 in
22° 19' N., 22° 07' W.

Candacia bispinosa, Clans.
1863, Camlace bispinosa, Glaus, Die freilebenden Copepoden, p. 191, Taf. 27, 28.

This species occurred sparingly in gatherings from the following seven Stations :
12, 14, 15, 72, 83, 85, and 8(5, 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W., to 24° 2(V S., 40° 25' \V.

Candacia simplex, Giesbrecht.

1889, Camlace simplex, Giesb., op. cit., ser. 5, vol. v. sem. 1, p. 815, and Fauna u. Flora des'Golfes von
Neapel, vol. xix ("Uopep."), p. 424, pi. xxi. figs. 10, 30, 31 et se>j.

This species was tolerably rare in gatherings from Stations 1 1 , 59, and 83, 23° 50' N.,
21° 34' W., to 22° 32' S., 39° 22' \V.

Candacia longimana, Glaus.
1863, Canihii-f lunijimana, Clans, op. cit., p. 190, Taf. 27 and 33.

A sino-le specimen of this Candacia was obtained in a gathering from Station 49,
1° 53'N.r27°2G' W.

Fam. PONTELLID^E.
Genus Calanopia, Dana, 1852.

Calanopia ami-ricaim, Dahl. (IM. XIII. figs. !-(>.)

1894, Calanopia amerinnia, Dahl, Kerirliti> naturf. (,'eaelln. Fi-eibunj (N.S.), vol. viii. p. 21, Taf. 1,
figs. 23-26.

In this species the inner ramus of the first four pairs of thoracic legs in the female
are two-jointed. The female fifth pair are simple, and consist each of a single two-
jointed ramus ; the proximal joint is moderately stout, but the end one is narrow and
rather longer than the other, and terminates in a tolerably long spine, and there are
also two short spines on the outer and one on the inner margin (fig. 4).

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. xi.vni., r>:i7.)

292 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

The male differs from the female by the peculiar structure of the right antenmile,
the fifth and sixth joints of which are produced exteriorly into angular and gibbous
expansions. The seventh joint is elongated and slender, while the base of the next one
extends inwards into a horn-like projection nearly at right angles to the joint, but curved
slightly forward and having its inner edge finely serrated. The remaining joints are
slender and moderately elongated, except the last one, which is short ; the articulations
between the fifth and sixth and the eighth and ninth joints are hinged (fig. 1).

The fifth pair of thoracic legs in the male are asymmetrical, that on the left side
is long and slender and terminates in a claw-like spine, while the basal part of the
proximal joint expands anteriorly into a short angular process. The other foot is also
elongated, but the end joints are dilated and form a thumb-like arrangement, as shown
in the drawing (fig. 5).

Habitat. — This species was obtained in gatherings from Stations 64, 65, 67, and
93, 6° 30' S., 34° 25' W., to 30° 05' S., 45° 28' W.

Calanopia, americana was obtained by Dr DAHL in a collection of plankton from
the mouth of the river Tocantins, on the north-west coast of South America, where the
water was doubtless more or less brackish. Its occurrence in the Scotia collections,
besides extending the distribution of the species considerably, is interesting, from its
having been found in the open sea.

Genus Labidocera, Lubbock, 1853.

Labidocera nerii (Kro'yer).
1848, Pontia nerii, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. (N.S.), vol. ii. p. 579, Taf. 6.

This was a tolerably common species in the Scotia collections. It occurred in no
fewer than twenty-eight gatherings, extending from Station 7, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W.,
in the North Atlantic, to 95, 32° 15' S., 47° 30' W., in the South Atlantic, occurring at
nearly regular intervals.

Labidocera acutifrons (Dana).
1849, Pontella acutifrons, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 30.

The only gatherings in which this species was obtained were collected at Station
14, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., and Station 18, 19° 59' N., 23° 34' W.

Genus Pontella, Dana, 1849.

Pontella atlantica (M.-Edw.).
1840, Pontia atlanti,-a, M.-Ed\v., Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. viii. p. 420, Tuf. 39.

Tliis species occurred in gatherings from Stations 7, 35, and 41, 2G° 23' N., 20°
20 W., to 5° 40' N., 26° 4' W., but only a few specimens were observed.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., vor,. xi.vin., f>38.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTAUCTFC EXPEDITION. 293

Pontella sccurifcr, G. S. Brady.
1883, Pvnletlti tvrurifiT, I'.rady, Iv'i^rt l'»//a;/<' <>f the " C/iull('n</i-r," vol. viii. (" Oprpndu "), p. 9C, pi. xlv.

Gatherings collected at Stations 41, 82, and 83 yielded a few specimens of this
Pontella, 5° 40' N., 2(5° 4' W., to 22° 32' S., 39° 22' W.

Pontflld spiniytes, Giesbrecht.

1889, Ponli'lln */n'/ii/i::<, (iii'sli., MIL .l<v. Lined Rend., ser. 4, vol. v. SIMM. '2, p. 28.
This species was obtained in gatherings collected at Stations 14, 44, and 82,
21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., to 20° 40' S., 38° 20' W.

Genus Pontellina, Dana, 1852.

Poittf//iti<i i/n.ntit/it, Dana.

1849, Pontvlla plunuiltt, Dana, op. rit., vol. ii. p. 27.

1852, Ponlelliua plumata, Dana, U.S. Kfplor. Espcd., vol. xiii. (ii.), p. 1135, pi. Ixxix.

This moderately common species occurred in gatherings from eighteen stations,
extending from Station 14 to 93, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., to 30° 05' S., 45° 28' \V.

Genus Pontellopsis, G. S. Brady, 1883.
Pontellopsis regalis (Dana).

1849, Pimtdla rcijaHa, Dana, op. cif., vol. ii. p. 31.

This species occurred sparingly in gatherings from Stations I 1, 35, 49, 54, 59, and
68, 23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., to Station G8A, 8° 0' S., 34° 34' W., Pernambuco bearing
12 miles W.

Pontellopsis perspicax (Dana).
is 19, Pontella perspicax, Dana, op. dt., vol. ii. p. ">-.

The gatherings in which this species was observed were collected at Stations 27, 30,
35, 44, and 49, all in the North Atlantic, 13° 38' N., 25° 9' W., to 1° 53' N., 27° 2(i' W.

Pontellopsis brevis (Giesbrecht).

18SO, Moiiops brevis, Giesb., op. cit., ser. 4, vol. v. smi. '2, p. '2*

The only gathering in which this species occurred was collected at Station (!7. in
7° 20' S., 34° 38' W.

.fis r/'/losa, G. S. Brady.

1883, Po«/<Y/,y,s/.< rillnan, Jirady, Report Voyi'jv of the " Challenger," vol. viii. (" Copt-poda "), p. 86,
pis. \.\xiv and xxxv.

This, which was a tolerably rare species in the Scotia collections, was only observed
in a gathering from Station 8 in 20° 12' N., 20° 25' W.

(ROY. HOC. EIJIN. TRANS., VOL. XI, VIII., 539.)

•294 1)11 THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Fam. ACARTIID.K.
Genus Acartia, Dana, 1846.

Acartia negligens, Dana.
1849, Acartia negligens, Dana, o/j. cit., vol. ii. p. 26.

This species w;is observed in gatherings collected at Stations 7, 11, 19, and 95,
2(3° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 32° 15' S., 47° 30' W.

Acartia danie, Giesbrecht.
1889, Acartia dance, Giesb., op. cit., ser. 4, vol. v. sem. 2, p. 26.

This occurred in gatherings from eleven stations, extending from Station 11 to
Station 102, 23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., to 36° 31' S., 51° 5(i' W.

Tribe HARPACT1C01DA, G. O. Sars.*
Fam. CERVINIID^;.

Genus Pseudozosime, new genus.

Generic characters : Female. — In the female the body is tolerably robust, and has
a general resemblance to Zosime, Boeck, except that the abdomen is not so clearly
denned from the cephalothorax ; genital segment moderately large, with a distinct
transverse suture. Anterior antennae (antennules) short, stout, and composed of about
five joints. Second antennae and mouth organs nearly as in Zosime. The inner ramus
of all the four pairs of swimming legs is composed of two joints, and the outer of three
joints. The fifth pair are of moderate size ; the inner portion of the basal joint is
somewhat expanded, while the second joint is comparatively small.

Remarks. — Pseudozosime differs from the other genera nearly related to it by
having the inner ramus of all the four pairs of thoracic legs biarticulated, and by the
fifth pair being comparatively larger and more compact.

Pseudozosime browni, new species. (PI. VIII. figs. 9-19.)

Female. — The body of the female tolerably stout, narrow, and elongated, bluntly
rounded anteriorly, and tapering slightly towards the posterior end ; rostrum prominent.
Length of the specimen represented by the drawing 0'95 mm.

Antennules short, stout, composed of about five joints, and densely setiferous.
Antenna? with the outer ramus triarticulated, and otherwise nearly as in Zosime typica,
Boeck. Mouth organs also somewhat similar to those in that species.

The first four pairs of thoracic legs are moderately stout, and the inner ramus is
composed of two and the outer of three joints. In the first pair the inner ramus reaches
to the end of the three-jointed outer one, and the joints are nearly of equal length ; the

* The arrangement followed for the Harpacticoida is that of G. 0. SARS, Crustacea of Norway, vol. v.

(ROY. SOC. liblN. TRANS., VOL. XLVJII., 54U.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 295

outer margins of both rumi are fringed with minute bristles, but in the outer ramus,
the spinules at the outer distal angles of the first and second joints, and also those on
the third joint, are tolerably stout and elongated. In the second and third pairs the
inner ramus is ral her shorter than the outer, and the end joint is about twice as long as
the proximal one. In the fourth pair the inner ramus is considerably shorter than the
outer one, and scarcely reaches to the end of its middle joint. The fifth pair are of
moderate size; the inner portion of the basal joint is somewhat expanded, and pro-
vided with four setae — two on the inner margin and two at the apex ; the second joint
is smaller, and furnished with three setaj at the distal end ; all the setse are elongated.
Caudal rami short, and about equal in length to the last abdominal segment.

II(d>it«t.— South Orkney Islands; collected in June 1903, GO0 43' 42" S.,
44° 38' 33" W., Station 325. Only one specimen — a female — was observed in some
siftings from dredged material. Named in compliment to Dr II, N. RUDMOSE BROWN,
the Scotia naturalist, who was in charge of tow-netting, and who in consequence was
the collector of the whole material dealt with in this monograph.

Fam. ECTINOSOMID^;.
Genus Ectinosoma, Boeck, 18(14.
AW//MWK///,/ iintarcticum Giesbrecht. (PI. II. figs. 10-13.)

1902, Ei-tinnxonia iiiiliii-i-tii'/nii, (JiYsli., A>/«W. An/urrf. JM;/i; " Copepoden," p. 31, Taf. 12.

One or two specimens (females) of an Ectinosoma apparently belonging to this
species were obtained in one of the small gatherings of dredged material collected by the
Scotia among the South Orkney Islands, Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W., and
in these specimens the structure of the various appendages agrees very well with the
description of the species given by Dr GIESBRECHT. In the genus Ectinosoma, the form
and armature of the fifth pair of thoracic legs are usually regarded as furnishing
important specific characters, and in these Scotia specimens, the fifth pair of legs are
identical with those oS. Ectinosoma <iiit<(r<-tn-inn, as shown by Dr GIESBRECHT'S figures,
and also by our drawings on PL II. fig. 14.

Genus llrtt<li/rt; Boeck, 1872.
Bradya /irn.,-/,//a, new species. (PL II. figs. 1-9.)

Female. — Body moderately robust. Antennules short and stout. Antennae with
the outer ramus well developed, and reaching to the end of the inner ramus. Mandibles,
maxillae, and maxillipeds similar to those in Bradya typifd, Boeck.

In the first four pairs of thoracic legs both rami are of moderate length, and the
joints are somewhat broad and flattened, and the marginal spines of the outer ramus
are also elongated and slender. In the fifth pair there is a considerable space between

(KOY. soc. BDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 541.)

296 DK THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

the one and the other, as in Brctdya typica ; the inner lobe of the basal joint is
furnished with two long, slender seta? — the inner being rather the longer one ; the
second joint is small, and carries three setse at its apex ; the two inner setae are
elongated and subeijual, but the other is short. The appendicular bristle is slender, and
scarcely reaches to the end of the short apical seta. Caudal rami very short.

Habitat. — Scotia Hay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903: Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. Apparently rare.

Remarks. — The form described above is nearly allied to Bradya typica, Boeck,
but differs in the armature of the last pair of thoracic legs, and in one or two other
structural details.

Genus Microsetella, Brady & Robertson, 1873.

Microsetella norvegica (Boeck).
1864, Setellii iiorveyica, Boeck, Selfkab. Furhandl. Christiania (1864), p. 281.

This small Harpactid was observed in gatherings from only a few stations, viz.
37, 62, 93, 94, and 106, 7° 50' N., 25° 31' \V., to 39° 01' 8., 53° 40' W.

Microsetella rosea (Dana).
1847, llarpacticus roseus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., Boston, vol. i. p. 153.

This species appeared to be rather more common than the last, being present in
gatherings from about fifteen stations, and with a distribution extending from Stations
7, 10, and 12 in the North Atlantic, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W.,
to Station 88 in 26° 25' S., 42° 00' W.

Fam. MACROSETELLID^E.

Macrosetella, A. Scott, 1 909.
Syn. Setel/a, Dana (but this namr is preoccupied).

Macrosetella gracilis (Dana).
1846, Setc/la yrarilis, Dana, Amer. Journ. Sei. (2), vol. i. p. 227.

This species occurred in gatherings from twenty-five stations, and appeared to be
distributed over nearly the whole area traversed by the Scotia. The northerly Stations
comprised 7, 10, 12, 14 in the North Atlantic, while Stations 93, 94, and 95 were the
most southerly ; 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 32° 15' S., 47° 30' W.

Genus Miracia, Dana.
Miracia efferata, Dana, 1846.

1846, AHi-wia efferata, Daua, Amer. Journ. Sci. (2), vol. i. p. 230.

This was also observed in gatherings from twenty-five stations, and its distribution
was somewhat similar to that of Set ell a.

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 542.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF T1IK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 297

Fum. EUTERPINID.E.
Genus Euterpina, Norman, 1903.

Syn. /''/i/er/ie, Clans, 1SG3 (name preoccupied).

Euterpina acutifrons (Dana).

1847, //in'/iin-fii-ii* ai'iid/i-iiii*, I>;m:i, Proc. Amfr. Ara</., I'oston, vol. i. p. 153.

The only gathering in which this species oc< urred was from Station G5 in
6° 5'2' 8., 34° 32' W.

Fain. CLYTKMNESTRID.E.
Genus Clytemnestra, Dana, 1847.

Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana. (PI. XIII. figs. 11 and 12.)
1847, Clytemnestra Ki-utellata, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., Boston, vol. i. p. 154.

This species was observed rather sparingly at Stations 14, 32, 33, and 39, 21° 28' N.,
22° 40' W., to 6° 43' N., 25° 48' W., all in the North Atlantic. This species may
be distinguished from Clytemnestra roxlratu (Brady) by the different structure of the
antennules and caudal rami. Fig. 1 1, PI. XIII., shows the end-joints of one of the
antennules, and the caudal rami are represented by fig. 1 2.

Fam. HARPACTICID^E.

Genus Ha/rpacticus, M.-Edw., 1838.

Harpacticus fucicolus, new species. (PI. VIII. figs. 20-24.)

Female. — In its general appearance the female of this species is somewhat similar
to Harpacticus (jracilis (Glaus).

The antennules are moderately slender and composed of nine joints ; the first four
are of moderate size and subequal, but the third is rather longer than any of the other
three ; the remaining five joints are small, and together are scarcely equal to one-fourth
of the total length — the penultimate joint is the smallest. Antenna1- small, the outer
ramus short and composed of two joints. Mandibles and other mouth organs nearly as
in Harpacticus gracilis.

First pair of thoracic legs slender; the outer ramus is considerably elongated, but
the inner one reaches only to about the end of the first joint of the outer ramus ; the
armature of both rami is rather feeble. The next three pairs are somewhat similar to
those in Harpacticus gracilis.

In the fifth pair, the inner portion of the basal joint is not muc.h produced; it is
provided with four setae ; one springs from the inner margin and three from the broadly

(ROY. HOC. EI1IN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 543.)

298 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

rounded apex ; the outer margin of the second joint is nearly parallel with the inner,
and near the extremity of the joint both margins converge to the angular apex ; four
setse spring from the lower end of the outer margin and apex of this joint, and one from
the lower end of the inner margin ; all the setse are moderately slender. Caudal rami
very short.

Habitat. — Obtained on floating seaweed collected in the North Atlantic on 29th June
1904, between Cape Verde Islands and the Azores, Station 537, 29° 54' N., 34° 10' W.

Remarks. — The form described above has a close resemblance to Harpacticus gracilis,
Glaus, and it may ultimately have to be ascribed to that species. Meanwhile, as no
male specimens have been observed, and as there are one or two slight differences
between the two forms, as, for example, in the structure of the antennules and of the
fifth pair of thoracic legs, it is perhaps better that the specimens from the Scotia's
collections should be recorded under a distinct name.

Harpacticus piriei, new species. (PI. V. fig. 15 ; PL XI. figs. 18-25.)

Female. — Body moderately stout, somewhat resembling Harpacticus chelifer,
0. F. Miiller, in its general form. Length about 0'85 mm.

Antennules composed of nine joints ; the first four tolerably stout and elongated,
the others small, so that, together, they are scarcely equal to a fourth of the entire
length of the antennule (fig. 18, PI. XL). Antennae and mouth appendages nearly as
in Harpacticus chelifer.

The first pair of thoracic legs are tolerably slender, and somewhat similar to the
species mentioned ; the other three pairs are also somewhat similar to those in the
same species, except that in the second pair the inner ram us is nearly as long as the
outer one.

The fifth pair has the basal joint broad and its inner portion only slightly produced,
and provided with four setse of unequal lengths on its distal margin, the second seta
from the outside being much longer than the others. The second joint is subtriangular
in outline, the greatest width, which is near the proximal end, being about equal to
half the length ; the inner margin is nearly straight, but the outer is rounded and
curves obliquely to the distal extremity : this joint is provided with six setae of un-
equal lengths — two, having a considerable space between them, on the lower half of
the outer margin, two close together at the apex, and two at the distal end of inner
margin — the second seta from the inside being very small (fig. 15, PL V.).

The caudal rami in this species are very short.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, in siftings from some dredged material
collected in 9 to 10 fathoms, in April 1903, Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species, though it resembles Harpacticus chelifer in some respects,
ditt'ers distinctly in the form and armature of the fifth pair of thoracic legs, and also
in the structure of the antennules. Named in compliment to Dr J. H. HARVEY PIRIE,
one of the Sc/iti<i naturalists.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 544.)

ENTOAIOSTKACA OF Till'] SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 299

Fam. PELTIDIID^E.

(iciins Alteutha, Bfiinl, 1845.

Alh'nilin austrina, new species. (PI. X. figs. 9-15.)

female. — Body depressed, expanded laterally, and having a general resemblance
to Alti'iillm </c/>/r.s-.svf, Baird. Length of the specimen represented by the drawing
(fig. 9), 0-92 mm.

Antennules composed of nine joints; the second joint, which is the longest, is
about equal to the third and fourth joints combined; the seventh and eighth,
which are about equal in size, are smaller than any of the others (fig. 10). Second
maxillipeds small, with the end joint short, and armed with a moderately stout
terminal claw.

The outer raraus of the first pair of thoracic legs is considerably longer and stouter
than the inner, and both rami are three-jointed — the joints of the outer ramus are
subequal in length. The next three pairs are slender and similar to those in Alteutha
depressa.

The fifth pair also resemble those of the same species : they consist of thin and
moderately narrow and elongated plates with a subcentral and longitudinal hyaline
band, as indicated in the drawing (fig. 14); each foot is two-jointed, but the articula-
tion between the joints is sometimes not very clearly defined. The basal joint is short
and carries a moderately stout spine on its outer distal angle ; there is also a stout
spine and a few small spinules at the extremity of the second joint, and the inner
margin of this joint is obscurely crenulated, as shown in the figure (fig. 14).

Caudal rami short, moderately broad, and furnished each with one long and three
(or four) short terminal bristles (fig. 15).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, obtained in siftings from some dredged
material collected in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33'' \V.

Though this species resembles in some respects Dr BAIRD'S Alte-ut/ia depressa, it
differs from it in some important details, as indicated in the description given above.

Alteutfia dubia, new species. (PI. X. figs. 1-8.)

Fi'/iKilc. — Body depressed, expanded laterally, as in Altnitlta depressa, Baird ;
rostrum prominent. Length, 1/4 mm.

Antennules composed of nine joints ; the second is considerably longer than any
of the others ; the seventh and eighth are small and subequal, and the end joint is
about as long as the two preceding ones combined (fig. 2). Antennas slender ; outer
ramus small and Inarticulate.

Second maxillipeds elongated, end joint ovate, and armed with a moderately short
and stout terminal claw (fig. 4).

The swimming legs are moderately slender, and both rami are three-jointed ; the

(HOY. SOU. KIJIN. TRANS., VOL. XI.VIII., "> l">.)

300 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

inner ramus of the first pair is considerably shorter than the outer one, and the end
joint is rather narrower than the first or second (fig. 5).

Fifth pair lamelliform, tolerably broad, and composed of two joints ; the first joint
is produced anteriorly into a narrow appendage bearing two apical and marginal setae ;
the second joint is provided with five or six slender bristles on the distal half of the
outer margin and apex (fig. 7).

Caudal rami short, ovate ; a tolerably stout spine springs from a notch near the
middle of the outer margin, and there are also one elongate and three short sette round
the distal end of each ramus (fig. 8).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, obtained in siftings from some dredged
material collected in June 1903 ; Station 325, GO0 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" VV.

Remarks. — The species described above may be distinguished by the peculiar
structure of the fifth pair of thoracic legs, as well as by the form and armature of the
caudal rami.

Genus Paralteutha, new genus.

Definition. — Similar to Alteutha, Baird, in its general form and in its cephalo-
thoracic appendages, except that the inner ramus of the first pair of swimming feet
consists of two instead of three joints ; and the lateral margins of the second joint of
the fifth pair are parallel, or nearly so, while the distal extremity of the joint is obliquely
truncated.

Paralteutha typica, new species. (PI. X. figs. 16-25.)

Female. — Body depressed, expanded laterally, as in Alteutha depressa, Baird.
Length of the specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 16), T6 mm.

Antennules nine-jointed, as in Alteutha depressa. Outer ramus of the antennae
small and biarticulate, but the end joint is very minute.

Mandibles with the masticatory end narrow and truncated, biting edge obscurely
dentate. Second maxillipeds elongated, each provided with a tolerably large and
powerfully clawed hand (fig. 20).

First pair of thoracic legs elongated and moderately stout, inner ramus not much
shorter than the outer, and composed of two subequal joints (fig. 21). The next three
pairs long and slender, and furnished with long slender marginal spines (fig. 22).

Fifth pair stout, two-jointed ; the first joint is short, but the second is tolerably
elongated, and about four times as long as broad ; its margins are nearly parallel, and
its distal extremity truncated and armed with three stout spines, the inner one being
the largest. There are also two short spines on the inner margin, one near the middle
of the joint, the other near its distal end. The first joint is also provided with a few
long setae, as shown in the drawing (fig. 24).

Caudal rami short and subquadrangular in outline. A short, stout spine springs
from a notch on the outer margin of each ramus, and there are also a few small
apical spines.

(lt<>Y. SOO. KPIN. TRANS., VOL. XI.VIII , !">!<!.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OK TIIK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 301

The male does not differ nuK-.li from the female, except in the structure of the
antennules and of the fifth pair of thoracic legs. The antennules are so modified that
they form effective grasping organs. In the fifth pair of legs, the joints are nearly
of equal length and their armature is also slightly different (fig. 25).

Habitat.— -Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, obtained in siftings from dredged material
collected in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

1't'innrks. — This species appears to hold an intermediate place between Alteuthct
and Pelt idi win. It resembles the first in its general appearance, and also to some
extent in the structure of several of its appendages. On the other hand, the structure
of the first pair of thoracic legs is somewhat similar to that of the same pair of legs in
Peltidium.

Fain. PORCELLIDIIIX-E.

Uenus Porcellidium, Glaus, 1800.

P<>m-llidium ctffinc, Quidor. (PI. IV. figs. 5-13.)

1906, Porcelli'lium njjini*, (Quidor, Exped. Antarct. Franfaise, 1903-1905, " Copepodes," p. 4, pi. i. figs. 1-19.

Female. - - The female of this species has a general resemblance to that of
Porcellidium ravaniv, Thompson & Scott, described in Supplementary Report VII.
of the Report on the Ceylon Pearl-Oyster Fisheries, by Professor HERDMAN. It
differs, however, in the form of the first abdominal segment, as well as in the
structure of the antennules ; it is also somewhat larger than that species, being about
1 mm. in length.

The antennules are composed of seven unequal joints ; the first three are large,
their combined lengths being equal to about two-thirds of the entire length of the
antennule. The remaining joints are small, but the fourth and sixth are rather longer
than the others (fig. 7). The antenna (fig. 8) has the outer ramus articulated to the
end of the first joint of the inner one, and is composed of a single moderately long
joint. The mouth appendages and swimming feet are similar to those in Porcellidium
raraiuv. The first pair of swimming feet are short, and the first joint of the inner
ramus is a broad angular plate widest near the proximal end, but becoming narrower
distally ; the end joint, which is very small, is provided with two stout claw-like
spines of tolerable length, which usually extend outwardly at about a right angle to
the leg ; in the outer ramus the first joint is moderately expanded, but the second and
third are smaller. The spinifonn seta' on the outer margin are all dilated at the base
and plumose, but the two at the end arc tolerably long and slender. A stout seta
also springs from the inner distal angle of the second joint. The claw-like spines on
the end joint of the inner ramus are each furnished on the lower edge with a fringe of
close-set delicate filaments (fig. 9).

The next three pairs have both rami three -join ted, and moderately elongated and
slender.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. xi.vm., .VI7.)

302 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THK

The fifth pair are somewhat similar to those in Porcellidium ravanse, both in their
general outline and in having their extremity bluntly rounded (fig. 10).

The abdomen and caudal rami also resemble the same parts in P. ravanw, but
in that species the caudal rami do not reach to the end of the fifth pair of feet,
whereas in the present form the caudal rami reach somewhat beyond these appendages.
They are also more bluntly rounded at the end, and the terminal and marginal spines
are somewhat differently arranged, as shown in the drawing (fig. 12).

Male. — The male, as is usual, is smaller than the female; the antennules are
modified for grasping ; the fifth pair of feet are different in form and armature, and
the abdomen and caudal rami are shorter (see figs. 12 and 13).

The fifth pair of feet are small, and narrow at the proximal end, but they become
wider distally ; the extremity is obliquely truncated and fringed with about six short
setiferous spines (fig. 11). Caudal rami are very short, and have the squarely
truncated ends furnished with a few marginal setse (fig. 13).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species, as already stated, has some resemblance to Porcellidium
ravancp, Thompson & A. Scott, but differs in several anatomical details, as, for example,
in the structure of the female antennules, as well as in the form and armature of the
caudal segments. It also resembles in some respects the Porcellidium wolfendeni
described by G. S. BRADY.*

Genus Tisbe, Lilljeborg.t 1853.
Tisbe austrina, new species. (PI. III. figs. 20-30.)

Female. — This species, in its general appearance, is somewhat like Tuslje minor
(T. Scott), but is rather more slender. Length about O'G mm.

Antennules composed of eight joints ; the second and third joints are subequal and
of moderate size ; the fourth is fully half as long as the third ; the fifth and sixth,
which are subequal, are together about as long as the fourth, but the seventh is very
small ; the end joint was incomplete, but appeared to be about as long as the fourth
joint. The antennae are small, and the outer ramus reaches only to the end of the
second joint of the inner ramus. Mouth organs somewhat similar to those in Tisbe
minor, but the second maxillipedes are moderately stout. All the four pairs of
swimming legs are also somewhat similar to those in the species mentioned.

In the fifth pair, the inner portion of the basal joint ends in a blunt pointed apex,
which bears two setae, one being moderately stout and elongated, and the other small ;

* Deutsche Siidpolar Exped., 19:11-1903 : "Uber die Copepodeu der Stiiuime Harpactieoida," et seq., p. 556 (1910).
Separate reprint.

t " The name Idya having been previously given by BLAINVILLE to a genus of Acalepluo,'' was changed by G. O.
SARS to Idyxa: see Bept. of Second Norwegian Arctic Exped. in the " Frain," 1898-1902, No. 18 ; Crustacea, by G. O.
SAKS, p. 21 (1909). Rev. T. R. R. STEBBING, in Annals of the South Afri^m Museum, vol. vi. p. 544 (1910), restores
Lilljeborg's name, Tisbe.

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 54S.)

ENTOMOSTIIAOA OP THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 303

the second joint is of a broadly ovate form, its greatest width being equal to about
half the length, and it carries four (or five) short set* round the lower part of the
outer margin and apex, as shown in the drawing (fig. 30).

Caudal rami short.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. No males observed.

Remarks. — As already stated, this species has a somewhat close resemblance to
Tisbe minor (T. Scott), first described in the Annals of Scottish Natural History in
October 1896, from specimens obtained in the Firth ot Clyde. The same species has
also been recorded from Norway by Professor G. 0. SARS, and it was one of the
Harpactids discovered by Dr BRUCE in Franz Josef Land. But the Antarctic form,
though closely resembling the northern species referred to, may be readily distinguished
from it by the broadly ovate form of the second joint of the last pair of thoracic legs.

The genus Tisbe, as Professor G. 0. SAR.S remarks, " seems to be represented in all
parts of the oceans," and he has " even found one or two species of this genus in the
Caspian Sea." * Dr GIESBRECHT obtained two species belonging to the Idyteu in the
collections brought home from the Antarctic by the Belgica in 1899;t both these
species, however, differ in several respects from those observed in the material collected
by the Scotia ; and they differ especially in the structure of the first and fifth pairs of
thoracic legs. I am also unable to identify the Scotia species with either of those
recorded by Dr BRADY in his account of the Copepoda-Harpacticoida of the Deutsche
Siidpolar Expedition, pp. 560, 561. J

Tisbe gracilipes, new species. (I'l. I. figs. 23-29.)

Female. — The female of this species is somewhat like that of Tisbe gracilis (T.
Scott) in its general form, being elongated and rather slender.

The antennules are tolerably elongated ; the second joint is rather longer than the
third, which, in its turn, is about one and a half times the length of the fourth joint.
The three following joints are small, while the end one is equal to the two preceding
joints combined (fig. 23).

Antennas moderately slender, the outer ramus four-jointed and rather longer than
the penultimate joint of the inner ramus (fig. 24). The mandibles and other mouth
organs are somewhat similar to those in Tisbe ynict/i*.

The thoracic legs are also somewhat similar to those in the species mentioned, but
in the first pair, the second joint of the inner ramus is proportionally more elongated,
being fully one and a half times the length of the first joint. The outer ramus scarcely
reaches to the end of the first joint of the inner one (fig. 26). In the fourth pair, the

* Crustacea of Norway, vol. v. p. 88 (1905).

t Resultats du Voyage du .s.i/. " llelgica," " Copepoda," von Dr W. Giesbrecht, p. 38 (1902).

I Deutsche Siidpolar Expcii., 1901-1903: "Uber die Copepoclun cler Stamme Harpacticoida, Gyclopoidn," etc.
(1910).

(KOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 549.)

304 1>K. THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

end joint of the outer ramus is about twice as long as the preceding joint. It is also
moderately narrow, and furnished with two rather stout marginal spines and two at
the apex, the inner apical spine being nearly as long as the joint to which it is
articulated (fig. 27).

The fifth pair are somewhat like the same pair in Tislw i/racilis ; the second joint,
however, differs in being rather wider in proportion to its length. The seta on its
inner margin is also articulated nearer the middle of the joint, and the whole of the
inner aspect of the joint is covered with minute hairs (fig. 28).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. Rare.

Remarks. — This form resembles Idysea gracilis, and might be considered as only
a variety of that species, but the inner ramus of the first pair of swimming legs is
proportionally and distinctly more elongated, and the second joint of the fifth pair is
also more broadly ovate. Because of these differences and one or two others alluded
to in the description, the species ought, I think, to be considered distinct.

Genus Psamathe, Philippi, 1840.
Psamathe longicauda, Philippi. (PI. V. figs. 16-22.)

1840, I'samat/ie longicauda, Philippi, Archiv f. Naturyesch. (1840), p. 89, pi. iv. fig. 1.
1866, Scutellidium tisboides, Glaus, Die Copepoden fauna von Nizza, p. 21, pi. iv. figs. 8-15.
1880, ,, ,, Brady, Monogr. Brit. Copep., vol. ii. p. 175, pi. Ixviii. figs. 1-10.

1905, Psamathe lonijicauda, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. v. p. 83, pi. xlix.

A single specimen of this Harpactid was obtained in a plankton gathering collected
at Station 27 in 13° 38' N., 25° 09' W.

The body in this species is considerably flattened, and there is a distinct break
between the anterior and the posterior portions, best seen when viewed from above,
the former being expanded, while the latter is narrow (see fig. 1(5).

The antennules are composed of nine joints ; the first three are elongated and moder-
ately stout, and are together about twice the entire length of the remaining six joints :
the end joint is slender and rather longer than the three preceding joints combined
(fig. 17).

Antennas with the outer ramus four-jointed and not more than half the length of
the inner one ; it is also articulated to the outer distal angle of the second basal joint
(fig. 18).

Maxillipeds moderately stout ; first pair smaller than the second and armed with
two claw-like terminal spines (fig. 19). Second maxillipeds robust; the basal joint is
provided with a stout plumose seta on its inner distal angle, and the end joint with
three stout terminal claws and a small plumose bristle (fig. 20).

The first pair of thoracic legs are moderately stout, and both rami are composed of
three joints, but the end joints are extremely small and bear peculiar recurved terminal

(BOY. soc. EDIN. TK.ANS., VOL. XLVIII., 550.)

ENTOMOSTKACA OF TIIK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 305

spines, as shown in the drawing (fig. 21); the outer ram us is considerably shorter than
the inner, and the spiniform seta at the outer angle of the second basal joint is remark-
ably stout. The next three pairs have both rami also three-jointed, and are of
normal form.

In the fifth pair, which were somewhat imperfect, the basal joint was bilobed and
moderately expanded ; the end joint, which is of a narrow ovate outline, is about three
times longer than broad, but, being imperfect, its dimensions could not be accurately
made out (see fig. 22).

The specimen — a female — represented by the drawing (fig. lf>) measured 0'88 mm.
in length. It agrees so closely in size, and form and in the structure of its various

O o **

appendages with the description and drawing of Psatnuthf longicauda given by
G. 0. SAKS in the work referred to above, that I have no hesitation in ascribing it to
the same species.

The distribution of Px«m<ith<' lotujicauda is apparently extensive, for in addition
to the Mediterranean records by PHILIPPI and GLAUS, it also belongs to the Copepod
fauna of Britain and Norway. It has also been reported from Franz Josef Land as
well as from the Black Sea. Its occurrence at the Scotia Station 27 extends its
distribution to the south of the Cape Verde Islands.

Psamathe fucicola, new species. (PI. VI. figs. 12-19.)

Female. — The female of this species has a general resemblance to Psamathe
longicauda, Philippi, but is rather smaller. The length of the specimen represented by
the drawings is 075 mm.

Antennules moderately stout and composed of nine joints ; second joint tolerably
large, and fully one and a half times longer than the next ; the fifth, sixth, and seventh
very small ; the last two joints are slender, but rather longer than those immediately
preceding (fig. 1 '2).

The antenme, mouth organs, and swimming feet are nearly as in Psamathe
longicauda.

In the fifth pair the second joint is about three times longer than broad ; both the
lateral margins are fringed with minute bristles ; a small spiniform seta also springs
from near the distal end of the inner margin, and another from the apex of the joint
(fig. IS). The caudal rami are short and broad (fig. 19.)

Habitat. — Found on Moating seaweed — " Gulf- weed "—collected between the Cape
Verde Islands and the Azores in June 1904 ; Station 5:JS, 32° 1 1' N., 34° 10' W.

Remarks. — The Harpactid recorded above has a close resemblance to Psamathe
longicauda, Philippi, and may be mistaken for that species. It is, however, rather
smaller ; the proportional lengths of the joints of the antennules are somewhat different ;
the thoracic legs are rather more slender, and the armature of the fifth pair, especially,
differs distinctly from the species referred to.

(itl)V. SOC. KDIN. TRANS., Vol.. XI.VIII., ~l"i|.)

306 Dl; THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Genus Machairopus, G. S. Brady, 1883.
Machairopus austral Is, new species. (PL VI. figs. 20-28.)

Female. — Body depressed, anterior portion considerably expanded. Length about
I'l mm.

Antennules elongated and slender and composed of nine articulations; the second
and third joints, which are nearly of equal length, are longer than any of the others ;
the fifth and sixth arc also subequal, but very small, while the end joint is narrow and
rather longer than the one immediately preceding. Antennae and mouth organs some-
what similar to those in Machairopus idyoides, Brady.

First pair of thoracic legs stout ; outer ramus much shorter than the inner one ;
while the first joint of the inner ramus is considerably longer than the second, as shown
by the drawing (fig. 25). The next three pairs are slender.

Fifth pair lamelliform ; proximal joint small ; end joint elongate ovate, widest
anteriorly, the greatest width equal to rather more than one-third of the length ; both
lateral margins fringed with minute bristles ; this joint is also furnished with three
apical setse, the innermost being very short, while the other two are moderately
elongated.

Caudal rami short, about as long as the last abdominal segment.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; obtained in sittings from some dredged
material collected in April 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Machairopus major, new species. (PI. IV. figs. 14-24.)

Female. — Resembling the species last described, but larger. Length, 1'5 mm.

Antennules composed of nine joints ; second and third joints moderately stout,
subequal in length and longer than any of the others, the two combined being equal to
the entire length of the following six joints ; end joint longer than the preceding one
(fig. 15).

Mandibles elongated and narrow, the masticatory end obliquely truncate ; mandible
pulp small and two-branched. First maxillipeds somewhat slender, but the second
pair are moderately stout.

All the four pairs of swimming legs are tolerably stout ; in the first pair, the outer
ramus scarcely reaches to the end of the first joint of the inner ramus ; the first and
second joints of the inner ramus are nearly of equal length. In the next three pairs,
the inner ramus is rather longer than the outer, and the marginal spines of the outer
ramus are short and stout. In the fifth pair, the second joint is broadly foliaceous,
somewhat ovate in outline and widest near the proximal end, the greatest width being
equal to about half the length ; a slender seta springs from a notch near the middle
of the outer margin, and there arc also about four slender and moderately elongated
setae on the bluntly rounded apex of the joint (fig. 23).

(ROY. soc. KUIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 502.)

ENTOMOSTKACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EX I'KI MTION. o07

Caudal rami short..

Habitat.— South Orkney Islands ; collected in April 1 'J0.'5 ; Station 325, GO0 43' 42" S.,
44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species differs from the last in the proportional lengths of some
of the joints of the antennules, and in the form and armature of the last pair of thoracic
legs. The other thoracic legs are also stouter.

One obvious character by which Machairopus may be distinguished from Psamathe
is found in the armature of the outer branches of the first pair of thoracic legs. In
Psamathe the terminal spines of both rami are somewhat similar, while in Machairopus,
only the terminal spines of the outer ramus have their upper margins setiferous, as
shown in the drawings.

Fam. THALESTRID.E.
Genus Parathalestris, G. 0. Sars, 1905.

Parathalestris clausi (Norman). (PI. II. figs. 15-18.)

1869, Thidi'slfis clausi, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report (1868), p. 297.

1880, „ „ Brady, Monogr. Brit. Copep., vol. ii. |>. 128, pi. Ixii. figs. 1-12.

1905, Parathalestris clausi, G. 0. Sars, Crust, of Nona., vol. v. p. Ill, pis. Ixv., Ixvi.

A single specimen — a male — which undoubtedly belongs to this species, was obtained
in a tow-net gathering collected by the Scotia at Station 62 on 13th December 1902;
Station 61, 4° 15' S., 33° 38' W. ; earlier on this date, the vessel passed Rocas Light,
bearing WSW. about 30 miles, off the north-east coast of South America.

From what is known concerning the distribution of this species, its occurrence so
far south appears to be somewhat unusual ; its presence in this gathering may have
therefore been accidental. It is moderately common round the British and Norwegian
coasts, and Dr Canu records it from the French coast.

Parathalestris coatsi, new species. (PI. III. tigs. 7-16.)

Female. — Body depressed and somewhat expanded ; thorax and abdomen not clearly
defined ; forehead broadly rounded, rostrum small, caudal rami short. Length of
specimen represented by the drawing about 1 nun.

Antennules composed of nine joints ; the first four are tolerably large, but the
remaining five are small, their entire length being shorter than the second and
third combined. Antennas moderately stout, the outer ramus two- (or indistinctly
three-) jointed.

The mandibles are moderately stout and provided with a small two-branched palp
(fig. 10). Second maxillipeds stout; end joint short and armed with a strong and
curved terminal claw which is furnished with a few minute spines on its inner edge ;
the end joint, to which the claw is articulated, has also a few minute spines on the
margin on which the claw impinges (fig. 11).

The first pair of thoracic legs are stout and of moderate length ; their outer ramus

(ROY. SOC. BDIN. THAXS., VI il.. XL VIII., KM.)

308 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

is armed with elongated and tolerably stout terminal claws, and the sette on its outer
margin and apex are also elongated ; the first joint of the inner ramus reaches to near
the end of the second joint of the outer one ; the end joints are small and the apical
claws elongated ; there is also a fringe of minute spines along the outer margin in both
rami (tig. 12). The second, third, and fourth pairs are nearly as in Parathalestris
clausi (Norman).

The fifth pair are broadly foliaceous, and both segments are furnished with several
spines, all of which are tolerably stout, except the one at the outer distal angle of the
inner segment, and the apical one on the outer segment, as shown in the figure (fig. 15).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. Only a few specimens were observed ; they were in
some material washed from zoophytes brought in the trawl-net or dredge.

This species is named in honour of the late Mr James Coats, junior, and of Major
Andrew Coats, D.S.O., who were the two chief subscribers to the Expedition. Major
Coats is also a member of the Scotia Committee.

Parathalestris affinis, new species. (PI. III. figs. 17--25.)

Female. — In its general appearance, and also in the structure of some of its
appendages, the female of this species is not unlike that of Parathalestris jacksoni
(T. Scott), recorded from Franz Josef Land, except that the caudal rami are short.
The body is elongated, tolerably stout, and tapers slightly towards the posterior end,
and the integument is strongly chitinous. Head rounded and furnished with a small
mstrum. Caudal rami short, their length about equal to that of the last segment of the
abdomen (Hg. 17). Length of the specimen represented by the figure about I '5 mm.

Antennujes short, and composed of nine articulations ; the first four joints are
moderately large, and the upper distal portion of the fourth joint extends forward to
near the middle of the next one and carries a tolerably long and stout sensory filament ;
the sixth joint is rather longer than the preceding one, while the seventh and eighth,
which are subequal, are shorter than any of the others ; the end joint is about one and
a half times the length of that which precedes it ; all the joints except the first are
moderately setiferous (fig. 18). Antennae with the outer ramus small and biarticulate.

Mandibles slender and becoming attenuated towards the distal end. Maxilla;
strongly developed, the truncated masticatory part armed with several spiniform setse
and extending rather beyond the supplementary lobes (fig. 2 1 ).

Maxillipeds small ; the second pair short, but with the end joint dilated and armed
with a short and rather stout and curved terminal claw (fig. 23).

The first pair of thoracic legs have the inner ramus rather shorter than the outer,
and provided with long, terminal, claw-like spines ; the end joint of the outer ramus
is also armed with several claw-like spines somewhat similar to those of the inner
ramus, and an elongated seta springs from its inner distal angle ; the second joint of
the same ramus has also its outer margin fringed with minute teeth as far forward as

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 554.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 30!)

the spine, which spring from near its distal end, while the inner margin of the same
joint and the outer margin of the inner ramus are both fringed with delicate hairs, as
shown in the drawing (fig. 24). Another feature here is the presence of three small
teetli on the transverse end of the first joint of the outer ramus (see fig. 24).

The next three pairs are somewhat similar in structure to the same appendages in
Parathalesti'is jnck*oni (T. Scott).

The fifth pair are tolerably large and foliaceous ; the outer segment, which is broadly
ovate in form, is provided with six setre ; five of them spring from the distal half of the
outer margin and apex, and one from the lower part of the inner margin ; the upper-
most three on the outer margin are moderately stout and widely apart, while the two
at the apex are slender and close together. The inner portion of the basal joint is
shorter than the outer, and is somewhat triangular in outline, being broad at the
proximal end, and taprring from thence to the rounded extremity ; five set;u spring from
the distal end of this inner segment ; the three on the inner aspect are moderately stout
and placed widely apart ; the other two spring from the lower half of the outer margin
and are close together ; they are smaller than the others (fig. 25).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. Only one or two specimens were observed.

Remarks. — The species now described is in its several appendages not unlike the

northern form mentioned above, the fifth pair of thoracic legs being remarkably

similar; there are, however, a few differences of more or less importance between them

—the species referred to being, for example, distinctly larger, and the caudal mini

entirely different.

( Jcnus Idomeite, Philippi, 1843.
Llnmeneforficatu, Philippi. (I'l. III. figs. 1-6; PL IV. fig. 1 ; PL IX. fig. -J!i.)

IS 43, LlMiipnfiJ'tirtii-ntti, Philippl, Ari-liivf. Natui-'/cm-liii-liti', p. 05, pi. iii. fi^. 4.

1880, Darititi'imxjlnnt*, I'.rnly, Monogr. Brit. Co/ifji., vol. ii. p. 1 I li, pi. Ivi. figs. 1-11.

1906, Idomenej'orjifald, (1. O. Sars, (.;/•//*/. «/' Xonray, vol. v. p. 13-1, pi. Ixxxii.

Female. — Body somewhat depressed, expanded in front, but becoming narrower
towards the distal end. Length, '57 mm.

A n tommies short and composed of seven joints ; the first four joints are tolerably
large, but the others are smaller, the penultimate joint being rather shorter than the
preceding one, and about half as long as the next. Antenna; with the outer ramus
small and bi^rticulate.

The second maxillipeds are of moderate size ; a stout seta springs from the end of
the first joint, while the second is armed with a long slender claw, and a small bristle
also springs from near the distal end of its inner margin.

The four pairs of swimming feet have both rami three-jointed. The first pair are
stout, and the second basal joint is furnished with a stout seta on both the outer and
inner margins ; the first and second joints of the outer ramus are tolerably large, but

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 555.)

310 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

the end one is only about half the length of the preceding joint; inner ram us con-
siderably longer than the outer, and the first joint, which is as long as the entire outer
ramus, is widest near the proximal end, but becomes narrower distally ; the greatest
width is equal to about two-fifths of the length ; second and third joints are small ; the
last is provided with one or two apical setse, and a moderately stout appendage which
terminates in a small hook-like process (fig. 4). The fourth pair are small, and the
inner ramus is shorter than the outer one ; both rami are furnished with moderately
long and slender marginal seta;, and the terminal setse are also considerably elongated.

Fifth pair small ; basal joint not greatly produced interiorly, the interior part
broadly rounded and provided with five elongated setae ; the space between the outermost
seta and the next one is rather greater than that between the others ; second joint
subtriangular, and furnished with one seta on the inner margin, two setee on the outer,
and two at the apex (see fig. 29, PI. IX.).

The male does not differ greatly from the female, but the basal joint of the fifth pair
of thoracic legs is only slightly produced interiorly, and bears two instead of five setse,
while the second joint has three instead of two setse on its outer margin (fig. 6, PI. III.).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 3'25,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This Antarctic Idomene so closely resembles the form described by
PHILIPPI from the Mediterranean that I have scarcely any hesitation in referring it to
the same species. The only difference of any importance is the small hook-like process
at the end of the inner ramus of the first pair of thoracic legs. The occurrence of this
species in the Antarctic collections made by the S.Y. Scotia is of considerable import-
ance. The distribution of Idomene extends to the British and Norwegian coasts.

Genus Dactylopusia, Norman, 1903.
Dactylopusia frigida, new species. (PI. II. figs. 19-25.)

Female. — Body moderately stout, and somewhat similar to Dactylopusia neglecta,
G. 0. Sars, in its general appearance. Length, 0'85 mm.

Antennules moderately short and composed of nine joints ; the first four are stout
and subequal ; the sixth is about equal to the fourth, and rather longer than the pre-
ceding joint ; the seventh and eighth joints are very short, but the terminal joint is
about equal in length to the fifth. Antennse small ; outer ramus moderately elongated
and composed of three joints, but the middle joint is very small.

Second maxillipeds with the end joint oblong and furnished with a tolerably long-
slender claw.

In the first pair of thoracic legs the inner ramus is moderately elongated and
narrow, but the outer is short and only reaches to a little beyond the middle one ; the
second joint is nearly twice as long as the first, and the end one is very small. The
next, three pairs are tolerably stout ; in the fourth pair the short inner ramus is some-

(ROY. soc. EUIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 556.)

ENTOMOSTRAOA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 311

what triangular in its general outline, and both the inner and outer margins taper to
the narrow distal extremity.

In the fifth pair, the inner portion of the basal joint, which is moderately produced,
is transversely truncated, and furnished with about five apical setae ; the second joint is
broadly ovate and is provided with six seta: ; the three seta) on the inner margin, and
one near the end of the outer margin, are tolerably stout, but the other two are
somewhat slender. Caudal mini very short,

llnlntut. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
(50° 43' 4'2" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Dactylopusia ferrieri, new species. (PI. XII. figs. 14-'22.)

Female. — Body tolerably stout and elongated ; rostrum short ; abdomen somewhat
reflexed ; caudal rami short (fig. 14). Length about 1 mm.

Antennules short, scarcely reaching to the end of the first cephalothoracic segment,
and apparently composed of seven joints, but the articulation between the fifth and
sixth joints is not very clearly defined ; the first and second joints are moderately
robust ; the third is narrower than the second, and equal to about one and a half times
its length ; the other joints are small and subequal, except the sixth, which is scarcely
half the length of the one that precedes it ; the antennules are tolerably setiferous, and
the third joint bears an extremely long sensory filament (fig. 15).

Antennae, as in Dactylopusia frigida.

Maxillipeds small ; the first pair are each armed with a stout terminal claw, and are
also provided with two small marginal setiferous lobes, as shown in the figure (fig. 17) ;
second pair narrow and elongated, and furnished with slender terminal claws that
reach beyond the middle of the joints to which they are articulated (fig. 18).

The first pair of thoracic legs have both rami tolerably stout ; the first joint of
the inner ramus, which is elongated and reaches nearly to the extremity of the outer
ram us, bears a moderately stout seta near the middle of the inner margin ; the end
joints are very small, and bear stout, terminal, claw-like spines, as shown in the figure
(fig. 19) ; a stout setiferous spine springs from the outer margin of the first and second
joints of the outer ramus, and the second joint has also a seta on the inner margin ;
the end joint of the outer ramus is very short and carries a tolerably stout setiferous
spine on the outer margin ; it is also furnished with two terminal claw-like spines
and two slender and elongated setae — the inner one being considerably longer than
the other ; both rami are fringed on their outer margins with small bristles, and
stout setiferous spines spring from the distal end of both the outer and inner margins
of the second basal joint (fig. 19).

The second, third, and fourth pairs are somewhat similar in structure to the same
appendages in I><«i;il<>pnxia Iiren'coriiis (Glaus), except that the second joint of the
inner ramus of the second pair is provided with two seta? on the inner margin, while
the same joint in the third and fourth pairs bears only one seta. In the third pair,

(HOY. soc. KHIX. THANS., vol.. xi.vni., 557.)

312 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

the end joint of the inner minus carries three setse on the inner margin, two at the
apex and a tolerable stout spine at the outer distal angle ; but in the fourth pair, the
same end joint is furnished with only two setse on the inner margin (see figs. 20 and 21).

In the fifth pair, which are comparatively small, the basal joint is moderately
expanded interiorly and provided with five elongated and rather slender plumose setse
on the broadly rounded distal end ; the second joint is small, oblong in form, and
about twice as long as wide ; the inner margin is nearly straight, but the outer is
slightly rounded and fringed with minute setae ; it is also provided with six plumose
setje round the distal end, as shown in the drawing (fig. 22).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species has a slight resemblance to the Dactylopusia antarctica of
Giesbrecht, from the Belgian Antarctic Expedition, but it differs distinctly from it in
the structure of the antennules and of the fifth pair of thoracic legs. Named in
compliment to Mr James G. Ferrier, a member of Committee and Secretary to the
Expedition.

Dactylopusia perplexa, new species. (PI. II. figs. 2G-30 ; PI. VI. figs. 1 and 2.)

Female. — Body moderately stout. Length, 0'8 mm.

Antennules short, robust, and composed of nine joints, the first four of which are
moderately large, and the second, third, and fourth are each rather shorter than the
preceding one ; the next two joints and the last joint are nearly equal in size, and are
each fully half as long as the fourth ; the seventh and eighth are also nearly equal, but
they are shorter than any of the others.

Antennse stout ; outer ramus three-jointed and of moderate length ; mandibles with
the distal end somewhat attenuated ; mandible-palp small and two-branched.

The second maxillipeds are short and rather robust, and they are provided with short
but moderately stout terminal claws.

The first pair of thoracic legs are short and stout, and the rami are nearly of equal
length ; the outer ramus, which is slightly shorter than the other, is armed with short,
stout terminal claws ; in the outer ramus, the middle joint is about twice as long as the
preceding one, but the end joint is small and is provided with tolerably stout terminal
claws. The next three pairs are all moderately stout, with short margin spines on the
outer rami.

The fifth pair are short, and both segments are somewhat expanded ; the inner
portion of the basal segment, which reaches to about the middle of the second, bears
five setse on its broadly rounded end ; the two inner setse are short and tolerably stout ;
the two outer are more slender and are close together, but the middle one, which is
also stout, is moderately elongated. The second segment is broadly ovate, the greatest
width being equal to about three-fourths of the length ; this segment is furnished with
three short sctce on the lower half of the outer margin, one on the inner margin, and

(BOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 558.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 3L3

two at the apex ; the apical setae are slender, but the others are tolerably stout. Caudal
rami short.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June l'J03 ; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

(ienus Pseudotkalestris, G. S. Brady, 1883.
P send otlmlestris intermedia, new species. (PI. IX. figs. 1-4; PI. Xll. figs. 27- •_'!).)

l'\-inale. — The female of this species is small, measuring only about 0'4 mm.
(about ,;',, of an inch), and has a general likeness to Pseudotkalestris /<//.'/'"<''«• Scott.

The antennules are composed of seven joints ; the second joint is tolerably large,
but the next three are each shorter than the one that precedes it; the two end joints
are small, and together are only about equal to the third, as shown in the formula,
which gives approximately the proportional lengths of the various joints :
Numbers of the joints 1234567
Proportional lengths 7873234

In the first pair of thoracic legs, the two-jointed outer ramus is tolerably short, and
the seta on the inner margin of the first joint of the inner rani us springs from slightly
below the middle of the joint, instead of from near the proximal end.

The fifth pair of thoracic legs are small ; the basal joint is moderately broad, and
the produced inner portion is of a triangular form, and furnished with three setaj on the
lower half of the inner margin, and with two on the outer margin near the apex : a
distinct space also separates these two from the others ; the second joint is small, and
bears three setas on the outer margin, one on the inner margin, and one at the apex—
these setse are all tolerably elongated, as shown in the drawing (fig. 5, PI. XII.).

Male. — In the second pair of thoracic legs of the male, the second joint of the
inner ramus is provided with five setaj — two on the inner margin, one near the proximal
end of the outer margin, and two at the apex ; and the innermost of the two apical
setse forms a stout and claw-like appendage, but the other four settu mentioned are
tolerably slender (see figs. 3 and 3A, PI. IX.).

Fifth pair small; the inner portion of the basal joint moderately produced, and
.furnished with a short, stout seta on the inner margin, and with two at the apex, the
outer being considerably smaller than the other (see fig. 4, PI. IX.).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station :?25,
f>0° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — The species described above differs from P-winfotlicilcstris />//<///t&a,
Scott, and Wcstwoodia minuta, Glaus (both of which it resembles to some extent), in
the structure of the female antennules, in the armature of the inner ramus of the second
pair of thoracic legs in the male, and in the form of the male and female fifth pair.
There are also one or two other points of difference, but those referred to appear to be
the most important.

(KtJY. SOC KIUN. TRANS., VOL. XI. VIII , 559.)

314 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Pseudothalestris assimilis, G. 0. Sars, var. antarctica, nov. var. (PI. IX. figs. 5-9.)

A single specimen — a male — closely resembling, if it be not identical with, the
male of the species referred to, described by G. 0. SARS in his Crustacea of Norway,
vol. v. p. 141, was obtained in the same gathering with P. intermedia, collected in
Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. But though
agreeing with some of the more important characters of that species, it differed in one
or two minor points. In the first pair of thoracic legs the seta on the inner margin of
the first of the inner ramus was situated nearer the proximal end of the joint.

The inner produced portion of the basal joint of the fifth pair is narrower, and the
second joint is broader, and further, this joint is only provided with five instead of
six setse (see fig. 8). On account of these differences, I am inclined to regard this as a
variety of the species it otherwise so closely resembles.

Fam. DIOSACCID.E.
Genus Diosaccus, Boeck, 1872.
Diosaccus tenuicornis (Glaus).

1863, Dactylopus tenuicornis, Glaus, Diefreileb. Capep., p. 127, pi. ivi. figs. 17-23.

1880, Diosaccus tenuicornis, Brady, Afonoijr. Brit. Copep., vol. ii. p. 68, pi. lix. figs. 12-16, pi. Ix.

figs. 14-18.
1906, Diosaccus tenuicornis, G. 0. Sars, Crust, of Norway, vol. v. p. 146, pi. Ixxxix. and xc.

A single specimen — a male — was obtained in a tow -net gathering from Station 85,
collected on 22nd December 1902, 23° 8' S., 39° 40' W.

Genus Amphiascus, G. 0. Sars, 1905.
Amphiascus fucicolus, new species. (PI. IX. figs. 23-28.)

Female. — Somewhat like Amphiascus similis (Glaus) in general appearance ;
rostrum prominent ; abdomen strongly flexed. Length about 0'8 mm.

Antennules eight-jointed ; first and second joints robust and subequal ; the next
two shorter and not so much dilated ; the fifth and seventh joints are smaller than any
of the others ; the sixth is nearly as long as the fourth, while the last, which is narrow,
is about equal in length to the third (fig. 23).

In the first pair of thoracic legs, the outer ramus is considerably shorter than the
inner one, and the middle joint is about twice the length of the first (fig. 26). In the
fourth pair, the outer ramus is rather longer than the inner one (fig. 27).

The fifth pair of legs are of moderate size and broadly foliaceous ; the interior
of the basal joint, which is only slightly produced, is provided with two short and
three tolerably long slender hairs on the distal margin ; the second joint has a sub-
quadriform outline, the length being only a little greater than the width ; its distal end
is obliquely truncated and furnished with five setse of unequal lengths— one near the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 560.)

ENTOMOSTIJACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL A NTAI;< Tl< ' K\ 1'KI >ITI(>N. 315

middle of the outer margin ; two, dose together, at the apex ; and two, also close
together, situated nearly intermediate between the apical seta' and the outer one ; there
is also a seta on the lower half of the inner margin, as shown in the drawing
(fig. 28). Tail segments very short.

Haliitul. In sittings from (Julf-weed collected by the Scotia oil' the Canarv Islands
on '2 9th June 1904 ; Station 537, 29° 54' N., 34° !()' W.

Fam. CANTHOCAMPTID.E.

( ienus Ameira, Boeck, 18G5.

A'»n'ii-it xiniitldits, new species. (PI. VII. figs. 23-28.)

Fi.'ni'(t<'. — Body resembling Ameira tau (Giesbrecht) in its general appearance.
Length, O'G mm.

Antennules composed of eight joints ; the second joint is large and nearly one and
a-half times longer than the next, and about twice as long as the fourth joint, but the
two end joints are very short. The approximate proportional lengths of the various
joints are shown by the formula :

Number of the joints 1 2345678
Proportional lengths Gil 864522

The first pair of thoracic legs, and also the following three pairs, are all somewhat
similar to those in Ameira tau already referred to.

The fifth pair are very small ; the inner portion of the basal joint, which is trans-
versally truncated at the end, is furnished with five setue — four of them on the trun-
cated apex and one on the lower half of the inner margin ; the second joint (or
segment) is tolerably expanded at the base, and tapers towards the bluntly rounded
extremity ; this joint is also provided with five setae, one of which springs from the
outer margin, and the other four from the rounded apex.

Caudal rami very short.

TIi tlii tat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
GO0 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Ite))i<(rks. — The species recorded above has a tolerably close resemblance to Ameira
tau, described by Dr GIESBRECHT in his work Die freilebenden t'<>/»'/><></en de.r Kielcr
F'i/in/r. p. 1 17 (1882), but it differs in one or two important particulars, and espeeiallv
in the form of the last pair of thoracic legs.

Genus Parastenhelia, I. C. Thompson & A. Scott, 1903.
/'<ti-tisti-,Jirliii nnf/iri-ficK, new species. (PI. IV. figs. 25-33.)

Female.— Somewhat similar to Parastenhelia «n<t/i<-<i, Norman & Scott, in its
general appearance. Length, 0'85 mm.

Antenuules composed of nine joints, the first two or three moderately stout, the

(HOY. Sue. K1>1N. TKANS., VOL. XI.VIII, ."if, I.)

316 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

others becoming attenuated towards the distal extremity ; the second joint is rather
longer than the first or third ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth are subequal in length, and
are each rather shorter than the third ; the three end joints are small, but the penulti-
mate one is rather shorter than that on either side (fig. 25). The antennae are similar
to those in Pcwastenfielia anglica.

Mandibles small, tolerably slender, and narrower towards the apex, which is armed
with three or four small teeth (fig. 26) ; mandible-palp very small and two-branched.

First maxillipeds simple; terminal claw moderately stout (fig. 27); second
maxillipeds furnished with a stout spiniform bristle near the middle of the inner margin
of the penultimate joint, and the terminal claw scarcely reaches beyond the proximal
end of the same joint (fig. 28).

All the four pairs of swimming legs are slender. The inner ramus of the first pair
is considerably longer than the outer and composed of two joints ; the end joint is short,
but the first is greatly elongated and furnished with a plumose bristle near the middle
of the inner margin, and a few scattered spinules on the distal half of the outer margin ;
the terminal claws are slender ; one is moderately elongated, the other shorter. The
middle joint of the outer ramus is also tolerably elongated, and the first and second
joints are each furnished with a slender spine near the distal end of the outer margin,
and there are also several marginal spinules ; the short end joint is armed with two
slender terminal claws and two elongated setae ; the second basal joint of this pair has
the lower margin fringed with small spinules, and a stout seta springs from both its
inner and outer distal angles (fig. 28).

The second, third, and fourth pairs are similar to those in Parastenhelia anglica
(fig. 29).

Fifth pair small ; the inner portion of the basal joint, which is subtriangular in
outline, reaches to about the middle of the outer second joint, and bears five setae of
unequal lengths round its distal end ; the second joint is broadly ovate, and the outer
and inner margins of the proximal portion of the joint are nearly parallel ; but the
distal end is somewhat rounded and furnished with six setfe arranged as shown in the
drawing (fig. 32).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ; collected in June 1903 ; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — The genus Parastenhelia was established by I. C. THOMPSON &
A. SCOTT in 1903 for two Harpactids from the pearl-oyster beds in the vicinity of
Ceylon.* In the species belonging to this genus, the inner ramus of the first pair of
thoracic legs is usually elongated and composed of two joints. Besides the two species
from Ceylon, and the one now recorded, another is described in the Crustacea of
Devon and Cornwall, by Canon A. M. NORMAN & T. SCOTT, p. 148, pi. x.
figs. 10 and 11 et seq.

* Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl-Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Mininar, by W. A. HERDMAN,
U.Sc., K. K.S. ; Hu/iiilementary Raport on the Copepoda, by 1. C. THOMPSON & A. SCOTT (1903), p. 203.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 5Gi)

ENTOMOSTRAUA OF THK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 317

Germs Phyllopodopsyllus, Scott, 1896.

I'/ii/l/njxHlojixyllus mossmani, new species. (PI. V. figs. 1-14.)

Female. — In its general appearance, the female of this species resembles that of
Phyllopodopsyllus bnnhji \ there are, however, a few small hut obvious differences
which, though they may not be of so much importance as to separate this form
generically, are yet sufficient to exclude it from any species hitherto described. The
length of the specimen represented by the drawing on PI. V. is 0'71 mm.

Antennules nine-jointed, like those of the type species; the first joint is large and
about equal to the combined lengths of the next three joints : these three joints do not
differ much in size, but the third and fourth are each rather smaller than the preceding
joint ; the seventh and eighth are smaller than any of the others, and are together only
equal to about half the length of the end joint; the second joint wants the spur-like
process with which that joint is armed in both the type species: Phyllopodopsyllus
Itrmlf/i and the Phyllopodopsyllus furcifer described by G. 0. SARS (fig. 2). The
antennae are similar to those of the type species, as are also the maxilla?, but the
mandibles are rather stouter, and the two branches of the mandible-palp do not differ
so much in length, the lower branch being in the type species distinctly smaller than
the other. The two pairs of maxillipeds are similar to those in the type species (fig. 4).

The swimming legs have the inner rami all two-jointed and the outer rami three-
jointed ; in the first pair the inner ramus is fully one and a half times longer than
the outer one, the first joint being considerably longer than the entire outer ramus ;
the end joint, which is much smaller than the first, is armed with a stout apical claw
and an elongated seta. In the second and third pairs, the inner ramus, which scarcely
reaches the end of ihe second joint of the outer, has the joints subequal. In the fourth
pair, the inner ramus is very small, being shorter than the first joint of the outer one
(see figs. 7-10).

The fifth pair form each a large foliaceous plate, somewhat oval in outline ; its length
is equal to about twice the width, its distal end is rounded but the inner portion
slightly produced, and it is furnished with several small setae round the inner margin
and apex (fig. 1 1 ).

The caudal rami are about equal in length to the last segment of the abdomen, and
the principal tail seta, which is somewhat dilated at the base, is long and slender.

Mule. — The male is smaller than the female, and measures only about 0'55 mm. in
length. The structure of the antennules is modified so that they form effective grasp-
mo- organs. In the second pair of swimming feet the inner rami are proportionally
rather longer than in the female.

The fifth pair are small and normal in structure (fig. 12). The caudal rami are
more slender than in the female, and the principal tail seta is not only elongated but
is also somewhat stout and spiniform.

With these exceptions, the structure of the male and female is somewhat similar.

(ROY. soc. EUIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 563.)

318 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

//,,/, /c,</. — Amongst small shells and other things collected on the shores of the
Falkland Islands in Port Stanley by the S.Y. Scotia ; Station 118, 51° 41' S., 57° 51' W.

Remarks. Perhaps the most noticeable difference between the present species and

the two already described is the absence of the tooth-like process on the second joint
of the autennules. But there is also a slight difference in the form of the fifth pair
of thoracic legs of the female, as well as of the caudal rami. Named in compliment to
Mr MOSSMAN, meteorologist to the Expedition.

Fam. LAOPHONTID^;.

Genus Laophonte, Philippi, 1840.

Laophonte rottenburgi, new species. (PL VII. figs. 1-6.)

Female. — Body narrow, elongated. Length, 1 mm. (^ of an inch).

Antennules seven-jointed ; first three moderately stout and of nearly equal length ; the
fourth and fifth joints are short, while the next two are each about twice as long as the
fifth. The second joint is produced behind into a stout, blunt-pointed tooth (fig. 1).

Antennae and mouth-organs somewhat similar to those of the next species.

The first pair of thoracic legs are moderately stout ; the outer ramus is composed
of three subequal joints, and reaches to about the middle of the first joint of the inner
ramus. The inner ramus is tolerably elongated ; the first joint is long and narrow, and
bears seven or eight widely scattered hairs on the inner margin ; the terminal claw is
long and tolerably stout (fig. 3). In the next three pairs, the first joint of the inner
ramus is very short, but the second is moderately elongated.

In the fifth pair, which are comparatively small, the proximal joint is of moderate
size and broadly subtriangular, and the distal end, which reaches beyond the middle
of the second joint, is obliquely truncated and furnished with about five setse ; the three
on the inner margin are set widely apart, while the two at the outer distal angle of the
joint are moderately close together, with a considerable space between them and the
nearest of the other three ; the second joint is broadly ovate, transversely truncated
at the end, and furnished with four setse on the truncated margin and two on the
outer margin, as shown in the drawing (fig. 5).

Caudal rami short.

Habitat. — South Orkney Islands, in siftings from some dredged material collected
in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species is easily distinguished from the other species of Laophonte.
described here by the structure of the antennules and of the last pair of thoracic legs.
Named in compliment to Dr PAUL ROTTKNBUKG, a subscriber and one of the members
of Committee.

Laophonte australis, new species. (PI. XL figs. 10-17.)

Female. — Body slender and elongated ; similar to Laophonte minuta, Boeck, in
genera] appearance. Length, 077 mm. (fig. 10).

(llOY. SOC. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 564.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC! EXPEDITION. 319

Antennules moderately stout and composed of seven articulations. Antenna; with
the outer ramus very rudimentary or wanting (sec figs. 11 and 12).

Second maxillipeds rather slender; end joint moderately elongated and narrow,
widest near the middle; inner margin nearly straight, the outer slightly gibbous;
terminal daw long and slender (lig. 13).

Inner ramus of the first pair of thoracic legs elongated ; outer ramus three- jointed,
and scarcely half the length of the inner, and with the second joint rather longer
than the first or third (fig. 14). In the second pair, the inner ramus is moderately
stout and composed of two joints, the end one of which scarcely reaches beyond
the second joint of the three-jointed outer ramus; the end joint of the outer ramus
is tolerably elongated and slender, and about one and a half times longer than the
preceding joint (fig. 15).

In the fifth pair, the basal joint is broadly expanded and its inner lobe is obliquely
truncated and carries about six seta3 along the truncated margin, but the third one
from the inside is very small ; end joint small, ovate, and furnished with five seta} on
the subtruncated end, as in the drawing (fig. 1(5), width being equal to about two-
thirds of the length ; the end of this segment is obliquely truncated and provided with
six seta-, arranged as shown in the drawing (fig. 14).

Caudal rami about as long as the last abdominal segment.

Ifithitf.it. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, in sittings from dredged material, collected in
.June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

This species may be distinguished from the others by the structure and armature
of the antennulea and of the first and fifth pairs of thoracic legs.

Laophonte exiyua, new species. (PI. VII. figs. 1G-22.)

Female. — Body small, narrow, elongated. Length, 0'62 mm.

Antennules composed of seven joints ; second and third joints subequal and moder-
ately long, fourth and fifth small ; but the sixth and seventh, which are nearly equal,
are each about twice as long as the fifth joint. Antenna? and mouth organs nearly as
in Laoplionte wiltoni.

The inner ramus of the first pair of thoracic legs is long and slender, but the outer
is very short and composed of only two joints. In the next three pairs, the inner
ramus is short, moderately stout, and composed of two nearly equal joints, the first
joint being slightly larger than the other.

The fifth pair are small, and the inner portion of the basal joint scarcely reaches
the middle of the second joint, and is furnished with four seta;. The second joint
has the apex broadly but irregularly rounded, and furnished with six seta', three
on the inner aspect and three on the outer, with a distinct space between each group
of three.

Caudal rami as long as the last abdominal segment : each ramus ends in a tolerably
stiff and moderately long bristle, and one or two smaller seta} (fig. 17).

(ROY. SOC. EDIN. TKAXS., VOI,. XLVIII., 5G">.)

320 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — The present form has at first sight a superficial resemblance to Lao-
]>/i<»ite minuta, Boeck, but a closer examination reveals certain differences in the
structure and armature of the first and fifth pairs of thoracic legs, as well as one or two
other anatomical details sufficient to exclude it from that species.

Laoplionte wiltoni, new species. (PI. VII. figs. 7-15.)

Female. — Body slender and elongated and somewhat similar to the species described
above in its general appearance. Length of the specimen represented by the drawing
is about 0'9 mm.

The antennules are composed of seven joints, and the first three are tolerably large
and subequal ; the fourth and fifth are very short, while the next two, which are nearly
of equal size, are each about one and a half times as long as the fifth. Antenna and
mouth organs nearly as in the species previously described.

The first pair of thoracic legs are tolerably slender, the outer ramus, which reaches
to the middle of the first joint of the inner ramus. is three-jointed, and the middle joint
is rather longer than the first or third. The next three pairs are somewhat similar to
those in Laoplionte australis.

In the fifth pair, the basal joint is somewhat narrow and subtriangular in outline,
and reaches to beyond the middle of the second joint ; it is provided with six setee,
three of which spring from the inner margin and two from the outer margin, and one
is articulated close to the apex. The second joint is moderately expanded, the greatest
width more than half the length ; distal end produced, triangular in form and provided
with one seta on the inner margin, one at the apex, and five on the outer margin.

Caudal rami as long as the last segment of the abdomen.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, in some siftings from dredged material
collected in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 3s' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species is rather smaller than any of the other Laophontes described
here, and it may be distinguished from them not only by its size but also by the
structure of the first pair of thoracic legs, and by other, though perhaps less obvious,
differences. The species is named in compliment to Mr D. W. WILTON, one of the
naturalists who took part in the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition.

Genus Laophontodes, T. Scott, 1894.
Liio/>liontodes whitsoni, new species. (PI. VIII. figs. 1-8.)

Female. — Body narrow, elongated, and tapering slightly towards the distal extremity ;
the animal has a general resemblance to the female of Laophontodes typicus, T. Scott,
but is rather more slender, and the caudal rami are short, whereas in the species men-

(aOY. BOG. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 50C.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 321

tioned they are elongated. The length of the specimen represented by the drawing
(fig. 1) is 0'62 mm. (^L of an inch).

.Antennules tolerably slender, and composed of five joints, the penultimate being
very small. Antennre small ; outer ram us wanting.

Mandibles and other mouth-organs nearly as in LaopJiontodes typicus ; the second
maxillipeds are slender, and are each provided with a long and slender terminal claw.

The first pair of thoracic legs resemble those of the species mentioned, and the
next three pairs are also similar to those in the same species. In the second, third, and
fourth pairs, the inner ram us is short, two-jointed, and very slender, the first joint being
very small ; the inner ramus of the pair is, however, proportionally rather more
elongated than the others.

In the fifth pair, the basal joint is rather longer than the second one, and both are
provided with a few seta1.

Caudal rami short, scarcely longer than the last segment of the abdomen.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, in some siftings from dredged material
collected in June 1903; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — The form described above may be at once recognised from any previously
described species by its short caudal rami ; it is also rather more slender and elongated
than any of those previously described.

Its occurrence in the Scotia collections is a further indication of, in some respects,
the close similarity between the Copepod fauna of the Antarctic and that of our
northern seas. G. 0. SARS has recorded three species of LaopJiontodes from the coasts
of Norway, and two of them also occur in British waters. Moreover, one of these
northern forms (LaopJiontodes ti/ptctis) was also collected by Dr BRUCE as far north as
Franz Josef Land. All the three northern species are provided with long caudal
rami, and are thus readily distinguished from the one now described. This species is
named in compliment to Mr THOMAS |>. WHITSON, a member of Committee and
Honorary Accountant to the Expedition.

Fain. CLETODID/E.

Genus Orthopsyllus, Brady & Robertson, 1873.
Orihopsyllus linearis (Glaus). (PI. IX. figs. 10-22.)

18GG, Liljehorgia linearis, Clans, Die Copepoil 'en-fauna ran Nizza, p. 22, t. ii. figs. 1-8.
1873, Ortlwpxyllits linearis, Brady & Robertson, Ann. ami Mai/. Xat. Hid., vol. xii. p. 138.
1880, Clet'ules linearis, liraily, Monogr. Jir/'t. L'opep., vol. ii. p. 95, pi. Ixxx. figs. 1-14.
1909, Ortliopxyllus linearis, G. O. Sars, Crust, of Norway, vol. v. p. 289, pi. cxcix.

Female. — The body, viewed from above, is narrow and elongated ; the posterior
maiyins of the segments are dentated ; rostrum blunt and slightly produced. Caudal
rami short ; each ramus is provided with a stout and tolerably elongated terminal bristle.
The specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 10) measures about 1'7 mm. in length.

The antennules are short and composed of four joints ; the second joint is armed

(ROT. SOC. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 567.)

322 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

witli a tolerably stout, short, but prominent tooth on the lower aspect, while the third
joint carries a moderately long sensory filament. Antennae small ; outer ramus uni-
articulate. Mandibles small and provided with a small one-branched palp.

Thoracic legs small. In the first pair, the inner ramus is rather longer than the
outer, and the proximal joint is nearly twice as long as the end one. In the next three
pairs, the inner ramus is very short, and the proximal joint extremely small (see
figs. 16-19).

The fifth pair has the basal joint tolerably broad and lamelliform, and produced
interiorly to near the end of the second joint ; the distal half of the inner margin of the
basal joint is obliquely and somewhat unevenly rounded, and furnished with five setos,
three on the inner margin and two at the apex ; the second joint is moderately
narrow, its width at the widest part being scarcely equal to half the length : this
joint bears six setae ; the apical seta is tolerably stout and elongated, but the one on
either side of it is small ; the other three setae, which are of moderate length, spring
from the outer margin, as shown in the drawing (fig. 20).

Male. — In the male, the antennules are modified to form grasping organs. The
inner ramus of the second pair of thoracic legs is three-jointed, and the second joint is
produced into a long and tolerably stout spiniform appendage (fig. 21). In the fifth pair,
which are very small, the basal joint is scarcely produced interiorly, and is provided
with two short setee ; the outer joint is short and narrow, and furnished with three
small setae on the outer margin and two at the apex (fig. 22).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, in siftings from some dredged material
collected in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — This species, though not very common, has apparently an extensive
distribution. Professor G. 0. SARS records it from Skjaerstad Fjord in Norway — just
within the Arctic Circle, and Dr G. S. BRADY from a few British localities. Dr GLAUS
obtained the species in the Mediterranean, and it also occurred in collections from the
Gulf of Guinea brought home by the telegraph steamer Buccaneer. After a careful
examination of the South Orkney specimens, I am unable to discover any essential
difference between them and those described by the authors mentioned above.

Tribe CYCLOPOIDA.

Fam. OITHONID^;.

Genus Oithona, Baird, 1 843.

OitJiona plumifera, Baird.

1843, Oithona plumifera, Baird, " Notes on British Entomostraca," Zoologist, vol. i. pp. 193-197.
This species was observed in gatherings from various stations, extending from
Station 1 1, 23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., in the North, to Station f>8 in the South Atlantic,
Pernambuco, 7° 42' S., 34° 32' \V. Its distribution, which is widely extended, reaches
to at least as far north as the British Islands.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 568.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 323

Oithona minuta, T. Scott.

1894, Oithona minuta, T. Scott, Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, "Zool," vol. vi. p. 90, pi. ix. figs. 14-25.

This somewhat rare form was observed in only a single plankton sample collected
at Station GG in 7° 09' S., 34° 30' W. — that is, between two of the stations where
Calanopia amencana, Dahl, was obtained. The specimens from which the species was
described were obtained in Bananah Creek, at the mouth of the river Congo, and in
Loanda Harbour.

Oithona similis, Glaus.

I860, Oithona tiniilix, Claus, Die Copepod en fauna von A't'?z<z, p. 14.

1902, „ „ Oiesb., Exped. Antarct. Beige (1897-1899), "Copepoda," p. 28.

The only stations where this species was met with were 102 and 116, in 36° 31' S.,
51° 5G' W., and 49° 35' S., 57° 40' W. respectively ; Station 116 was the last station
but one before reaching the Falkland Islands. Oithona similis was obtained in

O

many of the plankton samples collected by the S.Y. Belgica during its visit to the
Antarctic in 1897-1899. These samples were collected between lat. 69° 48' S. and
lat. 71° 24' S., and long. 81° 19' W. and long. 89° 12' W. The distribution of this
species is very extensive, and it is usually of more or less frequent occurrence all over
the North Sea, as well as in the North Atlantic.

Fam. CYCLOPID/E.
Genus Cyclopina, Claus, 1863.

Cyclopina Myiae, Giesbrecht. (PL I. figs. 2-13.)
1902, Cyclopina Mijii-n; Oiesb., Etped. Antarct. Beige, "Copep.," p. 3, pi. vii. figs. 1-15.

A few specimens of a Cyclopina that agrees generally with Cyclopina belyx-u-.
Giesbrecht, were obtained in one of the gatherings collected by the Scotia in Scotia
Bay, South Orkneys, in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

In the female of this species, the antennules are composed of eighteen articulations ;
the first three joints are tolerably large, and do not differ greatly in size, but the
second is rather smaller than the one on either side ; the next three are very short,
more so than any of the others ; the seventh and eighth are larger ; the remaining
ten joints are small, but the last two are rather longer than those immediately
preceding (fig. 3).

The end joint of the posterior antennas is provided with several geniculated seta?
at its apex, and there are also one or two setae near the middle of the upper margin ; the
end joint is about twice as long as the third, while the third is rather longer than the
second (fig. 4).

The mandibles have their masticatory edge truncated and armed with several
tolerably large teeth (fig. 5).

The other mouth organs and the swimming feet do not differ very much from those

(ROY. soo. EUIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 569.)

324 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

in Cydopina littoralis, G. S. Brady. The fifth pair in the female has the end joint
elongated and narrow ; it is about three times longer than broad, and its armature
comprises four setae, three terminal and one near the middle of the outer margin
(fig. 12).

As stated above, these Scotia specimens agree fairly well with GIESBRECHT' s descrip-
tion and figures of his Cydopina belgicee, and are therefore ascribed to that species.

Genus Euryte, Philippi, 1843.
Euryte similis, new species. (PL I. figs. 14-22.)

Description of the Female. — The female of this species somewhat resembles that of
Euryte robusta, Giesbrecht, in its size and general appearance (fig. 14).

The antennules are tolerably stout, and composed of twenty-one joints ; the first
joint is robust and about twice the length of the second, while the second is about one
and a half times as long as the third ; the next six joints are very short, and the others,
though somewhat longer than those immediately preceding, are also tolerably short and
are all more or less of similar size, except the end joint, which is rather longer than the
penultimate one (fig. 15). The posterior antennae closely resemble those of Euryte
robusta, Giesbrecht.

Both pairs of maxillipeds, which are moderately stout, also resemble those of the
species mentioned. The first pair have the basal joint furnished near the distal end
with a spine which is gibbous at the base and with a furcated process ; the end joints,
which terminate abruptly, bear several tolerably stout, elongated, and slightly curved
apical spines (fig. 17). The second maxillipeds are four-jointed ; the third joint is short,
but the others are of moderate length ; the last one is narrow, and armed with two apical
claws of unequal length (fig. 18).

The first four pairs of swimming feet are nearly all similar to those of Euryte
robusta ; both branches are moderately stout and three-jointed, and the inner is rather
longer than the outer branch ; in all the four pairs, the end joint of the inner branch is
provided with dagger-shaped spines, but with no setse ; in the first, third, and fourth
pairs, the number of spines on the end joint of the inner branch is seven, while the end
joint of the second pair bears only five, arranged as shown in the drawings. In the fourth
pair, the end joint of the outer branch is armed with nine dagger-shaped spines, three
on both the inner and outer margins and three at the apex ; the end joint of the outer
branch in the third pair is also similarly armed (figs. 19-21).

The fifth pair are similar to those of Euryte longicauda, Philippi (fig. 21). The
third and fifth segments of the abdomen are nearly of equal length and rather longer
than the fourth segment ; furcal segments about one and a half times the length of the
last abdominal segment (fig. 22).

Remarks. — Euryte longicauda, Philippi, has been recorded from the Mediterranean,
the Black Sea, and the coasts of France, Britain, Norway, and East Greenland. It has

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. SLVIII., 570.)

ENTOMOSTHACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATION AL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 325

been obtained with other interesting Crustacea in collections made by Dr BRUCE in
Franz Josef Land, and G. M. THOMSON records a variety (E. longicauda var. antarctica,
G. M. Thorn.) from New /ealand ; and another species — E. robusta, Giesbrecht — is
recorded from the Mediterranean. The form described above resembles the species last
referred to, but appears to differ in one or two minor points, such as in the armature
of the lirst and fourth pairs of thoracic legs and in the proportional lengths of the
abdominal segments.

Habitat.— Scotia. Bay, South Orkneys, June 1903; Station 325, GO0 43' 42" S.,
44° 38' 33" \V.

Fain. LICHOMOLOID^E.
Genus Lichomolgus, Thorell, 1859.
Lichomolgus fucicolct, G. S. Brady. (PI. XII. figs. 23-26.)

187:2, Mcii-rocheiron fucifolwii, Brady, Nat. Hist. Trim*. i\<>rt/uuii/i. and Durham, vol. iv. p. 434,

pi. xviii. figs. 9-18.
1880, Lichomolgus fucicola, I'-nnly, M/m. of the Free and Semi-parasitic (Jopepoda of the British Island*,

vol. iii. p. 41, pi. Ixxxv. ti^s. 1-1].

A few specimens of this species were obtained from some floating seaweed
collected by the S.Y. Scotia in July 1904; Station 539, 33° 53' N., 32° 27' W.
The roughly serrated margin of the strongly curved claws — terminal claws — with
which the female antennae are armed, seems to be characteristic of this Lichomolgus
(see fig. 24).

The antennules arc composed of seven joints, the third joint being the smallest (fig.
23). The inner branch of the fourth pair of thoracic legs is short and biarticulate, the
two joints being subequal, and the end one furnished with two terminal setse.

The fifth pair are uniarticulate, tolerably elongated, and narrow (fig. 25). Caudal
rami about as long as the last abdominal segment.

The distribution of Lichomolgus fucicola appears to be extensive. It has been
recorded from several British localities, usually from the laminarian zone, where it lives
apparently about the roots and among the fronds of the seaweeds, such as La/minaria.
This is one of the more easily identified members of the genus.

Genus Pseudanthessius, Glaus, 1889.
Pseudanthessius fucicolus, new species. (PL XII. figs. 1-13.)

Description of the Female. — In its general appearance, the female of this species
resembles Lichomolgus hirsutipes from the Firth of Forth, and, but for the difference
in the structure of the fourth pair of swimming feet, it might be referred to that
genus.

The antennules, which are composed of seven joints, have the second one rather
longer than the others, while the third is the smallest ; the next four joints gradually

(ROY. soc. EWN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 571.)

326 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

decrease in length, as indicated by the formula, which shows approximately the pro-
portional lengths of all the joints :

Proportional lengths of the joints 11 21 7 15 11 10 9
Numbers of the joints 1 234 5 67'

The second joint bears three small teeth on its upper edge, as shown in the drawing

(% 2).

Antennae moderately stout, and armed with an elongated and slightly curved

terminal spine and a few moderately long setas.

Mandibles and maxillae somewhat resembling those of the Lichomolgus mentioned
above.

The first maxillipeds are also somewhat similar to those of the same species.

The second maxillipeds are each composed of two joints of nearly equal length ; the
second joint is narrow at the proximal end, but increases in width towards the distal
extremity, which is obliquely truncated ; the external part of the truncated end appears
to be slightly hollow, and armed with four short spines, while the inner angle is
produced into a stout spiniform tooth (fig. 6).

The first and second pairs of swimming feet are somewhat similar to those of other
species of the Lichomolgidae. In the third pair, the end joint of the outer ramus
carries five dagger-shaped spines round the outer margin and apex, and five setae on the
inner margin. A dagger-shaped spine also springs from the outer distal angles of the
first and second joints, while the second has also a seta on its inner edge. The inner
ramus has the end joint furnished with three dagger-shaped spines and two setae, while
the second joint bears two setae and the first one seta on the inner margin, as shown in
the drawing (fig. 9).

In the fourth pair, the inner ramus is uniarticulate, rather longer than the first joint
of the outer ramus, and carries two seta3 at the apex ; there is also a small but distinct
tooth near the middle of the inner margin (fig. 10).

The fifth pair consist each of a single, elongated, narrow joint which bears two seise
at its distal end.

Abdomen narrow, elongated, the penultimate segment rather shorter than that on
either side. Caudal rami short, about equal in length to the last abdominal segment
(fig. 12).

The male differs from the female in being provided with larger second maxillipeds,
which are each armed with a moderately long and slender terminal claw ; the end joint
is also fringed with minute bristles, as shown in the drawing (fig. 7). The genital
segment of the abdomen is also considerably enlarged (tig. 13). The length of the
female is fully one millimetre, but the male is rather smaller.

Habitat. — Obtained from Gulf-weed collected by the Scotia in June and July
1904, between Stations 499 and 553, St Helena, 15° 57' S., 5° 40' W., to Tuskar Rock,
51° 13'N., 7° 20' W.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TUANS., VUL. XLVIII., 572.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 327

Fam.

Genus Asterocheres, Boeck, 1859.
x, Giesbrecht, var. antarctica, nov. var. (PI. VI. figs. 3-11.)

Like Asterocheres suberites, Giesbrecht, iu general appearance. Length, '94 mm.
Antennules composed of twenty-one joints, moderately elongated and slender ; first
joint stouter and longer than any of the others, the second to the eleventh very short,
especially the last two ; each joint is also somewhat narrower than the one that precedes
it ; the twelfth to the eighteenth are of moderate length and subequal, the three end
joints rather small, but the penultimate one is somewhat longer than either of the other
two. The formula shows approximately the proportional lengths of the various joints :
Number of the joints 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 H 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Proportional lengths of joints 2 143333332 3 5777899454

Antenna} moderately slender and armed with a long claw-like spine ; the first and
fourth joints short, the second and third elongated ; outer ramus small, uniarticulated,
and bearing two or three short terminal bristles (fig. 3)i

Siphon short, somewhat triangular; mandibles styliform ; maxilla: and maxilli-
peds nearly as in A. suberites, Giesbrecht.

The four pairs of swimming legs also resemble those of the species named. The
fifth pair are very small and uniarticulate. The caudal furca are rather longer than
the last segment of the abdomen, and about equal to the length of the penultimate
segment (fig. 11).

Habitat,— Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, June 1903; Station 325, GO0 43' 42" S.,
44° 38' 33" W.

Remarks. — The species recorded above so closely resembles Asterochcres suberites,
Giesbrecht, as to be scarcely separable from it. There is a slight difference iu the form of
the siphon ; the outer marginal spines of the exopods of some of the swimming feet are
stouter, and the fifth pair of feet are distinctly smaller. One or two other slight differ-
ences may be observed, as, for example, in the proportional lengths of the joints of the
antennules, and of the abdominal segments, but this Antarctic form can scarcely be
regarded as more than a variety of A. suberites.

Fam. ARTOTROGID.E.
Genus Artotrogus, Boeck, 1 859.
Artotrogus proocimus, new species. (PI. XI. figs. 1-9.)

Description of the Female. — The outline of the female, seen from above, is sub-
orbicular ; the cephalothoracic segment is greatly expanded, and forms the largest
portion of the animal ; the remaining thoracic segments are comparatively small ; the
abdomen is also small, but the genital segment of the abdomen is larger than the other
segments, and is produced backwards on each side so as partly to enclose them, as

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 573.)

328 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

shown in the drawing (fig. 1 ) ; the length of the specimen represented by this drawing
is 2 mm. The siphon is short and subtriangular, and the mandibles are elongated and
slightly dentated on the inner edge near the apex (fig. 4).

The antenuules are composed of nine joints ; the second joint is small, but the first
and third are elongated ; these three joints are together about half the entire length of
the antennule ; the next four joints are small, while the end one is about as long as the
preceding two joints combined ; a moderately long sensory filament springs from near the
extremity of the end joint (fig. 2). The antennae are composed of three joints ; the first
is elongated, and bears a small secondary branch ; the other two are shorter, and the end
one is furnished with a long, slender appendage, slightly hooked at the apex (fig. 3).

The mandibles and maxillae are somewhat similar to the same organs in Artotrogus
orbicularis, Boeck.

The first and second maxillipeds and the first three pairs of swimming feet are also
similar to those of the species mentioned. In the fourth pair of thoracic legs, the inner
ramus is more slender and rather shorter than the outer, and the end joint is provided
with a single plumose seta on the inner margin ; the same joint is furnished with two apical
sette, which are also plumose, and there is a minute bristle on the outer margin (fig. 8).

The fifth pair are small, uniarticulate, and furnished with two terminal setae of
unequal length (fig. 9).

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. Two specimens occurred in a small sample of siftings from
trawled material. The species approaches so near to Artotrogus orbicularis, Boeck, both
in its general form and in the structure of its appendages, that there was at first some
doubt as to whether it should be regarded as a distinct species. A careful examination,
however, reveals certain differences, which it may be as well meanwhile to recognise, as,
for example, the difference in the armature, and to some extent also in the structure of the
antennae ; the difference in the form of the siphon ; the rather more slender maxillipeds ;
the difference in the form of the fifth pair of thoracic legs and in the structure of the
abdomen. These differences, while in themselves inconsiderable, are, I think, when
taken together, sufficiently important to warrant the separation of this Antarctic
Artotrogus under a distinct name.

Fam. SAPPHIRINID^;.
Genus Sapphirina, J. V. Thompson, 1829.

Sapphirina ovatolanceolata, Dana.
1849, Sapphirina ovatolanceolata, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., Boston, vol. ii. pp. 8-16.

The only gatherings in which this Sapphirina was observed were collected at
Stations 14, 32, 36, and 49, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., to 1° 53' N., 27° 26' W., and at
Station 60, 3° 25' S., 33° 13' W., and Station 105, 38° 45' S., 53° 30' W. Only a few
specimens were noticed.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 574.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OK THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 329

Sapphirina gemma, Dana.

1849, Sapphirina gemma, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

This species occurred in gatherings from two stations widely separated from eacli
other, viz., Station 15, 20° 34' N., 23° 12' W., and Station 104, 37° 05' S., 52° 22' W.

Sapphirina iris, Dana.

1849, Sapphirina iris, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

1863, „ salpx, Clans, Die freilebenden Coprpoden, p. 152.

The gatherings in which this species was met with were collected at Stations 26,
49, 72, 98, 102, 104, and 105, 14° 33' N., 25° 09' W., to 38° 45' S., 53° 30' W. ; it
occurred only sparingly.

Sapphirina angiista, Dana.

1849, Sap/iliirina angusta, Dana, 0[>. cit., vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

This rather distinct Sapphirina was obtained in gatherings from Stations 35, 30,
98, 102, 104, and 105, 9° 5' N., 25° 28' W., to 38° 45' S., 53° 30' W.

Sapphirina lactens, Giesbrecht.

1893, Sapphirina ladens, Giesb., Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Monogr. xix., "Pelag. Copep.,"
p. G19, pi. Hi. figs. 15, 10, 30 et .--fty.

The only gathering in which this species was met with was from Station 104 in
37° 05' S., 52° 22' W.

Sapphirina vorax, Giesbrecht.

1891, Sapphirina vorax, (Jiesli., Atti Arcad. Lincei, Roma (4), Rend., vol. vii. See also
Fauna u. Flora des Gol/cs von Neapel (1893), p. 619, pi. Hi. ligs. 23, 28 et seq.

This species occurred very sparingly in three gatherings collected at Stations 12, 13,
and 104, 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W., to 37° 05' S., 52° 22' W.

Sapphirina auronitens, Glaus.
1863, Sapphirina auronitens, Glaus, op. cit., p. 153.

This also occurred very sparingly in gatherings from three stations, viz., from
Stations 12, 13, and 44, 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W., to 3° 42' N., 20° 26' W.

Sapphirina nigromaculata, Glaus.

186-'i, ^ii/i/iliiriita nigromaculata, Clans, op. fit., p. l.VJ, pi. viii.

The gatherings in which this species was observed were collected at Stations 12, 29,
and 85, 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W., to 23° 8' S., 39° 40' W.

Sapphirina intrstimila, Giesbrecht.

1891, Xii/'/t/iirina intf-tinnt'i, (liVsb., op. cit. (4), Rend., vol. vii. p. 478.

This species was collected at Stations 26, 44, and 90, 14° 33' N., 25° 09' W., to
26° 50' S., 42° 20' \\'.. and was apparently not very common.

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 575.)

330 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Sapphirina opalina, Dana.
1849, Sapphirina opalina, Dana, Proe. Amer. Acad., Boston, vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

The only gathering in which this species was obtained was from Station 59, 2° 30' S.,
32° 42' W.

Sapphirina gastrica, Giesbrecht.
1891, Sapphirina yasfrica, Giesb., op. cit. (4), Rend., vol. vii. p. 478.

This species was collected at Stations 7, 8, and 12, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to
22° 19' N., 22' 07° W., but only a few specimens were observed.

Sapphirina stellata, Giesbrecht.
1891, Sapphirina stellata, Giesb., op. cit. (4), Rend., vol. vii. p. 478.

This Sapphirina was obtained in a gathering collected at Station 28, 13° 07' N.,
25° 09' W.

Sapphirina darwinii, Haeckel.
1864, Sapphirina clancinii, Haeckel, Zeitsehr. med. Natiirw. (Jena), 1 Bd. p. 105, pis. ii. and iii.

The only gathering in which this species was observed was that from Station 68A in
the South Atlantic— Pernambuco bearing 12 miles W., 8° 00' S., 34° 34' W.

Genus Saphirella, T. Scott, 1894.

Saphirella abyssicola, T. Scott. (PI. IV. figs. 2-4.)

1894, SaphireUa abyssicola, Scott, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2, " Zool."), vol. vi. p. 126, pi. xiii. figs. 57, 58,
pi. xiv. figs. 5-10.

This species, which appeared to be of rare occurrence in the Scotia collections, was
obtained in a gathering from Station 68A — Pernambuco bearing 12 miles W., 8° 00' S.,
34° 34' W.

Genus Copilia, Dana, 1849.

Copilia mirabilis, Dana.
1852, Copilia mirabilis, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped., 1838-1842 ("Crust."), vol. xiii. p. 1232, pi. Ixxxvi.

This species was observed in gatherings from the following twelve stations: 12,
14, 18, 22, 25, 26, 27, 29, 33, 35, 36 and 85, 22° 19' N., 22° 07' W., to 23° 8' S.,
39° 40' W.

Copilia denticulata, Glaus.

1863, Copilia dentic.ulata, Claus, Die freileliemlen Copepoden, p. 161, Taf. 25, figs. 14-20.

This species was only met with in a gathering from Station 36, 8° 42' N., 25° 28' W.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., f>7G.)

RNTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 331

Fam.

Genus Onarrt, Philippi, 1 853.
Oncsea venusta, Philippi.

IS 1 3, Oncxa venusta, Phil., Wiegman's Arthiv fiir Nalurtjfm-li. (1843), p. 62, pi. iii. fig. 3.

This species was observed in gatherings from Stations 18, 25, 36, 49, 56, and 62,
19° 59' N., 23° 34' W., to 4° 15' S., 33° 38' W.

Onctea mediterranea, Glaus, var.
1863, Antaria mediterranea, Glaus, Die freilebenden (Jwpepoden, p. 159, Taf. 30.

The only gatherings in which this form occurred were from three stations in the
South Atlantic, viz., 55, 64, and 93, 0° 22' S., 31° 00' W., to 30° 5' S., 45° 28' W.

Onciea conifera, Giesbrecht.
1891, Oticva i-onifera, Giesb., Atti Accad. Lincei, Roma (4), vol. vii. p. 8.

This species, which appeared to be of more frequent occurrence than the two just
referred to, was observed in gatherings from Stations 14, 18, 19, 2G, 29, 32, and 33,
21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., to 9° 40' N., 25° 28' W., in the North Atlantic, and at Stations
56, 59, 62, and 90 in the South Atlantic, 0° 42' S., 31° 2')' W., to 26° 50' S., 42° 20' W.

Fam. CORYU.EID/E.
Genus Corycseus, Dana, 1845.

( 'nrij<';nis venustus, Dana.
1849, Corycxm venuftus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., Boston, vol. ii. p. 8.

This Corycif-u>i occurred sparingly in gatherings from three stations in the South
Atlantic, viz., 90, 93, and 95, 26° 50' S., 42° 20' W., to 32° 15' S., 47° 30' W.

Corycseus ovalis, Claus.
1863, Corycxus oralis, Claus, Die freilebenden Copepoden, p. 158.

The only gathering in which this species was obtained was from Station 44.
3° 42' N., 20° 26' W.

Corycseus obtusus, Dana.
1852, Coryc&us obtusus, l>ana, Crii.4. /7..S'. l-'.xpl. Es)w<l., \>. 1214, pi. Ixxxv. fig. 6.

With the exception of Coryc&us speciosus this appeared to be the most commonly
distributed member of the genus in the Scotia collection. It was observed ingather-
ings from about twenty-seven stations, ranging from Stations 13, 15, and 19, North
Atlantic, 21° 58' N., 22° 26' \V., to 19° 12' N., 24° 08' W., to 85, 90, and 95, South
Atlantic, 23° 8' S., 39° 40' \V., to :!2° 15' S., 47° 30' W., but it was nowhere very plentiful.

(HOY. SOC. ED1N. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., -r>77.)

332 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Coryc&us Jlaccus, Giesbrecht.
1891, Corycxus flaccu*, Giesb., Aiti Accad. Li/tcei, llama (4), vol. vii. p. 480.

This tolerably distinct species was met with, though somewhat sparingly, in
gatherings collected at Stations 7, 12, L5, 22, 85, and 86, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to
24° 26' S., 40° 25' \V.

Coryczeus rostratus, Glaus.
1863, Corycxus rostratus, Claus, op. cit., p. 480.

The only gatherings in which this Coryc&us was obtained were collected at Station
26, 14° 33' N., 25° !)' W., and Station 95, 32° 15' S., 47° 30' W., the one in the North,
and the other in the South Atlantic.

Cor yc feus speciosus, Dana.

1849, Corycxus speciosus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad., Boston, vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

This fine species was of frequent occurrence in the Scotia's tow-net collections ; the
remarkably divergent caudal rami made it easily recognised. It was observed in
gatherings from thirty-six different stations, ranging from Stations 7 and 12 in the
North Atlantic to Stations 93 and 95 in the South, 26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 32° 15' S.,
47° 30' W.

Corycfcus longistylis, Dana.

1849, Corycxus longistylis, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

This species occurred sparingly in gatherings from Stations 7, 11, 12, 13, and 14,
26° 23' N., 20° 20' W., to 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W.

Coryc&us carinatus, Giesbrecht.
1891, Corycxus carinatus, Giesb., op. cit. (4), vol. vii. p. 481.

This Corycieus was observed in gatherings from twenty-five different stations,
extending from Stations 11, 13, and 15 to 88, 90, and 94, 23° 50' N., 21° 34' W., to
30° 25' S., 45° 45' W. The species was apparently more or less uniformly distributed
throughout the area traversed by the Scotia between the limits stated.

Corycseus longicaudis, Dana.
1849, Corijcxus longicaudis, Dana, op. cit., vol. ii. pp. 8-61.

The distribution of this species appeared to be somewhat limited ; the only gatherings
in which it was met with were those collected at Stations 25, 27, 29, 30, and 31,
15° 15' N., 25° 09' W., to 11° 10' N., 25° 20' \V.

Corycieus clongatus, Claus.

1863, Corycxus elongatus, Claus, Diefreilelemlen Copepoden, p. 157, pi. xxiv. figs. 3 and 4.
This species occurred very sparingly at Station 11, 23° 50' N., '21° 34' W., and
Sl.-ition 85, 23° 8' S., 39° 40' W.

(HOY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 578.)

ENTOMOSTKACA OF TIIIO SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 333

Tribe

Genus Dysyamus, Steeustrup & Liitken, 1861.
Dysgamus atlanticus, Steenstrap & Liitken. (PI. XIII. fig. 13.)

1861, Dysyamns atlanticus, Steeustrup A: Lutken, Bidra<j til Knndskab o>u <let aalmn //<«>• Snyltehreb
i>i/ Lernxer, p. 308, Tab. iv. fig. 8.

Only the males of Dysgamus have apparently been observed hitherto, and it is
doubtful if the genus can be considered a valid one till females are obtained.

The specimens on which the genus was founded were taken, probably while

FIG. 1. — Foot of first pair.

' FIG. 2. — Foot of second pair

FIG. 3.— Foot of fourth pair. Kir;. 4. — Alxlumi-n and lil'th pair nf furl.

Dysyamws atlanticus, StiTiistrup & Lutkun.

swimming freely at the surface, at several places in the North Atlantic, between hit. 8°
and 28° N., and long. 21° and 36° W.

This species has a close resemblance to Cdligus in its general form and colour; the
frontal plates are, however, without lunules or sucker-disks. The carapace is broadly
ovate and depressed, but the last two thoracic as well as the. abdominal segments are
short and comparatively narrow. The first four pairs of thoracic legs are all two-
branched, and the branches two-jointed ; the first pair has the inner branch very small,
but in the other three pairs the branches are subequal ; there is, as in Caliijnx, a fifth pair,
very minute but quite distinct (see text-figures annexed). The eyes, though visible, are
not very conspicuous. The Scotia specimens were collected in the Atlantic at the

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 579.)

334 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

following stations : 25, 31, 44, 79, 82, 83, and 98. The first two stations are north of
the equator, viz., 15° 1 5' N., 25° 09' W., and 1 1° 1 0' N., 25° 20' W. The other stations
are south of the equator, Station 98 being in 34° 02' S., 49° 07' W. The Scotia specimens
differ somewhat from the drawings given by STEICNSTRUP £ LUTKEN in the work referred
to, in having the abdominal portion rather stouter and shorter, but they agree so well
otherwise that I have little hesitation in ascribing them to their species. CHARLES BRANCH
WILSON, in his work on " American Copepoda parasitic on Fishes," * describes a Dysgamus,
of which he obtained a single specimen, and his drawings show it to be not unlike the
specimens collected by the Scotia, ; this Dysgamus lie ascribes to a new species,
Dysgamus ariommus, and speaks of the fifth legs as being entirely lacking, whereas in
the Scotia specimens the fifth pair, as already stated, are, though small, quite distinct.

Only one, or at most two, specimens were obtained in any single gathering, and
males only were observed, and, like the Caligus ropax frequently found in tow-net
collections in British waters, they were captured apparently as free-swimming
organisms.

The only other writer who records Dysgamus is Dr BASSETT-SMITH in his work " A
Systematic Description of Parasitic Copepoda found on Fishes," published in Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 18th April 1889.

CLADOCERA AND OSTRACODA.

Cladocera were very scarce in the Scotia collections. The few specimens observed
belong to the genus Evadne, two species of which are represented in the collection,
viz. : —

Genus Evadne, Loven, 1836.
Evadne tergestina, Glaus. (PL XIII. fig. 14.)

This species occurred in a tow-net gathering collected at Station 85, 23° 8' S.,
39° 40' W. Only one or two specimens were noticed.

Evadne spinifera, P. E. Miiller. (PI. XIII. fig. 15.)

E. spinifera was also obtained in the gathering from Station 85, 23° 8' S.,
39° 40' \\7 , and was equally scarce with the species previously mentioned.

OSTRACODA.

The Ostracoda observed in the Scotia collections belong chiefly to the two groups
Podocopa and Myodocopa, and include representatives of the families Cypridye,
Cytheridag, Cypridinidse, and Conchoeciadse.

"North American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Family Caligidse : Part II. The Trebince and
Euryphorinas," Proc. U.S.A. National Museum, vol. xx.vi. p. 713, pi. x.\. figs. 62-70.

(ROY. HOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 580.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 335

PODOCOl'A.

Kain. CYPRID.K.

Genus Macrocypris, G. S. Brady, 1868.
Mtti-rori/ju-ix maculata, G. S. Brady. (PI. XIV. figs. 1 and 2.)

1865, Cytheriileis macultitii, IJrady, Trans. Zoo!. .S'ot-., vol. v. p. 3G7, \<\. Ivii. fi^. 12, 0-6.
l88Q,Macri>cy/>ri* m.inila/n, Urinl.y, (Mnifuila off/in " (Jliallenyer " /•:.<•/»'</., p. 41, pi. i. tig. 2, a-^.

Habitat.— Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected April 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. Several specimens were obtained ; they varied somewhat
in size. One of the larger specimens measures T5 mm. in length ; height rather less
than half the length, highest in the middle; dorsal margin arcuate, sloping about
equally towards both ends, but the posterior is rather narrower than the other ; lower
margin slightly concave and sinuate, especially towards the front. Seen from above,
the shell is elliptical in outline, widest in the middle, width equal to about one-third
of the length, tapering equally to each end ; both ends narrow ; colour brownish.
This species appears to be widely distributed.

Fam. CYTHERID/E.

Genus Cythere, 0. F. Miiller, 1785.
Gytliere inornata, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 9 and 10.)

Shell, seen from the side, oblong ; height equal to about half the length ; dorsal
margin nearly straight, ventral margin slightly incurved. The posterior extremity
slopes at first abruptly downwards, then becomes boldly rounded ; the anterior end is
somewhat similar, but is rather more produced, especially below. Seen from above, the
shell is moderately tumid, widest in the middle, greatest width equal to rather more
than half the length, sides evenly rounded, but tapering rather more towards the
anterior end, which is wedge-shaped. Shell surface rough, with numerous small
circular pits and setiferous papilla: between. Length of shell about \"1 mm.

Habitat.— Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, June 1903; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S.,
44° 38' 33" \V.

*' (jtu«lrifl<'itx, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 15 and 1G.)

Shell, seen from the side, oblong, highest in front, the height equal to rather more
than half the length; anterior end boldly rounded; posterior extremity truncated
above, slightly produced below the middle, and provided with about four more or less
distinct tooth-like projections. The dorsal margin shows a slight elevation immediately
over the anterior hinge, thence it slopes backwards to the posterior extremity in a
nearly straight line, where it is abruptly angulated ; lower margin slightly excavated
behind the anterior extremity, and thence converges gently backwards. Seen from
above, the shell is widest behind the middle, greatest width scarcely equal to half the

(liUY. SOC. EDIK. TKANS., VOL. XLV11I., -JS1.)

336 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

length ; the margins taper gently towards the bluntly rounded anterior end, but
behind they converge somewhat abruptly, the posterior extremity being slightly
produced and expanded ; the dorsal margin also shows a slight foliation. The general
surface of the shell is sculptured with numerous small rounded pits. Length of the
shell about '85 mm.

Hdbitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Cythere latibrosa, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 3 and 4.)

This form, seen from the side, is somewhat similar in its general outline to that
described above, but differs in the following particulars : it is higher in front in pro-
portion to the length, the dorsal slope is rather greater, and the shell sculpture is
rather different. Seen from above, the shell is somewhat tumid, the outline very
irregularly hastate, greatest width equal to about half the length ; lateral margins
incurved in the middle, converging gently in front, and abruptly behind ; both ex-
tremities somewhat truncated, the posterior end rather more so than the other, and with
two or three tooth-like projections. Surface of the shell sculptured with numerous
irregular and angular excavations. Length, '74 mm.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

This species has a somewhat close resemblance to Cythere wyville-thompsoni,
G. S. Brady, but the anterior serrations observed in that species are wanting in this,
and the armature of the posterior end also differs.

Cythere foveolata, G. S. Brady. (PI. XIV. figs. 7 and 8 («?), and figs. 13 and 14 (£).)
1880, Cythere foveolata, Brady, Ostraeoda of the " Challenijer" Exped., p. 75, pi. xiii. 5, e-h.

Shell of the female tumid ; seen from the side, subrhomboidal, highest in the
middle, greatest height rather more than half the length ; both ends obliquely rounded ;
dorsal margin gently rounded in the middle part, then sloping somewhat steeply
towards each end, but more distinctly so in front ; ventral margin slightly sinuate in
front, and curving upwards behind. Seen from above, the shell is broadly ovate,
widest in the middle, greatest width equal to about half the length ; sides slightly
arcuate in the middle, converging rapidly to the pointed anterior extremity, but
abruptly rounded behind. Shell surface marked all over with closely set and con-
spicuous excavations, and with the hinge line somewhat prominent. The outline of
the male is more compressed and angular. Length, female 77 mm. ; male '74 mm.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

The Scotia specimens differ slightly from those recorded by Dr BRADY in being
somewhat larger and in the general contour being also slightly different, but notwith-
standing these differences, I am inclined to consider them as belonging to BRADY'S species.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVJII., 582.)

ENTOMOSTHACA OK THK SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 337

Cy there (Antarctica, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 5 and 0.)

Shell, seen from the side, elongated, highest over the posterior hinge, greatest height
equal to rather more than half the length ; the dorsal margin slopes steeply backwards
from the highest point, and more gently towards the front, and with a shallow notch
near the anterior extremity ; posterior end boldly rounded and somewhat produced
below ; anterior end truncated above, rounded below, with a small subcentral projection
separating the upper from the lower portion ; ventral margin incurved and sinuous.
The shell, seen from above, widest in front, the greatest width equal to rather less than
half the length ; sides not very boldly rounded, converging gently backwards to the
sharp-pointed posterior end ; anterior extremity blunt and slightly produced. Shell
surface thickly covered with minute circular pits. Length, '7 mm.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkney Islands; collected June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Cythere peregrina, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 11 and 12.)

Shell, seen from the side, oblong, highest behind the middle, greatest height scarcely
equal to half the length ; dorsal margin sloping gently from behind the middle in a
nearly straight line towards the front, but the hinder slope is shorter and steeper ;
both ends evenly and not very boldly rounded ; ventral margin slightly and evenly
convex. Shell tumid when seen from above, widest in the middle, width equal to
half the length ; sides rather boldly arcuate and converging towards both ends; both
extremities acuminate. Shell covered with numerous and extremely fine lines extend-
ing longitudinally over its surface. Length about 75 mm., but varies to some extent :
one or two rather larger specimens reach to about 1 mm. in length.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Genus Xestoleberis, G. 0. Sars, 18G5.
Xestoleberis reniformis, G. S. Brady. (PI. XIV. figs. 17 and 18.)

1907, Xestolelierif reniformis Kraily, National Antarctic l-'.j-fu'il. : Xnlural Ifialnri/, vols. iii.-v.,
"Oslracci<la," p. 6, pi. i. 1ii,'s. 4, 5.

A few specimens — adult and (?) young — of a Xestr>f<'l>n-ix occurred among other Ostra-
coda collected in Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.
They so closely resemble the form described by Dr BRADY in his paper on the " Ostra-
coda of the English National Antarctic Expedition" that I ascribe them to the same
species. They differ a little from the description and figures given by BRADY, but the
peculiar outline of the shell, both when seen from the side and from above, seems to be
characteristic of the species. Length of specimen represented by the drawing!;, '62 mm.

(ROV. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XT.VI1I., 583.)

338 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Genus Cytherura, G. 0. Sars, 1865.
Gytherura ornata, new species. (PL XIV. figs. 19-21.)

Carapace moderately tumid ; seen from the side, subrhomboidal, highest in front of
the middle, greatest height equal to rather more than half the length ; dorsal margin
well rounded, sloping more steeply in front than behind ; ventral margin flexuous ;
anterior margin broadly rounded, obscurely crenulate ; posterior extremity somewhat
produced in the middle to a blunt angular point. Seen from above, the sides are evenly
and not very strongly convex, widest in the middle, greatest width equal to half the
leno'th ; anterior extremity somewhat acuminate, posterior end forming a short angular
projection. Surface of the shell ornamented with minute excavations and lines, as
shown in the drawing (fig. 19). Length, '54 mm.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ; collected June 1903 ; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Cytherura porrecta, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 22 and 23.)

Carapace elongated ; seen from the side, oblong, about equal in height at both ends,
greatest height less than half the length ; dorsal and ventral margins sinuous ; anterior
end boldly and evenly rounded ; posterior extremity produced in the middle line into
a prominent subtriangular and blunt-pointed beak ; a sinuous and moderately con-
spicuous longitudinal fold extends backwards along the middle line, then curves round
to meet the ventral margin. Seen from above, shell outline sagittate, widest in front
of the middle, width rather less than half the length ; sides sinuate, abruptly rounded
behind, converging in front ; anterior end acuminate ; posterior extremity produced into
a prominent beak. Shell surface covered with numerous small and rounded excavations.
Length, '45 mm.

Habitat. — This small form was obtained in the same gatherings from Scotia
with those described above; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

Cytherura sculptilis, new species. (PL XIV. figs. 24 and 25.)

Shell somewhat like Cytherura similis, Brady & Norman ; seen from the side,
broadly ovate, highest just in front of the middle, height equal to more than half the
length ; dorsal margin strongly arched, sloping towards the anterior end ; anterior
slope flattened ; posterior slope evenly rounded and terminating in the posterior angula-
tion ; ventral margin arcuate behind, flexuous in front ; anterior extremity bluntly
rounded, the margin obscurely crenulated ; posterior extremity produced and somewhat
acuminate below the middle, lower edge sloping backwards in a curved line continuous
with the ventral margin. Shell, seen from above, broadly elliptical, widest in the
middle, width rather less than half the length ; sides evenly rounded, converging more
gradually behind than in front ; both extremities somewhat acuminate. Shell surface

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 584.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 339

ornamented with fine but irregular reticulations, and with the interspaces minutely
punctate ; there are also small whitish papilla where the lines intersect. Length of
the specimen represented by the drawing, '5 mm., but another specimen measured
only '53 mm.

Habitat.— Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected June 1903; Station 325,
60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" \V.

Genus Paradoxostoma, Fischer, 1855.
Paradoxostoma n'/iisitiu, G. S. Brady. (PI. XIV. fig. 20.)

1890, Para.iloj-ndoiii'1 retnsum, ISrady, Trans. Roy. Soc. Kdin., vol. xxxv. p. 513, pi. iv. fig. 20.

Shell, seen from the side, oblong, narrower in front than behind, highest behind the
middle ; height rather less than half the length ; dorsal margin moderately convex,
evenly rounded except near the posterior extremity, where it becomes slightly
flexuous ; anterior end narrow, evenly rounded ; posterior extremity produced above
the middle into a bluntly rounded beak, thence, sloping downwards and forwards in a
nearly straight line, it merges into and becomes continuous with the sinuated ventral
margin. Seen from above, compressed, widest in the middle, about four times longer
than wide ; sides evenly rounded, the front end somewhat obtuse, the posterior extremity
acuminate. Shell smooth, semitransparent, with a few faint impressed lines at the
posterior end (fig. 20). Length, 78 mm.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected June 1903; Station 325,
00° 43' 4-2" S., 44° 38' 33" W.

The Srnt>« specimens differ slightly from the form described by Dr BRADY in
their larger size, as well as to a small extent in their general outline ; the peculiar con-
formation of the posterior extremity is, however, quite characteristic of the species
referred to.

Pamdo.i-osfoiiKi «nt« r<-l ten nt, new species. (PI. XIV. figs. 27 and 28.)

Carapace ovate ; seen from the side, highest behind the middle, height scarcely
equal to half the length ; dorsal margin boldly arched, forming a continuous even
curve backwards to the blunt angulation of the posterior extremity, but with a longer
slope to the front than to the rear ; anterior end narrow and rounded ; posterior
obliquely truncated, slightly produced above, thence sloping downwards and forwards
to meet the ventral margin, which is slightly convex. Shell, seen from above, com-
pressed, fusiform, widest behind the middle, fully three times longer than broad ;
extremities equal and acuminate. Surface of shell smooth, with small, round, indistinct
markings scattered over it. Length, "8 mm.

Habitat. — Scotia Bay, South Orkneys; collected in June 1903; Station 325,
00° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" \V.

(ROY. soc. KDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 58.r>.)

340 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Paradoxostoma Ixve, new species (PI. XIV. figs. 29 and 30.)
Shell, seen from the side, elongate, subovate, higher behind than in front, greatest
height just behind the middle, and equal to fully two-fifths of the length ; anterior
extremity subangular, narrowly rounded ; greatest projection below the middle ;
posterior end obtusely rounded, dorsal margin evenly but not very boldly arcuate,
sloping gradually towards the front and more convex behind ; ventral margin slightly
sinuate in front of the middle. Seen from above, the outline is narrowly ovate, the
greatest width, which is near the centre, is equal to about one-third of the length ; the
sides are flatly arcuate, and both extremities subacuminate ; valves smooth, polished,
with a few scattered opaque white points. Length about '65 mm.

Habitat. — Obtained in the same gatherings with those described above, collected in
Scotia Bay, South Orkney Islands, in June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S.,
44° 38' 33" W.

MYODOCOPA.

Fam. CYPRIDINID^E.

Genus Philomedes, Liljeborg, 1853.

Philomedes assimilis, G. S. Brady. (PI. XI FI. figs. 1G and 17.)

1907, Philomedes assimilis, Brady, National Antarctic Exped. : " Ostracoda," p. 5, pi. i. figs. 16-21,
pi. ii. figs. 1-6.

One or two specimens of a Philomedes, which I ascribe to the species mentioned,
occurred in a small sample of dredged material from Scotia Bay, collected in April 1903 ;
Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W. The length of the specimen represented
by the drawing (fig. 16) is 1'8 mm.

Genus Asterope, Philippi, 1840.
Asterope australis, G. S. Brady. (PI. XIII. figs. 18 and 19.)

1890, Asterope australis, Brady, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxxv. (pt. ii.), p. 515, pi. ii. figs. 1, 2.
1898, ,, ,, ,, Trans. Zool. So/:, vol. xiv. (pt. viii.), p. 431, pi. xliii. figs. 1-8.

1906, Cylindroleberis australis, G. W. Miiller, Die Ostracoden der " Siboga" K.rped., p. 14.

This species was obtained in a small gathering of dredged material collected in
Scotia Bay, South Orkneys, on 3rd June 1903 ; Station 325, 60° 43' 42" S., 44° 38' 33" W.
The length of the specimen — a female — represented by drawing (fig. 18) is 275 mm.

Asterope oculata, G. S. Brady. (PL XIII. figs. 20 and 21.)
1902, Asterope oculata, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. xvi. p. 179, pi. xxi. figs. 6-13.

This species occurred in a small gathering collected off Gough Island on 22nd April
1904 ; Station 461, 40° 20' S., 9° 56' 30" W. The size of the specimen represented by
the drawing (fig. 20) is L'8 mm. Dr BRADY records A. oculata from Trincomalee,
Ceylon.

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 580.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 341

Fam. HALOCYPRID^E.

The Halocypridiu being for the most part pelagic in their habits, are widely
dispersed throughout the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, but appear to be more
frequent in tropical regions. The species recorded here are chiefly from these regions,
and were collected by the s.y. Scotia on the outward voyage to the Antarctic; no
Halocypridse were observed in the collections from the South Orkneys.

Genus Halocypris, Dana, 1852.

IMocyprist inflnta, Dana. (PL XIII. figs. 29-31.)

1852, Haloftjpria inflata, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped., 1837-1842, vol. xiii. p. 1301, pi. xci. fig. 8.

1852, ,, brecirustris, Dana, op. cit., p. 1C03, pi. xci. fig. 9.

1906, „ inflata, G. W. Miiller, " Ostracoda," " Siboga" Exped., p. 2.

This species was obtained in gatherings from Stations 21, 26, and 59, the first
in 18° 28' TSL, 24° 28' W., the last in 2° 30' S., 32° 42' W. The specimen
represented by the drawing measures T65 mm. The species is widely distributed
in the Atlantic, the Pacific, and Indian Oceans, and appears to be subject to some
amount of variation, and has been described under several names (cf. G. W. MULLER,
op. cit.).

Halocypris globosa, Glaus. (PI. XIII. fig. 32.)

1874, Halocypris ylobosa, Glaus, "Die Fam. Halocypriden," Schriften ZooL. Inhalt, Heft i. (Wieii,

1874), p. 7, Taf. 3, figs. 36 and 39.
1906, Halocypris globosa, G. W. Miiller, op. cit., p. 2.

H. globosa was obtained in a gathering from Station 16, 20° 29' N.,
23° 16' W., collected 29th November 1902. In this species the shell has a short
rotund form ; seen from the side, the dorsal margin is flattened, but the lower is
boldly arched in the form of a semicircle, the depth across the middle being equal to
about four-fifths of the length. The specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 32)
measured '85 mm.

Genus Conchcecia, Dana, 1852.

Conchcecia spinirostris, Glaus. (PI. XIII. fig. 26.)

1874, CoH'-lu-eda spinirostris, Glaus, "Die Fam. Halocypriden," p. G, Taf. 1, figs. 1, 6«, 8; Taf. 2, figs.

11, 14, 1,\
1890, Com-hcei-ia purrecta, Clans, Arbeit. Zool. Institut Wien, vol. ix., Heft i., p. 12; Heft iii. (1891),

p. 61, Taf. 7.
1896, C'07ichiccia spinirostris, Brady & Norman, Trans. Hoy. Dublin Soc. (N.S.), vol. v. p. 689,

pi. Ix. fig. 22.
1906, Conchueda spinirostris, (i. W. Miiller, "Ostracoda," "Siboga" Exped., p. 7.

This widely distributed species occurred in surface gatherings from Stations 14, 1G,
and 59 ; the first in 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., the last in 2° 30' S., 32° 42' W., collected

(ROY. SUC. ED1N. TRANS., VOL. XLV11I., 587.)

J LI B R A R

342 DU THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

^1 November and December 1902. According to Dr G. W. MULLER, C. spinirostris,
Glaus, and C. porrecta, Claus, are forms of the same species.

Conchcecia procera, G. W. Miiller. (PI. XIII. figs. 27 and 28.)

1891, L'oncluecia variabilis (pr. prt.), G. W. Muller, Zool. Jahrb., Abtheil Syst., vol. v. p. 273, Taf. 28,

figs. 27, 3S.
1894, ParaconchcKcia oblonga, Claus, Denkscltriften d. Akad. Wien, vol. Ixi. p. 3, Taf. 3, figs. 21-23

(non C. oMomja, Cl., 1890, 91).

1S94, Conchcecia procera, G. W. Muller, F. VI. Neapel, vol. xxi. p. 228, pi. iii. figs. 47, 48, 50, 58.
1906, „ „ idem, "Ostracoda," "Siboya" Exped., p. 4.

Specimens which I have ascribed to this species were obtained in a surface tow-
uetting collected at Station 14, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., on 28th November 1902. The
specimen represented by the drawing measured about 1 '5 mm.

Conchcecia elegans, G. 0. Sars.

1865, Conchceda eleyans, G. O. Sars, Forhandl. VideiiKk.-Selsk. Chr., p. 117.

1891, Paraconchcecia gracilis, Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 66,

pi. xii.
1896, Conchaeda elegans, Brady & Norman, Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (N.S.), vol. v. p. 684, pi. Ix.

fig. 23, pi. Ixv. figs. 11-22.
1906, Conchcecia elegants, G. W. Muller, "Ostracoda," "Siboya" Estped., p. 4.

A single specimen of this species occurred in a surface gathering collected at
Station 14, 21° 28' N., 22° 40' W., 28th November 1902. This species has been
found fairly common in Loch Etive, Scotland, and is said to be very abundant
among the Lofoten Islands down to 300 fathoms (G. O. SARS), while Dr GLAUS reports
it as having been taken at a depth of 1500 metres in lat. 37° 45' N., long. 13° 38' W.
C. eleijans is also a Mediterranean species. Dr G. W. MULLER gives its distribution
as extending to lat. 35° in the South Atlantic.* Paraconchoscia gracilis, Claus, is
considered by Dr G. W. MULLER to be identical with C. elegans, G. O. Sars.

Genus Euconchcecia, G. W. Miiller, 1890.

Euconchcecia chierchix, G. W. Muller. (PI. XIII. figs. 22-25.)

1890, Euconchuecia chierchiee, G. W. Muller, " Ueber Halocypriden," Zuol. Jahrb., BJ. v. p. 227,

pi. xxviii. figs. 1-10 (1890).
1894, Haloi-ypris aculeata, T. Scott, Trans. Linn. Sot: : Zool., ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 142, pi. xv. figs. 5, 6,

33, 34, 38.
1902, Euconchoecia chierchix, G. S. Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. xvi. p. 190, pi. xxiv. tigs. 9-15.

A few specimens of this species occurred in a surface gathering collected at Station 49,
1° 53' N., 27° 26' W., and at Station 68, 7° 42' S., 34° 32' W., off Pernambuco, in
December 1902.

* "Sie findet sicli weiter im nb'rdliohen und siidlichen Atlantischen Ocean bis zu 35° siidlicher Breite,"
Nordisches Plankton, vii., "Ostracoda," p. 4 (1901).

(KOY. soc. EDIN. TKANS., VOL. XLVIII., 588.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF T1JE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 343

ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES.

ubdoniinalis (Diaptomus)

„ (Pleuromamma) .

abyssicola (Saphirella)
Acartia ......

Acurtiidae .....

Acrocalanus .....

aculeata (llalocypris)
aculeatus (Paracalanus) .
acutifroiis (Euterpina)

„ (Haloptilis) .

,, (Harpacticus)

,, (Hemicalanus)

„ (Labidoceia) .

(Pontella)

acutus (Calauus) ....
sethiopica (Candace)

,, (Gandacia)
aftine (Porcellidium)
affinis (Parathalestris)
Al ten tli a .....

Aiueira ......

americaui (Calanopia)

Amphiascus .....

angnsta (Sapphirina)
antarctica (Asteroeheres tuberites, var.)
(Cythere)

,, (Parastenhelia)
antarcticum (Ectinosoma)

„ (Paradoxostouia)

antarcticus (Eaoovitzanus)
Antaria .....

arcuicornis (Galunus)

„ (Clausocalanus) .

arninta (Temora) ....
Artotrogidte .....
Artotrogus .....
assimilis (Philomedes)

„ (Pseudothalestris) var.
Asterocheres .....
Asterocheridje ....
Asterope .....
atlantica (Pontella)
,, (Pontia) .
atlanticus (Dysgamus) .
attenuatus (Calanus)

„ (Eucalanus) .
auronitens (Sapphirina) .
australis (Asterope)

„ (Cylindroleberis)

PAOE

288
288
330
294
294
285
342
285
297
290
297
290
292
292
281
291
291
301
308
299
315
291
314
329
327
337
315
295
339
286
331
285
285
287
327
327
340
314
327
327
340
292
292
333
283
283
329
340
340

australis (Dactylopusia) .
„ (Laophonte)
,, (Macliairopus) .

austrina (Alteutha)
„ (Tisbe) .

austrinus (Heterorhabdus)

belgica; (Cyclopina)
bipinnata (Candace)

,, (Gandacia)
bispinosa (Candace)

„ (Candacia)
brachiata (Calanopia)

,, (Pontella)
brachiatus (Gentropages)
Bradya ....
brevicornis (Calanus)

„ (Calanoides) .
brevirostris (Halocypris)
brevis (Monops)

,, (Pontellopsis)
browni (Pseudozosime) .

Calanidffi

calanina (Cyclopina)
calaninus (Centropages) .
,, (Hemicalanus)
Calanoida
Calanoides
Calanopia
Calanus
Calocalanus .
Candace
Candacia
Ciindaciidic .
Canthocamptidie
carinatus (Corycaeus)
Catopia ....
Centropages .
CentropagidtC
Cerviniidse
Cetocbilus

cheirchise (Euconchoecia)
Cladocera
clausi (Mecynocera)

,, (Parathalestris)

„ (Thalestris) .
Clausocalanus
Cletodes

1'AGK

311
318
306
209
302
290

323
291
291
291
291
287
287
287
295
282
282
341
293
293
294

281
287
287
287
281
282
291
281
285
290
290
290
315
332
286
286
286
294
281
342
334
284
307
307
285
281

(KOY. soa EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 589.)

344

DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

I'AQE

. 321

Eucalanus ......

PAOK

. 283

. 297

Euchseta ......

. 286

Clytemnestridse

. 297
. 307

Eueha?lida3 ......
Eucouchcecia ...

. 286
. 342

Conchoecia .....

341
. 331

Kuryte .......
Euterpe ......

. 324
. 297

. 330

Euterpiua ......

. 297

cornutus (Calanus)

. 284

. 284

Euterpinidse ......

Evadne . . ...

. 297
334

. 331

exigua (Laophoute)

. 319

. 331

crassus (Eucalanus)

. 283
. 290

ferrieri (Dactylopusia) .
flaccus (CorycsBus)

. 311

. 312

„ (Candacia) .

. 290
. 323

flavicornis (Leucartia) .
„ (Lucicutia)

. 289
. 289

. 323

flavus (Dactylopus) ....

. 309

Cyclopoida
Cyclops .
Cylindroleberis
Cypridse ....
Cypridinidse .
Cythere . . .
Cytheridse
Cytherideus .
Cytherura ....

Dactylopus .....
Dactylopusia .
danee (Acartia) .....
,, (Soolecithrix) ....
,, (Undina) .....
darwinii (Calauus). ....

. 322
. 286
. 340
. 335
. 340
. 335
. 335
. 335
. 338

. 309
. 310
. 294
. 28G
. 286
. 283
330

forficata (Idoinene)
foveolata (Cythere)
frigida (Dactylopusia)
frontalis (Calanus)
fucicola (Lichomolgus) .
„ (Psamathe)
fucicolum (Macrocheiron)
fucicolus (Auiphiascus) ....
,, (Harpacticus) ....
„ (Pseudantliessius)
furcata (Gatopia) .
furcatus (Centropages) .
„ (Clausocalanus)
,, (Drepanopus) .

gastrica (Sapphirina) ....

. 309
. 336

. 310
. 282
. 325
. 325
. 325
. 316
. 297
. 325
. 286
. 286
. 285
. 285

. 330
329

„ (Undina). ....
, (Undinula) ....
denticornis (Ichthyphorba)
deuticulata (Copilia) ....
Diaptomus ......
Diosaccidse ......
Diosaccus ......
Drepanopus ....
dubia (Alteutha) .....

. 283
. 283
. 287
. 330
. 287
. 314
314
. 285
299

gerlacliei (Metridia) ....
gigas (Rliincalanus)
glacialis (Scolecithrix) .
globosa (Halocypris) ....
gracilipes (Tisbe) .
gracilis (Calanus) .
,, (Macrosetella) ....
,. (Megacalamis) ....

. 288
. 284
. 286
. 341
. 303
. 282
. 296
. 282
342

dubius (Diaptomus)

287

(Pleuronianinia)

. 288

Dysganius ......
Ectinosoma ....

. 333

295

,, (Pleuromma) ....
„ (Setella)
^randis (Rliincalanus) •

. 288
. 296

. 284

Ectinosomidse .....
efferata (Miracia) .....
elegans (Conchoecia) ....
clongatus (Corycaeus) ....
esterleyi (Pleuromamma gracilis, var.)
Encalanidae ......

. 295
. 296
. 342
. 332
. 289
. 283

Halocypridse .
Halocypris
HaloptilidaB ... . .
Haloptilis . . ...
Harpacticidcu . ...

. 341
. 341
. 290
. 290
. 297

(KOY. SOU. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 59U.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OP THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 345

Harpacticoida

PAQE

. 294

mediterranea (Oncrea) .

PAGE

. 331

Harpactieus .

. 297

Megacalanus ......

. 282

Hemicalanus .

. 287

Metridia ......

. 288

Heterodioeta .

289

MetridiidcB

288

Heterorhabdidse

. 289

Microsetella .....

996

Heterorliabdu.s

. 289

minor (Calanus) .....

. 281

„ (Cetochelus) ....

. 281

Ichthyophorl)a

. 287

minuta (Oithona) .....

. 323

Idoinene

. 309

miraliilis (Copilia) .....

. 330

inflata (Halocypris)

. 341

Miracia ......

. 296

inornata (Cythere)

. 335

Monops ......

. 293

intermedia (Candace)

. 290

mossmani (Phyllopodopsyllus)

. 317

„ (Paratlialestris)

. 313

Myodocopa ......

. 340

intestinata (Sapphirina) .

. 329

iris (Sapphirina)

329

nasutus (Rbincalanus) ....

284

negligens (Acartia) ....

. 294

Labidocera .

. 292

nerii (Labidocera) .....

. 292

lactens (Sapphirina)

. 329

„ (Pontia)

. 292

Iseve (Paradoxostoma)

. 340

nigromaculata (Sapphirina)

. 329

Laophonte

. 318

norvegica (Microsetella) ....

. 296

Laophontidae .

. 318

„ (Setella) ....

. 296

Laophontodes

. 320

latibrosa (Cythere).

. 336

oblonga (Conchoacia) ....

. 342

Leuckartia

. 289

obtusus (Corycasus) ....

. 331

Lichomolgidae

. 3i>5

oculata (Asterope) .....

. 340

Licbomolgus .

. 325

Oithona .......

. 322

LiljVborgia

. 321

Oithonidte ......

. 322

linearis (Cletodes) .

. 321

Oncsea .......

. 331

(Liljeborgia)

. 321

Orieseidaj ......

. 33 1

,, (Orthopsyllus) .

. 321

opalina (Sapphirina) ....

. 330

longicauda (Psamatlie) .

. 304

ornata (Cytherura) .....

. 33S

longicaudis (Corycseus) .

. 332

Orthopsyllus ......

. 321

longicornis (Acrocalanus)

. 285

Ostracoda ....

334

longimaua (Candace)

. 291

ovalis (Coryc»us) .....

. 331

,, (Candacia)

. 291

ovatolanceolata (Sapphirina) .

. 328

longistylis (Corycseus) .

. 332

lucens (Metridia) .

. 288

pachydactyla (Candace) ....

. 290

Lucicutia

289

,, (Candacia)

290

Lucicutidae .

. 289

papilliger (Ileterochaeta)

. 289

„ (Heterorhabdus)

. 289

Machaimpus .

. 306

Paracalanidse . .....

. 295

Macrocheiron

. 325

Paracalanus ......

. 285

Macrocypris .

. 335

Paraconclioacia .....

. 342

Macrosetella .

. 2%

Parudoxostoma .....

. 339

Macrosetellida;

. 296

Paralteutha ......

. 300

maculata (Cytberideus) .

. 335

Parastenhelia .....

. 315

„ (Macrocypris) .

. 335

Paratlialestris .....

. 307

major (Machairopus)

. 306

pavo (Calanus) .....

. 285

marina (Cyclops) .

. 286

,, (Calocalanus) .....

. 285

marina (Euchci-ta) .

. 286

Peltidiid® ...

. 299

Mecynocera .

. 2S4

peregrina (Cythere)

. 337

mediterranea (Antaria) .

. 331

perplexa (Dactylopusia) ....

. 312

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. xi.vin., 591.)

346

DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

perspieax (Pontella)

„ (Pontellopsis) .

Philomedes .

Phyllopodopsyllus .

piriei (Harpacticus)

Pleuromaiiiina

Pleuromma .

plumata (Pontella)

„ (Pontellina) .

plumifera (Oitbona)

]ilumulosus (Calanus)
„ (Caloealanus)

Podocopa

Pontella

Pontellidse

Pontellina

Pontellopsis .

Pontia ....

Porcellidiidse .

Porcellidium .

porrecta (Conchoecia)
„ (Cytherura)

procera (Conchoecia)

propinquus (Calanus)

proxima (Bradya) .

proximus (Artotrogus) .

Psamathe

Pseudanthessius

Pseudotlialestris

Pseudozosime

quadridens (Cythere)

Racovitzanus

regalis (Pontella) .

,, (Pontellopsis)
reniformis (Xestoleberus)
retusum (Paradoxostoma)
Khincalanus .
robustior (Calanus)

,, (Megacalanus)
rosea (Microsetella)
roseus (Harpacticus)
rostratus (Corycaaus)
rottenlnirgi (Laophonte)

salpee (Sapphirina) .
Saphirella

Sapphirina .
Sapphirinidse
Seolecithricidae
Scolecithrix .

PAOE

293
293
340
317
298
288
288
293
293
322
285
285
335
292
291
293
293
292
301
301
341
341
342
282
294
327
304
325
313
294

335

286
293
293
337
339
284
282
282
296
296
332
318

329
330
328
328
286
286

sculptilis (Cytherura)
scutellata (Clytemnestra)
Scutellidium .
securifer (Pontella)
Setella ....
similis (Euryte)

„ (Oithona) .
simplex (Candace) .

,, (Candacia)
simulans (Ameira) .
speciosus (Corycseus)
spinifera (Evadne)
spinipes (Pontella).
spinirostris (Conchoscia).
stellata (Sapphirina)
stylifer (Calanus) .
stylifera (Teniora) .
suberites (Asterocheres) var.
subtenuis (Eucalanus) .

Temora.
Temoridee
tenuicornis (Calanus)

,, (Dactylopus).

„ (Diosaccus) .
tergestina (Evadne)
Thalestridse .
Thalestris

Tisbe ....
tisboides (Scutellidium) .
turbinata (Temora)
turbinatus (Calanus)
typica (Paralteutha)
typicus (Centropages)

Undina ....
Undinula

variabilis (Conchcecia) .
venusta (Onctea) .
venustus (Corycseus)
villosa (Pontellopsis)
violacea (Ichthyophorba)
violaceus (Centropages) .
vorax (Sapphirina)
vulgaris (Calanus) .

„ (Undina) .

„ (Undinula)

wiltoni (Laophonte)
whitsoni (Laophontodes)

Xestoleberis .

I'AOE

338
297
304
293
296
324
323
291
291
315
332
334
293
341
330
287
287
327
284

287
287
281
314
314
334
307
307
302
304
288
288
300
287

283
283

342
331
331
293
287
287
329
283
283
283

320
320

337

(ROY. soc. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 592.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 347

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1

Parathalestris affinis, sp. n.
Foot of fourth pair.

Cyclopina belgica, (Jiesbrecht.
Fig. 2. Female, dorsal view.
,, 3. Anteunule.
,, 4. Antenna.
„ 5. Maxilla.
,, 6. Mamlilile ami palp.
„ 7. First maxilliped.
,, 8. Second maxilliped.
,, 9. Foot of first pair.

,, 10. ,, second pair.

„ 11. ,, fourth pair.

„ 12. „ fifth pair.

„ 13. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Eunjte similis, sp. n.
Fig. 14. Female, dorsal view.

Fig. 15. Antennule.

,, 16. Antenna.

„ 17. First maxilliped.

„ 18. Second muxilliped.

,, 19. Foot of first j>air.
,, 20. ,, srriind pair.
,, 21. ,, fourth pair.
„ 22. „ fifth pair.

Tisbe graciH/ies, sp. n.

Fig. 23. Antennule, female.

„ 24. Antenna.

„ 25. Second maxilliped.

„ 26. Foot of first pair.
,, 27. „ fourth pair.
„ 28. „ fifth pair.

,, 29. Abdomen and caudal rami.

PLATE II.

Bradija proxima, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Female, side view.

„ 2. Antennule, female.

,, 3. Antenna.

,, 4. Mandible.

,, 5. Second maxilliped.

,, 6. Foot of third pair.

,, 7. „ fourth pair.

,, 8. ,, fifth pair, female.

,, 9. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Ectinosoma antarctica, Giesbrecht.
Fig. 10. Antennule, female.
„ 11. Antenna.

,, 12. First maxilliped (a); second maxilliped
,, 13. Foot of tiftli pair, female.

Parathalestris dawsi (Norman).
Fig. 14. Second maxilliped.

Fig. 15. Foot of first pair.
,, 16. ,, second pair.
,, 17. ,, fifth pair, male.

Dactylopusia frigida, sp. n.

Fig. 18. Antennule, female.

,, 19. Antenna.

„ 20. Second maxilliped.

„ 21. Foot of first pair.
., 22. „ fourth pair.
„ 23. „ fifth pair, female.

,, 24. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Dactylopusia perplexa, sp. n.

Fig. 25. Antennule, female.

,, 26. Antenna.

,, 27. Mandible and palp.

„ 28. Foot of first pair.
,, 29. „ fifth pair, female.

Idomene furfirata, Philippi.

Fig. 1. Female, seen dorsally.

„ 2. Outer ramus of antenna.

„ 3. Second maxilliped.

„ 4. Foot of first pair.

„ 5. „ fourth pair.

„ 6. ,, fifth pair, male.

PLATE III.

Parathalestris coatsi, sp. n.
Fig. 7. Female, seen dorsally.
„ 8. Antennule, female.
„ 9. Antenna.
,, 10. Mandible and palp.
„ 11. Second maxilliped.
,, 12. Foot of first pair.

•in . I HI.V IHA.NS., \X)L. XI. VIII., 093.)

348

DR THOMAS SUOTT ON THE

Paratltalestris roatsi — coiitil.
Fig. 13. Foot of second pair.
„ 14. ,, fourth pair.
,, 15. „ fifth pair, female.
,, 16. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Parathalestris aflinin, sp. n.
Fig. 17. Female, seen dorsully.
,, 18. Antennuli', female.
„ 19. Antenna.
„ 20. Mandible.
21. Maxilla.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig. 5.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Idomene forficata, Philippi.
Antennule, female.

Saphirella abyssicola, T. Scott.
Female, seen dorsally.
Antennule, female.
Mandible (a), maxilla (b).

Porce/lidium affi,ne, Quidor.
Female, seen dorsally.
Male, seen dorsally.
Antennule, female.
Antenna.
Foot of first pair.

,, fifth pair, female.

,, fifth pair, male.
Abdomen and caudal rami, female.
,, male.

Fig. 22. First maxilliped.

„ 23. Second maxilliped.

,, 24. Foot of first pair.
,, 25. ,, fifth pair.

Tishe auatrina, sp. n.
Fig. 26. Antennule, female.
,, 27. Antenna.
,, 28. Second maxilliped.
„ 29. Foot of first pair.
„ 30. ,, fifth pair, female.

PLATE IV.

Machairopus major, sp. n.
Fig. 14. Female, dorsal view.

Fig. 15. Antennule, female.

,, 16. Mandible and palp.
„ 17. Maxilla.

„ 18. Second maxilliped.

,, 19. Foot of first pair.
,, 20. ,, second pair.
,,21. „ third pair.
„ 22. „ fourth pair.
,, 23. „ fifth pair, female.

„ 24. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Parasterihelia antarctica, sp. n.

Fig. 25. Antennule, female.

„ 26. Mandible.

„ 27. First maxilliped.

,, 28. Second maxilliped.

„ 29. Foot of first pair.
,, 30. „ second pair.
„ 31. ,, fourth pair.
,, 32. ,, fifth pair, female.

,, 33. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Phyllopodopsyllus mossmani, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Female ( ? ), and male ( ^ ), side view.

„ 2. Antennule, female.

„ 3. Antennule, male.

,, 4. Antenna.

,, 5. Mandible and palp.

,, 6. Second maxilliped.

,, 7. Foot of first pair.

,, 8. ,, second pair, female.

„ 9. ,, second pair, male.

., 10. „ fourth pair.

,, 11. ., fifth pair, female.

„ 12. ,, fifth pair, male.

,, 13. Abilonie.n and caudal rami, female.

(ROY. soc. EUIN.

PLATE V.

Fig. 14. Abdomen and caudal rami, male.

Harpacticus piriei, sp. n.
Fig. 15. Foot of fifth pair, female.

Psamathb longicauda, Philippi.

Fig. 16. Female, seen dorsally.

„ 17. Antennule, female.

,, 18. Antenna.

„ 19. First maxilliped.

,, 20. Second maxilliped.

,, 21. Foot of first pair.

,, 22. ,, fifth pair, female.

THAN*., vor,. XLVI11., 594.)

ENTOMOSTRACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 349

PLATE VI.

Fig.

Fig.

Dacfylopusia perplexa, sp. n.

. 1. Second inaxilliped.

2. Foot of fourth pair.

Asterocheres suberites, Giesbrecht, i IT.

3. Antemiule, iVmale.

4. Antenna.

5. First ni!ixilli|ii'il.
G. Second maxilliped.

7. Siphon.

8. Foot of first pair.

9. „ second pair.

10. ,, fourth pair.

11. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Fig. 14. Mandible and palp.
„ 15. Maxilla.
„ 10. Foot of first pair.
,, 17. „ fourth pair.
„ 18. „ tifth pair.
,, 1!). Abdomen and caudal rami.

Mai-linirupus ausfralis, sp. n.

Fig. 20. Anteiinule, female.

,, 21. Antenna.

„ 22. Mamliliie and palp.

„ 23. First maxilliped.

„ 24. Second maxilliped.

„ 25. Foot i if first pair.

Fig.

Fig,

/'.•/.'. i/ii, sp. n.

12. Anteiinule, female.

13. Antenna.

26.

27.
28.

second pair,
fourth pair.
lifth pair.

Laophonte rottenburgi, s

1. Anteiinule, female.

2. Second maxilliped.

3. Foot of first pair.

4. ,, third pair.

5. ,, lifth pair, female.
G. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Fig

Kit?.

PLATE VII.

Laoplwnte exiyua, sp. n.

Fig. 16. Anteiinule, female.

,, 17. Antenna.

„ 18. Foot of first pair.
„ 19. ,, second pair.
„ 20. ,, fourth pair.
,, 21. „ fifth pair, female.

,, 22. Abdomen and caudal rami.
LaopJionie u-iUoni. sp. n.

7. Female, dorsal view.

8. Antennule, female.

9. Antenna.

I u. Second maxilliped.

1 1. Foot of first pair.

12. ,, second pair.

13. ,, fourth pair.

14. „ fifth pair.

15. Abdomen and caudal rami.

PLATE \U\.

/V«'/<ow'//(c lii-inrni, sp. n.
Fig. 9. Female, dorsal view.
,, 10. „ side view.
,, 11. Antennule, female.
,, 12. Antenna.
„ 13. Maxilla.
., 14. First maxilliped.
,, 15. Second inaxilliped.
,, 16. Foot of first pair.
,, 17. „ second pair.
,, 18. ,, fourth pair.
„ 19. „ fifth pair, female.

(HOY. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., f>9">.)

Ameira shiuilans, sp. n.

Fig. 23. Antennule, female.

,, 24. Second maxilliped.

,, 25. Foot of first pair.
,. 20. „ fourth pair.
„ 27. ,, fifth pair, female.

28. Abdomen and caudal rami.

L(lOjilinn/<»/i* irliihoin, sp. n.

1. Female, dorsal view.

2. AntiMinule, female.

3. Antenna.

4. Second maxilliped.

5. Foot of first pair.

G. „ second pair.

7. ,, fourth pair.

8. ,, fifth pair, female.

350

DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Fig

Fig

Harpacticus fucieolus, sp. n.

20. Antennule, female. »

21. Antenna. »

PLATE IX.

Pseuclothalestris intermedia, sp. n.

1. Antennule, female.

2. Second maxilliped.

3. Foot of second pair, male ; third inner ramus

of left foot.

4. Fifth pair, female.

Fig. 22. Second maxilliped.
„ 23. Foot of first pair.
,, 24. „ fifth pair, female.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Pseudothalestris assimi/is, var. antarctica.

5. Second maxilliped.

6. Foot of first pair.

7. „ second pair, male.

8. Foot of fifth pair, male.

9. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Orthopsyllus linearis, Glaus.

10. Female, dorsal view.

11. Antennule, female.

12. Antenna.

13. Mandible and palp.

14. First maxilliped.

Alteutha dubia, sp. n.

1 . Female, seen dorsally.

2. Antennule, female.

3. Antenna.

4. Second maxilliped.

5. Foot of first pair.

6. ,, fourth pair.

7. ,, fifth pair, female.

8. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Alteutha austrina, sp. n.

9. Female, dorsal view.

10. Antennule, female.

11. Second maxilliped.

12. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 15. Second maxilliped.

,, 16. Foot of first pair.

,, 17. ,, second pair, inner ramus.

,, 18. ,, third pair, inner ramus.

,, 19. ,, fourth pair.

,, 20. ,. fifth pair, female.

„ 21. ,, third pair, male, inner ramus.

„ 22. ,, fifth pair, male.

Amphiascus fucieolus, sp. n.

Fig. 23. Antennule, female.

„ 24. Antenna.

,, 25. Second maxilliped.

,, 26. Foot of first pair.
„ 27. ,, fourth pair.
,, 28. ,, fifth pair, female.

Fi.s

Idomene forficata, Philippi.
29. Foot of fifth pair, female.

PLATE X.

Fig. 1 3. Foot of fourth pair.
,, 14. ,, fifth pair, female.
,, 15. Abdomen and caudal rami.

Paralteutha typica, gen. et sp. n.
Fig. 16. Female, dorsal view.
„ 17. Antennule, male.
,, 18. Antenna.
,, 19. Mandible and palp, male.
,, 20. Second maxilliped.
,, 21. Foot of first pair.
„ 22. ,, fourth pair.
,, 23. ,, fifth pair, female.
,, 24. „ fifth pair, male.
„ 25. Abdomen and caudal ramus.

Fit

Artotrogus proximus, sp. n.

1. Female, dorsal view.

2. Antennule, female.

3. Antenna.

4. Mandible.

5. Maxilla.

G. First maxilliped.

7. Second maxillipi'd.

8. Foot of fourth pair.

9. ,, fifth pair, female.

(Roy. SOC. EDIN. TRANS., VOL. XLVIII., 596.)

PLATE XI.

LaopJwnte anstralis, sp. n.
Fig. 10. Female, side view.
„ 11. Antennule, female.
,, 12. Antenna.
,, 13. Second maxilliped.
,, 14. Foot of first pair.
,, 15. ,, second pair.
,, 16. „ fifth pair, female.
,, 17. Abdomen and caudal rami.

ENTOMOSTRAOA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 351

Harpactinis /n'rief, sp. n. Fig. 22. Foot of second pair.

Fig. 18. Antonnule, female. » tllird l'air-

., 19. Antenna. f"urth l"lir-

„ -20. Second maxilliped. » 25' Abdomen and caudal rami.
,, 21. Foot of first pair.

PLATE XII.

Pseudanthessius fucicolus, sp. n. Kit,'. 16. Maxilla.

Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view. 17- First maxilliped.

„ 2. Antennule, female. 18- «'"'""'l maxilliped.

„ 3. Antenna. -• 19- Foot of tir^ I"1-'1'-
„ 4. Mandible. » second pair.

„ 5. Maxilla. 2L » fourth pair.
„ 6. First maxilliped. » tiftl> l'air-
„ 7. Second maxilliped.
„ 8. Foot of first pair.

„ 9. „ third pair. FiS- 23- Antennule, female.

„ 10. „ fourth pair. •' L'4' Antenna.

„ 11. „ fifth pair. " 25. Foot of fourth pair

„ 12. Abdomen and caudal rami, female. » 26- Abdomen and caudal rami.

,, 13. Abdomen and caudal rami, male, a = fifth

, Pseudothalestris intermedius, sp. n.

Fig. 27. Foot of first pair.

Dactylopusiaferrieri,sp.n. ^ 28. „ second pair.

Fig. 14. Female, side view. „ 29. „ fifth pair.

,, 15. Antennule, female.

PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Calanopia americana, I'.ilil. Antennule, ^ .

,, 2. „ ,, !•'..( it of first pair.

,,3. „ „ fourth pair.

,, 4. „ ,, „ ,, fifth pair, 9 •

„ 5- i. „ „ n'ftli pair, c? .

„ G. „ ,, ,, Abdomen and caudal rami, <$ .

„ 1. Pleuromamma gracile (Cl&na). Fifth pair <>f feet, ?.

,, S. ., ., var. Esterleyi, nov. Foot of second pair, <f , liasal part.

9. „ „ „ „ [Mfi,l, pair nf feet, 9 .

,, 10. „ ,, ,, ,, Abdomen, 9, side view.

„ II. LUiitemntstra scntellata, Dana, ?• Terminal joints of antennule.

,. 12. ,, ,, ,, Last abdominal segment and caudal rami.

„ 13. Dysgamus atlanticus, Sip. and Ltk., (J . Dorsal view.

„ 14. Kaadne tergestina, Glaus. Side view.

,, 15. ,, spinifera. I'. K. Miiller. Side view.

., 16. I'liilumetles assimitis, lirady, 9 • Side view.

„ 1". ,, ,, ,, Post abdomen.

,, 18. Asterope austral is, Brady, 9 • Side view.

,, 19, ,, ,, ,, Pus!, abdomen.

,, 20. ,, ocnlatit, „ Side view.

,, 21. ,, „ „ Post alidciinen.

,, 22. Etii-<>ii<-l«i-i'i,i chiercMee, <!. \\'. Miiller, 9- Side view.

,, 23. „ ,, „ Antennnle.

,, 24. „ ,, „ Post abdomen.
(ROY. soc. i.niv TI!\NS., v<ir,. XLVIII., 597.)

352 DR THOMAS SCOTT ON THE

Fig. 25. Conclicecia spinirostris, Glaus, <J . Side view.

2fi Post abdomen.

jj ««• n »

27. procera, G. W. Mttller, ;J . Side view.

,, 28. „ „ ,, P°st abdomen.

„ 29. Halocypris inflata, Dana, ? . Side view.

30. „ !, Antenmile.

„ 31. „ „ ., Post abdomen.

,, 32. „ globosa, Clans, ? . Side view.

PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Marrocypris maculata, G. S. Brady. Side view.

2. „ ,, ,, Seen from above.

„ 3. Cythere latibrosa, sp. n. Side view.

„ 4. „ „ ,, Dorsal view.

,, 5. ,, antarctica ,, Side view.

„ 6. „ „ „ Dorsal view.

„ 7. ,, foveolata, Brady, J . Side view.

„ 8. „ „ ,, Dorsal view-

,, 9. „ inornata, sp. n. Side view.

„ 10. „ „ „ Dorsal view.

,,11. „ peregrina „ Side view.

,, 12. „ „ „ Dorsal view.

„ 13. ,, foveolata, Brady, p. Side view.

„ 14. „ „ ,, Dorsal view.

,, 15. ,, quadridens, sp. n. Side view.

„ 16. „ ,, „ Dorsal view.

,, 17. Xestoleberis reniformis, Brady. Side view.

„ 18. „ „ „ Dorsal view.

„ 19. Cytherura omata, sp. n. Side view.

,, 20. ,, ,, ,, Dorsal view.

„ 21. „ „ „ Ventral view

,, 22. „ /jorre.cta „ Side view.

„ 23. „ „ „ Dorsal view.

„ 24. ,, tcnlpti/is, sp. n. Side view.

„ 25. ,, ., ,, Dorsal view.

,, 26. Parai.lo.costoma retuswn, Brady. Side view.

,, 27. ,, antarcticum, sp. n. Side view.

„ 28. „ „ „ Dorsal view.

,, 29. „ Ixve, sp. n. Side view.

,, 30. ,, „ ,, Dorsal view.

Note. — I am indebted to my son, Andrew Seott, A.L.S., for the drawings mentioned below — viz., all
the figures on Plate V. except figure 15 ; figures 1-19 on Plate VIII. ; and figures 1-9 on Plate XI. Also
fur the undernoted figures on Plate XIV., viz., figures 3-8, 13-16, and 19-23.

(ROY. soc. KDIX. I'RANS., VOL. xi.vni., r>!»8.)

ENTOMOSTKACA OF THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 353

ADDENDA.

Uithonn /'/-iijii/a, (Jk-sb., /'.>;><W. An/nni. Belije, "Copep.," p. 29, pi. vi. In a Scotia gathering, 0-200
fathoms, hit. GO" 22' S., 26° 36' W., 28th February 1903, Station 273.

Lepeophtheirus nordmanni, M.-Edw.

Ceerops latreillii, Leach.

These two parasitic ( 'uprpods were obtained on a short Suntisli, Orthagoriscus nm/a (Lin.), captured in
lat. 39° 1' S., long. 53° 40' W., the first on the skin, the other on the gills, 1st January 1903, Station 107.

Alebion carcliarin', Kn'iypr. This .species was obtained on a shark, Garcharias, sp., captured in
lat. 9° 23' N., long. 25" 31' W., on 5th December 1902, Station 34.

One or two specimens of Labidocera hiblmcld, (iiesb., were obtained in a gathering from the South
Atlantic, but the exact locality is somewhat uncertain.

(ROY. BOC. EDIN. TRAN8., VOL. XLVIII., 599.)

'

Scot. Nat. Ant.Exp.

Vol VJ

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE I.

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PT,ATE II.

~as=»'-i1 — -3S, 6.

24.

• ott. de

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE III.

T Scott, del

Scot. Nat. Ant.Exp.

SCOTT -. " SCOTIA " ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE IV.

-an. del

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol.Vi.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE V.

Fig IS. T Scotf. del
others . A Scott, del

18.

H'F««i.»t 1 Ens«.«E.L,TH. to..

Scot. Nat, Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA — PLATE VI.

T. Scott, del

• EfliKiwi.LiTM. EDIK"

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

f-

Vol. VI.

SCOTT : " SCOTIA " ENTOMOSTRACA — PLATE VII.

-- — *

,»:.-.
/

I!)

T. Scott, del

Scot. Nat. Ant.Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE VIII.

Figs 1-19, A Scoff, del.
Figs 20-24, T ScOlt, Ofl

14 El<»iiit.L>T». Eoi.

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT : " SCOTIA " ENTOMOSTEACA — PLATE IX.

HI. NE i £•:«!« t I'T

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: "SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA — I'LVJT. X.

T Scon,

H'F»«i»i.£i £•!«.«!. L<TH. Eon*

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT- " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE XI.

f os i-9 A Scon, del
ctners T Scoff, del

Ensumt. LITM Eon*

Scot. Nat. Ant.Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTKACA. — PLATE XII.

28.

T S^oir, del

Scot. Nat. Ant. Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTOMOSTRACA. — PLATE XITI.

'

k tHSMSt.l-TH ton.

Scot. Nat. Ant.Exp.

Vol. VI.

SCOTT: " SCOTIA" ENTUMDSIKACA. — PLATE XIV.

.

.•••.

«...-' -1 •

- .•--•-,